No matching fragments found in this document.
The
Technical Bulletins
of
Dianetics and Scientology
by
L. Ron Hubbard
FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY
Volume
VI
1965-1969
_____________________________________________________________________
I will not always be here on guard.
The stars twinkle in the Milky Way
And the wind sighs for songs
Across the empty fields of a planet
A Galaxy away.
You won't always be here.
But before you go,
Whisper this to your sons
And their sons -
"The work was free.
Keep it so. "
L. RON HUBBARD
[pic]
L. Ron Hubbard
Founder of Dianetics and Scientology
EDITORS' NOTE
"A chronological study of materials is necessary for the complete
training of a truly top grade expert in these lines. He can see how the
subject progressed and so is able to see which are the highest levels of
development. Not the least advantage in this is the defining of words and
terms for each, when originally used, was defined, in most cases, with
considerable exactitude, and one is not left with any misunderstoods."
-L. Ron Hubbard
The first eight volumes of the Technical Bulletins of Dianetics and
Scientology contain, exclusively, issues written by L. Ron Hubbard, thus
providing a chronological time track of the development of Dianetics and
Scientology. Volume IX, The Auditing Series, and Volume X, The Case
Supervisor Series, contain Board Technical Bulletins that are part of the
series. They are LRH data even though compiled or written by another.
So that the time track of the subject may be studied in its entirety,
all HCO Bs have been included, excluding only those upper level materials
which will be found on courses to which they apply. If an issue has been
revised, replaced, or cancelled, this has been indicated in the upper right-
hand corner along with the page number of the issue which should be
referred to.
The points at which Ron gave tape recorded lectures have been indicated
as they occurred. Where they were given as part of an event or course,
information is given on that event or course on the page in the
chronological volumes which corresponds to the date. The symbol "**"
preceding a tape title means that copies are available from both
Publications Organizations. A tape preceded by "*" means that it will soon
be available. No asterisk (*) means that neither Publications Organization
nor Flag has a master copy of that lecture. If you have, or know anyone who
has, copies of these tapes, please contact the Flag Audio Chief, P.O. Box
23751, Tampa, Florida, 33623, U.S.A. The number in the tape title is a code
for the date; example: 5505C07-55 = year, 1955; 05 = month, May; C = copy;
07 = day, 7th; 7 May 1955. The abbreviation tells what group the tape is a
part of. For an explanation of the abbreviations see Volume X, page 539.
At the back of this volume is a Subject Index covering only the
material in this volume. Use the index to locate the LRH source material in
context, don't just get data from the index. This index has been combined
with indexes from other volumes to form the Cumulative Index which is in
Volume X, starting on page 287.
TECHNICAL BULLETINS
1965-1969
CONTENTS
1965
ca. 1965 My Philosophy
7 Feb. Keeping Scientology Working (HCO PL) (reissued 28 Jan.
1973) 4
14 Feb. Safeguarding Technology (HCO PL) (reissued 7 June 1967)
10
27 Feb. Course Pattern (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-449
Feb. The Book of E-Meter Drills 12
5 Mar. Book of Case Remedies-Application of Tech 13
10 Mar. Words, Misunderstood Goofs 14
29 Mar. ARC Breaks 16
2 Apr. The Road to Clear 19
4 Apr. ARC Breaks and Missed Withholds 22
5 Apr. A Conditions Test Process I-X-Registrars 25
5 Apr. Handling the Suppressive Person-The Basis of Insanity
(HCO PL) OEC Vol. 1-375, Vol. 4- 53
5 Apr. Academies Relation to HCO Justice-Student Training-
The No-Gain-Case Student (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 1-383, Vol. 4-
61
7 Apr. Premature Acknowledgements 26
16 Apr. The "Hidden Data Line" (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-186
16 Apr. Drills, Allowed (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-188
18 Apr. How to Apply Level Processing 27
27 Apr. Clay Table Healing Goof 29
5 May Application-More on the Application of Scientology to
Children 30
5 May Classification, Gradation and Awareness Chart (HCO PL)
(reissued 4 July 1970) 33
1965 Classification Gradation and Awareness Chart of
Levels and Certificates 36
10 May Releases-Vital Data (HCO PL) (revised & reissued 19 Sept.
1967) 38
17 May CCHs (HCO PL) 40
20 May Power Processes (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-595
22 May Auditing by Lists(replaced-see Vol. VII, 316) 41
27 May Processing (HCO PL) 43
3 June R6 EW (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-461
4 June Class II Model Session (cancelled-see 60) 44
14 June Summary Report 47
14 June Folders, Marking of (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-571
17 June Staff Auditor Advices (HCO PL) 49
18 June Clear and OT Behaviour 51
1965 (cont.)
26 June HGC Pc Review Auditing Form (HCO PL)
(revised-see Vol. VIII, 321) 52
28 June Releases, Different Kinds 56
30 June Release, Rehabilitation of Former Releases and Thetan
Exteriors 57
1 July Comm Cycle Additives (HCO PL) 59
3 July Model Session Revised (cancelled-see 259) 60
12 July States of Being Attained by Processing 61
12 July Release Policies-Starting the Pc (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 2-
326, Vol. 4-572
13 July Testing (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4- 73
19 July Release Checks, Procedure for (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-574
21 July Release Rehabilitation 63
27 July Auditing by Lists(cancelled-see Vol. VII, 316) 64
2 Aug. Release Goofs 66
3 Aug. Auditing Goofs-Blowdown Interruption 69
5 Aug. Release Check Outs (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 5-143
5 Aug. Release Stages 70
6 Aug. Qualifications Technical Actions 73
9 Aug. Release Check Outs (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 5-145
19 Aug. Model Session Revised 78
23 Aug. Abbreviations and Symbols of Dianetics and Scientology
79
23 Aug. Classification at Upper Levels-Temporary Measure
(HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-392
23 Aug. Deletion of TR 5 (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-191
30 Aug. Art (Art Series 1 ) 83
30 Aug. Release Stages 86
Sept. The Aims of Scientology 88
13 Sept. Out Tech and How to Get It In 89
21 Sept. Out Tech 93
21 Sept. E-Meter Drills (HCO PL) 94
21 Sept. Qualifications Technical Actions see footnote- 78
22 Sept. Release Gradation-New Levels of Release 95
27 Sept. Release Gradation-Additional Data 98
29 Sept. Cyclical and Non-Cyclical Process Conclusions
101
29 Sept. The Continuing Overt Act 102
1 Oct. Mutter TR(revised-see Vol. VIII, 395) 104
4 Oct. Clearing Course Materials-Security of Data (HCO PL)
see-105
14 Oct. Course Pattern (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-464
25 Oct. Saint Hill Solo Audit Course (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-473
5 Nov. Five Way Bracket on Help 106
5 Nov. Lecture Graphs 106
7 Nov. Release Rehabilitation Error 107
1965 (cont.)
8 Nov. Suppressives and Hidden Standards 109
14 Nov. Clearing Commands 110
16 Nov. E-Meter Sensitivity Setting 110
16 Nov. Commands for Upper Indoctrination TR 6, TR 7, TR 9 111
19 Nov. Problems Process 111
19 Nov. Auditing Reports (HCO PL) 112
24 Nov. Search and Discovery 113
26 Nov. Information on Rehabilitation 117
30 Nov. Library Record of Levels see footnote-117
1 Dec. CCHs 118
6 Dec. Low TA Cases 121
10 Dec. E-Meter Drill Coaching 122
27 Dec. Vitamins 123
28 Dec. E-Meters Allowed (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4- 77
30 Dec. PTS Auditing and Routing (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 1-439, Vol. 4-
578
Dec. Scientology-A New Slant on Life 125
1966
19 Jan. Danger Conditions-Technical Data for Review Auditors
126
21 Jan. Search and Discovery (Ethics Type Cases, PTSs)-S & D
Errors 127
28 Jan. Search and Discovery Data-How a Suppressive Becomes One
128
Feb. Psychotics (Certainty Vol. 13, No. 2) 131
Feb. HGC Cure-Interne Training and Staff Auditors
(HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4- 78, Vol. 5-
63
5 Feb. S and D Warning 136
5 Feb. "Letting the Pc Itsa"-The Properly Trained Auditor 138
9 Feb. Release Grades 141
10 Feb. Check Sheets, Course (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-466
10 Feb. Tech Recovery (HCO PL) 143
11 Feb. Free Needles, How to Get Them on a Pc 147
12 Feb. The "Dangerous Auditor" 149
21 Feb. Definition Processes 150
Mar. What Is Greatness? (Certainty Vol. 13, No. 3) 154
7 Mar. HGC Cure (Continued) (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-84, Vol. 5-
69
8 Mar. High Crime (HCO PL) 156
3 Apr. Dianetic Auditing Course 158
29 Apr. Policy Check Outs and E-Meter (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 5-252
10 June S & D Commands 164
10 June S & D-The Missed Item 165
20 July The Type Two PTS 166
21 July Tech vs. Qual (HCO PL) 167
1966 (cont.)
27 July Meter Trim Check (replaced-see 369) 168
2 Aug. Dianetic Auditing (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-229
10 Aug. Errors of Students 169
16 Aug. List L4 S & D (cancelled-see 213) 171
22 Aug. Floating Needles, Listing Processes 172
23 Aug. Service Facsimile 173
Sept. The Book Introducing the E-Meter 174
20 Sept. Minus Scale Releases: ARC Straight Wire-Dianetic
175
21 Sept. ARC Break Needle 176
27 Sept. The Anti-Social Personality-The Anti-Scientologist
177
29 Sept. Library Record of Levels see footnote-183
13 Oct. HGC Pc Review Auditing Form (HCO PL)
(revised-see Vol. VIII, 321) 184
18 Oct. SH Staff Auditor's Purpose (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-579
10 Nov. Security of Data (HCO PL) see-105
14 Nov. OT Course (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-483
18 Nov. Rehab on Self Analysis 188
30 Nov. Assessment for Service Facsimiles 189
1967
2 Jan. Sub Zero Releases-Examiner's Safeguard 190
2 Jan. Dating-Forbidden Words 191
17 Jan. An Open Letter to All Clears (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-484
19 Jan. Manifestations of Engrams and Secondaries Further
Defined 192
3 Feb. Scales see-200
22 Mar. Admin Know-How-Alter-Is and Degraded Beings 193
22 Mar. Personnel Requirement (HCO PL) OEC Vol. I-102
18 Apr. Religious Philosophy and Religious Practice 195
21 May Theory Check-out Data (HCO PL) Vol. V-488
7 June Safeguarding Technology (HCO PL) (reissue of 14 Feb. 1965)
10
7 June Responsibility Again (HCO PL)
(reissue of 17 Jan. 1962) Vol. V- 8
30 June Evidences of an Aberrated Area 196
19 Aug. The Supreme Test 197
13 Sept. Remedy B 199
15 Sept. The Supervisor's Code (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-141
18 Sept. Scales (corrected 4 Apr. 1974) 200
18 Sept. Study-Complexity and Confronting (HCO PL) Vol. IX-
309
19 Sept. Releases-Vital Data (HCO PL) (revision of 10 May
1965) 38
24 Sept. A Report to Ron on Seasickness 202
8 Oct. Clear Checks and Re-Clear Checks 203
1967 (cont.)
11 Oct. Clay Table Training 205
9 Nov. Revision of Remedy A, Remedy B, and S and Ds 206
22 Nov. Out Tech (HCO PL) (revised-see Vol. VII, 115) 209
28 Nov. The Key S & D Question 210
27 Dec. List Handling 210
28 Dec. Qual Senior Datum (HCO PL) 211
1968
9 Jan. List L4A-For Assessment of All Listing Errors, S & Ds,
Remedy A, Remedy B, etc. (revised-see Vol. VIII, 138) 213
9 Jan. Money Process 215
13 Jan. S&Ds 216
16 Jan. Starting of Preclears 217
19 Jan. S & Ds-S & Ds by Button 218
26 Jan. HGC Pc Review Auditing Form (HCO PL) see footnote-226
12 Mar. Mistakes, Anatomy of 219
15 Mar. HGC Pc Review Auditing Form (HCO PL) see footnote-226
18 Apr. Needle Reactions Above Grade IV 220
9 Apr. HGC Pc Review Auditing Form (HCO PL) see footnote-226
19 Apr. HGC Pc Review Auditing Form (HCO PL)
(revised-see Vol. VIII, 321) 221
4 May Dianetic Courses-Stuck Pictures 227
7 May Upper Indoc TRs 228
20 May Overt-Motivator Sequence (corrected & reissued 5 Mar.
1974) 231
24 May Coaching 233
July Introduction to Scientology Ethics 235
1 Aug. The Laws of Listing and Nulling 236
5 Aug. Change of Commands-Overt-Motivator Sequence 238
6 Aug. R 3 H 239
Aug. The Phoenix Lectures 240
26 Aug. Rehab & Correction 241
28 Aug. Out Tech 242
28 Aug. Drugs 243
29 Aug. Drug Data (corrected & reissued 10 June 1975) 244
31 Aug. Written C/S Instructions 245
Sept. Summary of How to Write an Auditor's Report, Work
Sheets and
Summary Report, with some Additional Information 246
Sept. Points on Case Supervision 248
4 Sept. Don't Force a Pc Who Is Ill 249
6 Sept. Checking for False Reads 249
10 Sept.-1 Green Form, S & D (addition of 28 Feb. 1975) 250
1968 (cont.)
11 Sept. False Reads 250
11 Sept. Case Supervisor Data 251
17 Sept. Overrun Process 251
17 Sept. Six Zones of Action (revised 31 Jan. 1975) 252
17 Sept. Ethnics 253
17 Sept. Gross Case Supervision Errors 254
18 Sept. Examiner's Form(HCO PL)(revised-see Vol. VII, 193)
255
19 Sept. Old Lists Are Not To Be Copied (reissued 8 May 1972)
256
20 Sept. Review, Ordering People to 256
20 Sept. Glee 257
22 Sept. CCHs Not Grade I (cancelled) 257
23 Sept. Resistive Cases-Former Therapy see Vol. VII-449
23 Sept. Drugs & Trippers (reissued 22 Jan. 1972) 258
23 Sept. New Rudiments 259
24 Sept. Class VIII Lectures (24 Sept.-15 Oct.) 259
25 Sept. Continuous PT Overts (reissued 5 Oct. 1972) 260
27 Sept. ARC Straight Wire 261
28 Sept. Dianetics 262
30 Sept. Lists (reissued 8 May 1972) 263
3 Oct. New Rudiments Questions(cancelled) 264
4 Oct. Ruds 265
5 Oct. LX1 Form, Research List for Class VIII see-432
7 Oct. ARC Break Needle 265
7 Oct. Assessment 266
8 Oct. Assessment: LX1 267
8 Oct. Case Supervisor-Folder Handling 268
14 Oct.R The Auditor's Code (HCO PL) (revised 1 Jan. 1976)
269
14 Oct. Meter Position 271
14 Oct. Definition of Recall 271
16 Oct. Supervisor's Duty 272
18 Oct. Processing Sequence 272
19 Oct. Course Completion-Student Indicators (HCO PL) OEC
Vol. 4-202
20 Oct. The Purpose of Class VIII 273
21 Oct. Floating Needle 275
22 Oct.R Teaching the Class VIII (revised 31 Jan. 1975)
276
24 Oct. Supervisor Know-How-Running the Class (HCO PL)
OEC Vol. 4-203
24 Oct. Supervisor Know-How-Handling the Student (HCO PL)
OEC Vol. 4-204
24 Oct. Supervisor Know-How-R Factor to Students (HCO PL)
OEC Vol. 4-205
24 Oct. Supervisor Know-How-Tips in Handling Students
(HCO PL) OEC Vol. 4-206
28 Oct. OT Exterior (cancelled) 276
1968 (cont.)
1 Nov. High TA 277
2 Nov.R Case Supervisor-Class VIII-The Basic Processes
(revised 31 Jan. 1975) 278
2 Nov. Auditor's Code-Add to Pol Ltr 14 Oct. 68 (HCO PL) see
footnote-270
9 Nov. Clearing Commands-All Levels 284
10 Dec. Correction 284
15 Dec. L4A-For Assessment of All Listing Errors
(revised-see Vol. VIII, 138) 285
16 Dec. Green Form (HCO PL) see footnote-226
26 Dec. The Third Party Law 288
1969
8 Jan. Drugs and "Insanity"-Non-Compliance and Alter-Is 291
24 Jan. Sub-Zeros-Triple Grades-Lower Levels-Triple Grades
(cancelled) 294
25 Jan. Targets & Computers 304
25 Jan. Triple Lower Grades (cancelled) 305
3 Feb. Triple Grades-Flows 307
3 Feb. Triple Grades (cancelled-see Vol. VII, 54) 308
5 Feb.R Code of a Scientologist (HCO PL) (revised 15 May
1973) OEC Vol. 0- 25
12 Feb. L4A-For Assessment of All Listing Errors
(correction of 15 Dec. 1968) 285
28 Feb. Medical Doctors 309
3 Mar. Case Gain-Completing Levels 310
12 Mar. Auditor's Report-Triple Grades (cancelled) 311
12 Mar. Physically Ill Pcs and Pre OTs 312
17 Mar. Politics 317
2 Apr. Dianetic Assists (revised 14 May 1969) 318
5 Apr. New Preclears-The Workability of Scientology
(reissued & corrected 26 May 1970) 321
6 Apr. Fundamental Auditing 325
6 Apr. Dianetics (HCO PL) OEC Vol. I-524, Vol. 2-285, Vol. 4-
232
6 Apr. Dianetics Course Auditing Requirements 327
11 Apr. Dianetic Health Form 332
16 Apr. Health Form, Use of (with Dianetic Health Form of 11 Apr.
1969)
(revised-see 3 78) 329
17 Apr. Dianetic Case Supervision 336
17 Apr. Dianetic Case Failures 337
22 Apr. Dianetics vs. Scientology 338
22 Apr. Somatics and OTs 339
23 Apr. Dianetics-Basic Definitions 340
23 Apr. Dianetics-Erasure-How to Obtain 344
23 Apr. Past Lives 345
24 Apr.R Preclear Assessment Sheet 346A
1969 (cont.)
24 Apr. Dianetic Use 347
24 Apr. Dianetic Results 351
26 Apr. Somatics 352
27 Apr. R-3-R Restated-Commands on Second Run on an Incident
354
27 Apr. Dianetic Failures 355
28 Apr. High TA in Dianetics 356
29 Apr. Assessment and Interest 357
30 Apr. Auditor Trust 359
May Grinding Out Engrams 360
7 May Policies on "Sources of Trouble" (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 1-
525
7 May The Five GAEs 361
7 May Floating Needle 362
7 May Summary of How to Write an Auditor's Report, Worksheets
and Summary Report, with some Additional Information
363
8 May Out Tech (HCO PL) see footnote-209
8 May Teaching the Dianetics Course 365
9 May Case Supervising Dianetics Folders 366
9 May Case Supervisor Forms 368
11 May Meter Trim Check 369
11 May Forcing a Pc(revised-see 442) 369
13 May Peculiarities 370
14 May Dianetic Assists (revision of 2 Apr. 1969) 318
14 May Sickness 371
14 May F/N and Erasure 373
14 May Cultural Lag 374
15 May Green Form (HCO PL) see footnote-226
15 May Dirty Needle 375
17 May TRs and Dirty Needles 375
18 May Erasure 376
19 May Drug and Alcohol Cases-Prior Assessing 377
19 May Health Form, Use of-A Brief Description of Auditing
(with Pastoral Counselling Health Form of 22 July 1969)
378
20 May Keeping Dianetics Working in an Area 386
21 May Assessment 388
22 May Dianetics-Its Background 391
23 May Auditing Out Sessions-Narrative Versus Somatic Chains
394
24 May The Difficult Case 395
24 May Dianetic High Crimes 396
25 May High TA Assessment 397
27 May The VIII's Nightmare 399
28 May How Not To Erase 400
1969 (cont.)
28 May Dianetics and Results-Dianetic Counseling Groups 402
6 June Prediction and Consequences 404
11 June Materials, Scarcity of 406
23 June F/N 407
26 June C/S-How to Case Supervise Dianetics Folders see-409
28 June C/S-How to Case Supervise Dianetics Folders 409
16 July Urgent-Important 413
19 July Dianetics and Illness 415
22 July Pastoral Counselling Health Form 381
22 July Auditing Speed 417
22 July High TA Assessment 418
23 July Auditor Assignment Policies 420
24 July Seriously Ill Pcs 421
27 July Antibiotics 422
29 July The "Art" of Case Supervision 424
2 Aug. "LX" Lists 426
3 Aug. LX2 427
4 Aug. LX3 (Attitudes) see-446
9 Aug. Case Folder Analysis, Dianetics 428
9 Aug. LX1 (Conditions) 432
15 Aug. Flying Ruds 433
16 Aug. Handling Illness in Scientology 435
2 Sept. Triple Grades (HCO PL) OEC Vol. 2-294
7 Sept. Green Form (HCO PL) see footnote-226
19 Sept. Study Slowness 437
5 Oct. Triple Flows 438
5 Oct. Dianetic Triples 440
6 Oct. Triple Errors in Dianetics (replaced-see Vol. VII, 1)
441
12 Oct. Forcing a Pc (revision of 11 May 1969) 442
12 Oct. Dianetic Triples Plural Item 442
17 Oct. Drugs, Aspirin and Tranquilizers 443
15 Oct. Welcome to the Sea Org Lectures (15 Oct.-21 Oct.) 445
5 Nov. LX3 (Attitudes) 446
15 Nov. Case Supervision Auditing and Results 447
15 Nov. Case Supervision, How It Goes Non-Standard 449
23 Nov. Student Rescue Intensive (revised 26 June 1973) 451
2 Dec. Rising TA 453
18 Dec. Organizational Health Chart see footnote OEC
Vol. 7-115
Subject Index 455
Alphabetical List of Titles 483
PERIODICALS BY ISSUE NUMBER
Certainty Magazine
Vol.-No.
13-2 Feb. 1966 Psychotics 131
13-3 Mar. 1966 What Is Greatness? 154
LONG CONTENTS
ca. 1965 MY PHILOSOPHY, 1
First principle is that wisdom is meant for anyone who wishes to reach
for it, 1
Second principle is that it must be capable of being applied, 1
Third principle is that any philosophic knowledge is only valuable if
it is true or if it works, 1
LRH's travels, 2
LRH cured himself from war injuries, 2
HCO PL 7 Feb. 1965 KEEPING SCIENTOLOGY WORKING, 4
Ten points to get the correct technology applied, 4
A group can't evolve truth, 5
Scientology in its formative stages was not discovered by a group, 6
Why the early Scientology organizations failed, 6
Group vs. individuals, 6
Examples of failures in keeping the ten points in, 7
Importance of tough training, 8
Turn "open-minded" people into dedicated ones, 8
Proper attitude to Scientology, 9
HCO PL 14 Feb. 1965 SAFEGUARDING TECHNOLOGY, 10
Why "squirreling" exists, 10
Scientology is a workable system, 10
HCO B 5 Mar. 1965 BOOK OF CASE REMEDIES-APPLICATION OF TECH, 13
Book of Case Remedies used by person himself to spot by-passed charge,
13
HCO B 10 Mar. 1965 WORDS, MISUNDERSTOOD GOOFS, 14
Don't substitute synonyms for words, 14
HCO B 29 Mar. 1965 ARC BREAKS, 16
How to identify and handle ARC breaks, 16
An ARC break occurs on a generality or a not there, 16
Case manifestation of generality and handling, 17
Formula to handle ARC break using generalities, 17
Generality and Not There, 18
Level VI ARC breaks, 18
HCO B 2 Apr. 1965 THE ROAD TO CLEAR, 19
Release was called "keyed out clear", 19
Level VI, l9
Liability of the reactive mind, 20
The states of being, 20
HCO B 4 Apr. 1965 ARC BREAKS AND MISSED WITHHOLDS, 22
ARC break procedure doesn't work when pc really has a missed withhold,
22
The bottom of ARC breaks is a missed withhold, 22
"Withholdy pc that ARC breaks a lot", 22
Continuous overt case, 23
HCO B 5 Apr. 1965 A CONDITIONS TEST PROCESS I-X-REGISTRARS, 25
Process I-X, 25
HCO B 7 Apr. 1965 PREMATURE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS, 26
Premature acknowledgement leads to inadvertent withholds, 26
HCO B 18 Apr. 1965 HOW TO APPLY LEVEL PROCESSING, 27
Only alter-is of routine auditing can cause case failure, 27
Levels are designed for all cases, 27
HCO B 27 Apr. 1965 CLAY TABLE HEALING GOOF, 29
Handling of "What should be near (body part)?" question, 29
HCO B 5 May 1965 APPLICATION-MORE ON THE APPLICATION OF SCIENTOLOGY TO
CHILDREN, 30
Processes for children, 30
Process Zero-Zero on children, 31
Much time is used to flatten things on children, 32
HCO PL 5 May 1965 CLASSIFICATION, GRADATION AND AWARENESS CHART, 33
Awareness scale and auditing, 33
The bridge, 34
Auditor classifications, 34
HCO PL 10 May 1965 RELEASES-VITAL DATA, 38
What Grade Vs and VAs can be audited on, 38
Next step for a Grade VA Release in auditing is R6 EW, 38
Release's increased abilities regarding training, 39
HCO PL 17 May 1965 CCHs, 40
CCHs are processes, not drills, 40
Processes vs. drills, 40
HCO B 22 May 1965 AUDITING BY LISTS, 41 [REPLACED]
HCO PL 27 May 1965 PROCESSING, 43
Auditing rules: get the pc through it; what turns it on will turn it
off; the way out is the way through, 43
HCO B 4 June 1965 CLASS II MODEL SESSION, 44 [CANCELLED]
Session preliminaries, 44
Start of session, 44
Beginning rudiments, 44
Running O/W, 44
Start of process, 45
Middle rudiments, 45
End of process non-cyclical, 45
End of process cyclical, 45
End rudiments, 45
Goals and gains, 45
Havingness, 46
End of session, 46
HCO B 14 June 1965 SUMMARY REPORT, 47
What information to put on the Summary Report, 47
HCO PL 17 June 1965 STAFF AUDITOR ADVICES, 49
Comm cycle and Ethics, 49
Case Supervisor puzzle, 49
Auditor to Ethics, 50
When to report withholds, 50
D of P work is completely textbook, 50
HCO B 18 June 1965 CLEAR AND OT BEHAVIOUR, 51
Clear vs. keyed-out Clear, 51
OT vs. keyed-out OT, 51
HCO PL 26 June 1965 HGC PC REVIEW AUDITING FORM, 52 [REVISED]
Green Form, 52
HCO B 28 June 1965 RELEASES, DIFFERENT KINDS, 56
First Stage Release, 56
Second Stage Release or a Power Release, 56
Third Stage Release, 56
Keyed-out Operating Thetan, 56
Clear and OT, 56
HCO B 30 June 1965 RELEASE, REHABILITATION OF FORMER RELEASES
AND THETAN EXTERIORS, 57
Rehab procedure, 57
Rehab theory, 58
Liability of rehab, 58
HCO PL 1 July 1965 COMM CYCLE ADDITIVES, 59
There are no additives permitted on the auditing comm cycle, 59
Mannerism additives, 59
HCO B 3 July 1965 MODEL SESSION REVISED, 60 [CANCELLED]
What to do when Release is reached, 60
HCO B 12 July 1965 STATES OF BEING ATTAINED BY PROCESSING, 61
Types of Releases, 61
Locks, 61 Secondaries and engrams, 61
The whole track, 61 Exterior, 61
Processes that make 1st, 2nd and 3rd Stage Releases, 62
Clear-the R6 bank, 62
Operating Thetan, 62
HCO B 21 July 1965 RELEASE REHABILITATION, 63
Rehab procedure amplification, 63
HCO B 27 July 1965 AUDITING BY LISTS, 64 [CANCELLED]
How to use List 1, 64
HCO B 2 Aug. 1965 RELEASE GOOFS, 66
Overrun, 66
Rehabilitation goof, 66
Rough comm cycle, 66
Meter misuse, 66
E-Meter dating on rehab, 66
Not recognizing a floating needle, 67
Not getting all releases, 67
Pc's own purposes, 67
Declare errors, 67
Unalert org, 68
HCO B 3 Aug. 1965 AUDITING GOOFS-BLOWDOWN INTERRUPTION, 69
Auditor must not speak or move during a blowdown, 69
Floating needle cannot be observed during a blowdown, 69
Basic auditing, 69
HCO B 5 Aug. 1965 RELEASE STAGES, 70
Release Stages 1 to 5 described, 70
How to obtain Release Stages 1 to 5, 71
HCO B 6 Aug. 1965 QUALIFICATIONS TECHNICAL ACTIONS, 73
Review's standard procedure: don't audit the case, audit the
procedure, 73
Former Release check, 73
Case Supervisor request for Review, 74
Review to repair, 74
Student assists, 75
Declare? for Release, 75
Basis of Qual actions, 75
HGC uses of Qual tools, 76
The eight big rules of auditing, 76
Don't mistake a PTP or withhold for an ARC break, 77
Handling of SPs and PTSes, 77
HCO B 19 Aug. 1965 MODEL SESSION REVISED, 78
HCO B 23 Aug. 1965 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY,
79
HCO B 30 Aug. 1965 ART, 83
The fundamentals of art, 83
Art is a word which summarizes the quality of communication, 83
Perfection vs. communication, 84
An artist's relation to his audience, 85
Decline of art forms, 85
HCO B 30 Aug. 1965 RELEASE STAGES, 86
Release-Clear-OT, 86
Release Stages 1 to 5, 86
Locks, 86
Secondaries and engrams, 86
The whole track, 87
The reactive mind, 87
Operating Thetan, 87
Sept. 1965 THE AIMS OF SCIENTOLOGY, 88
HCO B 13 Sept. 1965 OUT TECH AND HOW TO GET IT IN, 89
Meaning of out tech and tech, 89
Difference between theory and practice, 89
The need for practice, 90
Evaluation of importances, 90
Condition of "can't-apply" is handled by drills, 90
The important data in a session, 91
Six reasons a case does not advance, 91
Assessment to find the "why" for failed auditors and bogged cases, 92
HCO B 21 Sept. 1965 OUT TECH, 93
The five gross auditing errors, 93
The six things that can be wrong with a pc, 93
Getting in tech, 93
HCO PL 21 Sept. 1965 E-METER DRILLS, 94
Imperative that E-Meter drills be done well, 94
HCO B 22 Sept. 1965 RELEASE GRADATION-NEW LEVELS OF RELEASE, 95
Grades of Release and type of process run, 95
Subjects of each grade, 96
Training levels, 97
Gradation Chart modernized, 97
HCO B 27 Sept. 1965 RELEASE GRADATION-ADDITIONAL DATA, 98
Table of Grades of Release, 98
Rehabilitation of Former Release, 99
Error in rehabilitation, 99
Don't underrun or overrun processes, 100
HCO B 29 Sept. 1965 CYCLICAL AND NON-CYCLICAL PROCESS
CONCLUSIONS, 101
HCO B 29 Sept. 1965 THE CONTINUING OVERT ACT, 102
Criminals get no case gain, 102
Continuous overts means no case gain, 102
Discipline vs. reactive mind, 102
Fast, slow and no gain case, 103
HCO B 1 Oct. 1965 MUTTER TR, 104 [REVISED]
Purpose, commands, position and training stress of Mutter TR, 104
HCO PL 11 Aug. 1971 SECURITY OF DATA, 105
Reason for confidential materials, 105
Safeguarding Scientology materials, 105
From Power Processing on up the data is confidential, 105
HCO B 5 Nov. 1965 FIVE WAY BRACKET ON HELP, 106
Commands and how to run, 106
HCO B 5 Nov. 1965 LECTURE GRAPHS, 106
HCO B 7 Nov. 1965 RELEASE REHABILITATION ERROR, 107
There are no release points prior to auditing, 107
Only auditing keys out bank, 107
HCO B 8 Nov. 1965 SUPPRESSIVES AND HIDDEN STANDARDS, 109
Data on what a hidden standard means, 109
PTS handling, 109
HCO B 14 Nov. 1 965 CLEARING COMMANDS, 110
Example of how to clear commands, 110
HCO B 16 Nov. 1965 E-METER SENSITIVITY SETTING, 110
HCO B 16 Nov. 1965 COMMANDS FOR UPPER INDOCTRINATION
-TR 6, TR 7, TR9, 111
HCO B 19 Nov. 1965 PROBLEMS PROCESS, 111
Commands and how to run Level I Problem Process, 111
HCO PL 19 Nov. 1965 AUDITING REPORTS, 112
What the auditing report should contain, 112
HCO B 24 Nov. 1965 SEARCH AND DISCOVERY, 113
Three types of PTS, 113
PTS Type One handling, 113
PTS Type Two handling, 114
Search and Discovery, 114
Actual SP vs. apparent SP, 114
PTS Type Three handling, 115
HCO B 26 Nov. 1965 INFORMATION ON REHABILITATION, 117
Incorrect rehab procedure, 117
HCO B 1 Dec. 1965 CCHs, 118
CCH 1, command and how to run, 118
CCH 2, commands and how to run, 119
CCH 3, commands and how to run, 119
CCH 4, commands and how to run, 120
HCO B 6 Dec. 1965 LOW TA CASES, 121
Power Processing and low TA cases, 121
HCO B 10 Dec. 1965 E-METER DRILL COACHING, 122
List of E-Meter Drill outnesses and what they mean, 122
HCO B 27 Dec. 1965 VITAMINS, 123
Vitamin E assists auditing, 123
Vitamin E data, 123
"Guk Bomb" and Vitamin E, 123
Effect of Vitamin E on body, 124
HCO B 19 Jan. 1966 DANGER CONDITIONS-TECHNICAL DATA FOR REVIEW AUDITORS,
126
How to cure a disagreement, 126
How to handle compulsive by-passing, 126
HCO B 21 Jan. 1966 SEARCH AND DISCOVERY (ETHICS TYPE CASES, PTSs)
-S & D ERRORS, 127
Causes of S & D failure, 127
Golden rule of S & D, 127
HCO B 28 Jan. 1966 SEARCH AND DISCOVERY DATA-HOW A SUPPRESSIVE BECOMES ONE,
128
Getting "myself" as item in Search and Discovery, 128
The main trouble in S & D, 128
S & D listing, 129
S & D listing rules, 129
Review action, 129
Certainty Vol. 13, No. 2, Feb. 1966 PSYCHOTICS, 131
Insanity statistic is growing, 131
Inadequate definition of psychosis, 131
Why psychosis is becoming more widespread, 132
Psychosis classification has become relatively meaningless, 132
Source of psychosis, 132
Apparent and actual psychotic, 133
Characteristics of a psychotic, 133
Psychotics and help, 133
Handling the actual psychotic, 134
Handling of institutional psychosis, 134
Answer to doubt about sanity, 135
HCO B 5 Feb. 1966 S AND D WARNING, 136
Listing and nulling errors in S & Ds, 136
Actions of SPs, 136
HCO B 5 Feb. 1966 "LETTING THE PC ITSA"
-THE PROPERLY TRAINED AUDITOR, 138
What Itsa is, 138
Cure for auditor who is "letting the pc itsa", 139
Tech savvy, 139
Cure for auditor who can't control pc, 140
HCO B 9 Feb. 1966 RELEASE GRADES, 141
Release-Clear-OT, 141
Locks, 141
Secondaries and engrams, 141
The whole track, 142
The reactive mind, 142
Operating Thetan, 142
HCO PL 10 Feb. 1966 TECH RECOVERY, 143
Rehabbing lower grades, 143
Overrunning free needle, 143
Rehab by rehab procedure, don't use another process, 144
Don't use unusual solutions, 144
When SP is discovered, give an S & D to his associates, 144
After SP is removed, if stats are still down, look for another SP, 144
Case Supervisor lives in an ivory tower, 145
Primary indicator of the presence of an SP, 146
HCO B 11 Feb. 1966 FREE NEEDLES, HOW TO GET THEM ON A PC, 147
Rehabbing several overruns, 147
Free needle and sensitivity setting, 147
Pcs are most apt to go free needle after a big cog, 147
HCO B 12 Feb. 1966 THE "DANGEROUS AUDITOR", 149
Actions of "dangerous auditor", 149
Bad auditor vs. dangerous auditor, 149
HCO B 21 Feb. 1966 DEFINITION PROCESSES, 150
Assists, 150 Primary and secondary auditing styles, 150
Remedies, 150
Guiding style, 151
Guiding secondary style, 151
Definitions Processing, 151
Remedy A patter, 151
Remedy B patter, 152
Purpose of Definitions Processing, 152
Cycle of mis-definition, 153
Overts and misunderstood words, 153
Certainty Vol. 13, No. 3, Mar. 1966 WHAT IS GREATNESS?, 154
HCO PL 8 Mar. 1966 HIGH CRIME, 156
Highest crime in Tech and Qual, 156
Star-rated checkouts of processes are required before application, 156
Failure to check out, star-rated, the Tech and Qual HCO Bs results in
crashed stats, 157
HCO B 3 Apr. 1966 DIANETIC AUDITING COURSE, 158
Dianetic auditor instructions, 158
Dianetics is the entrance way for an auditor, 159
Dianetics vs. Scientology, 160
Dianetic auditing procedure, 161
HCO B 10 June 1966 S & D COMMANDS, 164
If you find a group on an S & D do a represent list, 164
HCO B 10 June 1966 S & D-THE MISSED ITEM, 165
Illness = only PTS; only PTS = illness, 165
What it means if a person who has had an S & D gets sick, 165
HCO B 20 July 1966 THE TYPE TWO PTS, 166
S & D and disconnection letters, 166
HCO PL 21 July 1966 TECH vs. QUAL, 167
When to send pcs to Review, 167
HCO B 27 July 1966 METER TRIM CHECK, 168 [REPLACED]
HCO B 10 Aug. 1966 ERRORS OF STUDENTS, 169
Common errors on Level 0, I, II, III, IV, VI and Solo Audit, 169
HCO B 16 Aug. 1966 LIST L-4 S & D, 171 [CANCELLED]
List used to assess an ARC break on Search and Discovery, 171
HCO B 22 Aug. 1966 FLOATING NEEDLES, LISTING PROCESSES, 172
F/N during listing means no charge left and no item, 172
HCO B 23 Aug. 1966 SERVICE FACSIMILE, 173
Service facsimile is a computation generated by the being not the
bank, 173
Pc giving a doingness, 173
HCO B 20 Sept. 1966 MINUS SCALE RELEASES: ARC STRAIGHT WIRE
-DIANETIC, 175
Three specific grades of Release below Zero, 175
Straight Wire Release, 175
Dianetic Secondary Release, 175
Dianetic Engram Release, 175
Overruns that can require repair, 176
HCO B 21 Sept. 1966 ARC BREAK NEEDLE, 176
HCO B 27 Sept. 1966 THE ANTI-SOCIAL PERSONALITY
-THE ANTI-SCIENTOLOGIST, 177
Crime and criminal acts are perpetuated by anti-social personalities,
177
Attributes of anti-social personality, 177
Basic reason for anti-social behavior, 179
Relief when anti-social persons are found, 179
The social personality, 180
Primary characteristics of the social personality, 181
Basic motivation of the social personality, 182
Social vs. anti-social personality, 183
HCO PL 13 Oct. 1966 HGC PC REVIEW AUDITING FORM, 184 [REVISED]
HCO B 18 Nov. 1966 REHAB ON SELF ANALYSIS, 188
How rehab on Self Analysis lists was done, 188
HCO B 30 Nov. 1966 ASSESSMENT FOR SERVICE FACSIMILES, 189
Methods to find service facsimile, 189
HCO B 2 Jan. 1967 SUB ZERO RELEASES-EXAMINER'S SAFEGUARD, 190
Assessing the awareness levels on pc, 190
HCO B 2 Jan. 1967 DATING-FORBIDDEN WORDS, 191
In dating don't use "more"-"less", use "greater than"-"lesser than",
191
HCO B 19 Jan. 1967 MANIFESTATIONS OF ENGRAMS AND SECONDARIES FURTHER
DEFINED, 192
Somatics defined, 192
Pain defined, 192
Sensation defined, 192
HCO B 22 Mar. 1967 ADMIN KNOW-HOW-ALTER-IS AND DEGRADED BEINGS, 193
Very degraded beings alter-is, 193
Data on degraded beings, 193
HCO B 18 Apr. 1967 RELIGIOUS PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS PRACTICE, 195
Scientology as a religious philosophy and practice, 195
HCO B 30 June 1967 EVIDENCES OF AN ABERRATED AREA, 196
HCO B 19 Aug. 1967 THE SUPREME TEST, 197
The supreme test of a thetan is his ability to make things go right,
197
Aberration considered in a passive and active way, 197
Validity of purpose, 198
HCO B 13 Sept. 1967 REMEDY B, 199
Remedy B is done by listing, 199
HCO B 18 Sept. 1967 SCALES, 200
Emotional Tone Scale, 200 C-D-E-I Scale, 200
C-D-E-I Scale Expanded, 200
Scale of Identification, 200
Effect Scale, 200
Scale of Knowingness, 200
Expanded Know to Mystery Scale, 201
Havingness Scale, 201
Reality Scale (old), 201
Reality Scale (new), 201
Needle characteristics, 201
HCO B 24 Sept. 1967 A REPORT TO RON ON SEA SICKNESS, 202
Example of handling seasickness, 202
HCO B 8 Oct. 1967 CLEAR CHECKS AND RE-CLEAR CHECKS, 203
Rehabbing grades, 203
Re-Clear check, 204
HCO B 11 Oct. 1967 CLAY TABLE TRAINING, 205
Clay table training purpose, 205
Make glib student demonstrate application, 205
Check for application in checkouts, 205
HCO B 9 Nov. 1967 REVISION OF REMEDY A, REMEDY B, AND S AND Ds, 206
Remedy A, 206
Remedy B, 206
List 1B, 206
List 2B, List 3B, 207
Search and discovery of suppression is called an "S and D", 207
How to handle general item on S & D, 208
HCO PL 22 Nov. 1967 OUT TECH, 209 [REVISED]
Description of out tech, 209
Ways you can fail to get results on a pc, 209
HCO B 28 Nov. 1967 THE KEY S & D QUESTION, 210
HCO B 27 Dec. 1967 LIST HANDLING, 210
Green Form handling, 210
HCO PL 28 Dec. 1967 QUAL SENIOR DATUM, 211
Qual never takes order on what to do technically, 211
Keynote of Qual is correction, 211
HCO B 9 Jan. 1968 LIST L4A-FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING [REVISED] ERRORS,
S & Ds, REMEDY A, REMEDY B, ETC, 213
HCO B 9 Jan. 1968 MONEY PROCESS, 215
Command of and how to run Money Process, 215
HCO B 13 Jan. 1968 S & Ds, 216
S&D Type U, 216
S&D Type S, 216
S&D Type W, 216
HCO B 16 Jan. 1968 STARTING OF PRECLEARS, 217
All raw meat preclears should be run on ARC S/W, Secondaries and
Engrams, 217
HCO B 19 Jan. 1968 S & Ds-S & Ds BY BUTTON, 218
S & Ds by assessment for question, 218 Purpose S & Ds, 218
HCO B 12 Mar. 1968 MISTAKES, ANATOMY OF, 219
In the presence of suppression, one makes mistakes, 219
HCO B 18 Apr. 1968 NEEDLE REACTIONS ABOVE GRADE IV, 220
Clear's postulates read as a surge, 220
Brief dirty needle on a pre-OT means "No", 220
HCO PL 19 Apr. 1968 HGC PC REVIEW AUDITING FORM, 221 [REVISED]
Green Form, 221
HCO B 4 May 1968 DIANETIC COURSES-STUCK PICTURES, 227
Why a picture is stuck, 227
HCO B 7 May 1968 UPPER INDOC TRS, 228
TR 6, 8-C (Body Control), 228
TR 7, High School Indoc, 228
TR 8, Tone 40 on an Object, 229
TR 9, Tone 40 on a Person, 230
HCO B 20 May 1968 OVERT-MOTIVATOR SEQUENCE, 231
Overt-motivator sequence of engrams, 231
Why motivator is called a motivator, 231
Two extreme stages of overt-motivator phenomena, 231
Nonextant engrams, 232 Secondaries, 232
HCO B 24 May 1968 COACHING, 233
Coach with a purpose, 233
Coach with reality, 233
Coach with an intention, 233
In coaching take up only one thing at a time, 233
Don't give opinions, give direct statements, 234
Validate rightnesses, 234
Flunk "self-coaching", 234
HCO B 1 Aug. 1968 THE LAWS OF LISTING AND NULLING, 236
HCO B 5 Aug. 1968 CHANGE OF COMMANDS-OVERT-MOTIVATOR SEQUENCE, 238
Commands to be used to clean up overts, 238
HCO B 6 Aug. 1968 R 3 H, 239
Way to handle the ARC breaks of a case with R3H, 239
HCO B 26 Aug. 1968 REHAB & CORRECTION, 241
When to rehab Grades, 241 Overrunning auditing actions, 241
HCO B 28 Aug. 1968 OUT TECH, 242
Standard tech alone resolves all cases, 242
HCO B 28 Aug. 1968 DRUGS, 243
Why drugs are dangerous, 243
Drug or alcohol burns up the Vitamin B1 in the system rapidly, 243
HCO B 29 Aug. 1968 DRUG DATA, 244
Description of LSD-25, marijuana, hashish, peyote, mescaline, STP and
DMT, 244
Users of drugs cannot as-is, do not get TA, nor do they have
cognitions, 245
HCO B 31 Aug. 1968 WRITTEN C/S INSTRUCTIONS, 245
Giving verbal C/S instruction is a high crime, 245
HCO B 1 Sept. 1968 SUMMARY OF HOW TO WRITE AN AUDITOR'S REPORT, WORK SHEETS
AND SUMMARY REPORT, WITH SOME ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, 246
Auditor's report, 246
Worksheets, 246
Summary report, 247
HCO B 1 Sept. 1968 POINTS ON CASE SUPERVISION, 248
HCO B 4 Sept. 1968 DON'T FORCE A PC WHO IS ILL, 249
Ill pcs require light auditing, 249
HCO B 6 Sept. 1968 CHECKING FOR FALSE READS, 249
When to check for false read, 249
HCO B 10 Sept. 1968-1 GREEN FORM, S & D, 250
Additives which are not altogether correct, 250
HCO B 11 Sept. 1968 FALSE READS, 250
How to handle E-Meter false reads, 250
HCO B 11 Sept. 1968 CASE SUPERVISOR DATA, 251
Case Supervisor should watch for Ethics record of pcs who have been
C/Sed, 251
HCO B 17 Sept. 1968 OVERRUN PROCESS, 251
Handling high TA by rehab, 251
HCO B 17 Sept. 1968R SIX ZONES OF ACTION, 252
Six zones of action in Class VIII, 252
HCO B 17 Sept. 1968 ETHNICS, 253
Mores and changing fashions, 253
HCO B 17 Sept. 1968 GROSS CASE SUPERVISION ERRORS, 254
HCO PL 18 Sept. 1968 EXAMINER'S FORM, 255 [REVISED]
HCO B 19 Sept. 1968 OLD LISTS ARE NOT TO BE COPIED, 256
HCO B 20 Sept. 1968 REVIEW, ORDERING PEOPLE TO, 256
HCO B 20 Sept. 1968 GLEE, 257
Remedy B can remedy glee, 257
Glee is a kind of insanity, 257
HCO B 22 Sept. 1968 CCHs NOT GRADE I, 257 [CANCELLED]
HCO B 23 Sept. 1968 DRUGS & TRIPPERS, 258
Rehabbing drug "releases", 258
Drug "releases" are deadly because they give the sensation of release
while actually pulling in mass, 258
Drugs can cause forceful exteriorization, 258
Unhandled drugs can inhibit exteriorization, 258
HCO B 23 Sept. 1968 NEW RUDIMENTS, 259
Commands for ARC break, PTP and missed withhold, 259
HCO B 25 Sept. 1968 CONTINUOUS PT OVERTS, 260
How to handle continuous present time overt question on Green Form,
260
HCO B 27 Sept. 1968 ARC STRAIGHT WIRE, 261
Commands for ARC Straight Wire, 261
ARC Straight Wire can crack neurotic cases, 261
HCO B 28 Sept. 1968 DIANETICS, 262
Erasure vs. release of engrams, 262
If a secondary or engram goes solid or won't discharge, you find the
earlier similar one and run it, 262
HCO B 30 Sept. 1968 LISTS, 263
Correction of lists, 263
HCO B 3 Oct. 1968 NEW RUDIMENTS QUESTIONS, 264 [CANCELLED]
HCO B 4 Oct. 1968 RUDS, 265
Clear the commands, 265
HCO B 7 Oct. 1968 ARC BREAK NEEDLE, 265
HCO B 7 Oct. 1968 ASSESSMENT, 266
Assessment vs. Listing and Nulling, 266
HCO B 8 Oct. 1968 ASSESSMENT: LX1, 267
HCO B 8 Oct. 1968 CASE SUPERVISOR-FOLDER HANDLING, 268
Analyzing folders, 268
Reviewing folders, 268
Standard tech, 268
HCO PL 14 Oct. 1968R THE AUDITOR'S CODE, 269
HCO B 14 Oct. 1968 METER POSITION, 271
Pc must not be able to see TA position on E-Meter, 271
HCO B 14 Oct. 1968 DEFINITION OF RECALL, 271
HCO B 16 Oct. 1968 SUPERVISOR'S DUTY, 272
HCO B 18 Oct. 1968 PROCESSING SEQUENCE, 272
Correct order in which Sub-zeros, Grades and OT sections are
administered, 272
HCO B 20 Oct. 1968 THE PURPOSE OF CLASS VIII, 273
Standard tech produces 100% results, 273
Cycle of the decline of an auditor and student, 273
Auditors are not gauged by results, but by flawless application of
standard tech, 273
Causes of session failure, 274
HCO B 21 Oct. 1968 FLOATING NEEDLE, 275
Floating needle defined, 275
Indicating floating needle, 275
ARC break needle, 275
HCO B 22 Oct. 1968R TEACHING THE CLASS VIII, 276
Class VIII Course principles, 276
HCO B 28 Oct. 1968 OT EXTERIOR, 276 [CANCELLED]
HCO B 1 Nov. 1968 HIGH TA, 277
How to get down high TA, 277
Don't run ruds if TA high, 277
Overrun past F/N will cause TA to rise, 277
Process can go F/N in a session break and intention of auditor to
continue sends TA high, 277
HCO B 2 Nov. 1968R CASE SUPERVISOR-CLASS VIII
-THE BASIC PROCESSES, 278
Limited processes, 278
Unlimited actions, 278
Recall, 279
Secondary, 279
Engram, 279
Prepcheck is an unlimited action, 280
Ruds questions if not done in the same day tend to be unlimited, 280
Assessing prepared lists is unlimited so long as the items are varied,
280
Green Form, 280
Itsa Earlier Itsa is unlimited, 280
Rudiments, 280
Symptoms of overcharged cases, 281
Determining and lightening charge is the problem of the C/S, 281
Think processes are unlimited, 282
C/S is limited by what his auditors can do, 282
Case remedies, 282
Case set-up for auditing, 283
HCO B 9 Nov. 1968 CLEARING COMMANDS-ALL LEVELS, 284
HCO B 10 Dec. 1968 CORRECTION, 284
HCO B 15 Dec. 1968 L4A- FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL
LISTING ERRORS, 285 [REVISED]
HCO B 26 Dec. 1968 THE THIRD PARTY LAW, 288
Quarrel or conflict, to occur, requires an unknown third party, 288
Examples of third party actions, 289
HCO B 8 Jan. 1969 DRUGS AND "INSANITY"-NON-COMPLIANCE AND
ALTER-IS, 291
When threatened with unmocking a thetan mocks up obsessively, 291
Time track is a composite, 291
Basis of alter-is, 291
Reactions to drugs, 292
Being out of present time, 292
Explanation of enturbulation, 292
Exteriorization, 293
Dangerous environment, 293
HCO B 24 Jan. 1969 SUB-ZEROS-TRIPLE GRADES-LOWER LEVELS
-TRIPLE GRADES, 294 [CANCELLED]
Straight-Wire Triple, 294
Dianetic Secondaries Triple, 295
Dianetic Engrams Triple, 297
Level 0 Triple, 300
Level One Triple, 301
Level Two Triple, 301
Level Three Triple, 301
Level Four Triple, 303
HCO B 25 Jan. 1969 TARGETS & COMPUTERS, 304
Developments on targets and purposes adaptable to computer
programming, 304
HCO B 25 Jan. 1969 TRIPLE LOWER GRADES, 305 [CANCELLED]
Running Triple Grades, 305
Auditor confusion, 305
Clearing commands, 305
Don't overrun, 306
Listing, 306
Out ruds, 306
Old pcs, 306
Tight C/Sing, 306
Invalidated auditors, 306
HCO B 3 Feb. 1969 TRIPLE GRADES-FLOWS, 307
Flows used in Triples Grades, 307
HCO B 3 Feb. 1969 TRIPLE GRADES, 308 [CANCELLED]
Class IV, 308
Class V, 308
Advantage of Triple Grades, 309
HCO B 28 Feb. 1969 MEDICAL DOCTORS, 309
Training medical doctors in orgs, 309
HCO B 3 Mar. 1969 CASE GAIN-COMPLETING LEVELS, 310
Any level is capable of giving a stable case gain, 310
To solve an earlier out tech situation one does not "give the next
level", 310
HCO B 12 Mar. 1969 AUDITOR'S REPORT-TRIPLE GRADES, 311 [CANCELLED]
Don't copy off the processes onto the Auditor's Report Form, 311
Worksheet, 311
Reason for admin, 311
HCO B 12 Mar. 1969 PHYSICALLY ILL PCS AND PRE OTS, 312
Mental illness vs. physical illness, 312
Reduce time of healing by auditing, 312
Medical examination, 313
"Failed cases" are medically ill or injured cases, 313
Insanity can be suppressed pain, 314
Handling of insane, 314
"Hereditary insanity" is an apparency, 315
If pc wants illness cured send him to medical doctor first, 315
HCO B 17 Mar. 1969 POLITICS, 317
Political philosophies placed against the Tone Scale, 317
HCO B 2 Apr. 1969 DIANETIC ASSISTS, 318
Touch Assist, 318
Contact Assist, 318
Auditing Assist, 318
Handling of illness, 319
Dianetic auditing speeds up healing from illness or injury, 320
First research on Dianetics, 320
HCO B 5 Apr. 1969 NEW PRECLEARS-THE WORKABILITY OF SCIENTOLOGY, 321
Conditions of a new preclear, 321
Poster type pictures defining basic auditing terms, 321
Persons on drugs, 322
Examples of "no auditing", 323
Outnesses in an area that thinks Dianetics and Scientology don't work,
323
HCO B 6 Apr. 1969 FUNDAMENTAL AUDITING, 325
Difference between Dianetics and Scientology, 325
Dianetic auditor is the natural inheritor of all mental healing, 325
Pc must be well to start on Scientology auditing, 325
HCO B 6 Apr. 1969 DIANETICS COURSE AUDITING REQUIREMENTS, 327
Ill pcs need Dianetics, not Scientology, 328
HCO B 16 Apr. 1969 HEALTH FORM, USE OF, 329 [REVISED]
Preclear's illness or upset has more than one source; it is a
composite, 329
Health Form procedure, 330
Dianetic Health Form, 332
HCO B 17 Apr. 1969 DIANETIC CASE SUPERVISION, 336
Dianetic auditors are not expected to do Scientology actions, 336
HCO B 17 Apr. 1969 DIANETIC CASE FAILURES, 337
Foremost failure is a failure to do Dianetics, 337
Illnesses are composed of several symptoms; each must be run, 337
HCO B 22 Apr. 1969 DIANETICS vs. SCIENTOLOGY, 338
Dianetics addresses the body; Scientology addresses the thetan, 338
HCO B 22 Apr. 1969 SOMATICS AND OTS, 339
Pc with physical difficulties needs Dianetics, 339
Scientology = thetan rehabilitation; Dianetics = body improvement, 339
HCO B 23 Apr. 1969 DIANETICS-BASIC DEFINITIONS, 340
Erasure, lock, secondary and engram defined, 340
Cause of psychosomatic ills, 340
Somatic and misemotion defined, 341
Pc who is ill needs Dianetics, 341
Run what is offered, don't force the pc, 341
Time track, pleasure moment, black field and invisible field defined,
342
Key out vs. erasure, 342
Multiple illness, 342
Chain, automatic bank, basic, unburdening, basic basic, valence and
ally defined, 343
What assess means in Dianetics, 343
HCO B 23 Apr. 1969 DIANETICS-ERASURE-HOW TO ATTAIN, 344
Run the somatic, not the narrative content, 344
HCO B 23 Apr. 1969 PAST LIVES, 345
Failures from not running past lives, 345
Don't question data, run what comes up, 345
Valences of famous figures, 345
BTB 24 Apr. 1969RA PRECLEAR ASSESSMENT SHEET, 346A
Who does assessment, 346A
When is assessment done, 346A
Purpose of preclear assessment sheet, 346A
The assessment sheet, 346A
HCO B 24 Apr. 1969 DIANETIC USE, 347
Illegal to cure illness, 347
Dianetics used for pastoral counseling is completely legal, 347
Correct procedure for ill pcs wanting auditing, 347
Examples of use of Dianetics, 348
Dianetics and Scientology, 349
HCO B 24 Apr. 1969 DIANETIC RESULTS, 351
Dianetics vs. Scientology, 351
Dianetic results are a well body and a being happy with it, 351
Scientology results are a free, powerful and immortal being, 351
HCO B 26 Apr. 1969 SOMATICS, 352
Narrative vs. somatic, 352
Never assess medical terms or symptoms, 352
On Health Form run the feeling not the physical disability, 352
HCO B 27 Apr. 1969 R-3-R RESTATED-COMMANDS ON SECOND
RUN ON AN INCIDENT, 354
Erasure or going solid, 354
Pc interest, 354
Erasing last incident found, 354
Completing chains, 354
F/Ns vs. erasure, 354
Ending sessions, 355
Ending Dianetics, 355
HCO B 27 Apr. 1969 DIANETIC FAILURES, 355
Ways to make Dianetics difficult, 355
HCO B 28 Apr. 1969 HIGH TA IN DIANETICS, 356
High TA in Dianetics means an engram too late on the chain to erase is
in restimulation, 356
TA behavior on engram chains, 356
HCO B 29 Apr. 1969 ASSESSMENT AND INTEREST, 357
Assessment for Longest Read, 357
Symbols of reads, 357
Why assessment is done, 357
E-Meter measures the awareness depth of the pc, 358
HCO B 30 Apr. 1969 AUDITOR TRUST, 359
Pc tends to be able to confront to the degree that he or she feels
safe, 359
Auditor plus pc is greater than the bank, auditor plus bank is greater
than the pc, pc minus auditor is less than the bank, 359
HCO B 1 May 1969 GRINDING OUT ENGRAMS, 360
OTs and Dianetics, 360
Not following somatic, 360
Through only once, 361
No past lives, 361
HCO B 7 May 1969 THE FIVE GAEs, 361
HCO B 7 May 1969 FLOATING NEEDLE, 362
Indicating floating needle, 362
HCO B 7 May 1969 SUMMARY OF HOW TO WRITE AN AUDITOR'S REPORT, WORKSHEETS
AND SUMMARY REPORT, WITH SOME ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, 363
Auditor's report, 363
Worksheets, 363
Summary report, 364
HCO B 8 May 1969 TEACHING THE DIANETICS COURSE, 365
Principles of teaching Dianetics auditors, 365
HCO B 9 May 1969 CASE SUPERVISING DIANETICS FOLDERS, 366
R3R exactly followed gives uniform results, 366
Dianetic auditor requirements, 366
Dianetic errors, 3 66
HCO B 9 May 1969 CASE SUPERVISOR FORMS, 368
Dianetic C/S No. 1, 368
Dianetic C/S No. 2, 368
HCO B 11 May 1969 METER TRIM CHECK, 369
Meter trim check procedure, 369
HCO B 11 May 1969 FORCING A PC, 369 [REVISED]
HCO B 13 May 1969 PECULIARITIES, 370
Dianetic peculiarities handled by Scientology Review, 370 Odd
phenomena of Dianetics, 370
HCO B 14 May 1969 SICKNESS, 371
Homeopathy, 371
Illness "running out" after session, 371
Pc "stuck" in time can make medicine ineffective, 371
Medicine made effective by Dianetics, 372
HCO B 14 May 1969 F/N AND ERASURE, 373
Tone arm position, 373
Overrun, 373
Cognition, 373
HCO B 14 May 1969 CULTURAL LAG, 374
Examples of cultural lag, 374
HCO B 15 May 1969 DIRTY NEEDLE, 375
Dirty needle indicates that a pc has withholds or is ARC broken, 375
HCO B 17 May 1969 TRS AND DIRTY NEEDLES, 375
Three causes for pc having dirty needle, 375
HCO B 18 May 1969 ERASURE, 376
Erase a picture, not only the somatic, 376
Beginning of incident, 376
Narrative vs. somatic items, 376
HCO B 19 May 1969 DRUG AND ALCOHOL CASES-PRIOR ASSESSING, 377
Characteristics of drug cases, 377
Reads on Dianetic lists, 377
Why Prior Assessing is done, 377
HCO B 19 May 1969 HEALTH FORM, USE OF
-A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF AUDITING, 378
Illness is a composite, 378
Health Form procedure, 379
Pastoral Counseling Health Form, 381
HCO B 20 May 1969 KEEPING DIANETICS WORKING IN AN AREA, 386
Dianetic case failures are traced to departure from standard
procedure, 386
Early Dianetic problems now solved, 386
Four points of greatest potential failure, 387
Dianetics not working is being varied, 387
HCO B 21 May 1969 ASSESSMENT, 388
Assessment and TA, 388
Operating definition of assessment, 388
Indicators of a right item, 389
Scientology listing and nulling actions have NOTHING to do with
Dianetics, 389
Run somatics not medical terms, 389
Dianetic lists, 390
HCO B 22 May 1969 DIANETICS-ITS BACKGROUND, 391
"Researchers" in the field of the human mind, 391
Psychology and "conditioning", 391
Psychology and psychiatry were state subjects, 391
Groups are built from individuals, 392
Product of Dianetics and Scientology, 392
Development of Dianetics, 393
HCO B 23 May 1969 AUDITING OUT SESSIONS-NARRATIVE VERSUS
SOMATIC CHAINS, 394
When running a narrative chain, ask for "earlier similar incident",
394
HCO B 24 May 1969 THE DIFFICULT CASE, 395
Use of Green Form, 395
OT cases, 395
HCO B 24 May 1969 DIANETIC HIGH CRIMES, 396
Four high crimes Dianetic auditor can commit, 396
HCO B 25 May 1969 HIGH TA ASSESSMENT, 397
What makes a TA high, 397
Scientology rehab vs. Dianetic erasure, 397
Cause of low TA, 397
HCO B 27 May 1969 THE VIII's NIGHTMARE, 399
Importance of a competent Review auditor, 399
HCO B 28 May 1969 HOW NOT TO ERASE, 400
Dianetic grinding, 400
Basic of chain, 400
Asking "solid or erasing", 400
Blowing by inspection, 400
Take earliest one of several similar incidents, 401
Earlier beginning, 401
HCO B 28 May 1969 DIANETICS AND RESULTS
-DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS, 402
Essential hats of isolated practitioner, 402
Auditing is a team activity, 403
HCO B 6 June 1969 PREDICTION AND CONSEQUENCES, 404
Overts and prediction, 404
Pavlov and stimulus response mechanism, 404
Psychology and psychiatry are political subjects aimed at control, 404
Creation of criminals, 404
Awareness of good and evil, 405
Road to sanity, 405
HCO B 11 June 1969 MATERIALS, SCARCITY OF, 406
Course can be wrecked by lack of study materials, 406
HCO B 23 June 1969 F/N, 407
Dianetic erasure vs. key-out, the criterion is to let the pc have his
win, 407
F/N on a lock can be by-passed, 407
Blowing engrams by inspection, 407
What a win consists of, 408
HCO B 28 June 1969 C/S-HOW TO CASE SUPERVISE DIANETICS FOLDERS, 409
Four possible actions for a Dianetics C/S to take, 409
Two types of cases, 410
Dianetic "oddity" case, 410
Roller-coaster after Dianetic auditing, 410
Sick pcs are sent directly to a medico, 411
Handling of insane, 411
C/S procedure, 411
Auditing result is the result of a team, 412
HCO B 16 July 1969 URGENT-IMPORTANT, 413
When you have a failed session you ask the pc what the auditor did,
413
Failing to give the next command, 413
HCO B 19 July 1969 DIANETICS AND ILLNESS, 415
Illnesses can be physical; if so medical action is the first action,
415
Illness is a composite somatic, 415
HCO B 22 July 1969 AUDITING SPEED, 417
Failed sessions caused by lack of speed, 417
Pre-OTs require fast auditors, 417
HCO B 22 July 1969 HIGH TA ASSESSMENT, 418
High TA equals mental energy mass, 418
Scientology rehab vs. Dianetic erasure, 418
Low TA, 419
HCO B 23 July 1969 AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES, 420
Do not assign an auditor whose grade and class is less than that of
the pc, 420
HCO B 24 July 1969 SERIOUSLY ILL PCS, 421
Medical examination, 421
Medical care, 421
Dianetic auditing, 421
HCO B 27 July 1969 ANTIBIOTICS, 422
Pc on antibiotics should be given Dianetic auditing, 422
Postoperative auditing, 422
Use of Vitamin B1, B complex and C, 422
Dianetics changes and improves the rate of healing, 423
Medicine made effective by Dianetics, 423
HCO B 29 July 1969 THE "ART" OF CASE SUPERVISION, 424
C/S against standardness of application, not against results, 424
Cases that can't get into or run past lives, 424
Missing Dianetics Grade, 424
Basic rationale behind C/Sing, 425
HCO B 2 Aug. 1969 "LX" LISTS, 426
End phenomena of LX Lists, 426
Use of LX Lists, 426
HCO B 3 Aug. 1969 LX2, 427
Emotional Assessment List, 427
HCO B 9 Aug. 1969 CASE FOLDER ANALYSIS, DIANETICS, 428
The nine Dianetic session wrongnesses, 428
Pc repair, 429 Out ruds, 429
Handling of physically ill pcs, 429
Special cases, 430
Health Forms, 430
Exterior, 431
HCO B 9 Aug. 1969 LX1 (CONDITIONS), 432
HCO B 15 Aug. 1969 FLYING RUDS, 433
Use of Suppress and False, 433
If a rud reads you always follow it earlier until it F/Ns, 433
Green Form, 433
ARC break, 433
PTP, 434
Missed withhold, 434
Don't recheck a read, 434
How to ask False question, 434
HCO B 16 Aug. 1969 HANDLING ILLNESS IN SCIENTOLOGY, 435
Sickness is the result of engram chains in restimulation, 435
Illness handling steps, 435
Life ruds, 43 5
Procedure for three S & Ds, 436
Second and third flows, 436
HCO B 19 Sept. 1969 STUDY SLOWNESS, 437
Course Supervisor outnesses make slow courses, 437
HCO B 5 Oct. 1969 TRIPLE FLOWS, 438
Examples of Flow 1, 2 and 3, 438
Flow 1 items, 438
Sick pcs, 439
Necessity of triples, 439
HCO B 5 Oct. 1969 DIANETIC TRIPLES, 440
Flow No. 2 and 3 commands, 440
HCO B 6 Oct. 1969 TRIPLE ERRORS IN DIANETICS, 441 [REPLACED]
HCO B 11 May 1969 FORCING A PC, 442
HCO B 12 Oct. 1969 DIANETIC TRIPLES PLURAL ITEM, 442
Starting with Triples, 442
HCO B 17 Oct. 1969 DRUGS, ASPIRIN AND TRANQUILIZERS, 443
Actions of aspirin and other pain depressants, 443
Drugs make auditing very difficult, 444
Cycle of drug restimulation of pictures, 444
Drugs chemically inhibit the creation of mental image pictures but
inhibit as well the erasure, 444
Drug taker wanting auditing, 444
HCO B 5 Nov. 1969 LX3 (ATTITUDES), 446
HCO B 15 Nov. 1969 CASE SUPERVISION AUDITING AND RESULTS, 447
Major errors of Dianetics, 447
Dianetic auditing is so simple that it demonstrates cleanly whether
the person can audit or not, 447
Value of being a proven Dianetic auditor, 448
HCO B 15 Nov. 1969 CASE SUPERVISION, HOW IT GOES NON-STANDARD, 449
Points a C/S must realize, 449
HCO B 23 Nov. 1969R STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE, 451
Steps of Student Rescue Intensive, 451
Dianetic Study Intensive, 452
Promoting Study Intensives, 452
HCO B 2 Dec. 1969 RISING TA, 453
Erasing-solid, 453
Erasing-solid, asked when TA is low, 453
My Philosophy
by
L. Ron Hubbard
The subject of philosophy is very ancient. The word means: "The love,
study or pursuit of wisdom, or of knowledge of things and their causes,
whether theoretical or practical."
All we know of science or of religion comes from philosophy. It lies
behind and above all other knowledge we have or use.
For long regarded as a subject reserved for halls of learning and the
intellectual, the subject, to a remarkable degree, has been denied the man
in the street.
Surrounded by protective coatings of impenetrable scholarliness,
philosophy has been reserved to the privileged few.
The first principle of my own philosophy is that wisdom is meant for
anyone who wishes to reach for it. It is the servant of commoner and king
alike and should never be regarded with awe.
Selfish scholars seldom forgive anyone who seeks to break down the
walls of mystery and let the people in. Will Durant, the modern American
philosopher, was relegated to the scrap heap by his fellow scholars when he
wrote a popular book on the subject, The Outline of Philosophy. Thus
brickbats come the way of any who seek to bring wisdom to the people over
the objections of the "inner circle."
The second principle of my own philosophy is that it must be capable of
being applied.
Learning locked in mildewed books is of little use to anyone and
therefore of no value unless it can be used.
The third principle is that any philosophic knowledge is only valuable
if it is true or if it works.
These three principles are so strange to the field of philosophy, that
I have given my philosophy a name: SCIENTOLOGY. This means only "knowing
how to know."
A philosophy can only be a route to knowledge. It cannot be crammed
down one's throat. If one has a route, he can then find what is true for
him. And that is Scientology.
Know Thyself . . . and the truth shall set you free.
Therefore, in Scientology, we are not concerned with individual actions
and differences. We are only concerned with how to show Man how he can set
himself free.
This, of course, is not very popular with those who depend upon the
slavery of others for their living or power. But it happens to be the only
way I have found that really improves an individual's life.
Suppression and oppression are the basic causes of depression. If you
relieve those a person can lift his head, become well, become happy with
life.
And though it may be unpopular with the slave master, it is very
popular with the people.
Common man likes to be happy and well. He likes to be able to
understand things, and he knows his route to freedom lies through
knowledge.
Therefore, for 15 years I have had Mankind knocking on my door. It has
not mattered where I have lived or how remote, since I first published a
book on the subject, my life has no longer been my own.
I like to help others and count it as my greatest pleasure in life to
see a person free himself of the shadows which darken his days.
These shadows look so thick to him, and weigh him down so, that when he
finds they are shadows and that he can see through them, walk through them
and be again in the sun, he is enormously delighted. And I am afraid I am
just as delighted as he is.
I have seen much human misery. As a very young man I wandered through
Asia and saw the agony and misery of overpopulated and underdeveloped
lands. I have seen people uncaring and stepping over dying men in the
streets. I have seen children less than rags and bones. And amongst this
poverty and degradation I found holy places where wisdom was great, but
where it was carefully hidden and given out only as superstition. Later, in
Western universities, I saw Man obsessed with materiality and with all his
cunning, I saw him hide what little wisdom he really had in forbidding
halls and make it inaccessible to the common and less favored man. I have
been through a terrible war and saw its terror and pain uneased by a single
word of decency or humanity.
I have lived no cloistered life and hold in contempt the wise man who
has not lived and the scholar who will not share.
There have been many wiser men than I, but few have travelled as much
road.
I have seen life from the top down and the bottom up. I know how it
looks both ways. And I know there is wisdom and that there is hope.
Blinded with injured optic nerves, and lame with physical injuries to
hip and back, at the end of World War II, I faced an almost nonexistent
future. My Service record stated: "This officer has no neurotic or
psychotic tendencies of any kind whatsoever," but it also stated
"permanently disabled physically."
And so there came a further blow . . . I was abandoned by family and
friends as a supposedly hopeless cripple and a probable burden upon them
for the rest of my days. I yet worked my way back to fitness and strength
in less than two years, using only what I knew and could determine about
Man and his relationship to the universe. I had no one to help me; what I
had to know I had to find out. And it's quite a trick studying when you
cannot see.
I became used to being told it was all impossible, that there was no
way, no hope. Yet I came to see again and walk again, and I built an
entirely new life. It is a happy life, a busy one and I hope a useful one.
My only moments of sadness are those which come when bigoted men tell
others all is bad and there is no route anywhere, no hope anywhere, nothing
but sadness and sameness and desolation, and that every effort to help
others is false. I know it is not true.
So my own philosophy is that one should share what wisdom he has, one
should help others to help themselves, and one should keep going despite
heavy weather for there is always a calm ahead. One should also ignore
catcalls from the selfish intellectual who cries: "Don't expose the
mystery. Keep it all for ourselves. The people cannot understand."
But as I have never seen wisdom do any good kept to oneself, and as I
like to see others happy, and as I find the vast majority of the people can
and do understand, I will keep on writing and working and teaching so long
as I exist.
For I know no man who has any monopoly upon the wisdom of this
universe. It belongs to those who can use it to help themselves and others.
If things were a little better known and understood, we would all lead
happier
And there is a way to know them and there is a way to freedom.
The old must give way to the new, falsehood must become exposed by
truth, and truth, though fought, always in the end prevails.
[pic]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 FEBRUARY 1965
Remimeo REISSUED 15 JUNE 1970
Sthil Students
Assn/Org Sec Hat (Reissued 28.1. 73 to correct a word [page 8,
HCO Sec Hat para 5/. Change in this type style.)
Case Sup Hat
Ds of P Hat
Ds of T Hat
Staff Member Hat
Franchise
(issued May 1965)
Note. Neglect of this Pol Ltr has caused great hardship on staffs, has cost
countless millions and made it necessary in 1970 to engage in an all-out
International effort to restore basic Scientology over the world. Within 5
years after the issue of this PL with me off the lines, violation had
almost destroyed orgs. "Quickie grades" entered in and denied gain to tens
of thousands of cases. Therefore actions which neglect or violate this
Policy Letter are HIGH CRIMES resulting in Comm Evs on ADMINISTRATORS and
EXECUTIVES. It is not "entirely a tech matter" as its neglect destroys orgs
and caused a 2-year slump. IT IS THE BUSINESS OF EVERY STAFF MEMBER to
enforce it.
ALL LEVELS
KEEPING SCIENTOLOGY WORKING
HCO Sec or Communicator Hat Check on all
personnel and new personnel as taken on.
We have some time since passed the point of achieving uniformly
workable technology.
The only thing now is getting the technology applied.
If you can't get the technology applied then you can't deliver what's
promised. It's as simple as that. If you can get the technology applied,
you can deliver what's promised.
The only thing you can be upbraided for by students or pcs is "no
results". Trouble spots occur only where there are "no results". Attacks
from governments or monopolies occur only where there are "no results" or
"bad results".
Therefore the road before Scientology is clear and its ultimate success
is assured if the technology is applied.
So it is the task of the Assn or Org Sec, the HCO Sec, the Case
Supervisor, the D of P, the D of T and all staff members to get the correct
technology applied.
Getting the correct technology applied consists of:
One: Having the correct technology.
Two: Knowing the technology.
Three: Knowing it is correct.
Four: Teaching correctly the correct technology.
Five: Applying the technology.
Six: Seeing that the technology is correctly applied.
Seven: Hammering out of existence incorrect technology.
Eight: Knocking out incorrect applications.
Nine: Closing the door on any possibility of incorrect technology.
Ten: Closing the door on incorrect application.
One above has been done.
Two has been achieved by many.
Three is achieved by the individual applying the correct technology in
a proper manner and observing that it works that way.
Four is being done daily successfully in most parts of the world.
Five is consistently accomplished daily.
Six is achieved by instructors and supervisors consistently.
Seven is done by a few but is a weak point.
Eight is not worked on hard enough.
Nine is impeded by the "reasonable" attitude of the not quite bright.
Ten is seldom done with enough ferocity.
Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten are the only places Scientology can bog down
in any area.
The reasons for this are not hard to find. (a) A weak certainty that it
works in Three above can lead to weakness in Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten.
(b) Further, the not-too-bright have a bad point on the button Self-
Importance. (c) The lower the IQ, the more the individual is shut off from
the fruits of observation. (d) The service facs of people make them defend
themselves against anything they confront, good or bad, and seek to make it
wrong. (e) The bank seeks to knock out the good and perpetuate the bad.
Thus, we as Scientologists and as an organization must be very alert to
Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten.
In all the years I have been engaged in research I have kept my comm
lines wide open for research data. I once had the idea that a group could
evolve truth. A third of a century has thoroughly disabused me of that
idea. Willing as I was to accept suggestions and data, only a handful of
suggestions (less than twenty) had long-run value and none were major or
basic; and when I did accept major or basic suggestions and used them, we
went astray and I repented and eventually had to "eat crow".
On the other hand there have been thousands and thousands of
suggestions and writings which, if accepted and acted upon, would have
resulted in the complete destruction of all our work as well as the sanity
of pcs. So I know what a group of people will do and how insane they will
go in accepting unworkable "technology". By actual record the percentages
are about twenty to 100,000 that a group of human beings will dream up bad
technology to destroy good technology. As we could have gotten along
without suggestions, then, we had better steel ourselves to continue to do
so now that we have made it. This point will, of course, be attacked as
"unpopular", "egotistical" and "undemocratic". It very well may be. But it
is also a survival point. And I don't see that popular measures, self-
abnegation and democracy have done anything for Man but push him further
into the mud. Currently, popularity endorses degraded novels, self-
abnegation has filled the South East Asian jungles with stone idols and
corpses, and democracy has given us inflation and income tax.
Our technology has not been discovered by a group. True, if the group had
not supported me in many ways I could not have discovered it either. But it
remains that if in its formative stages it was not discovered by a group,
then group efforts, one can safely assume, will not add to it or
successfully alter it in the future. I can only say this now that it is
done. There remains, of course, group tabulation or co-ordination of what
has been done, which will be valuable-only so long as it does not seek to
alter basic principles and successful applications.
The contributions that were worthwhile in this period of forming the
technology were help in the form of friendship, of defence, of
organization, of dissemination, of application, of advices on results and
of finance. These were great contributions and were, and are, appreciated.
Many thousands contributed in this way and made us what we are. Discovery
contribution was not however part of the broad picture.
We will not speculate here on why this was so or how I came to rise
above the bank. We are dealing only in facts and the above is a fact-the
group left to its own devices would not have evolved Scientology but with
wild dramatization of the bank called "new ideas" would have wiped it out.
Supporting this is the fact that Man has never before evolved workable
mental technology and emphasizing it is the vicious technology he did
evolve-psychiatry, psychology, surgery, shock treatment, whips, duress,
punishment, etc, ad infinitum.
So realize that we have climbed out of the mud by whatever good luck
and good sense, and refuse to sink back into it again. See that Seven,
Eight, Nine and Ten above are ruthlessly followed and we will never be
stopped. Relax them, get reasonable about it and we will perish.
So far, while keeping myself in complete communication with all
suggestions, I have not failed on Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten in areas I
could supervise closely. But it's not good enough for just myself and a few
others to work at this.
Whenever this control as per Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten has been
relaxed the whole organizational area has failed. Witness Elizabeth, N.J.,
Wichita, the early organizations and groups. They crashed only because I no
longer did Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten. Then, when they were all messed up,
you saw the obvious "reasons" for failure. But ahead of that they ceased to
deliver and that involved them in other reasons.
The common denominator of a group is the reactive bank. Thetans without
banks have different responses. They only have their banks in common. They
agree then only on bank principles. Person to person the bank is identical.
So constructive ideas are individual and seldom get broad agreement in a
human group. An individual must rise above an avid craving for agreement
from a humanoid group to get anything decent done. The bank-agreement has
been what has made Earth a Hell-and if you were looking for Hell and found
Earth, it would certainly serve. War, famine, agony and disease has been
the lot of Man. Right now the great governments of Earth have developed the
means of frying every Man, Woman and Child on the planet. That is Bank.
That is the result of Collective Thought Agreement. The decent, pleasant
things on this planet come from individual actions and ideas that have
somehow gotten by the Group Idea. For that matter, look how we ourselves
are attacked by "public opinion" media. Yet there is no more ethical group
on this planet than ourselves.
Thus each one of us can rise above the domination of the bank and then,
as a group of freed beings, achieve freedom and reason. It is only the
aberrated group, the mob, that is destructive.
When you don't do Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten actively, you are working
for the Bank dominated mob. For it will surely, surely (a) introduce
incorrect technology and swear by it, (b) apply technology as incorrectly
as possible, (c) open the door to any destructive idea, and (d) encourage
incorrect application. It's the Bank that says the group is all and the
individual nothing. It's the Bank that says we must fail.
So just don't play that game. Do Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten and you will
knock out of your road all the future thorns.
Here's an actual example in which a senior executive had to interfere
because of a pc spin: A Case Supervisor told Instructor A to have Auditor B
run Process X on Preclear C. Auditor B afterwards told Instructor A that
"It didn't work." Instructor A was weak on Three above and didn't really
believe in Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten. So Instructor A told the Case
Supervisor "Process X didn't work on Preclear C." Now this strikes directly
at each of One to Six above in Preclear C, Auditor B, Instructor A and the
Case Supervisor. It opens the door to the introduction of "new technology"
and to failure.
What happened here? Instructor A didn't jump down Auditor B's throat,
that's all that happened. This is what he should have done: grabbed the
auditor's report and looked it over. When a higher executive on this case
did so she found what the Case Supervisor and the rest missed: that Process
X increased Preclear C's TA to 25 TA divisions for the session but that
near session end Auditor B Qed and Aed with a cognition and abandoned
Process X while it still gave high TA and went off running one of Auditor
B's own manufacture, which nearly spun Preclear C. Auditor B's IQ on
examination turned out to be about 75. Instructor A was found to have huge
ideas of how you must never invalidate anyone, even a lunatic. The Case
Supervisor was found to be "too busy with admin to have any time for actual
cases".
All right, there's an all too typical example. The Instructor should
have done Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten. This would have begun this way.
Auditor B: "That Process X didn't work." Instructor A: "What exactly did
you do wrong?" Instant attack. "Where's your auditor's report for the
session? Good. Look here, you were getting a lot of TA when you stopped
Process X. What did you do?" Then the Pc wouldn't have come close to a spin
and all four of these would have retained certainty.
In a year, I had four instances in one small group where the correct
process recommended was reported not to have worked. But on review found
that each one (a) had increased the TA, (b) had been abandoned, and (c) had
been falsely reported as unworkable. Also, despite this abuse, in each of
these four cases the recommended, correct process cracked the case. Yet
they were reported as not having worked!
Similar examples exist in instruction and these are all the more deadly
as every time instruction in correct technology is flubbed, then the
resulting error, uncorrected in the auditor, is perpetuated on every pc
that auditor audits thereafter. So Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten are even more
important in a course than in supervision of cases.
Here's an example: A rave recommendation is given a graduating student
"because he gets more TA on pcs than any other student on the course!"
Figures of 435 TA divisions a session are reported. "Of course his model
session is poor but it's just a knack he has" is also included in the
recommendation. A careful review is undertaken because nobody at Levels 0
to IV is going to get that much TA on pcs. It is found that this student
was never taught to read an E-Meter TA dial! And no instructor observed his
handling of a meter and it was not discovered that he "overcompensated"
nervously, swinging the TA 2 or 3 divisions beyond where it needed to go to
place the needle at "set". So everyone was about to throw away standard
processes and model session because this one student "got such remarkable
TA". They only read the reports and listened to the brags and never looked
at this student. The pcs in actual fact were making slightly less than
average gain, impeded by a rough model session and misworded processes.
Thus, what was making the pcs win (actual Scientology) was hidden under a
lot of departures and errors.
I recall one student who was squirreling on an Academy course and
running a lot of off-beat whole track on other students after course hours.
The Academy students were in a state of electrification on all these new
experiences and weren't quickly brought under control and the student
himself never was given the works on Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten so they
stuck. Subsequently, this student prevented another squirrel from being
straightened out and his wife died of cancer resulting from
physical abuse. A hard, tough Instructor at that moment could have salvaged
two squirrels and saved the life of a girl. But no, students had a right to
do whatever they pleased.
Squirreling (going off into weird practices or altering Scientology)
only comes about from non-comprehension. Usually the non-comprehension is
not of Scientology but some earlier contact with an off-beat humanoid
practice which in its turn was not understood.
When people can't get results from what they think is standard
practice, they can be counted upon to squirrel to some degree. The most
trouble in the past two years came from orgs where an executive in each
could not assimilate straight Scientology. Under instruction in Scientology
they were unable to define terms or demonstrate examples of principles. And
the orgs where they were got into plenty of trouble. And worse, it could
not be straightened out easily because neither one of these people could or
would duplicate instructions. Hence, a debacle resulted in two places,
directly traced to failures of instruction earlier. So proper instruction
is vital. The D of T and his Instructors and all Scientology Instructors
must be merciless in getting Four, Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten into
effective action. That one student, dumb and impossible though he may seem
and of no use to anyone, may yet some day be the cause of untold upset
because nobody was interested enough to make sure Scientology got home to
him.
With what we know now, there is no student we enrol who cannot be
properly trained. As an Instructor, one should be very alert to slow
progress and should turn the sluggards inside out personally. No system
will do it, only you or me with our sleeves rolled up can crack the back of
bad studenting and we can only do it on an individual student, never on a
whole class only. He's slow = something is awful wrong. Take fast action to
correct it. Don't wait until next week. By then he's got other messes stuck
to him. If you can't graduate them with their good sense appealed to and
wisdom shining, graduate them in such a state of shock they'll have
nightmares if they contemplate squirreling. Then experience will gradually
bring about Three in them and they'll know better than to chase butterflies
when they should be auditing.
When somebody enrols, consider he or she has joined up for the duration
of the universe-never permit an "open-minded" approach. If they're going to
quit let them quit fast. If they enrolled, they're aboard, and if they're
aboard, they're here on the same terms as the rest of us-win or die in the
attempt. Never let them be half-minded about being Scientologists. The
finest organizations in history have been tough, dedicated organizations.
Not one namby-pamby bunch of panty-waist dilettantes have ever made
anything. It's a tough universe. The social veneer makes it seem mild. But
only the tigers survive-and even they have a hard time. We'll survive
because we are tough and are dedicated. When we do instruct somebody
properly he becomes more and more tiger. When we instruct half-mindedly and
are afraid to offend, scared to enforce, we don't make students into good
Scientologists and that lets everybody down. When Mrs. Pattycake comes to
us to be taught, turn that wandering doubt in her eye into a fixed,
dedicated glare and she'll win and we'll all win. Humour her and we all die
a little. The proper instruction attitude is, "You're here so you're a
Scientologist. Now we're going to make you into an expert auditor no matter
what happens. We'd rather have you dead than incapable."
Fit that into the economics of the situation and lack of adequate time
and you see the cross we have to bear.
But we won't have to bear it forever. The bigger we get the more
economics and time we will have to do our job. And the only things which
can prevent us from getting that big fast are areas in from One to Ten.
Keep those in mind and we'll be able to grow. Fast. And as we grow our
shackles will be less and less. Failing to keep One to Ten, will make us
grow less.
So the ogre which might eat us up is not the government or the High
Priests. It's our possible failure to retain and practise our technology.
An Instructor or Supervisor or Executive must challenge with ferocity
instances of "unworkability". They must uncover what did happen, what was
run and what was done or not done.
If you have One and Two, you can only acquire Three for all by making
sure of all the rest.
We're not playing some minor game in Scientology. It isn't cute or
something to do for lack of something better.
The whole agonized future of this planet, every Man, Woman and Child on
it, and your own destiny for the next endless trillions of years depend on
what you do here and now with and in Scientology.
This is a deadly serious activity. And if we miss getting out of the
trap now, we may never again have another chance.
Remember, this is our first chance to do so in all the endless
trillions of years of the past. Don't muff it now because it seems
unpleasant or unsocial to do Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten.
Do them and we'll win.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jw.rr.nt.ka.mes.rd
Copyright � 1965, 1970, 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURES
23 February-2 March 1965
** 6502C23 SHSBC-52 Level VII
** 6503C02 SHSBC-53 Technology and Hidden Standards
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1965
(Reissued on 7 June 1967, with the word
"instructor" replaced by "supervisor".)
Remimeo
All Hats
BPI
SAFEGUARDING TECHNOLOGY
For some years we have had a word "squirreling". It means altering
Scientology, off-beat practices. It is a bad thing. I have found a way to
explain why.
Scientology is a workable system. This does not mean it is the best
possible system or a perfect system. Remember and use that definition.
Scientology is a workable system.
In fifty thousand years of history on this planet alone, Man never
evolved a workable system. It is doubtful if, in foreseeable history, he
will ever evolve another.
Man is caught in a huge and complex labyrinth. To get out of it
requires that he follow the closely taped path of Scientology.
Scientology will take him out of the labyrinth. But only if he follows
the exact markings in the tunnels.
It has taken me a third of a century in this lifetime to tape this
route out.
It has been proven that efforts by Man to find different routes came to
nothing. It is also a clear fact that the route called Scientology does
lead out of the labyrinth. Therefore it is a workable system, a route that
can be travelled.
What would you think of a guide who, because his party said it was dark
and the road rough and who said another tunnel looked better, abandoned the
route he knew would lead out and led his party to a lost nowhere in the
dark. You'd think he was a pretty wishy-washy guide.
What would you think of a supervisor who let a student depart from
procedure the supervisor knew worked. You'd think he was a pretty wishy-
washy supervisor.
What would happen in a labyrinth if the guide let some girl stop in a
pretty canyon and left her there forever to contemplate the rocks? You'd
think he was a pretty heartless guide. You'd expect him to say at least,
"Miss, those rocks may be pretty, but the road out doesn't go that way."
All right, how about an auditor who abandons the procedure which will
make his preclear eventually clear just because the preclear had a
cognition?
People have following the route mixed up with "the right to have their
own ideas." Anyone is certainly entitled to have opinions and ideas and
cognitions-so long as these do not bar the route out for self and others.
Scientology is a workable system. It white tapes the road out of the
labyrinth. If there were no white tapes marking the right tunnels, Man
would just go on wandering around and around the way he has for eons,
darting off on wrong roads, going in circles, ending up in the sticky dark,
alone.
Scientology, exactly and correctly followed, takes the person up and
out of the mess.
So when you see somebody having a ball getting everyone to take peyote
because it restimulates prenatals, know he is pulling people off the
route. Realize he is squirreling. He isn't following the route.
Scientology is a new thing-it is a road out. There has not been one.
Not all the salesmanship in the world can make a bad route a proper route.
And an awful lot of bad routes are being sold. Their end product is further
slavery, more darkness, more misery.
Scientology is the only workable system Man has. It has already taken
people toward higher I.Q., better lives and all that. No other system has.
So realize that it has no competitor.
Scientology is a workable system. It has the route taped. The search is
done. Now the route only needs to be walked.
So put the feet of students and preclears on that route. Don't let them
off of it no matter how fascinating the side roads seem to them. And move
them on up and out.
Squirreling is today destructive of a workable system.
Don't let your party down. By whatever means, keep them on the route.
And they'll be free. If you don't, they won't.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jw.jp.rd
Copyright � 1965, 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
THE BOOK OF E-METER DRILLS
Published February 1965
The Book of E-Meter Drills, Volume III of the Clearing Series booklets,
consists of twenty seven E-Meter drills developed by L. Ron Hubbard and
compiled by Mary Sue Hubbard. It was first published at Saint Hill Manor,
East Grinstead, Sussex, England.
In the Foreword which Ron wrote for this book, he says, "This present
booklet contains all the standard E-Meter drills used in training in
Scientology.
"There are no other drills. Many have been developed from time to time and
have proven less workable or useless. These drills have been of the
greatest possible value.
"There are many ways of using drills, but the recommended way is using the
standard Scientology coach and student auditor arrangement, where the coach
does the training and the student auditor the actions required.
"A drill should be done until the student auditor is letter-perfect before
going on to the next drill.
"These drills cover levels as indicated. Do not do the drills of a higher
level until the student auditor is perfect at a lower level and has been
classed or certified for that level. Then go on to the higher level.
"Metering is a very precise activity and requires much familiarity and
expertise.
"Even small meter errors are considered Gross Auditing Errors at any
level."
This booklet has a plastic comb binding, which makes it easy to lay flat on
a table while doing the drills contained therein. It is used today on every
auditing course which includes the use of the E-Meter.
76 pages, 1 photograph, soft-cover. Translation available in German.
Available from your nearest Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct
from the publishers: Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6,
1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications
Organization U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026,
U.S.A.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 MARCH 1965
Issue II
Remimeo
Franchise
Sthil Students
Sthil Staff ALL LEVELS
BOOK OF CASE REMEDIES
APPLICATION OF TECH
A sure road to award and glory is to find a new application for an
existing Scientology process or principle or book.
The period of the discovery of principles, processes or original works
is surely over as we have everything between the snake's stomach and the
high sky by way of natural laws. Inventing and using new processes is a
sure way to slow down the advance. There were only so many anyway and it's
been done.
But new ways to apply or disseminate what we've got are welcome,
welcome, welcome. We've not nearly enough of those and we'll be inventing
or seeing them for the next umpty trillion years.
So my hat is off to Beth Fordyce, HCO Area Sec Detroit, U.S.A., who
informed us via U.S. Continental of a new use for The Book of Case Remedies
for which she'll receive a bow and appropriate award, to wit her DScn.
Here is her report.
"At the January D.C. Congress, I had some interesting data about The
Book of Case Remedies that you (HCO Cont Sec U.S.) thought I ought to write
up for Ron because you felt he'd be interested in it. Here it is.
"We've had several instances where people have read the remedies and
come in to tell me that certain ones 'fit' them. Then when they started to
tell me which ones specifically, they couldn't remember them-or they would
be able to remember only one. The book obviously indicates by-passed
charge, and handles most of the problems. They find out what their problem
actually is.
"One fellow who has been ARC broken with Scientology for years (even
before I heard of Scn), came in and I asked him to find himself in the
remedies. He started reading them, and each one seemed to fit him (except
about 3 or 4 of them). I noted them down one by one, as he called them to
me. When he finished, I said no more about it.
"Later on-about 15 minutes-he decided he'd better look through those
again because he 'was sure that they didn't all fit-maybe some of them have
changed'. So he went through them again, one by one, and only 3 still
seemed to apply-and only ONE of them was strongest, he felt. The other two
seemed to have lost their punch.
"He was quite different after that. I also did what the remedy called
for, which cleaned it up. The last time I saw him-at our Congress-he not
once mentioned the problem he's always had with eye-spots. (And, frankly, I
was afraid at that point to say 'eye-spots' to him for fear he'd key it
back in again, so I just settled for HIS not mentioning it ! )
"As soon as we get our next batch of Remedies, I intend to send at
least 4 of them as gifts to people who are badly ARC broken with us. If
they actually read them, I know exactly what will happen-they can't stay
ARC broken.
Best,
Beth"
So there's a wide open door. Try it out on "rough cases" and demand ARC
Broken ones do it and write you back or tell you which one it is.
LRH:jw.pw.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 MARCH 1965
Remimeo
Sthil Students
Sthil R6 Co-audit
Scientology 0
Scientology VI
WORDS, MISUNDERSTOOD GOOFS
It has come to my attention that words a student misunderstands and
looks up can yet remain troublesome. And that R6 materials are suffering
from the same fate when meter activity lessens.
It's this way: The student runs across a word he or she doesn't
understand. He or she looks it up in a dictionary, finds a substitute word
and uses that.
Of course the first word is still misunderstood and remains a bother.
Example: (Line in text) "The size was Gargantuan." Student looks up
Gargantuan, finds "Like Gargantua, huge." Student uses "huge" as a synonym
and reads the text line "The size was 'huge'." A short while later is found
still incapable of understanding the paragraph below "Gargantuan" in the
text. Conclusion the student makes-"Well it doesn't work."
The principle is that one goes dull after passing over a word one does
not understand and brightens up the moment he spots the word that wasn't
grasped. In actual fact, the brightening up occurs whether one defines the
word or not.
But to put another word in the place of the existing word, whether in
Level 0 or Level VI is to mess it all up.
Take the above example. "Huge" is not "Gargantuan". These are synonyms.
The sentence is "The size was Gargantuan." The sentence was not "The size
was huge." You can't really substitute one word for another at Level 0 or
Level VI and get anything but an alteration. So something remains not
understood at Level 0 and the meter stops at Level VI. It just isn't what
was said or thought.
The correct procedure is to look over, get defmed well and understand
the word that was used.
In this case the word was "Gargantuan". Very well, what's that? It
means "Like Gargantua" according to the dictionary.
Who or what was Gargantua? The dictionary says it was the name of a
gigantic King in a book written by the author Rabelais. Cheers, the student
thinks, the sentence meant "The size was a gigantic king." Oops! That's the
same goof again, like "huge". But we're nearer.
So what to do? Use Gargantuan in a few sentences you make up and bingo!
You suddenly understand the word that was used.
Now you read it right. "The size was Gargantuan." And what does that
mean? It means "The size was Gargantuan." And nothing else.
Get it?
There's no hope for it mate. You'll have to learn real English, not the 600
word basic English of the college kid, in which a few synonyms are
substituted for all the big words.
---------------
And as an "aside" (like they use on the stage), may I say that golly
some people have to reach a long way to find goofs.
(The data in this HCO B was given to me by Mary Sue Hubbard and called
to attention by Ian Tampion.)
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURES
9-16 March 1965
** 6503C09 SHSBC-54 The New Organizational Structure
** 6503C16 SHSBC-55 The Progress and Future of Scientology
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 MARCH 1965
Remimeo
Students ALL LEVELS
ARC BREAKS
Great News!
I've found the basis of ARC Breaks!
As you know, only a PTP (Present Time Problem) can hold a graph
unchanging and only an ARC Break can lower one. Therefore the Anatomy of an
ARC Break is more vital to know, as it can worsen, than the anatomy of a
PTP. But both are very important and with the overt act and misunderstood
words in study form the vital four things anyone should know in auditing
Pcs.
The average student has a hard time getting rid of ARC Breaks in
others, mostly because he never really finds the ARC Break. One Auditor was
sure a Pc had been ARC Broken by "the last few inches of a lecture tape"
and was madly calling Washington to borrow the tape so the poor Pc could
"listen to it again to cure his ARC Break" ! Well I don't mind being cause,
but my tape never ARC Broke the Pc. The Auditor just didn't locate the
Charge.
The whole trick is to keep cleaning up the ARC Break until the Pc is
happy again and then quit. When you find it, that's it. You don't find it
and still have an ARC Broken Pc! No, the terribly simple truth is that
1. The Pc is ARC Broken because something happened.
2. The Pc will continue to be ARC Broken until the thing is found.
3. The ARC Break will vanish magically when the source is found.
Finding the ARC Break and indicating it clears the ARC Break. If it
doesn't clear on what you find, then you haven't found it !
You must not continue to run a Pc on some process when the Pc is ARC
Broken. You must find the ARC Break and clear it.
The Pc will go into a sad effect if you don't find the ARC Break but
instead, continue the process. If you think you have found the ARC Break
(and haven't) and then go on auditing, the Pc will go into a sad effect.
ARC Broken Pcs are easy to identify. They gloom and mis-emote. They
criticise and snarl. Sometimes they scream. They blow, they refuse
auditing.
If you can read a lighted neon sign at 10 feet on a dark night, you can
detect a Pc who has an ARC Break. Some Auditors can detect them sooner than
others. I can see one coming in a Pc 11/2 hours of auditing before the Pc
starts to get misemotional in earnest. Some newcomer in the business might
not detect one until the Pc wraps a chair around the auditor's head. As I
say, the ability to perceive one varies. The better you are the sooner you
see one. If an auditor's Pc isn't bright and happy, there's an ARC Break
there with life or the bank or the session.
The thing to do is find it and clean it up.
And now all is revealed: This is what makes an ARC Break occur:
AN ARC BREAK OCCURS ON A GENERALITY OR A NOT THERE.
The Generality
Example of a Generality
"They say you are cold-hearted." "Everybody thinks you are too young."
"The People Versus Sam Jones." "The will of the masses."
Case Manifestation
Example: Little boy screaming in rage when he makes a mistake in
drawing. Auditor observes little boy is upset. Auditor: "What are you upset
about?" Little Boy: (howling) "My drawing is no good!" Auditor: "Who said
your drawing is no good?" Little Boy: (crying) "The teachers at school
(plural)." Auditor: "What teacher (singular)?" Little Boy: (sobbing) "Not
the teachers, the other children (plural)!" Auditor: "Which one of the
other children?" Little Boy: (suddenly quiet) "Sammy." Auditor: "How do you
feel now?" Little Boy: (cheerfully) "Can I have some ice cream?"
The Formula
1. Ask what the Pc is upset about.
2. Ask who thought so.
3. Repeat the generality the Pc used and
4. Ask for the singular.
5. Keep 3 and 4 going until the Pc is happy.
As it's a near Q and A it should be awfully easy. They name prunes, you
say what prune is prunes.
Result
It's quite magical done barehanded or on a meter.
Errors
You can miss in English sometimes on YOU. The Pc says YOU are mean. We
have no plural or singular signal in the word YOU. Therefore a statement
that "YOU are ARC Breaking me" or "YOU ARE MEAN" may not mean, as an
egocentric auditor may take it, the auditor but YOU may be being used as
THE WHOLE WORLD. The above formula holds 1 to 5. Just find out "Which
person is meant by the word you?"
Our old "Look at me, who am I?" was not too wrong.
So next time your Pc says, "The Instructors are mean," don't be goofy
enough to indicate the charge with "OK, you are ARC Broken because the
Instructors are mean." And then be amazed when the ARC Break continues. You
didn't find out "What Instructor is Instructors?" If you ask a bit further
you'll find it probably wasn't "the Instructors" but somebody else. And
that somebody will be a unit, not a group.
A less workable but interesting approach is "Who uses the word
'everybody' frequently?" It's of interest only because "everybody" makes a
dispersal which the Pc can't see through. It will take quite a while
sometimes for a Pc to spot such a person!
How many people have died heartbroken because "they" were mean to him.
And it was just one vicious being who had been blown up to "they".
The Not There is also a generality because it can be anywhere. But it is a
special case.
When something becomes unlocatable it can cause an ARC Break.
The cure for this one is to find out what's gone.
If you see somebody with a cold, ask "Who's gone?" and you'll be amazed
at the recovery if you pursue the matter.
One concludes it's less the loss than not knowing where something has
gotten to, making a one into a generality.
The common response to sudden loss is to feel everything is gone or
going.
This is the state of anxiety explained.
The beaten and downtrodden respond well on this (when brought up
through normal levels to the Level of Remedies).
A very sneaky question is "Who (or what) was everything to you?"
But use it sparingly. The Pc will go whole track like a flash if
overworked.
Remarkably (at this late date to find it!) that's why he rather fancies
his pictures! At least he has a picture of it!
Dreams follow a sudden loss. It's an effort to orient oneself and get
something back.
Level VI ARC Breaks
Of course, there's nothing wrong really with a thetan but his reactive
bank. He can recover from the rest. And his reactive bank is full of
generalities which explains the hard ARC Breaks of Level VI. But don't
tamper with Level VI if the Pc belongs at II. You can get enough locks off
any day from normal life to cure the ARC Breaks you'll encounter getting up
to VI.
Main thing to know is: AN ARC BREAK OCCURS BECAUSE OF A GENERALITY OR A
NOT THERE.
Fortunately it doesn't always occur. Only sometimes. And when it does:
Find the singular form of the generality.
In Admin particularly you save more executives that way. And in
auditing you just don't have failed cases or blows if you know it.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:wmc.aj.cden
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURE
30 March 1965
** 6503C30 SHSBC-56 ARC Breaks and Generalities
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 APRIL AD15
Remimeo
BPI
Mag Art ALL SCIENTOLOGY
Auditor Issue 8
Franchise
Sthil Students
THE ROAD TO CLEAR
I have just made a breakthrough in finding what a clear really is.
And we can certainly make it now.
The ROAD TO CLEAR is very definite and the state is very attainable
today.
A clear has no vicious Reactive Mind and operates at total mental
capacity just like the first book ("Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental
Health") said. In fact every early definition of CLEAR is found to be
correct.
People have been unable to define release to their own satisfaction. I
find now a RELEASE is a person who has been able to back out of his "bank".
The bank is still there but the person isn't sunk into it with all its
somatics and depressions. The E-Meter reads at the Clear read! The needle
of the meter is floppy. This is a simulated clear. We called it a "keyed
out clear" quite properly. But it isn't a clear I know now, it's a RELEASE.
The person has been released from his reactive mind. He still has that
reactive mind but he's not in it. He is just released from it. He may go
into it again but it feels good to be out of it. His IQ and ability rise
and he is far more effective in changing his environment into a better one.
The state is beyond homo sapiens by considerable.
This happens today before or at LEVEL V in most cases if the preclear
has followed the grades and levels properly.
Just one level up from there, a rather long level and a rough one, is
the state of CLEAR.
This is LEVEL VI. This level consists of several processes. The
preclear (still a preclear) has to be able to audit to make it. It can't be
done for him, that was the hitch. All the lower levels can be done for him
but not Level VI. That's a technical fact. The preclear has to be able to
handle Scientology technology to handle his own bank.
Level VI requires several months to audit through even with expert
training.
But at its end, MAGIC. There's the state of clear we've sought for all
these years. It fits all definitions ever given for clear.
The state at the end of Level VI is not Operating Thetan any more than
a baby is a Man.
Operating Thetan is several levels above clear. The bridge from clear
to OT already exists and is found in Route I, in the book "The Creation of
Human Ability".
The reactive mind (and a rotten mess it is, too!) prevented pcs from
doing Route I drills. It stood like a huge black spider between the person
and his realizing his full potential. Trying to do Route I as given years
ago with a Reactive Mind still in place was, to be blunt, not possible for
a human.
Some people also get frightened of ridding themselves of a Reactive Mind.
Having looked it all over now I can state that it is as much use as a sewer
in the living room. It says the bad is good and the good is bad! It's a
slave maker and "stupidifier" and a body killer. Any time you think it has
value, imagine trying to swim in the city dump or trying to fly with an
anvil in each pocket, all the while saying, "This is exactly the right
thing to do."
-------------
What's happened that caused the blunder is that a "keyed out clear"
looked like a clear but was only a release. And one had to have a very
precise map and the skill to walk through the still present dark barriers
that existed unsuspected between "keyed out clear" and the real state of
clear.
So CLEAR CAN BE ATTAINED. And further it is being attained right this
minute by dozens of Class VI preclears. It will take them months to get
there but they are soaring and will tell you so. One session on it sends
them the equivalent distance that ten intensives did in their early
auditing. Why? Because they did the earlier auditing.
The road was just a longer road. Man looks for the quick way, the one-
shot way, the needle and the rocket to sudden glory. CLEAR takes now an
exact progress over exact levels. And the way is not long really. But it
could be a few years for some.
But what's a few years if one is bargaining for Eternity?
The point here is that I've finally been able to tell you what it is
and where it is and exactly how to get there. Sorry I couldn't sooner. It
took some time to find the way for you and communicate how to do it.
I always tell you as soon as I know. I tell you when I've goofed and
where. Well here it is. That's what a CLEAR is.
And it's a road you can travel.
THE STATES OF BEING
A RELEASE is at the top of Level V.
A CLEAR is at the top of Level VI.
A THETA CLEAR is at Level IX.
An OPERATING THETAN is at Level XVIII.
Above Level VI there are no "mental auditing processes" as we know
them. There are only various drill and familiarization processes like those
in the "Creation of Human Ability" processes and the regaining of abilities
one supposed one couldn't ever attain.
That's the road and road map.
The only real error I made was in believing the road was a bit shorter
than it was.
The plan of going on to clear is to get processed up to Grade IV or V.
Then, being a RELEASE and quite beyond the top range of most IQ tests, get
trained rapidly up through from Level 0 to Level VI. And then audit up to
Grade VI which is CLEAR.
("Grade" and "Level" are the same but when one is a pc one has a grade
and when one has a Level one is studying its data.)
There are about 3 or 4 intensives to a Grade (pc) up to Grade V. That's
perhaps 15 to 20 25-hour intensives. (15 to 20 weeks.) Then training as a
student of the same material one was audited on from Level I to Level V.
That's six separate months worth of training. Then to Level VI (that's only
as a student at Saint Hill) which takes about 2-3 months usually. Then a
year or less depending on how hard you work and at no further cost, to
CLEAR.
The total of this is about two years and two months of continuous
processing and training time.
The total elapsed time might be longer even up to 5 or 10 years
depending on one's own economics and all that.
The fact is that economics aren't a real factor, contrary to what one
might be thinking. For today the increase in ability at one grade of
processing is capable of delivering an economic boost adequate to earn or
obtain much more extra wherewithal than the auditing or training cost.
Economic increase because of auditing and training is a sure thing today.
A faster route (but not quite as secure as you might think as one isn't
already a Release while studying) is to train from Level 0 on up only. I
myself wouldn't like to do that as it would be rougher and could be even
slower than the Grade I to V pc then Level I to VI auditor route. But it
could be done.
We've had 15 years of experience now. We had to feel our way, as Man
has never had a road to clear. It's been through totally new territory
never before viewed by Man. Even the wise Tibetan only achieved Release and
only after he invested 20 years of hard work at it at that.
From Release as a case on up to Level VI as an auditor is pretty easy.
In fact the Grade-Level roadway is like walking in a pleasant countryside
now. Oh, one has a few stumbles even on a gravel path but that's part of
it. The pioneer times are all over and the pioneer always has it rough.
The 49ers left a freeway to follow! So have we. It just took a while to
build.
So that's clear!
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH: ml.cden
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 APRIL AD15
Remimeo
Franchise
ARC BREAKS AND MISSED WITHHOLDS
The primary error one can make in ARC Break handling is to handle the
pc with ARC Break procedure when the pc really has a missed withhold.
As some auditors dislike pulling withholds (because they run into pcs
who use it to carve the auditor up such as "I have a withhold that
everybody thinks you are awful --") it is easier to confront the idea that
a pc has an ARC Break than the idea that the pc has a withhold.
In case of doubt one meter checks on a withhold to see if it is non-
existent ("Am I demanding a withhold you haven't got?"). If this is the
case the TA will blow down. If it isn't the case the needle and TA remain
unchanged. If the pc's nattery or ARC Breaky condition continues despite
finding by-passed charge, then of course it is obviously a withhold.
ARC Break finding does work. When the pc doesn't change despite
skillful ARC Break handling, locating and indicating, it was a withhold in
the first place.
The hardest pc to handle is the missed withhold pc. They ARC Break but
you can't get the pc out of it. The answer is, the pc had a withhold all
the time that is at the bottom of all these ARC Breaks.
Scientology auditing does not leave the pc in poor condition unless one
goofs on ARC Breaks.
ARC Breaks occur most frequently on people with missed withholds. \-
Therefore if a pc can't be patched up easily or won't stay patched up
on ARC Breaks, there must be basic withholds on the case. One then works
hard on withholds with any and all the tools that we've got.
ARC Breaks don't cause blows. Missed withholds do. When you won't hear
what the pc is saying, then you have made him have a withhold and it
responds as a missed withhold.
In short, the bottom of ARC Breaks is a missed withhold.
But an anti-social act done and then withheld sets the pc up to become
"an ARC Breaky pc". It isn't an accurate remark really since one has a pc
with withholds who on being audited ARC Breaks easily. So the accurate
statement is "the pc is a withholdy type pc that ARC Breaks a lot". Now
that type exists. And they sure have lots of subsequent ARC Breaks and are
regularly being patched up.
If you have a pc, then, who seems to have a lot of ARC Breaks, the pc
is a "withholdy pc" not an "ARC Breaky pc". Any auditor miss causes a pc
blow-up. The auditor by calling this pc an "ARC Breaky pc" is not using a
description which leads to a resolution of the case as thousands of ARC
Break assessments leave the case still liable to ARC Break. If you call
such a case that ARC Breaks a lot a "withholdy pc that ARC Breaks a lot"
then you can solve the case. For all you have to do is work on withholds.
The actual way to handle a "withholdy pc that ARC Breaks a lot" after
you've cooled off the last of his many ARC Breaks is:
1. Get the pc to look at what's going on with his sessions.
2. Get the pc in comm.
3. Get the pc to look at what's really bugging him.
4. Get the pc's willingness to give withholds up on a gradient.
5. Bring the pc to an understanding of what he's doing.
6. Get the pc's purpose in being audited in plain view to him or
her.
Those are of course the names of the first six grades. However, low
down, these six things are all crushed together and you could really pursue
that cycle in one session just to get the pc up a bit without even touching
the next grade up.
Whenever I see a sour-faced person who has been "trained" or is being
"trained" I know one thing-there goes a pc with lots of withholds. I also
know, there is a pc who ARC Breaks a lot in session. And I also know his co-
auditor is weak and flabby as an auditor. And I also know his auditing
supervisor doesn't shove the student auditor into doing the process
correctly.
One sour-faced student, one glance and I know all the above things,
bang!
So why can't somebody else notice it?
Auditing is a pleasure. But not when an auditor can't tell a withhold
from an ARC Break and doesn't know that continual ARC Breaks are caused by
missed withholds on the bottom of the chain.
I never miss on this. Why should you?
The only case that will really "bug you" is the CONTINUOUS OVERT case.
Here's one that commits anti-social acts daily during auditing. He's a nut.
He'll never get better, case always hangs up.
Unless you treat his continual overts as a solution to a PTP. And find
what PTP he's trying to solve with these crazy overt acts.
You see, we can even solve that case.
BUT, don't go believing Scientology doesn't work when it meets an
unchanging or continually misemotional pc. Both of these people are foul
balls who are loaded with withholds.
We've cracked them for years and years now.
But not by playing patty-cake or "slap my wrist".
Takes an auditor, not a lady finger.
"Mister, you've been wasting my time for three sessions. You have
withholds. Give!" "Mister, you refuse just once more to answer my question
and you're for it. I've checked this meter. It's not a withhold of nothing.
You have withholds. Give!" "Mister, that's it. I am asking the D of P to
ask the Tech Sec for a Comm Ev on you from HCO for no report."
If skill couldn't do it, demand may. If demand couldn't do it, a Comm
Ev sure will.
For it's a no report!
How can you make a man well when he's got a sewer full of slimy acts.
Show me any person who is critical of us and I'll show you crimes and
intended crimes that would stand a magistrate's hair on end.
Why not try it? Don't buy "I once stole a paper clip from the HASI" as
an overt or "You're a lousy auditor" as a withhold. Hell, man, people who
tell you those things just stole your lunch or intend to empty the till.
Get clever, auditor. Thetans are basically good. Them that Scientology
doesn't change are good-but down underneath a pile of crimes you couldn't
get into a Confession Story Magazine.
Okay. Please don't go on making this error. It grieves me.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 APRIL 1965
Remimeo
BPI
Franchise
A CONDITIONS
TEST PROCESS
I - X
REGISTRARS
Send this out to people and have them do it and send it back.
Preferably send to your inactive list.
Tell me the responses.
PROCESS I-X
Write these down as you recall them.
Cross section your life at five year periods since you were 5.
5 ? What were the conditions?
10 " " " "
15 " " " "
etc. " " " "
Now compare these to see whether they are better or worse.
What is your conclusion?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: ml.bh
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURE
6 April 1965
** 6504C06 SHSBC-57 Org Board and Livingness
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 APRIL AD 15
Remimeo
Franchise
Sthil Students LEVEL I
PREMATURE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Here's a new discovery. Imagine my making one on the Comm Formula after
all these years.
Do people ever explain to you long after you have understood?
Do people get cross with you when they are trying to tell you
something?
If so, you are suffering from Premature Acknowledgement.
Like body odor and bad breath, it is not conducive to social happiness.
But you don't use Life buoy soap or Listerine to cure it, you use a proper
comm formula.
When you "coax" a person to talk after he has begun with a nod or a low
"yes" you ack, make him forget, then make him believe you haven't got it
and then make him tell you at GREAT length. He feels bad and doesn't
cognite and may ARC Break.
Try it out. Have somebody tell you about something and then encourage
before he has completely told you all.
THAT'S why pcs Itsa on and on and on and on with no gain. The auditor
prematurely acknowledged. THAT'S why pcs get cross "for no reason". The
auditor has prematurely and unwittingly acknowledged. THAT'S why one feels
dull when talking to certain people. They prematurely acknowledge. That's
why one thinks another is stupid-that person prematurely acknowledges.
The quickest way to become a social pariah (dog) is to prematurely
acknowledge. One can do it in many ways.
The quickest way to start the longest conversation is to prematurely
acknowledge for the person believes he has not been understood and so
begins to explain at greater and greater length.
So this was the hidden ARC Break maker, the cognition wrecker, the
stupidifier, the Itsa prolonger in sessions.
And why some people believe others are stupid or don't understand.
Any habit of agreeable noises and nods can be mistaken for
acknowledgement, ends cycle on the speaker, causes him to forget, feel
dull, believe the listener is stupid, get cross, get exhausted explaining
and ARC Break. The missed withhold is inadvertent. One didn't get a chance
to say what one was going to say because one was stopped by premature
acknowledgement. Result, missed w/h in the speaker, with all its
consequences.
This can be counted on to make you feel frightened of being "agreeable
with noises or gestures" for a bit and then you'll get it straight.
What a piece of tech to remain incompletely explained. Fair scares one
it does. And in the Comm Formula too!
LRH:wmc.cden L RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
** 6504C13 SHSBC-58 The Lowest Levels
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo HCO BULLETIN OF 18 APRIL AD 15
Franchise
Sthil Students
Sthil Execs
Sthil Staff Auditors
HOW TO APPLY LEVEL PROCESSING
(FOR HGCs AND ACADEMIES AND
COURSES)
HCO Secs, Org Secs, Assn Secs
take notice!
The advent of levels and their final forms now being released bring us
into a new phase in auditing.
You no longer have to "audit the pc in front of you" but need now only
audit with the process next in line.
Level processes must be audited in sequence in the level itself.
Levels must be audited in sequence.
Therefore all that is required of the auditor is to do a good technical
job of auditing, avoiding Q and A and alter-is like the plague.
Your Comm Course and Upper Indoc TRs and your meter drills from The
Book of E-Meter Drills are now the only drills permitted.
Only alter-is of routine auditing can cause case failure.
Directors of Processing must-must-must be alert for departures from
standard level processing and stamp it out quickly. If they do not do so
they will have case trouble.
The Levels are designed for all cases from psycho to OT. It now does
not matter what condition a case is in. You just start at the lowest
process of the lowest level on all cases begun. Flatten that. Go to the
next process of the level. Flatten that. When all processes of that level
are flat the pc is examined and given a GRADE CERTIFICATE for the level
completed and may go to the next level. And the first process of that level
is flattened and so on.
Even The Book of Case Remedies is handled at its own place in its own
level and is not used below or above that place.
Our technical reach is now so effective that you need no analysis of
the case. You just run the levels.
You do not estimate a pc's level. You ask for his Grade Certificate and
if he hasn't one, just start at the lowest level, skip any level already
run and do on up.
You'll not only catch all cases. You will get maximum TA on each pc in
that fashion.
One must not skip around within the level or amongst levels.
Screwy application such as giving the first command of an alternate
command process and then "getting the TA out of the second command", or any
departure from good old standard auditing must be jumped all over hard.
Rewording a process given in the levels can be catastrophic. It's
worded that way for a reason. Clear the command well with the pc but never
vary the given wording.
These actions with the new levels will be found magical.
Directors of Processing must not tolerate any slightest goof, any Q and
A, any variation of any kind whatever and must be very severe with anyone
who messes these processes up. They are violently strong processes from
bottom to top and they must be handled with exact duplication and skill.
In Academies this injunction is particularly urgent. Standard student
auditing can work wonders with these processes unless an Instructor advises
or permits alter-is.
The processes developed are too powerful to admit of goofs and
departures and unusual solutions. If anyone reports "it didn't work" you
had better get in there fast as that auditor really goofed and didn't run
the process the way it was given in the HCO B.
The most banal, routine, grind auditing will produce results
splendidly. The flighty, undisciplined, Q and Aed, alter-ised fooling about
will rapidly ditch the pc.
I am putting strong tools in your hands. Don't play about with them.
They might explode on you. Give them the respect they deserve and every
case will come up bright and progress rapidly.
Something new is here. Just follow the new map even dully and the pc
will arrive. Louse it up and it will get awful.
--------------
All auditors at a higher meter class run all lower level processes with
a meter providing only that they can get the pc to hold the cans.
For a meter classed auditor there are no unmetered processes except
ones like 8C and even then the pc is checked on a meter.
It does not matter how low on the levels an auditor begins to use a
meter as a student. Just don't ask him to do much with it until the
training level calls for meter training.
--------------
Ds of T and Ds of P and Examiners must be very careful of false reports
in case folders regarding what was run. They should regard an illegible
report as a no report. They must also be alert for false attestations
concerning grade requests for a pc and for training check sheet completion.
It is a false attestation to declare an incomplete grade or check sheet
complete or done when it is not.
--------------
New ethics policies are levelled primarily at making auditing and
training honest and flawless.
I can give you all the processes. It is however necessary that they be
honestly run and honestly reported.
Only in that way can you make releases and clears.
--------------
The renumbering of levels and grades will be released in Auditor 8.
They make it easier to audit and train.
The materials for each level will shortly be released in HCO Bs.
From Academies and courses I want auditors who are trained not to alter-
is technical materials.
In HGCs I want auditing exactly by the book.
It's easier to do training and processing that way.
And you will get all the results you could ever use-but only if it's by
the book, unaltered in application.
It will be the easiest auditing you ever did.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH: ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 APRIL 1965
Remimeo
Sthil Students
CLAY TABLE HEALING GOOF
The following letter from Ian Tampion outlines a common trouble with
CTH. The pc doesn't answer the question!
This comes really from running it on a pc who isn't that high in
grades. The pc can't yet hear and answer a question.
L.R.H. Assoc Sec Perth
Dear Ron, re Clay Table Healing
I have heard something "on the grapevine" about CTH which if
correct (as it sounds) will be something that is pretty uniformly being
goofed, at least in Australia.
It comes with the question "What should be near (body part)?"-as I
understand it you want what should be near it, that is, the guy has a
headache, body part "head", should be near it is "no headache". In
other words, is the "should be near part" the absence of or reverse to,
the condition being healed?
I was formerly taking anything that seemed to make sense to the pc
so I bet plenty of other people have too-amazingly enough it's even
worked quite well too!
LRH:wmc rd Best,
Copyright (�) 1965 Ian
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON
HUBBARD
** 6504C27 SHSBC-59 Awareness Levels
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 MAY 1965
Remimeo
APPLICATION
MORE ON THE APPLICATION OF SCIENTOLOGY TO CHILDREN
The following observations and experiences on the processing and
training of children were written up and sent in to me by Founding
Scientologist Marcia Townsend.
It is an excellent application of standard procedure to children and is
released for general interest. It is especially noteworthy to see that
standard 0-0 runs just as wonderfully on children as it does on older
preclears.
These are all standard Scientology procedures.
April 5, 1965
Dear Ron:
As you may know, I have given my children several Scientology Courses.
Vern and I started when Davy was 3, Denise 41/2 and Dane 51/2 and they were
given a rigorous Academy Course. Surprisingly, it went well-but never
flattened-even after a number of hours.
Next about 6 months later they received a shorter course based on the
child's version of "Watch Him" etc written by Rusty Wright then HCO Area
Sec.* This was easier but still did not flatten completely.
In Phoenix a year and a half later I ran CCHs on all three children-
again they would not flatten. The gains were very good-but signs of unflat
processes appeared months afterward (despite gains like a body growth for
all three children of 4 clothing sizes in 2l/2 months) during this time,
etc.
When we moved to Los Angeles the McKees and we set up a children's co-
audit. I had been giving mine a co-audit for a few months previously so
they had both an HAS Comm Course and a child's co-audit at this time.
My observations on the use of the processes and training of children
follow:
S-C-S run on the group of children as a whole outdoors with a "goon" to
help.
Excellent gains-however we had to handle several "can't stop" ones
individually and it became more and more unflat after several hours. I
found running a "follow the leader" type S-C-S easier and only 2 or 3
children at one time on this and you need to be on your toes!
On the smaller children mimic processes on the group and follow the
leader type stuff with each one getting a turn at leading and winning at it
before sitting down worked well. For example:
One child stands up and claps hands once in front-group follows. She
being
[*For a full explanation of "Watch Him", see BTB 5 November 1959R, Revised
and Reissued 8 August 1974, Scientology Games for Children.]
shy at first, then claps twice-group follows (adult acts as a goon and
makes sure the group does it). When she's happily clapping over her head
and back of her and smiling you then tell her "thank you" and she sits down
and the other children do a job as leader one by one. Nearly all group
process commands can be introduced in a child's version like instead of
"Look at the front wall"-the Leader (and the adult gets a turn too) points
at the front wall-use: Pointing at the front wall-or touching it, etc.
Almost any basic process can be made simple for children. The liability is
it must be repeated often and long-the harder it is the longer it takes to
flatten so only very simple ones can be used-the younger the child the
simpler the process or motion must be run over and over to flatten it.
The participation of the group works very well-for instance you have
each give an example of:
A time they won at something or some such and does the interest ever
rise. Keep to one subject only!
The Comm Course works if very simply given. Confronting is used over
and over with no invalidation smirks-comments, etc allowed. If a child is a
real problem just watching until he feels he wants to participate sometimes
helps. The main job of an adult teaching or supervising children is to see
they do not invalidate or evaluate for one another. Also when a large
group, switch teams occasionally and make sure no-one gets "cheated". It
seems children always elect one or two "most popular" and everyone wants
them! Well, just switch every so often when it seems advisable and make
sure everyone gets a chance. This way you can put 8 year olds with
teenagers and still succeed.
"Itsa" ran well on the group in L.A. All but one or two did it very
well and tone rose accordingly. Too detailed an "itsa" or too limited a
subject however ran into some difficulties.
Later I tried to flatten S-C-S on my 3 children and did somewhat and
got gains but again it didn't flatten totally. I think anyone will find if
one level isn't flattened as "itsa" before going on to the next level that
the next level will only partially flatten-if at all! Unless run forever
with very good wins and then by that time the level beneath it would have
run and flattened anyway-right?
So the best method to use on children is the one I am currently using I
feel. It is as follows:
Comm Course: Only confronting (which my children have had hours and
hours of), no coach, no auditor.
PE Course: Only words to define like
auditor preclear
session etc
very simple ones done old PE style and "hours" spent on each one with
more than a few cognitions per child on each and every word-going back over
each word again and again to be sure each is completed!
And the real meat:
Each running the same commands: zero-zero
"What are you willing to talk to me about?"
"What would you like to tell me about that?"
And altho' we've only had a few sessions (we run 3 sessions [2 in session
and one observer] 10 minutes each-5 min breaks or a total of 45 min) 2 or 3
times a week.
This zero-zero is fabulous! It is even flattening unflat processes. For
instance my older boy has had some auditing on o/w! He will run a few
answers like o/w and come off a withhold then something a bit lighter and
etc. Runs wonderfully well. My daughter has trouble usually talking to her
"brothers". She is running real well on this. She's telling them all about
her boyfriends and her feminine things-her room, etc.
My smallest has trouble keeping an itsa going but on this he starts to
run present time objects and it leads right into an itsa every time!
What I like is that it seems to be flattening some unflat processes in
a funny sort of way. And I won't need to go to a different command for ages
as it seems to be running what can be run on the higher levels just using
this one command!
SUMMARY
People nearly always overestimate what needs to be done to a child for
good gains.
And they nearly always underestimate how long it takes to really
flatten just one thing! (Hours and hours.)
Any really simple process could be adapted but would not flatten
totally unless the itsa was in totally. That's a tall order.
I feel zero-zero run flat on a child is the biggest gift a parent can
give him.
TIPS
Do not try to squash their enthusiasm. Instead channel it! If they goof
running sessions take them aside after and tell them and let them know that
you know they can do better. Never use auditing or training as a punishment
or as a last resort.
Auditing should be a "prize", a "gift"! It helps to make them earn it-
doing chores or helping out ! I've even gone so far as to make 'em pay
money ! It's valuable! Be sure they understand this!
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH :wmc.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 MAY 1965
REISSUED 4 JULY 1970
Remimeo
CLASSIFICATION, GRADATION AND
AWARENESS CHART
You will find a chart enclosed in The Auditor Issue 8. It covers many
things.
There are about 52 levels of awareness from Unexistence up to the state
of CLEAR.
By "Level of Awareness" is meant that of which a being is aware.
A being who is at a level on this scale is aware only of that level and
the others below it.
To get a case gain such a person must become aware of the level next
above him. And so on up in orderly sequence, level by level.
If you skip a person on one level several levels up, he or she will
experience only an unreality and will not react. This is expressed as "no-
case-gain". On the E-Meter it registers as "No Tone Arm Action" meaning
there is no meter registry of change on the meter control lever (tone arm).
A person audited a bit below or at his level of awareness gets "Tone
Arm Action", Case Gain and has cognitions (new concepts of life).
A principal contribution of Scientology is the technology necessary to
change people so that they progress into higher states of ability when
processed on the exact processes required by an auditor qualified by
training to apply the processes expertly.
It is not only general ability that increases, but IQ, renewed
livingness and the skill and ability to better self and conditions.
The state of homo sapiens runs from around - 4 down to the bottom.
Normal is probably much lower.
As you study the chart you will see it is a road map upward.
On the left we see the Class of the Auditor necessary to take the
person up as well as the Grade the preclear reaches.
In the next column we see his certificate name, obtained through his
training at an Academy and, later, Saint Hill.
Then we see a very general description of the processes used on that
grade.
The next column shows what pcs a classified auditor can audit. He can
audit anyone at his Class numeral or below. He cannot audit pcs higher
because of course he has not been trained to do so and is likely to have
upset pcs.
The final column shows where the certificate and class is obtained.
THE BRIDGE
This is the famous bridge mentioned at the end of Dianetics: The Modern
Science of Mental Health.
It is now complete and is functioning. The being enters it from
somewhere in the minus regions as a Beginning Scientologist and moves on
up. At about Grade II he has definitely reached Homo Novis. He becomes a
RELEASE somewhere between II and V. And he becomes CLEAR at the top of VI.
The state of Operating Thetan is attained above VI and is a Grade VII.
For Man to have this at all is quite remarkable. He never had it before
since we find him improving but still, on the average, well below - 4.
By following this chart one can make RELEASE and then CLEAR.
Up to Grade V one of course has help. But above that technical
limitations bar completely the idea of CO-auditing. Some auditors will
attempt it, themselves very far from there case-wise, and some have tried
to show untrained pcs how to "solo audit" with a meter. The common result
is that the pcs eventually collapse in a total overwhelm as they are not
trained to handle such forces and so it is a cruel thing to do.
The preclear moves safely on the proper bridge and somewhere along the
line must be trained in the classifications that match his Grade. Then (and
only then) can he make it all the way.
One can be audited quite a ways. Then he had better get trained from
zero on up.
You see here some new certificates. These were made necessary by the
gap which existed between the higher-toned public person (- 5) and the
beginning of the span. We had to have a longer approach on the bridge. And
so we put a certificate ladder there.
Beginning Scientologist is given for a PE and so on up as the chart
shows.
The Class material has not been changed. If anyone has a Class Zero he
is still a Class Zero but we will give him a new certificate to replace his
old one. And so on. There is no change in Grades and Certificates from
Class II up. Class V has been blank for years. Thus there is a proper
certificate there, the HUBBARD VALIDATED AUDITOR. It says this auditor has
been through a review of all his lower skills plus new ones and can jump
off now for Solo and CLEAR.
Previously we not only did not reach into the average homo sapiens
awareness but we also had no means of touching cases much below - 4.
You are probably intrigued by Class VII. These Power Processes are what
the CLEAR (or Auditor almost there) audits on low level pcs. Auditors below
that case level can of course run them a bit but the processes shortly cave
him in. These processes are only available at Saint Hill as they have just
recently been perfected and an auditor to do them without danger to himself
or the pc has to have interned at Saint Hill as a Saint Hill HGC staff
auditor, not the same as a Class VI Saint Hiller.
The thing to do is start in your local Academy at Zero on the chart and
move on up.
Today that is faster and less expensive than you would think.
There are two courses to one class. First one does the Certificate
Course (Theory) and gets his certificate. This takes the average student
about two weeks. Then one takes the Classification Course (Practical) for
that class and gets his Provisional Classification. Every auditor must be
classified now. This again takes the average student about two weeks. All
the courses from Class 0 up to IV are arranged that way.
The material has been streamlined. Class V, obtained at Saint Hill, is
longer (and remains the same price as always) as it reviews all the classes
and retrains where necessary and awards permanent classification for all
the lower certificates as well as Class V.
Some auditing occurs in the Classification Course and group auditing
occurs daily.
An unclassed auditor cannot charge a fee for auditing a grade he is not
classed for and if he is turned in to HCO because of it the pc can regain
all the fee from him. We must make it a safe bridge. Our entire Ethics
system is formed just to make it a safe passage for the pc and to hold the
bridge together so it can be crossed by Man.
Auditors routinely make Releases with Academy courses today.
Auditors graduated from the Saint Hill course can then take the final
steps to make themselves Clear and Saint Hill Interns are trained to make
Releases of the lowest cases.
Training fees are uniform in the U.S. now at $100 for each course. In
all Commonwealth countries the cost is �28 a course sterling (convert to
local currency). There is one course for Certificate, followed by another
for Classification.
Field auditors can charge anything they like for HAS and Beginning
Scientologist courses. And Hubbard Book Auditors can become HQS through
extension courses. Your org may possibly give the lowest course free and
charge very little for the HAS.
--------------
My job is to give you the materials to make Releases and the skill to
make Clear. I have done and will do everything I can to help anyone attain
these hitherto unreachable heights of life and ability.
The bridge is not only in, it is functioning every hour right now. Book
early. The traffic is heavy already. And auditors are the scarcest and most
valued beings on this planet.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:nt.aap
Copyright � 1965, 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURES
11-18 May 1965
** 6505C11 SHSBC-60 ARC Breaks and PTPs, the Differentiation
** 6505C18 SHSBC-61 Organization and Ethics
[pic]
[pic]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 MAY 1965
(Revised and reissued on 19 Sept 1967)
Remimeo
Issue a copy
to every Person
attaining Release
Qual Pers Hats
Tech Pers Hats
Students
RELEASES
VITAL DATA
Persons who have attained Grade V and VA Release may not be audited on
any processes except assists, By Passed Charge Assessments, Present Time
Problems, and missed withholds until they are trained up to Level VI and
started on R6 processes unless a lower level including Dianetic Release was
later found to be missed.
Although the training of the Release is necessary, and auditing
knowledge of lower level process is vital, the Release's case as a case
must be left alone except as above.
The only thing left is the R6 bank itself and low level auditing
becomes unworkable on a person already Released up to Grade V.
When we called a Release a "Keyed out Clear" we erred in giving any
further casual auditing. It was this which made the state of Release look
unstable when it seemed so-the person was further audited to relieve him or
her of locks, secondaries and engrams which had ceased to exist.
Withholds may be pulled, present time problems may be lightly handled,
even By Passed Charge Assessments may be run, touch assists and ordinary
brief repair processes may be used on a Release.
The Release can audit lower level processes than V with complete
safety.
Auditing a Release on repetitive Comm processes, etc., etc., or doing
any continued sessioning will only key in the only thing left-the R6 bank.
A Release is stable as long as he or she is not pushed into the R6
bank.
The next step for a Grade VA Release in auditing is R6 EW. However the
Release may not begin this until auditing skill is acquired by coming up
the levels.
It will now become quite common for a student to be Released by a Clear
and then study and audit his way up the grades to VII.
Nobody can do the VII clearing job for him but himself, and fragmentary
auditing training will only lead him to mess up his case when he comes to
Grade VI and VII auditing.
On the other hand a Release with his high IQ and ability can scoot up
the Classes at considerable speed if not stopped by having to be audited as
part of his training.
There is no special concession made to a Release by way of checksheets
or a different kind of Course. The Release must move on up through the
Classes Course by Course like any other student.
There are two saving graces to being a Release as far as training is
concerned:
1. The Release ordinarily experiences a heightened ability to
put his life to rights economically; and
2. The heightened IQ and ability reflects in speed of study and
comprehension.
A person does not have more Scientology data just because he or she is
a Release. The Release simply acquires it much faster and exhibits more
skill doing it.
For example, a student able before Release, to get only one or two
passes a week on a Course should be able, when Released, to get ten times
that.
The Release is cautioned not to fool about with the R6 materials until
fully trained and to pay no attention to suppressive persons who "seek to
show him in an hour or two how to audit and run R6 and be clear."
The safe way is the correct way. Leave the Reactive mind alone until
one is fully trained as an auditor. Then go on to Clear.
A Release is also warned that he becomes a particular target for
suppressive persons who seek to invalidate his auditing and gains and to
report them promptly to the nearest Hubbard Communications Office. Such
people become afraid when they see another get better and are usually
psychotic.
--------------
The next action for a person who has attained Release is to take the
next Course in Scientology and move on through to Clear properly. This is
shown on the Gradation Chart issued in May 1965, and later issues. There is
no other way to Clear.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:mh.jp.rd
Copyright � 1965, 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED
[This 19 Sept. 1967 issue contains the following changes: (1) in paragraph
1, addition of "unless a lower level including Dianetic Release was later
found to be missed", (2) in paragraph 3, addition of phrase "up to Grade
V", (3) in paragraph 10, word "grades" used instead of "Classes", (4) in
paragraph 11, "Grade VI and VII auditing" instead of "Class VI".]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MAY 1965
Remimeo
TECH DIV
QUAL DIV
URGENT
CCHs
(Cancels HCO Pol Ltr 15 May 62)
The CCHs are PROCESSES. They are not drills.
HCO Pol Ltr of 15 May 1962 (replacing 2 Nov 61 HCO Pol Ltr) was written
by staff. It is CANCELLED. Processes are not drills. Nobody may convert
hereafter a process to a drill.
The Upper Indoc TRs are the drills that teach the CCHs.
The CCHs are then run on pcs.
S-C-S processes may not be drills.
Processes are done on pcs.
Drills are done by students to accustom them to the actions that will
be necessary in doing processes.
Upper Indoc contains TRs 5 to 9. These are done as the ONLY practical
actions leading to the student being able to run the processes called the
CCHs.
To use a PROCESS as a DRILL leaves it unflat on students and is one of
the many reasons why auditing has been taken out of Academies.
During the past few years, unbeknownst to me, a whole sphere of action
built up which made students drill processes. I swear, there has been a
"practical drill" made out of half the processes we have.
These were all abolished as DRILLS in HCO Pol Ltr 16 April AD15.
Drills are just actions the student has to become familiar with before
doing processes. The actual process is NEVER used as a drill. Because it is
left unflat. A drill takes the action the auditor will use when doing a
process and gets him familiar with it. That's all.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:mh.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 MAY 1965
Replaces HCO Bulletin of 23 April 1964
Remimeo
Franchise
Sthil Students
SCIENTOLOGY III
AUDITING BY LISTS
The earlier genus of this process was Sec Checking on the Joburg. With
no reference to these, I recently developed for Level III a process called
Auditing by Lists. Any list can be used.
As a preview to the process I asked staff member Roger Biddell to use
List One. The questions were generalized. Instead of "Have I____", "Has
there been____" was used. Otherwise the question remained the same as given
in the HCO Bulletin for L. l. He ran the process for some hours on a
preclear with excellent results and summarized my verbal and written
instructions as applied.
AUDITING BY LISTS
L.1.
Use meter at sensitivity 16.
Use ARC Break assessment List l. The questions asked are generalized
and without time limiters.
i.e. Has a withhold been missed?
Have you been given a wrong goal? etc.
Begin with List 1. Ask the first line of this list while watching the
meter for an instant read.
If the line does not read, say, "That's clean" and move on to the next
line of the list and do the same action with this new line.
If the pc has something to say about a line that is clean, let him say
it, acknowledge it and then you ask the next line. Don't Q and A.
If the line when asked has an instant read say, "That reads" then,
"What do you consider this could be?" or, "What considerations do you have
about this?"
Let the pc answer all he wants to. While he is giving his
considerations, mark down any blowdowns of the TA and what he was talking
of at the moment of the blowdown.
When the pc has given all his considerations say, "Thank you. I'll
check the line on the meter" and call the line again. If it instant reads
say, "There's another read here" then again ask for considerations, etc.
Continue these actions until the line goes clean.
When clean say, "That's clean" then-
"Of what you have told me on this line, what do you consider the main
thing to be here?"
When pc has answered say, "Thank you."
Then, "I want to indicate that the meter gave us our biggest blowdown
______on (Indicate charge to the pc by repeating the charge named in the
question, not the charge announced by the preclear) and that charge had
been bypassed on this. "
Then move on to the next line.
When List 1 is completed, and then List 1, then List 1 and so on.
If running correctly, the TA total should increase from session to
session. The pc should get more and more blowdowns on his considerations.
Then he should get blowdowns on what he considers the main thing is and
finally get blowdowns on your indication of the bypassed charge.
Don't Q and A. Don't take up or do anything with the pc's
considerations. Don't ever say, "That still reads." It's always "Another
read" as "It still reads" makes the pc feel he has not answered the
question.
This process gets charge off the case.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B was replaced by HCO B 27 July 1965, Auditing by Lists, Volume
VI-64, and by HCO B 3 July 1971, Auditing by Lists Revised, Volume VII-316,
which also cancelled the 27 July 1965 issue. ]
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURE
25 May 1965
** 6505C25 SHSBC-62 The Five Conditions
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 MAY 1965
Sthil Cl VII Course
Students Qual & Tech Divs
Sthil Staff All HATS
Ethics HATS
Star-Rated Check HCO Div
All HATS
PROCESSING
Since 1950 we have had an ironbound rule that we didn't leave pcs in
trouble just to end a session.
For fifteen years we have always continued a session that found the pc
in trouble and I myself have audited a pc for nine additional hours, all
night long in fact, just to get the pc through.
Newer auditors, not trained in the stern school of running engrams,
must learn this all over again.
It doesn't matter whether the auditor has had a policy on this or not-
one would think that common decency would be enough-as to leave a pc in the
middle of a secondary or an engram and just coolly end the session is
pretty cruel. Some do it because they are startled or afraid and "Rabbit"
(run away by ending the session). Auditors who end a process or change it
when it has turned on a heavy somatic are likewise ignorant.
WHAT TURNS IT ON WILL TURN IT OFF.
This is the oldest rule in auditing.
Of course people get into secondaries and engrams, go through
misemotion and heavy somatics. This happens because things are running out.
To end off a process or a session because of the clock is to ignore the
real purpose of auditing.
The oldest rules we have are
(a) GET THE PC THROUGH IT.
(b) WHAT TURNS IT ON WILL TURN IT OFF.
(c) THE WAY OUT IS THE WAY THROUGH.
These now are expressed as POLICY. A falsified auditor's report is also
subject to a Court of Ethics. Any auditor violating this policy letter is
liable to an immediate Court of Ethics convened within 24 hours of the
offence or as soon as is urgently possible.
Auditing at all levels works well when it is done by the book.
The purpose of Ethics is to open the way for and get in Tech. Then we
can do our job.
THERE IS NO MODERN PROCESS THAT WILL NOT WORK WHEN EXACTLY APPLIED.
Therefore in the eyes of Ethics all auditing failures are Ethics
failures-PTS, Suppressive Persons as pcs, or non-compliance with tech for
auditors.
And the first offence an auditor can commit is ceasing to audit when he
is most needed by his pc.
Hence it is the first most important consideration of Ethics to prevent
such occurrences.
Then we'll make happy pcs, Releases and Clears.
LRH:wmcjh L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 JUNE 1965
Remimeo
Franchise
Sthil Students
CLASS II MODEL SESSION
(Amends and cancels HCO Bulletin of May 19, 1964)
The Class II Model Session has the benefit of requiring no other
Rudiments process (except in the Havingness Questions) than the question
itself. There are, therefore, no additional processes except Havingness.
Beware of any Q and A in using this script (HCO Bulletin May 24, 1962 [
l ] ).
Don't stray off Model Session into unusual questions or processes. Use
Model Session as the surround for processes to be run on the pc. Don't use
it as a process.
Questions are asked of the pc and not checked on the needle. Auditor
watches meter and records TA.
SESSION PRELIMINARIES
All auditing sessions have the following preliminaries done in this order.
1. Seat the pc and adjust his or her chair.
2. Clear the Auditing room with "Is it all right to audit in this room?"
(not metered).
3. Can squeeze, "Put your hands in your lap." "Squeeze the cans,
please." And note that pc registers on the meter by the squeeze read on
the meter, and note the level of the pc's havingness. (Don't run hav
here.)
4. Put in R Factor by telling pc briefly what you are going to do in the
session. (What you intend to run.)
START OF SESSION:
"Is it all right with you if I begin this session now?"
"START OF SESSION."
"Has this session started for you?" (If pc says, "No," say again,
"START OF SESSION. Now has this session started for you?")
BEGINNING RUDIMENTS:
GLL: "What goals would you like to set for this session?"
O/W: One would run General O/W if the pc was emotionally upset at the
beginning of the session or if the session did not start for the pc,
the latter being simply another indication of the pc's being upset or
ARC broken, but these symptoms must be present, as sometimes the
session hasn't started merely because of poor Tone 40 or because the pc
had something he wanted to say before the auditor started the session.
RUNNING O/W:
"If it is all right with you, I am going to run a short general
process. The process is: 'What have you done?', 'What have you not
done?' " (The process is run very
permissively until the needle looks smooth and the pc is no longer
emotionally disturbed. )
"Where are you now on the time track?"
"If it is all right with you, I will continue this process until you
are close to present time and then end this process." (After each
command ask, "When?")
"That was the last command. Is there anything you would care to ask or
say before I end this process?"
"End of process."
Aud: "Are you willing to talk to me about your troubles?" "What trouble
aren't you willing to talk to me about?"
W/h. "Since the last time I audited you, have you done anything you are
withholding?" (If pc says, "Yes") "What was it?"
PTP. "Do you have a present time problem?" "What is the problem?"
START OF PROCESS:
"Now I would like to run this process on you (name it). What would you
say to that?" (Get pc's agreement; if not obtainable, choose another
process unless old process is not complete.)
MIDDLE RUDIMENTS:
"In this session is there anything you have suppressed, not-ised,
failed to reveal, or been careful of?" "What was it?"
END OF PROCESS NON-CYCLICAL:
"If it is all right with you, I will give this command two more times
and then end this process." (Gives command two more times.)
"Is there anything you would care to ask or say before I end this
process?" "End of process."
END OF PROCESS CYCLICAL:
"Where are you now on the time track?"
"If it is all right with you, I will continue this process until you
are close to present time and then end this process." (After each
command ask, "When?")
"That was the last command. Is there anything you would care to ask or
say before I end this process?"
"End of process."
END RUDIMENTS:
1/2-Un T. "In this session, have you told me any half-truth, untruth,
or said something only to impress me, or tried to damage anyone?" "What
was it?"
? or C: "In this session, have you failed to answer any question or
command?" "What question or command did you fail to answer?"
Dec: "In this session, is there anything you have decided?" "What was
it?"
W/h: "In this session, have you thought, said, or done anything I have
failed to find out?" "What was it?"
Aud: "In this session, has anything been misunderstood?" "What was it?"
GOALS & GAINS:
"Have you made any of these goals for this session?" "Thank you for
making these goals for this session," or "Thank you for making some of
these goals for this session. I'm sorry you didn't make all of them,"
or "I'm sorry you didn't make these goals for this session."
"Have you made any gains in this session that you would care to
mention?" "Thank you for making these gains for this session," or "I'm
sorry you didn't make any gains for this session."
HAVINGNESS:
(After adjusting the meter) "Put your hands in your lap. Please squeeze
the cans." (If the squeeze test was not all right, the Auditor would
run the pc's Havingness process until the can squeeze gives an adequate
response.)
END OF SESSION:
"Is there anything you would care to ask or say before I end this
session?"
"Is it all right with you if I end this session now?"
"END OF SESSION. Has this session ended for you?" (If pc says, "No,"
repeat, "END OF SESSION." If session still not ended, say, "The session
has been ended. ")
Most flagrant errors that can be made:
1. Fumbling with script, not knowing Model Session.
2. Failing to get in the R Factor by telling pc what you are going to do
at each new step.
3. Doing only what the pc suggests.
4. Adding unusual questions or remarks or making sudden irrelevant
statements.
5. Using parts of Model Session as repetitive processes which deter the
completion of auditing cycles already begun.
6. Failure to complete the Auditing Comm Cycle on any part of Model
Session.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: mh.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURE
8 June 1965
** 6506C08 SHSBC-63 Handling the PTS
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 JUNE 1965
Issue II
Remimeo
Students
TECH DIVISION
QUAL DIVISION
STUDENTS
SUMMARY REPORT
In order to expedite the handling and review of case folders and in
order to teach Auditors how to quickly and concisely analyze and report on
a case, the following is the summary form to be used:
1. The date of the summary report is in the upper right-hand
corner.
2. On the top line is PC:
AUDITOR:_______________________
The preclear's name is written in and underscored and the auditor's
name is written in and underscored.
3. Indent for the beginning paragraph and write the following:
PROCESS RUN: TA: TIME:_________
The above will be printed in BLOCK letters. The auditor gives the
process run, the total tone arm action for the session and the length of
the session in hours and minutes.
4. Indent again for the next paragraph and write the following:
GOALS & GAINS.
The auditor should now note whether the preclear made his goals and
gains for the session or whether the goals and gains were sour. Any highly
unrealistic goal should be noted down by the auditor also.
5. Indent for the next paragraph and write the following:
ASPECTS OF RUNNING PROCESS:
Here write down briefly what the preclear was doing in the session. Do
not write opinions with regard to what was happening or how the preclear
was running the process. Here we are interested in the aspects of the case
in relationship to the process or processes being run.
We are interested in the following:
How the preclear is doing on the process in relation to what is being
run.
Any signs indicating whether or not the process is near to the desired
flat point or at the desired flat point.
Emotional tone of the preclear and whether this improved.
Discharges of misemotion.
Absence or appearance of communication lags.
Preclear appearance.
Any difficulty in session.
Whether or not the preclear is cogniting.
General needle behaviour.
Somatics turning on and blowing.
6. Indent for the next paragraph and write the following:
ETHICS REPORT:
Here you must note any action you have taken as regards reports to
Ethics. So far any Ethics report has been undertaken for the auditor, when
it is the auditor's responsibility to turn in an Ethics report on anyone
invalidating or suppressing your preclear's auditing and on your preclear
if you find your preclear to be engaging in any action which requires
reporting. Further, if you think your preclear may be a Potential Trouble
Source or a Suppressive Person, you must ask for this to be reviewed by the
Case Officer in the Department of Review.
7. Indent for the next paragraph and write the following:
SUGGEST:
Here briefly suggest what is required-the process to be continued, the
next process to be run, or the preclear to be reviewed by the Case Officer.
This summary should be done for the auditing session given the preclear
for the day and put in front of the preclear's folder, but not stapled to
the auditing report form or worksheets. Two sessions in one day calls for
only one summary report with the TA and data of each session. It should be
LEGIBLE and READABLE. If an auditor's handwriting is poor, it should be
printed out by the auditor.
Writing the reports should only take the auditor about 15 minutes to do
at the most. Having just audited the preclear, you should quite easily fill
the report out. Do these reports on the proper paper for the Division, 8 x
10 [inches] and leave enough space for directions to be given.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH: mh.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B is amended by HCO B 24 January 1969 which is amended by HCO B
17 March 1969 both titled Summary Report. The 17 March 1969 issue is
amended by HCO B 20 June 1970, which is cancelled by BTB 20 June 1970, both
titled Summary Report. A copy of the latter can be found in BTB 6 November
1972R, Issue V, Auditor Admin Series 12R, The Summary Report Form, Volume
IX-35. None of these amendments are written by LRH.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1965
Remimeo
ALL TECH DIV
ALL QUAL DIV
ETHICS SECTION
CLASS VII INTERNES
STAFF AUDITOR ADVICES
No Staff Auditor or Interne or organization auditor or any auditor on a
Staff Co-audit may seek advices on what to do from any person except the
officially appointed person doing the auditing folders.
Seeking advice on cases verbally or in writing from the person not
doing the folders is OFF LINE except in Ethics matters when Ethics may be
consulted or Saint Hill advised.
When an auditor seeks advice off-line and accepts it, unbeknownst to
the official supervising the auditing via the folders, a random factor is
introduced into the running of cases that can be quite fatal.
At Saint Hill, on Power Processes, such an action is a crime as the
consequences can be so catastrophic to cases run on Power Processes.
The proper sources of instruction are tapes and HCOBs. Adding bits to
these that aren't there is the commonest auditor error.
Asking for unusual solutions from a case supervisor who is doing the
folders is a sure sign that the last directives have not been followed;
giving instructions that are unusual is useless because they won't be
complied with either.
The Dev-T situation of asking for advice off-line burdens lines and
fouls up cases.
COMM CYCLE AND ETHICS
When an auditor has a fractured comm cycle very often processing still
works on the average pc.
When an auditor has a fractured comm cycle and the pc is an Ethics type
case (SP, PTS, W/Hs) a mess ensues. One can always tell if an auditor's
comm cycle is poor or if the Code is being broken because when put on an
Ethics type pc, things collapse.
When a pc won't run, one can be sure that
1. The Auditor's Comm Cycle is out and
2. The pc is an Ethics type case.
When both these are present, no results can possibly occur.
When only one is present, usually the auditing works somewhat.
CASE SUPERVISOR PUZZLE
When a Case Supervisor doing folders sees a process going wrong, he
should not blame the process or his own advice if these are even faintly
educated.
Instead the pc is an Ethics type or the Auditor's Comm Cycle is out.
If neither of these seem to be the case and things still go wrong then
the auditor just isn't running what he says he is or running what he is
supposed to run.
If all the above seems not to be the case, then the auditor is seeking
off-line advices and some screwball interpretation has been added to the
process.
A clever Case Supervisor marking folders, goes by the text-case running
well, continue the standard approach. Case not running well, send to Review
for analysis REGARDLESS OF ANY AUDITING TIME LOST.
When a pc goes to Review, it is clever to send the auditor to the
Review Cramming Section to check over his Auditor's Code and Comm Cycle
with TRs.
If when auditor and pc still don't run well, send the pc to Ethics.
(Review may already have done so.)
ETHICS
If the Case Supervisor ever finds an auditor not following instructions
or seeking or taking off-line directions he must at once send the auditor
to Ethics. It is usually an Ethics Hearing and a minor suspension.
If a Case Supervisor doing the folders finds a false report has been
made, he must send the offender to Ethics.
WITHHOLDS
A pc is not sent to Ethics because of withholds gotten off in a
session. However, on the Invalidation button one commonly finds suppressive
persons around the pc and the auditor must send the pc to Ethics at session
end to get the matter disconnected or handled.
Sometimes one finds another person's offences than the pc's in getting
off withholds. These are reported to Ethics for investigation.
TEXT BOOK
D of P work is completely text book. PC doing okay-get on with it as
per the process, the next process to be run, or the next grade.
PC not doing okay-to Review to find out why.
If Review finds pc is an Ethics type, sends pc to Ethics.
It's all text book. It is so easy.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:mh.bp.cden
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 18 JUNE 1965
Remimeo
Franchise
CLASS III AND UP
CLASS VII CHECK SHEET
CLEAR AND OT BEHAVIOUR
We know all the attributes of Clear and Operating Thetans.
In the history of this universe there has never been a true Clear or
true OT.
Every Clear ever encountered in this universe was a Keyed-out Clear-a
Release. He still had all his bank, GPMs and engrams. They were simply
keyed out and not influencing him.
We have known that for some time. But here is a new one.
Every Operating Thetan in the history of this universe was only a KEYED-
OUT OT!
This is startling. It accounts for the wild conduct of some OTs. They
still had a complete bank (all their GPMs and engrams, secondaries, the
lot). This bank could be restimulated causing them to indulge in bad
conduct. When it was restimulated too much they suddenly ceased to be OT
and became powerless and human or animal.
Thus there has not only never been a real Clear in this universe, also
there has never been a real Operating Thetan! Every one contacted on the
track or history had an R6 bank, momentarily keyed out.
This is then the Roller Coaster effect one encounters in one's own
history-OT- aberree-Clear-aberree-OT-aberree, etc, depending on accidental
key-outs and keyins of the bank.
We are for the first time in the history of the universe making real
Clears and real OTs, no bank.
You may accidentally make a keyed-out OT as well as a Release.
And if you don't go on auditing even in that session he or she will
stay that way.
I have good subjective reality on making keyed-out Clear and keyed-out
OT in auditing. And also on being overrun.
Auditors must be trying for a result not a number of hours. Then
they'll see some of these phenomena.
The trick is stopping when the result is obtained !
It can be fatal even to conclude the session in which keyed-out Clear
(Release) or keyed-out OT were attained. Just say, "Oh! That's it!" And
STOP. This is true for all attainable phenomena, even getting well. An
overrun brings it back.
LRH: ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 JUNE 1965
Remimeo
Qual Div Hats
Tech Div Hats
Good Supply to Review
HGC PC REVIEW AUDITING FORM
When the Case Officer of Review receives a pc from the HGC for "Review"
he instantly and immediately gets the pc into Session and handles the
following form only. All Handling of this form is counted as Auditing time
in Review.
The D of P and Tech Division must not say what is wrong with the pc or
what to do with the pc as this is monitored by the very firm broad policy
that Tech cannot order Review.
The Case Officer checks all these things. They are done on a Meter.
Significant TA actions noted on the lines on which they occur with pc
holding the cans.
NAME OF PC DATE _______________
1. PC'S FOLDER IN HAND
CONTAINS GRAPH PC BEGINNING ASSMT FORM_____
2. PC BEEN INVOICED INTO REVIEW AT CHARGE_____________________
3. PC'S HGC AUDITORS (TAKEN FROM FOLDER)______________________
4. ARC BREAK
SESSION ASSMT_________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
ENVIRONMENT ASSMT___________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
5. IGNORED PC ORIGINATIONS _____________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
6. MISSED WITHHOLDS_____________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
CLEAN__________________________________________________________
7. PRESENT TIME PROBLEM_________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
CLEAN__________________________________________________________
8. CLEANED CLEANS ______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
9. PROCESSES LEFT UNFLAT (BY FOLDER EXAMINATION)_____________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
PROCESS LEFT UNFLAT__________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
PROCESS LEFT UNFLAT__________________________________________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
PROCESS LEFT UNFLAT__________________________________________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
10. PROCESS OVERRUN (BY FOLDER EXAMINATION)___________________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
PROCESS OVERRUN _____________________________________________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
11. NON-STANDARD PROCESSES _____________________________________
12. BAD AUDITING COMM CYCLE_____________________________________
13. CODE BREAKS___________________________________________________
14. HIDDEN STANDARD (WHAT WOULD HAVE TO HAPPEN FOR YOU TO KNOW
SCIENTOLOGY WORKS) ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
SPOTTED________________________________________________________
15. PC AND DRUGS (TAKING ANY DRUGS) ____________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
16. ALCOHOL_______________________________________________________
17. ENOUGH SLEEP _________________________________________________
ENOUGH FOOD (BREAKFAST)_____________________________________
(LUNCH)________________________________________________________
(DINNER) _______________________________________________________
18. MIXED THERAPIES (ANY OTHER TREATMENT IN PROGRESS)________
________________________________________________________________
19. CONNECTED TO A SUPPRESSIVE PERSON__________________________
20. CONNECTED TO A SUPPRESSIVE GROUP___________________________
21. HERE TO GET DATA FOR SOMEONE ELSE___________________________
22. HERE BECAUSE SOMEONE ELSE DEMANDED IT_____________________
23. FORMER RELEASE_______________________________________________
24. FORMER THETAN EXTERIOR______________________________________
25. SELF AUDITING DURING INTENSIVE ______________________________
26. BEING AUDITED BY SOMEONE ELSE DURING INTENSIVE OTHER THAN HGC
AUDITOR_____________________________________________
27. CRIMINAL RECORD OR CRIME FOR WHICH YOU COULD BE
ARRESTED______________________________________________________
28. INSANE ASYLUM HISTORY_______________________________________
29. HERE TO BE CURED OF SOMETHING NOT MENTIONED______________
________________________________________________________________
30. UNPAID DEBTS TO ORGS_________________________________________
31. KNOWLEDGE OF A CRIME AGAINST SCIENTOLOGY_________________
32. WHAT WOULD HAPPEN IF SCIENTOLOGY WORKED ON EVERYONE __
________________________________________________________________
33. ANYTHING UPSETTING ABOUT THIS REVIEW______________________
34. HAS ANYTHING BEEN SUPPRESSED?______________________________
35. HAS ANYTHING BEEN INVALIDATED? _____________________________
36. HAS ANYTHING BEEN RUSHED? __________________________________
37. HAS ANYTHING BEEN MISSED?___________________________________
38. PC STATEMENT OF THE TROUBLE AS IT IS NOW____________________
39. READS I COULD NOT CLEAN UP___________________________________
40. BOOK OF CASE REMEDIES (IF PC NOT SOLVED BY THIS POINT)______
________________________________________________________________
41. OTHER ACTIONS CASE OFFICER HAD TO TAKE_____________________
________________________________________________________________
42. FALSE REPORTS_________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
STATE OF TA AT CONCLUSION________________________________________
TA DIVS DURING REVIEW_____________________________________________
PC TO ETHICS________________________________________________________
PC TO HGC __________________________________________________________
RECOMMENDATIONS_________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
DATE CASE OFFICER SIGN ___________________
EXAMINER FINALLY DIRECTS
TO ETHICS TO HGC_______________________________
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:mh.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The above HCO PL was amended or revised on the following dates: 13 October
1966, page 184; 26 January 1968, 15 March 1968, 9 April 1968, see footnote
page 226; 19 April 1968, page 221; 16 December 1968, 15 May 1969, 7
September 1969, 7 April 1970, 8 August 1970, 17 September 1974, see
footnote page 226; and 29 September 1974, Volume VIII, page 321.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
BPI
Franchise HCO BULLETIN OF 28 JUNE AD15
Sthil Students
Remimeo RELEASES, DIFFERENT KINDS
There are different kinds of Releases.
They all have the similar meter phenomena: floating needle and on or
near clear read on a calibrated Mark IV or Mark V.
There is the plain First Stage Release. This occurs in auditing up to
Grade IV. It is not very stable. The person is very well off and definitely
a Release. But he or she can now postulate and in postulating sometimes
gets into the R6 Bank. The First Stage Release is eased out of the bank but
subject to call-back.
Then there is the Power Process Release. This is very stable and should
be called a Second Stage Release or a Power Release to be technically
exact. You can run only Power Processes on a First Stage Release. These
knock out all factors of the track that force a person back into the R6
Bank and leave the person able to go into or get out of the R6 Bank easily.
This Second Stage Release is definitely Homo Novis. The person ceases to
respond like a homo sapiens and has fantastic capability to learn and act.
The Third Stage Release (called for a few days a Second Stage before
terminology was firm) is an improved Second Stage Release in that selective
areas of learning are handled to return special skills to the person. The
case state does not necessarily improve but certain zones of knowledge have
been polished up.
There is another state near that of Release. This is a Keyed-Out-
Operating Thetan. At this time it occurs sometimes by accident in Power
Processing, but I think I will be able to process a Second Stage Release to
it directly some day. The pc is still a pre clear though a Keyed-Out-OT.
This really isn't a Thetan Exterior. The Thetan Exterior is quite unstable
and can be attained below an ordinary First Stage Release.
A real Clear is of course on the other side of the Reactive Bank and
above all these states. It is completely stable. One needs to know how to
audit to get there.
A real Operating Thetan is of course a Clear who has been familiarized
with his environment to a point of total cause over Matter, Energy, Space,
Time and Thought.
This accounts for all states of being discussed in Dianetics or
Scientology. They are all attainable and only one, Keyed-Out-OT, is not
done by routine auditing, being an offshoot of it that happens sometimes.
The First Stage Release is as high as we got in Dianetics, so you can see
we are five states of being above where we first arrived.
We are doing these today on a routine assembly line basis on all cases.
Orgs do a lot of First Stage Releases. Saint Hill is doing Power Releases
and moving people up to Clear through Academy and Saint Hill training.
A lot of cases would have to spend a lot more time in Power Processing
if they weren't already successfully processed in Grades 0 to IV.
The majority of cases even when trained, will not be able to go Clear
without being Released.
And of course nobody is going to go OT before they have been Audited,
Released, trained and cleared, all of which are currently standard actions
in Scientology today.
We are definitely on our way.
LRH:mh.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
** 6506C29 SHSBC-64 The Well-Rounded Auditor
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JUNE 1965
Remimeo
Review Hats
Qual Division
RELEASE, REHABILITATION OF
FORMER RELEASES AND
THETAN EXTERIORS
There are probably a great many processes that will recover the state
of First Stage Release or First Stage Thetan Exterior or Released OT.
Poorest but easiest of these is plain Itsa. Itsa probably will not
recover a floating needle but will pull down the TA. When it's down, stop-
don't press your luck too far.
The real technical job (other than Itsa) requires expert metering and a
thorough knowledge of dating on a meter and a smooth comm cycle.
Best at it would be an auditor who himself was a Former Release and who
had himself (or herself) recovered the state.
The technically correct procedure is unfortunately a delicate one which
requires good command of tech on the subject of the Time Track and
perception of the pc and meter alert enough to stop exactly when Re-Release
occurs and say "That's It!" (Never say "End" in such sessions.)
Remember all recovery must be by Key-out, not erasure. Key-outs are
done by finding Key-ins. It is de-stimulation, not re-stimulation.
Therefore all must be smooth and jolly with no forcing or overrun.
The exact tech follows:
To regain a Former Release (or Thetan Exterior or Keyed-Out OT
[Released OT]):
1. Loosely locate the session or time in which it occurred.
2. Get in Suppress, Invalidate buttons on the session or time.
3. Get in "Unacknowledged" or "What was unacknowledged".
4. Indicate anything found to the pc, as By-Passed Charge.
5. Find the Key-in that was Keyed out in that time or session (the
person went release because something keyed out in that time or
session).
6. When this is found and recognized by the pc, the pc will then
return to Release or Released OT.
7. If this does not happen, find what keyed in that ended the
state and repeat (1) to (6) on it.
This is all rough to communicate to the pc who is not well trained.
This datum will help (a standard datum of early Dianetics): The
analytical mind when it becomes aware of a point in the Reactive Mind,
makes it vanish. In other
words one needs but become aware of the actual cause of an aberration to
have it vanish.
We see this mainly in Cognitions. But it is the backbone of all
auditing.
When the person was originally released he had become aware of
something that caused the reactive mind to de-stimulate at that point or
become weak. And so he Released. You have to find that point of sudden
awareness again as in ( I ) to (6) above and if you miss it you can at
least find (7). You could find both and in a lot of cases will probably do
so. But if you win on ( I ) to (6), for heaven's sakes don't go on to (7).
If you do (7) you may suddenly turn up with (5).
When you've done it realize you've done it and come off of it. Don't
overrun.
When you have done it, tell the person to get trained so he or she can
go on to actual Clear.
LIABILITY
The Liability in all this is finding the original thing that was keyed
in (which when keyed out gave Release).
If this happens you have a new key-in in the session you are running
right now. It is a new key-in and is handled as one.
TECH COMMENT
This tells us that finding and running out key-ins will make a First
Stage Release out of someone who has never been one. Standard Grade
Processing does this.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH: ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B is referred to and amplified by HCO B 21 July 1965, Release
Rehabilitation, page 63, and HCO B 2 August 1965, Release Goofs, page 66.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I JULY 1965
Issue II
Remimeo
Tech Hats HCO Division
Qual Hats Tech Div
Qual Div
COMM CYCLE ADDITIVES
There are no additives permitted on the Auditing Comm Cycle.
Example: Getting the pc to state the problem after the pc has said
what the problem is.
Example: Asking a pc if that is the answer.
Example: Telling pc "it didn't react" on the meter.
Example: Querying the answer.
This is the WORST kind of auditing.
Processes run best MUZZLED. By muzzled is meant using ONLY TR 0, 1, 2,
3 and 4 by the text.
A pc's results will go to HELL on an additive comm cycle.
There are a hundred thousand tricks that could be added to the Auditing
Comm Cycle. EVERY ONE of them is a GOOF.
The ONLY time you ever ask for a repeat is when you couldn't hear it.
Since 1950, I've known that all auditors talk too much in a session.
The maximum talk is the standard model session and the TR 0 to 4 Auditing
Comm Cycle ONLY.
It is a serious matter to get a pc to "clarify his answer". It is in
fact an Ethics matter and if done habitually is a Suppressive Act, for it
will wipe out all gains. There are mannerism additives also.
Example: Waiting for the pc to look at you before you give the next
command. (Pcs who won't look at you are ARC Broken. You don't then twist
this to mean the pc has to look at you before you give the next command.)
Example: A lifted eyebrow at an answer.
Example: A questioning sort of ack.
The Whole Message is
GOOD AUDITING OCCURS WHEN THE COMM CYCLE ALONE IS USED AND IS MUZZLED.
Additives on the Auditing Comm Cycle are ANY ACTION, STATEMENT,
QUESTION OR EXPRESSION GIVEN IN ADDITION TO TRs 0-4.
They are Gross Auditing Errors. And should be regarded as such.
Auditors who add to the Auditing Comm Cycle never make Releases. So,
that's Suppressive.
Don't do it!
LRH:ml.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Reissued verbatim as HCO B 23 May 1971,
Issue X.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JULY 1965
All Students
Saint Hill Courses All Tech Activities
All Staff All Levels
0 to VII
MODEL SESSION REVISED
It is important for reasons of preventing restimulation to cancel and
discard all issues and forms of Model Session and use only the following,
particularly for Releasing.
The auditor examines the room to make sure it is all right to audit in,
adjusts the pc's chair and checks his E-Meter for battery up and set, gives
the pc the cans and states "THIS IS THE SESSION." Tone 40.
(The following rudiments are used only in metered sessions.)
"What gains have you had from your last session?" (Omitted on a pc's
very first session but not from the first session of an intensive: written
in the right-hand column at the top.)
"Is there an ARC Break?" (On raw meat, "Are you upset by anything?")
"Is there any current problem that will interfere with auditing?"
"Should you have told me anything you didn't?"
"Has anything been suppressed?"
"Has anything been denied?"
"Has anything been rushed?"
"This is the process: (states process)." (If a new process, clear the
commands.)
Body of session
"I will give you two more commands of this process."
"That was the body of the session."
"Are there any comments on the session?"
"That's It."
This is the totality of Model Session used. To add words to the patter
is to risk restimulation and it is expressly forbidden to do so.
RELEASE REACHED
It is VITAL when the proper phenomenon of a process occurs that the
process be promptly concluded.
It is VITAL on lower level auditing if a needle floats and TA comes
down to between 2 and 3 that the process and the session be unobtrusively
ended with a soft "That's It" and the preclear sent to the Qualifications
Division to be declared a Release. It is a Gross Auditing Error to run one
command more.
With this Model Session, Releases will be more stable and sessions run
better.
LRH :ml.jh L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Clarified by HCO B 19 August 1965, page
78.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 12 JULY 1965
Remimeo
Franchise
STATES OF BEING
ATTAINED BY PROCESSING
Types of Releases
The states of Release differ in that one is more stable than another.
The Reactive Mind (known also as the R6 Bank) can only be audited out
by someone who is trained up to Class VI. When the Reactive Mind is fully
audited out (erased completely) one has a Clear.
When a Clear has been refamiliarized with his capabilities you have an
Operating Thetan (an OT).
A Release then is pulled OUT of his Reactive Mind.
A Clear has fully erased his Reactive Mind.
An Operating Thetan is one who is Cause over Matter Energy Space and
Time and is not in a body.
The degree and relative permanence of being pulled out of the Reactive
Mind determines the state of Release.
There are numerous things that can pull one back into the Reactive
Mind.
These are (l) Locks (2) Secondaries (3) Engrams (4) The Whole Time
Track.
Locks
By reducing locks as in Levels 0 to IV we then remove the ability of
locks to pull the being back into his R6 Bank.
Locks are mental image pictures of non-painful but disturbing
experiences the person has experienced. They depend for their force on
secondaries and engrams.
Thus one who has had his locks reduced is a FIRST STAGE RELEASE.
Secondaries and Engrams
When a being has had the secondaries and engrams reduced he is far less
likely to be pulled into the Reactive Mind than if he has just had their
locks reduced.
Secondaries are mental image pictures containing misemotion (grief,
anger, apathy, etc.). They contain no pain. They are moments of shock and
stress and depend for their force on underlying engrams.
Engrams are mental image pictures of pain and unconsciousness the
person has experienced.
When these are reduced one has a SECOND STAGE RELEASE.
The Whole Track
Bits and pieces of the whole track remain after the locks, secondaries
and engrams are reduced. These bits inhibit the being from recovering
knowledge.
The Whole Track is the moment to moment record of a person's existence
in this universe in picture and impression form.
When these bits are cleaned up, a being is a THIRD STAGE RELEASE.
Exterior
If a being is a 1st, 2nd or 3rd Stage Release and has also become
exterior to his body in the process, we simply add "OT" to the state of
Release. It is secondary in importance to the fact of being a Release. As
soon as the being seeks to exert his "OT" powers he tends to restimulate
his R6 bank and so goes back into his body.
This is all that is meant when a person is called a First Stage
Released OT. The person has not only come out of his bank but also out of
his body.
Processes
Many processes, all below Class V, make 1st Stage Releases. We have
been making them for 15 years. When audited on low level grades after being
released by them, the person goes into his secondaries and engrams. He can
be fished back out again by modem technology and can easily regain the
state of First Stage Release.
Power Processes alone can be run on a First Stage Release. These
vanquish the secondaries and engrams. This requires very expert Class VII
auditors as it is touchy work. These make a Second Stage Release.
In doing the earlier Power Processes the preclear often attains First
Stage Release or First Stage Released OT. Only doing all the basic Power
Processes (including one called Pr Pr 6) makes a Second Stage Release.
Certain Advanced Power Processes make a Third Stage Release. These
mainly recover knowledge and smooth out one's understanding of the
awareness of the environment achieved by Second Stage Release on Power
Processing.
Clear
The R6 Bank
When a being has been trained up to Class VI and has been given the
materials of the basic Reactive Mind to audit out (they took years to find
and are too complex to be tackled without training and the actual
patterns), he can then attain the state of Clear.
The Reactive Mind is composed of significance and masses as old as the
Universe itself and is the basic cause of the decline of the individual.
Each person has his own basic bank but they are all exactly alike. The
materials are quite useless and inhibiting.
A Clear is not under the great stress of this bank and so can be free.
He uses his own basic purposes and is for the first time wholly himself.
Operating Thetan
This state of being is attained by drills and familiarity after the
state of Clear has been obtained.
A real OT has no Reactive Bank, is cause over Matter, Energy, Space,
Time and Thought and is completely free.
Summary
This HCOB contains a brief description of each of the States of Being
one can recover by processing.
This is the first time they have ever been isolated and crisply
defined.
These are all the states there are except for homo sapiens and animal
and we know too much about those already.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.cden
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JULY AD15
Remimeo
Tech Div Hats
Qual Div Hats
Classes III & IV
Students
RELEASE REHABILITATION
Refers to and amplifies
HCOB 30 June 1965
In doing a Former Release rehabilitation, if you find the point of key-
out of the moment the pc was formerly released, and then the moment of key-
in afterwards and then get the pc to Itsa these alternate points, one after
the other, with a bit of guiding when you see a fall (telling the pc [who
is thinking] the needle fell by saying, "What's that?"), and then if you
get off any unacknowledgment by the auditor in the rehabilitation session,
and if you handle all such moments in the pc's auditing history, recent or
distant, you will get the TA down and momentary floats of the needle.
Then if you end it with the pc happy and all well in the release
rehabilitation session, the pc will feel terrific and you will probably
have regained the floating needle.
Remember it isn't a repetitive alternate question, "What was keyed out
then?" "What was keyed in then?" but a use of these and any such wording
one after the other as Itsa invitations, until you get the TA off it and
the TA down (and not up again on session comm cycle goofs).
By hitting the key-out, then the key-in in that former session where
the pc went release, he or she really gets the charge off it and you've
regained it.
I daresay you could take a stuck TA at 5 on an old-time pc and by
locating the moments when he or she felt good in sessions and handling each
one in turn until you get the pc happy he or she has "got it", you would
eventually get the TA to clear read and a momentary or continuously
floating needle.
It's gentle.
The only goof you can really make, aside from comm cycle and code
breaks, is not to quit when the needle floats in your rehabilitation
session.
The rule of ALL processing is NEVER RUN A PROCESS FURTHER THAN IT
PRODUCES A FLOATING NEEDLE WITH THE TA BETWEEN 2 AND 3.
This applies to former release rehabilitating session as well. When
that needle floats again, if it does, you have to gently "That's it" and
desist and send to Declare? To go on is to overaudit.
Good hunting.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH: ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 JULY 1965
Replaces HCO Bulletin of 22 May 1965 which
replaced HCO Bulletin of 23 April 1964.
Remimeo HCO Bulletin of 23 April 1964 was written by
Sthil Students Roger Biddell and is corrected by this Bulletin.
SCIENTOLOGY III
AUDITING BY LISTS
The earlier genus of this process was Sec Checking on the Joburg. With
no reference to these, I recently developed for Level III a process called
Auditing by Lists. Any list can be used.
As a preview to the process I asked staff member Roger Biddell to use
List One. The questions were generalized. Instead of "Have I ?", "Has
there been ____?" was used. Otherwise the question remained the same as
given in the HCO Bulletin for L. 1. He ran the process for some hours on a
preclear with excellent results and summarized my verbal and written
instructions as applied.
AUDITING BY LISTS
L.1.
Use meter at sensitivity 16.
Use ARC Break assessment List 1. The questions asked are generalized
and without time limiters.
i.e. Has a withhold been missed?
Have you been given a wrong goal? etc.
Begin with List 1. Ask the first line of this List while watching the
meter for an instant read.
If the line does not read, say, "That's clean" and move on to the next
line of the List and do the same action with this new line.
If the pc has something to say about a line that is clean, let him say
it, acknowledge it and then you ask the next line. Don't Q and A.
If the line when asked has an instant read say, "That reads" then,
"What do you consider this could be?" or, "What considerations do you have
about this?"
Let the pc answer all he wants to. While he is giving his
considerations, mark down any blowdowns of the TA.
When the pc has given all his considerations say, "Thank you. I'll
check the line on the meter" and call the line again. If it instant reads
say, "There's another read here" then again ask for considerations, etc.
Continue these actions until the line goes clean.
When clean say, "That's clean."
Then move on to the next line.
When List 1 is completed, and then List 1, then List 1 and so on.
If running correctly, the TA total should increase from session to
session. The pc should get more and more blowdowns on his considerations.
Then he should get blowdowns on what he considers the main thing is.
Don't Q and A. Don't take up or do anything with the pc's
considerations. Don't ever say, "That still reads." It's always "Another
read" as "It still reads" makes the pc feel he has not answered the
question.
This process gets charge off the case.
If pc still wonders what the main charge on a line was, tell him
according to what gave the most TA action.
LRH: ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B is cancelled by HCO B 3 July 1971, Auditing by Lists Revised,
Volume VII-316.]
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURE
27 July 1965
** 6507C27 SHSBC-65 Stages of Release
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 AUGUST 1965
Remimeo
Tech Div Hats Star Rated on all Check-Outs
Qual Div Hats
Classes III & IV
Students
RELEASE GOOFS
1. Overrun
The first goof relating to Releases is the one done for 15 years-
running past a free, floating needle on any type of process. THIS is the
goof that held back all Scientology. And if it continues to be done, known
as well as it is now that you mustn't, one can only consider it suppressive-
not just ignorant-as who now doesn't know you wreck a Release by running
past the floating needle?
2. Rehabilitation Goof
Not doing a Rehabilitation by the book, HCOB 30 June 1965, HCOB 21 July
AD15 and now this one would constitute a breach of tech.
To say you are "Rehabilitating a Former Release" and yet do only
current rudiments is, of course, a lie.
Rehabilitation is an exact series of actions covered in the above HCOBs
and NOTHING ELSE.
I have seen a case being given an assist on PTPs and current ARC Breaks
and had the auditor say, "Oh yes, I'm following orders. I'm rehabilitating
a former release."
Rehabilitation of a Former Release is a PRECISE SET OF ACTIONS covered
only in the above HCOBs and this one.
One only does THOSE actions given in these HCOBs.
3. Rough Comm Cycle
The roughness of the Auditor's Comm Cycle can prevent, not only a
Release from occurring but can prevent rehabilitation.
All auditing is best done muzzled with the auditor drilled on Mutter
TRs.
4. Meter Misuse
In Step I of HCOB 30 June 65 it says, "Loosely locate the session or
time in which it (Release) occurred."
This means a METER DATING.
By "loosely" is meant to the year, month and day, not the minute. You
can of course locate to the hour.
ADD AS THE PRIMARY STEP TO HCOB 30 JUNE 65
1. LIST AND EXACTLY DATE BY METER EACH AND EVERY TIME THE PC HAS
ATTAINED A STATE OF RELEASE IN THIS LIFETIME.
That should dispel any doubts about what rehabilitation of former
release is aiming to do.
ADD ALSO AS A PARAGRAPH IN HCOB 30 JUNE 1965:
IF THE PC'S NEEDLE GOES FREE WITH THE TONE ARM BETWEEN 2 AND 3 ON A
CALIBRATED METER, CEASE REHABILITATION AT THAT INSTANT AND DECLARE. DO NOT
CONTINUE BEYOND THE FLOATING NEEDLE ON A REHABILITATION EITHER.
IF A PC'S NEEDLE FLOATS DOING THE HCO POLICY LETTER FORM 26 JUNE 65
CEASE AT THAT INSTANT AND SEND TO GET THE STATE DECLARED. DO NOT KEEP ON
DOING THE FORM PAST FLOATING NEEDLE EITHER.
IN FACT DON'T CONTINUE ANY PROCESS OR AUDITING BEYOND A FLOATING
NEEDLE. YOU CAN SHIFT FROM PROCESS TO PROCESS, A FREE NEEDLE ATTAINED ON
EACH ONLY IN POWER PROCESSING AND ONLY ON R6-GPMI.
An auditor must also realize that handling current matters and all on a
former release in a rehabilitation is violating further the rule DON'T
AUDIT PAST A FLOATING NEEDLE. The whole trouble with the pc was auditing
beyond Release. Therefore in rehabilitation even ruds are just more
auditing aren't they? You can only do HCOB 30 June 65 and its further
HCOBs.
5. Not Recognizing a Floating Needle
Floating needle, free needle are the same thing. What does one look
like? Once you've seen one you'll never make a mistake on one again. For it
floats. It ceases to register on the pc's bank. It just idly floats about
or won't stand up even at low sensitivity.
The TA goes to any place between 2 and 3 and the needle floats.
Differences in cans used as electrodes and not keeping the meter
calibrated with 5,000 ohm and 12,500 ohm resistors clipped between the two
cans and setting the TA to (F) and (M) can lead an auditor to "find" a
floating needle at TA 3.8 but ignore it because the meter is out.
Also, two meters used can both be out. Particularly if the wrong cans
are used.
Steel cans, chromium plated or tin plated (like ordinary vegetable soup
tin cans) are the best electrodes.
6. Not Getting Them All
Not getting every time the pc has been a Release in this lifetime can
be a big goof.
Sometimes the last one is just yesterday, but omitting it can halt
rehabilitation.
Getting whole track (before this lifetime) former release periods is of
questionable benefit but cannot be ruled out.
7. Pc's Own Purposes
The leader in making a high state of being collapse (given an R6 bank)
is the pc's own purposes.
A person shot up scale can postulate. Postulating going down scale or
an attack on something can collapse a state of release.
Protest, wanting to get even, revenge are some things that a pc
postulated that made him go back into the bank.
It's a goof for a pc to postulate himself down scale or to postulate
himself right by showing another he is wrong.
This is why Class IV processing (Service Fac) can so easily make a 1st
Stage Release.
8. Declare Errors
Sometimes a pc is not rehabilitated yet is so declared. This causes a
serious upset.
Sometimes the Examiner fails to detect the flaw that the pc doesn't
think he was released and passes the pc.
Sometimes the Examiner challenges and fiddles about too much. This is a
withhold of acknowledgment of the state and will cause an upset before it
can be awarded.
9. Unalert Org
An org which is not alert to the way SPs go for new releases when the
release is still finding his or her "feet" will make very few that remain
stable.
If an org develops a lazy attitude toward auditor and personnel
discipline then two things happen:
(a) Auditors and execs alike think it is all right to audit past a
floating needle on a form, action or process or
(b) Start declaring people who aren't released.
Either way is catastrophe. The middle road of honest and precise tech
is vital.
Auditors with sloppy comm cycles almost never release anyone to
floating needle. Such begin to believe it is "all gas" so it doesn't matter
what they do.
An org not alert to what a bad comm cycle can do to prevent release is
"for it" as tech will fade.
Summary
For fifteen years auditors have made and then undone keyed-out-clearing
all over the world.
We can then assume that, as they had the data about floating needles in
1958 and did not heed it, we will have this battle with us from here on.
The end product of all auditing right up to clear is a floating needle.
There is no other end product from the auditors' viewpoint.
So, shall we get on with it, see it when it occurs and declare it?
Please?
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml:cden
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 AUGUST 1965
Remimeo
All Students
All Staff
AUDITING GOOFS
BLOWDOWN INTERRUPTION
It is a serious goof for the auditor to speak or move during a blowdown
of the Tone Arm.
When a Tone Arm has to be moved rapidly down, the needle appears to
float to some but it is just falling.
To see if a needle is floating the TA must have stopped moving down.
A Blowdown is a period of relief and cognition to a pc while it is
occurring and for a moment after it stops.
Therefore it is a serious goof for an auditor to speak or move during
the blowdown or for a moment afterwards.
This was noted years ago and is given in early materials on goals.
AN AUDITOR MUST NOT SPEAK OR MOVE DURING A BLOWDOWN.
When the auditor has to move the TA from right to left to keep the
needle on the dial and the movement is .I divisions or more then a blowdown
is occurring. The needle of course is falling to the right.
That is a period of charge blowing off the bank. It is accompanied by
realizations for the pc. Sometimes the pc does not voice them aloud. They
nevertheless happen.
If the auditor speaks or moves beyond adjusting the TA quietly with his
thumb the pc may suppress the cognitions and stop the blowdown.
To see if a needle floats the TA must be halted for the moment between
2 and 3 on a calibrated meter. A floating needle cannot be observed during
a blowdown.
For an auditor to sit up suddenly and look surprised or pleased, or for
an auditor to say the next command or "That's It" during a blowdown, can
jolly well wreck a pc's case. So it's a real goof to do so.
To get auditing results one must audit with a good comm cycle, accept
the pc's answers, handle the pc's originations, be unobtrusive with his
auditing actions, not hold the pc up while he writes, not develop tricks
like waiting for the pc to look at him before giving the next command, not
prematurely ack and so start compulsive Itsa, and be very quiet during and
just after a blowdown.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.cden
Copyright �1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 AUGUST 1965
Remimeo
BPI
Certs & Awards
Issue to all new
Releases
RELEASE STAGES
Once a pc has begun to come out of his bank, he either continues to
come out or goes back in a bit.
He (or she) does not remain in status quo (unchanging state) while a
Release.
A First Stage Release often pulls further out to First Stage Released
OT after processing.
Similarly a Second Stage Release may become a Second Stage Released OT.
In their understandable enthusiasm-they feel so much better and bigger
and stronger-a release sometimes seeks additional acknowledgment by
requesting a further release check.
A pc who has attained a First Stage can go First Stage Released OT but
cannot possibly go Second Stage without Power Processing. In short, one
can't upgrade Stages 1 to 2, etc, without the actual processing.
Why? Because a key out is just that, a key out. Just because one no
longer has a tiger in his lap does not mean the tiger has vanished. He's
merely stepped out into the hall. In the course of life somebody is going
to leave the door open. The tiger won't come back into one's lap but he'll
sure sit on the rug and sneer. Key out means there's still a tiger. Release
means he's away. One First Stage can be more released than another First
Stage. The tiger is further off.
But when you start upgrading numbers (1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc) you are
talking about less tiger.
There's less bank.
First Stage removes a few tiger whiskers and the sneer. That's the
locks going. The tiger is near or far-that means more or less 1st Stage, it
doesn't mean there's less tiger.
Second Stage removes the tiger's misemotion and his front claws. The
tiger can now be near or far but he is that much tiger. He can be so far
away one is sure he has vanished. But he's just far. He remains that much
tiger (minus whiskers, sneer, temper and front claws), he just isn't
evident.
Third Stage pulls the tiger's ability to paralyze one's wits. In effect
Third Stage removes impediments to one's ability to know. The tiger, though
now minus whiskers, sneer, temper, front claws, and the ability to
paralyze, is still about. He may at this stage walk off so far that one is
positive there is no more tiger. But it's early to break out the champagne.
Maybe he won't be back for years, even centuries, but he still exists.
Fourth Stage Release removes the tiger's claws all about and blunts his
teeth. And causes him to hide in closets. But though he hasn't whiskers,
sneer, claws, or his frightening effect, or the old sharpness, he is still
a tiger. One can gambol about in the sun cheerily, feeling quite sure there
is no tiger at all. Only the locks on the R6 bank are gone. That R6 bank is
still there.
At this stage the pc feels he can move mountains single-handed and is given
to chest thumping. That he still depends upon a body gets overlooked.
But ahead of him is the BIG job. There is still a tiger. This tiger if
not vanished utterly will sooner or later creep up and eat up the goodies.
So one has to handle Mr. Tiger once and for all, run the total R6 bank
and become a 5th Stage Release.
Now, and only now, with a bit of reorientation can one be CLEAR. No
more tiger. He is not near or far. He doesn't exist. And one can go on for
the trillions.
Early on my pcs went keyed out clear and went away. They stayed that
way a long time.
They were sure they had attained the zenith.
Today we are going to have the same problem.
A Release is going to feel sure he has gone up in number of Release
when it's only the tiger out for lunch.
I am the last one to throw cool water over anyone's head about Release.
But I have a passion for stating truth as I know it when I know it. You can
always depend on that. It's not always popular but it's honest.
Therefore these are the only ways to go up in number as a Release.
To obtain FIRST STAGE RELEASE, one must have had lower grade auditing
of some sort. This removes the locks (the distressful moments of life) off
the Reactive Mind. As these pinned one to it, one can now get out of it.
To obtain SECOND STAGE RELEASE one must have been run on the highest of
the Power Processes. This gets rid of the secondaries (misemotions and
upsets) and the engrams (moments of pain and unconsciousness). And as these
pinned one to the Reactive Mind one can now move out of it and isn't so
likely to go back into it as he has no secondaries and engrams to call him
back.
To obtain THIRD STAGE RELEASE one has to tackle the beings, places and
subjects one has long detested. And when these are gone one isn't likely to
be called back into the Reactive Mind very soon as bits of his daily life
don't remind him of beings, places and subjects he once detested.
To obtain FOURTH STAGE RELEASE one has to take the lock end words off
the R6 bank. He has to be an R6 Auditor himself to do this properly. With
these gone, the R6 bank is left on its naked basics and one can be very
free of it for quite a while.
But now we are down to the concrete and bedrock.
To obtain a FIFTH STAGE RELEASE, one has to have run out the whole
remaining Reactive Mind. We are awfully lucky to have the combination to
the vault as it's been shut thoroughly for the trillions. That's done by a
process known as R6-GPMI-or GPMs by Items. And I assure you
1. It can be done and
2. It was pure hell going it blind when I was trying to find it.
It took several years and thousands of hours of research auditing to just
find the pattern of it. This is the longest job (R6-GPMI) and requires now
at least 14 months of daily solo auditing. And then one is 5th Stage and
ready for a polish and Clear.
Now understand, at each of these stages one has to go unrelease to make it
to the next stage of release. This requires guts-and faith. One is feeling
GRAND. The world is beautiful. The unbrave get nervous at the thought of
diving back into the asphalt or, to keep our metaphor, about deliberately
whistling up the Tiger-"Here Tiger! Here Tiger! Come out wherever you are!"
So a way that is cooked up to avoid this further combat is to pretend an
upgrade in number of release without the hard work and scratches necessary
to honestly achieve it.
Add to all this that one has a present time, and a body to receive the
slings and arrows and one sees that it is a complex picture.
But we have the way. It is the way.
Many will come along selling the frightened the idea one can leap up
through the numbers without pain or toil or auditing by flexing one's chest
or eating Wheaties or praying. But that isn't the WAY. There's no bridge
there.
The main point that will be stumbled on is this: Nobody has any real
reality on how high up these states are or how utterly tall Clear really
is.
---------------
Well, that's the score. Does it help?
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 AUGUST AD15
Remimeo
All Qual Hats
All Staff Auditor Hats
Tech Executives
Ethics QUALIFICATIONS TECHNICAL ACTIONS
HCO Sec
Div 7 THIS IS A STAR RATED TECHNICAL HAT
FOR EXAMINERS, REVIEW AUDITORS AND
QUAL EXECUTIVES AND IS THE STANDARD
GUIDE FOR THEIR TECHNICAL ACTIONS
All cases that come to the Qual Division are unusual.
The solution to ALL cases that come to the Qual Division is to do the
USUAL.
If you don't hold on to that datum hard, all the "unusual" cases will
soon have Review doing the unusual. And the only salvation for any Qual
situation is to do the USUAL.
Don't go into a dispersal because of the unusual nature of the Review
cases. If they were standard they would not be in Review.
But Review has a standard procedure. It is an Always, invariable
standard procedure. Don't audit the case, audit the procedure. If you do so
YOU WILL NEVER MISS. You will only miss if you get wrapped up in how
unusual it all is.
Today Case Supervision and Review actions are all very, very standard.
And very, very workable. You only get in a mess with a case when you don't
use standard actions.
It took more than a third of a century to find the keys to all cases.
None is going to repeat all that research in the 20 minutes given to handle
a case, so the best solution is to do what's known.
FORMER RELEASE CHECK
When someone buys a Former Release Rehabilitation, he first goes to
Review to get a check. This must be a perfunctory check. If you audit the
pc you may float a needle on the check. The Review Auditor merely puts the
pc who wants a Former Release check on a meter and asks: "Have you been
Released earlier?" If it reads, THAT'S the end of the check. One says, "Yes
you evidently were," and adds, "Go to the Registrar and get a Former
Release Rehabilitation." If it doesn't read it doesn't mean, not Former
Release. THE PC MAY BE ARC BROKEN, and the meter of an ARC Broken pc may
not read for the auditor. In fact an inexperienced auditor sometimes calls
an ARC Broken needle a "floating needle" merely because it doesn't react to
the auditor. So if the meter doesn't react on the question of was the pc a
Former Release, all you do in Review is say, "There may be ARC Breaks
around Former Release. It therefore doesn't read right now. It may read if
the ARC Breaks are picked up," and sends the pc to the Registrar for
Rehabilitation just the same.
In short two things can happen in a Former Release check. It reads. It
doesn't read. In both cases send the pc to the Registrar for a Former
Release Rehabilitation.
So that action is real simple.
What the pc says and does has nothing to do with it. Say what you have
to to get the pc to the Registrar, but encourage no Itsa or you'll be tied
up for an hour or two, working for nothing.
If the pc has already been to the Registrar and bought a Former Release
Rehabilitation then after the above check send the pc to the HGC Admin.
That's all there is to it. You do anything else and you'll goof up
everything. Start to audit the pc, invite the pc to Itsa, start picking up
times or ARC Breaks and you've had it. You'll be wearing the HGC hat and
costing the org money and slowing your own lines.
Believe me, do just the above and NO MORE on a "Former Release check"
in Review.
Don't get all wound up in the guy's case. They're ALL different and
unusual. That's no reason why a Former Release check should be unusual.
Get it?
CASE SUPERVISOR CHECK
When the Case Supervisor sends a pc already in the HGC to Review there
is only ONE standard action:
Form 26 June 1965 is done like an assessment, fast, no excessive Itsa.
Further, it's done NOW. The Case Supervisor wants it right away. NEVER
have a "backlog" of Reviews on Case Supervisor request for Review.
Pc comes in, gets the Form done BANG. Right now. Takes 10-15 minutes.
No more than that.
One puts down under recommendations what has been found on the
assessment. "Pick up Cleaned Cleans" or "Auditor's Comm Cycle out, do ARC
Break List I Auditing by List". Whatever you found you recommend it be
done. Former Release gave a big read and BD. All right, put "Do Former
Release Rehab," as the recommendation.
When the Case Supervisor asks for a Review of the case one ONLY does
the form and does it only as an assessment. One does not handle any part of
that form on a Case Supervisor request. And one does it straightaway. A
Review "Backlog" is a disgrace. One day wait is too many. It's done at
once. Why? Because it only takes a few minutes.
Do the form, send the pc to the Examiner and the Examiner returns the
pc at once to the HGC or at once sends to Ethics if a Roller Coaster is
found or no case change.
Honest, it's too easy.
If it takes anyone longer than that then it's because an assessment
isn't being done. The form is being used for auditing! When all that's
needed is an assessment.
REVIEW TO REPAIR
When a pc is to be handled or finished off by Review, we now have a
different matter.
The Review Auditor sees "Review to handle" on the slip or "Review to
complete case".
This is his signal to do Form 26 June 1965 AS AN AUDITING ACTION.
Same form, different use. One now doesn't assess with the Form. One
Audits with the Form.
This means one cleans it all up, section by section as one goes along.
ARC Break reads. Find out if it's a session ARC Break or a process ARC
Break, and do the appropriate list, find it (or them) and indicate the By-
Passed Charge (don't audit it by list).
If it's an environment ARC Break adapt List I to the environment.
Locate and indicate the By-Passed Charge.
DON'T go on with ARC Break reading when Review is handling the pc. Clean it
up.
Clean everything else up.
Polish up the entire Form 26 June 65 and leave it all beaming.
Now do what's indicated with the case such as Former Release Rehab or
flatten unflat processes.
If the case turns out on the Form to be an Ethics type, have the
Examiner send to Ethics and don't do anything else after finding the pc is
an Ethics type. No Case Gain in the past = SP. Roller Coaster = PTS. Leave
it to Ethics to find out why. When (and if) the pc gets a clean "bill of
health" from Ethics (has disconnected or whatever) Review can get the pc
back again and finish up the incomplete actions outlined in this section.
In short, in "Review to handle" one handles the whole case and finishes
it off.
The same form (Form 26 June 1965) can be used in two different ways: as
an assessment and as an auditing list of things to handle.
STUDENT ASSISTS
On a student assist the Review Auditor uses Form 26 June 65 as an
assessment form and handles what is found on the form. The Review Auditor
does not fail to do the form and also does not fail to handle what was
found during assessment after it is done. Note, one assesses, then handles
what was found. He doesn't audit the whole form. And also Review doesn't
complete the case as a case. It's just an assist.
Public assists are done the same way in Review.
DECLARE? FOR RELEASE
When the Examiner does not declare a pc and does not send the pc to
Certs and Awards, he sends the pc to Review. (He can also, instead, send
the pc to Ethics.)
When the Examiner sends a Declare? to Review, instead of Declaring, the
Review Auditor does Form 26 June 65 as an assessment, locates the trouble
and after the assessment is done handles what was found or indicates it's
an Ethics matter.
In either case (audits or sends to Ethics) the Review Auditor hands the
pc back to the Examiner. The Examiner may now send the pc to Certs and
Awards to get the Release award, or to Ethics to handle the indicated
Ethics matter (usually PTS situation).
But the Examiner must not send the pc back to the HGC after the Case
Supervisor has said Declare? (except when the Declare? is for an earlier
stage than the pc is being audited for). If anything else has to be done,
Review does it.
BASIS OF QUAL ACTIONS
You see Qual Div handles the flat ball bearings that didn't roll on the
assembly line of the HGC. Qual is wholly in the flat ball bearing business.
The HGC and Academy are wholly in the assembly line business, dealing in
fairly round ball bearings.
So when the HGC or Academy has said that's it (either, "We can't
handle" or "Declare?" or "Graduate") it's now up to Qual. If the pc or
student is not a Release or not well skilled or the pc doesn't think he or
she is a Release or the student feels he can't make it, then it's all up to
Review.
Qual's tools for the student are the Assist and Cramming Section and
for the pc are:
1. 26 June 65 Form.
2. Any standard process or auditing action.
3. HCO B 30 June 65 and any other Former Release Rehabilitation
HCO B.
HGC USES OF QUAL TOOLS
The HGC also uses these same tools. The Case Supervisor commonly orders
one of his or her auditors to do 26 June 1965 Form.
On Power Processing and Former Release Rehab, an HGC Intensive on a pc
always starts with:
1. The old pc assessment form from Dianetic days (if not already
done and in hand on the pc).
2. 26 June 65 Form (if the pc has ever been audited before).
It cuts down the clutter and keeps auditors calmer and makes assignment
easier when the HGC uses the Qual tools routinely and only squawks when
baffled. Qual takes over on a pc if the HGC has really goofed or has mis-
Declared?
The HGC assembly line considers all pcs a bit dented and runs an
assembly line on the basis of "some dents in ball bearings must be handled
in the HGC". When the ball bearing just won't roll at all in the HGC, the
Case Supervisor throws in the chips and says, "To Review to Handle." If the
Case Supervisor wants a check on his auditor, he says, "To Review for
check." And the HGC gets the pc back.
Students and public wanting assists are sent straight to Review by the
Registrar, by-passing the HGC as this is bit and piece auditing.
THE EIGHT BIG RULES
Qual (and the HGC) are not exempt from handling the Eight Big Rules of
auditing:
1. A pc must never be audited while ARC Broken. (Assessment of a list is
not auditing unless one is Auditing by List meaning cleaning up each
line, not looking for the thing on the List.)
2. A pc will make no case progress while suffering from a Present Time
Problem which fixes his attention on the environment.
3. A pc with withholds will be critical, natter or blow and is out of
comm.
4. A pc will worsen after auditing if connected to a Suppressive Person
(and only worsens when so connected).
5. A pc who makes no case gains is Suppressive (and can only be handled
by Power Processes and a Class VII Auditor).
6. Auditing a pc past a state of Release on the processes of that stage
can make the pc's tone arm rise and bar further case gain even at upper
stages of Release. (If you don't rehabilitate at least in part a 1st
Stage Release that was overrun, you won't get results at the 2nd Stage
or any higher stage. If you don't rehab an overrun on 2nd Stage you
won't get results on Third Stage, etc. Also, a pc who went 1st Stage on
R6EW won't run on 2nd Stage until the 1st Stage is found. In some cases
the pc won't now run on 2nd Stage if he went 4th Stage, by-passing the
lot. In short you can't by-pass free needles.)
7. A pc whose needle doesn't react to the auditor even at TA 2 or 3 may
be ARC Broken, not Released.
8. An auditor's fractured Comm Cycle, unseen additives, lack of skill on
a meter, attitude or false report can make a standard process not seem
to work, and only these may make one work toward unusual solutions and
get unreal about standard tech.
There are other rules. They are important but not as important as each of
the EIGHT BIG RULES.
Therefore, the only unusual solution you ever have to take in auditing
is to straighten up one of the Eight Big Rules when it's out on the pc. It
is rare but can happen. Example: Pc's ARC Break is too bad to get a read on
any of the lower lines of Form 26 June 65. Obviously, then, to assess Form
26 June 65 at all on a few cases you have to locate and indicate the By-
Passed Charge.
In checking a free needle, finding it doesn't respond at all, one has
to know by looking at the pc whether the pc is Keyed Out or ARC Broken. The
only other bug here is "Dead Thetan" wherein the old "Stage 4" needle so
called has never responded to anyone (this is obvious as the pc never got
any TA in auditing either).
A pc can have such a withhold that he just chops the auditor or the
course or the org. It's always a withhold that makes him chop or blow.
Don't be reasonable about it-it's a technical fact.
If an auditor really knows his Eight Big Rules, he can work then very
easily with a form and know what he is looking at. The eight are on Form 26
June 65, too, you know. Only Rule 7 may prevent a straightforward
assessment, as the ARC Break may have to be handled before one can get on
down the list with reads.
COMMON MISTAKE
The Common Mistake of Review is to mistake a PTP or Withhold for an ARC
Break.
This is easy to do. Supervisors are prone to say "Pc ARC Broken" when a
pc looks nattery or gloomy.
Review, although it takes no instructions on tech from Tech, can get
mixed up on this too, prompted by the Supervisor's error or the pc's own
statement. SPs commonly start a Review session with "I'm ARC Broken ..."
when, fact is, the SP has a big withhold or PTP.
REPORTS
When a Review Auditor or an Examiner finds a tech mess like alter-is or
the fractured comm cycle of an HGC auditor, they MUST report it to Qual Sec
who MUST send in an Ethics chit on it. The chit is written by the Examiner
or the Review Auditor and sent to Qual Sec for forwarding to Ethics.
ONLY in this way will Examiners or Review ever hold onto their own
activities. If they don't chit gross auditing errors found in pcs or in
auditing instructions then their whole larger purpose is defeated. Qual is
the technical cop. Handle flat ball bearings, yes. But also proof up the
Tech Division against having so many by reporting its goofs.
This applies to any student received also. Qual, getting a student or
pc who has then to be sent to Ethics MUST chit to Ethics whoever overlooked
it in Tech. When Qual finds a student who is SP or PTS who has been on
course a while, Qual must chit the student's Course Supervisor for a big
goof in having the student on course at all. Similarly, Qual chits an
auditor whose pc, sent to Review, turns out to be PTS or SP. The Academy or
HGC must have gone stupid to be auditing or training such a student or pc.
For they bring total chaos to the assembly line. Supervisors and auditors
who don't send pcs who are PTS or SP to Ethics deserve Psychiatric Awards.
For they are wrecking the org by continuing to train or process such a
person. So that's Qual's hat, too.
When Ethics won't handle a Roller Coaster or an SP and pushes the being
back into the Org Qual must cable or despatch the Office of LRH Saint Hill.
We have the tech on PTS and SP. We mustn't train or audit them until the
condition is handled properly in Ethics (and even then we train and process
them with a cynical squint in the left eye, alert for further messes from
them.)
SUMMARY
The technical activities of Qual are all standard, all laid out neatly.
There are no unusual solutions if one does the usual as above.
No need to get in a panic about a case. Do the usual. If THAT doesn't
work, it was done in an unusual way, wasn't it?
Qual can win all the way.
Just do the usual Qual actions on the standard Qual internal routing
lines, and UP go tech standards and results.
And that's what we want, don't we?
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH: ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B has been corrected per HCO B 21 September 1965, Qualifications
Technical Actions, the full text of which said to alter the last word in
the second sentence, paragraph 3, under section entitled "Reports", from
"Qual" to "Tech".]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 AUGUST 1965
All Students Clarification of HCO Bulletin
Saint Hill 3 July 1965-
Courses
All Staff
MODEL SESSION REVISED
Pertaining to Level 0 training, whereas the student is to use a meter
in order to familiarize himself with it and with using it in a session, he
is not trained in the fine points of metering until Level II. Therefore
during the training of Level 0 the Model Session as per HCOB 3 July 1965 is
to be used, but the questions are actually unmetered (the student does not
follow up needle reads), except for the fact that the student has a meter
in front of him.
Any auditor from Class II up would, of course, meter such questions in
running Level 0 processes on a preclear.
At Level 0 the student MUST know the parts of the meter and be able to
recognize a floating needle and be able to record tone arm action.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.bh
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo
Franchise HCO BULLETIN OF 23 AUGUST 1965
Sthil Students
Sthil Staff ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS OF DIANETICS
AND SCIENTOLOGY
The following are the abbreviations and symbols most used in
Scientology:
1. ACC Advanced Clinical Course
2. ACK Acknowledgement
3. AD After Dianetics (1950) e.g. 1965 = AD15
4. ADCOUNCIL Advisory Council
5. ADD I/C Addressograph-in-Charge
6. ADDRESSO Addresses Section
7. ADCOMM Advisory Committee
8. ADMIN Administration or Administrator
9. APA American Personality Analysis
10. ARC Affinity, Reality, Communication
11. ASSN SEC Association Secretary
12. AUD Auditor
13. BA STEPS Bring About Steps-R6 Material
14. BPC By-passed Charge
15. BPI Broad Public Issue
16. BS Beginning Scientologist
17. B.Scn Bachelor of Scientology
18. CCHs Communication, Control and Havingness Processes
19. CF Central Files
20. COG Cognition
21. COMM Communication
22. COMM CENTRE Communications Centre
23. COMM CYCLE Communication Cycle
24. COMM EV Committee of Evidence
25. COMM LAG Communication Lag
26. COURSE SUP Course Supervisor
27. CSW Completed Staff Work
28. D Deputy
29. D of P Director of Processing
30. D of T Director of Training
31. Dev T Developed Traffic
32. DD Doctor of Divinity
33. DECLARE? "Preclear has reached a grade or Release. Please
look
at preclear and pass on to Certs and Awards."
34. DEP DIR Deputy Director
35. DN Dirty Needle
36. Dn Dianetics
37. DR Dirty Read
38. D.Scn Doctor of Scientology (Honorary Award by LRH for
the application of Scientology processes, principles,
books or literature.)
39. DIR COMM Director of Communications
40. DIR COMP Director of Compilations
41. DIR CERTS & AWARDS Director of Certificates and Awards
42. DIR DISB Director of Disbursements
43. DIR EXAMS Director of Examinations
44. DIR FA Director of Field Activities
45. DIR INCOME Director of Income
46. DIR INSPEC & REP Director of Inspections and Reports
47 DIR MAT & RECS Director of Materiel and Records
48 DIR PBLs Director of Publications
49. DIR PROM Director of Promotion
50. DIR RAP Director of Routing, Appearances and Personnel
51. DIR REC Director of Records
52. DIR REG Director of Registration
53. DIR REV Director of Review
54. DIR TECH SERVICES Director of Technical Services
55. DIST DIV Distribution Division
56. DIST SEC Distribution Secretary
57. E-METER Electropsychometer
58. ETH? "This preclear may be an Ethics case, roller coaster or
no case gain."
59. EXEC DIR Executive Director
60. EXEC LTR Executive Letter
61. F Fall, type of meter read
62. FC Founding Church of Scientology
63. FCDC Founding Church of Scientology Washington, D.C.
64. FCNY Founding Church of Scientology New York
65. FCTC Founding Church of Scientology Twin Cities,
Minnesota
66. GAE Gross Auditing Error
67. GPM Goals Problem Mass
68. HAA Hubbard Advanced Auditor-Level IV Certificate
69. HAS Hubbard Apprentice Scientologist
70. HASI Hubbard Association of Scientologists, International
71. HBA Hubbard Book Auditor
72. HCA Hubbard Certified Auditor-Level II Certificate
73. HCO Hubbard Communications Office
74. HCO AREA SEC Hubbard Communications Office Area Secretary
75. HCO B Hubbard Communications Office Technical Bulletin
76. HCO Bd of REVIEW Hubbard Communications Office Board of Review
77. HCO EXEC SEC Hubbard Communications Office Executive
Secretary
78. HCO DISSEM SEC Hubbard Communications Office Dissemination
Secretary
79. HCO POL LTR Hubbard Communications Office Policy Letter
80. HCO WW Hubbard Communications Office World Wide
81. HCS Hubbard Clearing Scientologist-formerly Level IV
Certificate
82. HDA Hubbard Dianetic Auditor (Dianetic Certificate)
83. HGA Hubbard Graduate Auditor-Level VII Certificate, Saint
Hill
84. HGC Hubbard Guidance Centre
85. HGC ADMIN Hubbard Guidance Centre Administrator
86. HPA Hubbard Professional Auditor-Level III Certificate
87. HQS Hubbard Qualified Scientologist
88. HRS Hubbard Recognised Scientologist-Level 0 Certificate
89. HSS Hubbard Senior Scientologist-Level VI Certificate, Saint
Hill
90. HTS Hubbard Trained Scientologist-Level I Certificate
91. HVA Hubbard Validated Auditor-Level V Certificate, Saint
Hill
92. I/C In Charge
93. INFO LTR Information Letter
94. INT International
95. L.1 List One
96. LTR REG Letter Registrar
97. LRH L. Ron Hubbard
98. MEST Matter, Energy, Space and Time
99. MID RUDS Middle Rudiments
100. MSH Mary Sue Hubbard
101. M. WlH Missed Withhold
102. NON-CO-OP Non-Co-operation from us
103. OCA Oxford Capacity Analysis
104. OFF POL Off Policy
105. OFF TECH Off Technical
106. ORG Organization
107. ORG BD Organization Board
108. ORG EXEC SEC Organization Executive Secretary
109. ORG SEC Organization Secretary
110. OIC Organization Information Centre
111. OP PRO By DUP Opening Procedure by Duplication (Process)
112. OPPTERM Opposition Terminal. Designation of a type of GPM
Item
(R6 Material)
113. O.T. Operating Thetan
114. O/W Overt/Withhold
115. PC Preclear
116. PE Personal Efficiency Foundation
117. PN Pain
118. P.O. Purchase Order
119. POL LTR Policy Letter
120. PREPCHECK Preparatory Check. A process.
121. PTP Present Time Problem
122. PTS Potential Trouble Source
123. Q & A Question and Answer. It means "failure to complete a
cycle of action".
124. QUAL DIV Qualifications Division
125. QUAL SEC Qualifications Secretary
126. R Routine-prefix on process designations
127. R FACTOR Reality Factor
128. RR Rocket Read-type of meterread
129. RS Rock Slam-type of meter read
130. R6 Routine Six
131 R6EW Routine 6 End Words
132 R6GPMI Routine Six Running GPMs by Items
133. R6O Routine Six Original Bank
134 R6R Routine Six Review of all Bank run
135 R4H Routine Four. Process used to relieve ARC Breaks
136. R4SC Routine Four. Process used to locate and run out
Service Facsimiles
137. REC Reception
138. REG Registrar
139. REVIEW Department of Review
140. REV! "This preclear is in trouble, please do a Review hard."
141. REV FL? "Could you please find out if this process is flat
for me? "
142. REVIV Revivification
143. RUDS Rudiments
144. SCN Scientology
145. SEC Secretary
146. S-C-S Start-Change-Stop (Level II process)
147. SECED Secretarial Executive Director
148. SEC CHECK Security Check
149. SEN Sensation
150. SER FAC Service Facsimile
151. SH Saint Hill
152. SHSBC Saint Hill Special Briefing Course
153. SOM Somatic
154. SOP Standard Operating Procedure
155. SP Suppressive Person
156 Sthil Saint Hill
157 TA Tone Arm. Also total divisions of Tone Arm motion for
a session
158. TECH Technical
159. TECH DIV Technical Division
160. TECH SEC Technical Secretary
161. TERM Terminal-designation of a type of GPM Item
(R6 material)
162. TONE 40 An execution of intention
163. TR Training Drill
164. TR 0 Confronting
165. TR 1 Dear Alice (getting a command across to a preclear)
166. TR 2 Acknowledgements (Acknowledging a preclear)
167. TR 3 Duplicative Question (delivering question or command
in a new unit of time)
168. TR 4 Handling preclear originations
169. TVD Television Demonstration
170. UPPER INDOC Upper Indoctrination Training Drills (6-9)
171. WH Withhold
172. WW World Wide
173. 8C Name of Process. Also used to mean good control
[pic]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 AUGUST AD 15
Remimeo
Saint Hill Executives
Saint Hill Students
Art Series 1
A R T
For some fifteen years I have been studying, amongst other branches of
philosophy, the subject of ART.
The reason for this is: Art is the least codified of human endeavors
and the most misunderstood. What is Art? is one of the least answered of
human questions.
Art abounds with authorities. It was chosen because "that field
containing the most authorities contains the least codified knowledge." The
obvious invitation is to answer the question and codify the subject. This
has now been done.
The subject was originally brought up in a conversation with Donald H.
Rogers at 42 Aberdeen Road, Elizabeth, New Jersey, in 1950.
As this zone of human activity seemed to stand outside the field of
Dianetics and Scientology, I thereafter worked with it on a casual basis.
Having published 1 5 ,000,000 words between 1 929 and 1 94 1, I was not
unacquainted with the arts. Since 1950 I have worked with other arts than
that of literature in order to make an advance on the general subject of
ART.
I have made a breakthrough at last in this matter. And I find it is
applicable to what we are doing and therefore also has practical value.
To make it a matter of record rather than a filed sheaf of notes, I am
publishing these findings as an HCO B. I also feel they will be of some
assistance in forwarding Scientology.
As in the case of all "pure research" (by which is meant study without
thought of possible application) there is a sudden pay-off in these answers
including the better dissemination of Scientology and the rehabilitation of
the artist.
My incidental studies in the fields of photography and music materially
assisted these discoveries.
Approaching the state of Clear has also assisted in comprehending this
rather vast subject of ART. It is adventurous to state one has solved such
a sweeping subject but here at least are the fundamentals and basics.
The following are rough notes but are in fact the basis of that branch
of activity we call ART.
THE FUNDAMENTALS OF ART
BASIC DEFINITION
ART is a word which summarizes THE QUALITY OF COMMUNICATION.
It therefore follows the laws of communication.
Too much originality throws the audience into unfamiliarity and
therefore disagreement, as communication contains duplication and
"originality" is the foe of duplication .
TECHNIQUE should not rise above the level of workability for the
purpose of communication.
PERFECTION cannot be attained at the expense of communication.
Seeking perfection is a wrong target in art. One should primarily seek
communication with it and then perfect it as far as reasonable. One
attempts communication within the framework of applicable skill. If
perfection greater than that which can be attained for communication is
sought, one will not communicate.
Example: A camera that shoots perfectly but is not mobile enough to get
pictures. One must settle for the highest level of technical perfection
obtainable below the ability to obtain the picture.
The order of importance in art is:
1. The resultant communication,
2. The technical rendition.
2 is always subordinate to 1. 2 may be as high as possible but never so
high as to injure 1.
The communication is the primary target. The technical quality of it is
the secondary consideration. A person pushes 2 as high as possible within
the reality of 1.
A being can take a lot of trouble with 2 to achieve I but there is a
point where attempting 2 prevents 1.
If the ardures of 2 prevent 1, then modify 2, don't modify 1.
Perfection is defined as the quality obtainable which still permits the
delivery of the communication.
Too much time on 2 of course prevents 1.
It is usually necessary to lower a standard from absolute perfection to
achieve communication. The test of the artist is how little it is lowered
not how high it is pushed.
A professional in the arts is one who obtains communication with the
art form at the minimum sacrifice of technical quality. There is always
some sacrifice of quality to communicate at all.
The reduction of mass or time or impedimenta or facilities toward the
ability to render a result is the exact measurement of how much technical
perfection can be attempted. The rule is if one is being too
perfectionistic to actually achieve a communication, reduce the mass, time,
impedimenta or facilities sufficiently low to accomplish the communication
but maintain the technique and perfection as high as is reconcilable with
the result to be achieved and within one's power to act.
No communication is no art. To not do the communication for lack of
technical perfection is the primary error. It is also an error not to push
up the technical aspects of the result as high as possible.
One measures the degree of perfection to be achieved by the degree of
communication that will be accomplished.
This is seen even in a workman and tools. The workman who cannot
accomplish anything but must have tools is an artistic failure.
"Art for art's sake" is a complete paradox as a remark. "Art for the
sake of communication" and "Attempted perfection without communicating" are
the plus and minus of it all.
One can of course communicate to oneself, if one wishes to be both
cause and effect.
One studies art only if one wishes to communicate and the search for
artistic perfection is the result of past failures to communicate.
Self-improvement is based entirely on earlier lack of communicating.
Living itself can be an art.
The search for freedom is either the retreat from past failures to
communicate or the effort to attain new communication. To that degree then
the search for freedom is a sick or well impulse.
Searching for and discovering one's past failures to communicate an art
form or idea about it will therefore inevitably rehabilitate the artist.
However, due to the nature of the Reactive Mind, full rehabilitation is
achieved only through releasing and clearing.
How much art is enough art? The amount necessary to produce an
approximation of the desired effect on its receiver or beholder, within the
reality of the possibility of doing so.
A concept of the beholder and some understanding of his or her
acceptance level is necessary to the formulation of a successful art form
or presentation. This includes an approximation of what is familiar to him
and is associated with the desired effect.
All Art depends for its success upon the former experience and
associations of the beholder. There is no pure general form since it must
assume a sweeping generality of former experiences in the beholder.
Artists all, to a greater or lesser degree, need comprehension of the
minds and viewpoints of others in order to have their work accepted; since
the acceptability of a communication depends upon the mental composition of
the receiver. Scientology then is a must for any artist if he would succeed
without heartbreak.
In any art form or activity one must conceive of the beholder (if only
himself). To fail to do so is to invite disappointment and eventual
dissatisfaction with one's own creations.
An artist who disagrees thoroughly with the "taste" of his potential
audience cannot of course communicate with that audience easily. His
disagreement is actually not based on the audience but on former
inabilities to communicate with such audiences or rejections by a vaguely
similar audience.
The lack of desire to communicate with an art form may stem from an
entirely different inability than the one supposed to exist.
Professionals often get into such disputes on how to present the art
form that the entirety becomes a technology, not an art, and, lacking
progress and newness of acceptance, dies. This is probably the genus of all
decline or vanishment of art forms. The idea of contemporary communication
is lost. All old forms become beset by technical musts and must nots and so
cease to communicate. The art is the form that communicates not the
technology of how, the last contributing to the ease of creating the effect
and preservation of the steps used in doing it. A form's reach, blunted,
becomes involved with the perfection alone, and ceases to be an art form in
its proper definition.
A communication can be blunted by suppressing its art form: Example,
bad tape reproduction, scratched film, releasing bits not authorized. This
then is the primary suppression.
On the other hand, failing continuously to permit a non-destructive
communication on the grounds of its lack of art is also suppressive.
Between these two extremes there is communication and the task is to
attain the highest art form possible that can be maintained in the act of
communicating. To do otherwise is inartistic and objectionable.
These, therefore, are the fundamentals of ART.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.cden
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[See also HCO B 29 July 1973, Art, More About, Volume VIII-196, which
refers to this HCO B.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 AUGUST 1965
Remimeo
RELEASE STAGES
There are five stages of Release. When one of these is attained the
next one up can be run.
A preclear who has attained a stage of Release may not be run further
on the processes of that stage or below or he will go back into his
Reactive Mind.
All Releases however can have their problems handled, their withholds
pulled, their ARC Breaks repaired and any Release at any stage can be
audited on the exact processes of Release Rehabilitation.
The states of Release differ in that one is more stable than another.
The Reactive Mind (known also as the R6 Bank) can only be audited out
by someone who is trained up to Class Vl. When the Reactive Mind is fully
audited out (erased completely), one has a Clear.
When a Clear has been refamiliarized with his capabilities, you have an
Operating Thetan (an OT).
A Release, then, is pulled OUT of his Reactive Mind.
A Clear has fully erased his Reactive Mind.
An Operating Thetan is one who is Cause over Matter, Energy, Space and
Time and is not in a body.
The degree and relative permanence of being pulled out of the Reactive
Mind determines the state of Release.
There are numerous things that can pull one back into the Reactive
Mind.
These are ( I ) Locks (2) Secondaries (3) Engrams (4) The Whole Time
Track.
LOCKS
By reducing locks as in Levels 0 to IV, we then remove the ability of
locks to pull the being back into his R6 Bank.
Locks are mental image pictures of non-painful, but disturbing,
experiences the person has experienced. They depend for their force on
secondaries and engrams.
Thus, one who has had his locks reduced is a FIRST STAGE RELEASE.
SECONDARIES and ENGRAMS
When a being has had the secondaries and engrams reduced, he is far
less likely to be pulled into the Reactive Mind than if he has just had
their locks reduced.
Secondaries are mental image pictures containing misemotion (grief,
anger, apathy, etc). They contain no pain. They are moments of shock and
stress and depend for their force on underlying engrams.
Engrams are mental image pictures of pain and unconsciousness the person
has experienced.
When these are reduced, one has a SECOND STAGE RELEASE.
THE WHOLE TRACK
Bits and pieces of the whole track remain after the locks, secondaries
and engrams are reduced. These bits inhibit the being from recovering
knowledge.
The Whole Track is the moment to moment record of a person's existence
in this universe in picture and impression form.
When these bits are cleaned up, a being is a THIRD STAGE RELEASE.
THE REACTIVE MIND
When the pc has taken the locks off the Reactive Mind itself, using
R6EW, he attains Fourth Stage Release.
THE REACTIVE MIND
When the entire Reactive Mind has been erased and the person is again
wholly himself, one could call it a Fifth Stage Release.
But that is really CLEAR.
OPERATING THETAN
When a being once more has recovered his full abilities and freedom, a
state much higher than Man ever before envisioned is attained. This state
is called OPERATING
THETAN.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B is replaced by HCO B 9 February 1966, Release Grades, page 141.
LRH TAPE LECTURES
3-9 September 1965
6509C03 CC-1 Material of the R6 Bank (filmed lecture)
** 6509C09 SHSBC-66 Classification and Gradation [also available
as a
film]
The Aims of Scientology
by
L. Ron Hubbard
A civilization without insanity, without criminals and without war,
where the able can prosper and honest beings can have rights, and where Man
is free to rise to greater heights, are the aims of Scientology.
First announced to an enturbulated world fifteen years ago, these aims
are well within the grasp of our technology.
Non-political in nature, Scientology welcomes any individual of any
creed, race or nation.
We seek no revolution. We seek only evolution to higher states of being
for the individual and for Society.
We are achieving our aims.
After endless millenia of ignorance about himself, his mind and the
Universe, a breakthrough has been made for Man.
Other efforts Man has made have been surpassed.
The combined truths of Fifty Thousand years of thinking men, distilled
and amplified by new discoveries about Man, have made for this success.
We welcome you to Scientology. We only expect of you your help in
achieving our aims and helping others. We expect you to be helped.
Scientology is the most vital movement on Earth today.
In a turbulent world, the job is not easy. But then, if it were, we
wouldn't have to be doing it.
We respect Man and believe he is worthy of help. We respect you and
believe you, too, can help.
Scientology does not owe its help. We have done nothing to cause us to
propitiate. Had we done so, we would not now be bright enough to do what we
are doing.
Man suspects all offers of help. He has often been betrayed, his
confidence shattered. Too frequently he has given his trust and been
betrayed. We may err, for we build a world with broken straws. But we will
never betray your faith in us so long as you are one of us.
The sun never sets on Scientology.
And may a new day dawn for you, for those you love and for Man.
Our aims are simple, if great.
And we will succeed, and are succeeding at each new revolution of the
Earth.
Your help is acceptable to us.
Our help is yours.
L. Ron
Hubbard
Saint
Hill
September, 1965
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1965
Remimeo
Vital Data for
Tech Secs
Ds of P
HGC Training Officers
Ds of T OUT TECH
Course Supervisors AND HOW TO GET IT IN
All Students
The term "OUT TECH" means that Scientology is not being applied or is
not being correctly applied. When Tech is IN we mean that Scientology is
being applied and is being correctly applied. By TECH is meant technology,
referring of course to the application of the precise scientific drills and
processes of Scientology. Technology means the methods of application of an
art or science as opposed to mere knowledge of the science or art itself.
One could know all about the theory of motor cars and the science of
building them and the art of designing them and still not be able to build,
plan or drive one. The practices of building, planning or driving a motor
car are quite distinct from the theory, science and art of motor cars.
An auditor is not just a Scientologist. He or she is one who can apply
it. Thus the technology of Scientology is its actual application to
oneself, a preclear or the situations one encounters in life.
Tech implies USE. There is a wide gap between mere knowledge and the
application of that knowledge.
When we say tech is out, we might also say, "While that unit or person
may know all about Scientology, that person does not actually apply it."
A skilled auditor knows not only Scientology but how to apply the
technology to self, pcs and life.
Many persons auditing have not yet crossed over from "knowing about" to
"applying". Thus you see them fooling about with pcs. When a skilled
auditor sees a critical pc he knows BANG-pc has a withhold and pulls it.
That's because this auditor's tech is in. Meaning he knows what to do with
his data.
Some other person who knows a lot of Scientology, has had courses and
all that, yet sees a critical pc and then tries to add up everything he
knows about pcs and stumbles about and then decides on a Zero pc it's a new
thing that's wrong that's never been seen before.
What's the difference here? It's the difference between a person who
knows but cannot apply and a skilled technician who can apply the
knowledge.
Most golfers know that you have to keep your eye on the ball just
before, during and after you hit it. That's the basic datum of powerful,
long drives down the fairway. So if this is so well known then why do so
few golfers do it? They have arrived at a point of knowing they must. They
have not yet arrived at a point of being able to. Then their heads get so
scrambled, seeing all their bad drives which didn't go down the fairway,
that they buy rabbits feet or new clubs or study ballistics. In short, not
being able to do it, they disperse and do something else.
All auditors go through this. All of them, once trained, know the right
processes. Then they have to graduate up to doing the right processes.
Observation plays an enormous role in this. The auditor is so all
thumbs with his meter and unfamiliar tools he has no time or attention to
see what goes on with the pc. So for 15 years lots of auditors made
releases without ever noticing it. They were so
involved in knowing and so unskilled in applying, they never saw the ball
go down the fairway for a 200 yard drive!
So they began to do something else and squirrel. There was the pc going
release, but the auditor, unskilled as a technician for all his knowledge
of the science, never saw the auditing work even though even the auditing
done that badly did work.
Do you get the point?
You have to know your tools very very well to see past them! An auditor
who squirrels, who fools about with a pc, who fumbles around and seldom
gets results just isn't sufficiently familiar with a session, its patter,
his meter and the mind to see past them to the pc.
Drill overcomes this. The keynote of the skilled technician is that he
is a product of practice. He has to know what he is trying to do and what
elements he is handling. Then he can produce a result.
I'll give you an example: I told an auditor to look over a past session
of known date on a pc and find what was missed in that session. Something
must have been missed as the pc's tone arm action collapsed in that session
and ever afterwards was nil. So this auditor looked for a "missed withhold
from the auditor in that session". The ordered repair was a complete dud.
Why? This auditor did not know that anything could be missed except a
withhold of the hidden overt type. He didn't know there could be an
inadvertent withhold wherein the pc thinks he is withholding because the
auditor didn't hear or acknowledge. This auditor didn't know that an item
on a list could be missed and tie up TA. But if he did know these things he
didn't know them well enough to do them. A second more skilled auditor took
over and bang! the missed item on the list was quickly found. The more
skilled auditor simply asked, "In that session what was missed?" and
promptly got it. The former auditor had taken a simple order, "Find what
was missed in that session," and turned it into something else: "What
withhold was missed in that session?" His skill did not include applying a
simple direct order as auditing looked very complex to him as he had so
much trouble with doing it.
You can train somebody in all the data and not have an auditor. A real
auditor has to be able to apply the data to the pc.
Importances play a huge part in this. I had a newly graduated darkroom
photographic technician at work. It was pathetic to see the inability to
apply important data. The virtues of ancient equipment and strange tricks
to get seldom required effects were all at his fingertips. But he did not
know that you wiped developer off your hands before loading fresh film.
Consequently he ruined every picture taken with any film he loaded. He did
not know you washed chemicals out of bottles before you put different
chemicals in them. Yet he could quote by the yard formulas not in use for
50 years! He knew photography. He could not apply what he knew. Soon he was
straying all over the place trying to find new developers and papers and
new methods. Whereas all he had to do was learn how to wash his hands and
dry them before handling new film.
I also recall a 90-day wonder in World War II who came aboard in fresh
new gold braid and with popped eyes stared at the wheel and compass. He
said he'd studied all about them but had never seen any before and had
often wondered if they really were used. How he imagined ships were steered
and guided beyond the sight of land is a mystery. Maybe he thought it was
all done by telepathy or an order from the Bureau of Navigation!
Alter-is and poor results do not really come from not-know. They come
from can't-apply.
Drills, drills, drills and the continual repetition of the important
data handle this condition of can't-apply. If you drill auditors hard and
repeat often enough basic auditing facts, they eventually disentangle
themselves and begin to do a job of application.
IMPORTANT DATA
The truly important data in an auditing session are so few that one
could easily memorize them in a few minutes.
From case supervisor or auditor viewpoint:
1. If an auditor isn't getting results either he or the pc is
doing something else.
2. There is no substitute for knowing how to run and read a meter
perfectly.
3. An auditor must be able to read, comprehend and apply HCO Bs
and instructions.
4. An auditor must be familiar enough with what he's doing and the
mechanics of the mind to be able to observe what is happening with
the pc.
5. There is no substitute for perfect TRs.
6. An auditor must be able to duplicate the auditing command and
observe what is happening and continue or end processes according
to their results on the pc.
7. An auditor must be able to see when he's released the pc and
end off quickly and easily with no shock or overrun.
8. An auditor must have observed results of his standard auditing
and have confidence in it.
CASE REACTION
The auditor and the Case Supervisor must know the only six reasons a
case does not advance. They are:
1. Pc is Suppressive.
2. Pc is ALWAYS a Potential Trouble Source if he Roller Coasters
and only finding the RIGHT suppressive will clean it up. No other
action will. There are no other reasons for a Roller Coaster (loss
of gain obtained in auditing).
3. One must never audit an ARC Broken pc for a minute even but
must locate and indicate the by-passed charge at once. To do
otherwise will injure the pc's case.
4. A present time problem of long duration prevents good gain and
sends the pc into the back track.
5. The only reasons a pc is critical are a withhold or a
misunderstood word and there is NO reason other than those. And in
trying to locate a withhold it is not a motivator done to the pc
but something the pc has done.
6. Continuing overts hidden from view are the cause of no case
gain (see number 1, Suppressive).
The only other possible reason a pc does not gain on standard
processing is the pc or the auditor failed to appear for the session.
Now honestly, aren't those easy?
But a trainee fumbling about with meter and what he learned in a bog of
unfamiliarity will always tell you it is something else than the above.
Such pull motivators, audit ARC Broken pcs who won't even look at them,
think Roller Coaster is caused by eating the wrong cereal and remedy it all
with some new wonderful action that collapses the lot.
ASSESSMENT
You could meter assess the first group 1 to 8 on an auditor and the
right one would fall and you could fix it up.
You could meter assess the second group 1 to 6 on a pc and get the
right answer every time that would remedy the case.
You have a list in the HCO Pol Ltr Form of 26 June 1965 done for
Review. That covers the whole of any errors that can be made on a pc
scouting both the auditor's application and the pc's reaction to the
auditing.
When I tell you these are the answers, I mean it. I don't use anything
else. And I catch my sinning auditor or bogged down pc every time.
To give you an idea of the simplicity of it, a pc says she is "tired"
and therefore has a somatic. Well, that can't be it because it's still
there. So I ask for a problem and after a few given the pc hasn't changed
so it's not a problem. I ask for an ARC Break and bang! I find one. Knowing
the principles of the mind, and as I observe-pcs, I see it's better but not
gone and ask for a previous one like it. Bang! That's the one and it blows
completely. I know that if the pc says it's A and it doesn't blow, it must
be something else. I know that it's one of six things. I assess by starting
down the list. I know when I've got it by looking at the pc's reactions (or
the meter's). And I handle it accordingly.
Also, quite vitally, I know it's a limited number of things. And even
more vitally I know by long experience as a technician that I can handle it
fully and proceed to do so.
There is no "magic" touch in auditing like the psychiatrist believes.
There is only skilled touch, using known data and applying it.
Until you have an auditor familiar with his tools, cases and results
you don't have an auditor. You have a collected confusion of hope and
despair rampant amongst non-stable data.
Study, drill and familiarity overcome these things. A skilled
technician knows what gets results and gets them.
So drill them. Drill into them the above data until they chant them in
their sleep. And finally comes the dawn. They observe the pc before them,
they apply standard tech. And wonderful to behold there are the results of
Scientology, complete. Tech is IN.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Additional data to this HCO B can be found in HCO B 21 September 1965, Out
Tech, on the following page.]
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURE
21 September 1965
** 6509C21 SHSBC-67 Out Tech
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1965
Vital Data for
Tech Sec OUT TECH
Qual Sec
Dir Rev (Additional Data on HCO Bulletin
Ds of P of 13 September 1965)
HGC Training Officers
Ds of T ALL THIS DATA COVERED AND EXPLAINED
Course Supervisor IN THE SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING
All Students COURSE TAPE OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1965
Note the 5 GAEs are also covered in Tape Lecture of 10 July 1963
See also HCO Pol Ltr 21 September 1965, Issue II, "Auditor Estimation Test"
The five Gross Auditing Errors (GAEs) are:
1. Can't handle and read an E-Meter.
2. Doesn't know and can't apply Technical data.
3. Can't get and keep a pc in session.
4. Can't complete an auditing cycle.
5. Can't complete a repetitive auditing cycle. (Including
repeating a command long enough to flatten a process.)
These are the only errors one looks for in straightening up the
auditing of an Auditor.
The six things that can be wrong with a pc are:
1. Pc is Suppressive.
2. Pc is ALWAYS a Potential Trouble Source if he Roller Coasters
and only finding the RIGHT suppressive will clean it up. No other
action will. There are no other reasons for a Roller Coaster (loss
of gain obtained in auditing).
3. One must never audit an ARC Broken pc for a minute even but
must locate and indicate the by-passed charge at once. To do
otherwise will injure the pc's case.
4. A present time problem of long duration prevents good gain and
sends the pc into the back track.
5. The only reasons a pc is critical are a withhold or a
misunderstood word and there is NO reason other than those. And in
trying to locate a withhold it is not a motivator done to the pc
but something the pc has done.
6. Continuing overts hidden from view are the cause of no case
gain (see number 1, Suppressive).
IN TECH
In getting in Tech one need only locate in the auditor (or self as an
auditor) which of the 5 GAEs are being committed and, in the pc, which of
the above six is out.
There are no reasons exterior to the 11 given. To get Tech In,
requires getting the 5 in for auditors and the six in for pcs and after
that, watching the 5 for auditors and 6 for pcs, running standard
processes.
If you look for other reasons, this is itself a gross goof. There are
no others.
LRH: ml. cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard [Edited for use on the Dianetics Course as HCO B 7
May 1969,
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Issue IV, The Five GAEs, page 361.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1965
Issue V
Remimeo
Tech Div
Sthil Students
E-METER DRILLS
Having the data that Out-technology is the result of a lack of study,
drill and familiarity, it is imperative that meter drills be done well.
As it is the Academy's purpose to train auditors, students must do the
required meter drills for each level and must not resort to the use of a
pen to represent the needle of an E-Meter.
Irrespective of whether a student is or is not a Release, these drills
must be done. If a student should have a coach whose needle only floats,
that student should request of the Supervisor another coach.
The state of Release can always be rehabilitated, so the Academy should
not be overly concerned with the protection of Releases. Studying the mind
and spirit of Man may be restimulative, but it is the only way through and
out.
A real Roller Coaster of processing results is never because of
restimulation caused by training, it is always the sole result of
association with a Suppressive Person.
Don't back off in the training of auditors. Only a well trained auditor
will eventually make it all the way to Clear.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH: ml.kd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 SEPTEMBER 1965
Remimeo
All Scientology
URGENT URGENT URGENT
RELEASE GRADATION
NEW LEVELS OF RELEASE
Further research has revealed additional data concerning Releases which
makes it necessary to re-name the types of Release, or else deny preclears
all the benefits available from states of Release.
As mentioned in earlier lectures there are several intermediate stages
of Release between Level Zero and Level Five. I have finally isolated these
and they agree with the Gradation Chart of Levels.
This changes also in some degree the upper levels of Academy training
materials without actually adding any but only reassigning the same
materials to different levels.
This discovery came out of a survey of the only things that could balk
a case. These also are the main things an auditor has to be careful about
in pcs. Further study revealed the state of Release to be available on each
of these points and therefore, both to make Releases and better trained
auditors, these were fitted in to the Gradation Chart in natural sequence
as the dominant points stressed on each level.
The points are the same as those covered in the current "Out Tech"
Bulletins and lecture.
They are:
Communication
ARC Breaks
PTPs
O/Ws
Continuous Overts
So as to minimize any upset in introducing these additional levels of
Release we will cease to call Release by stages and call them by Grades. In
earlier material and lectures the terms "1st Stage Release" indicated a
person released anywhere between Level Zero and Level IV, a "Second Stage
Release" indicated a Power Process Release, a "Third Stage Release" was one
made by orientation processes and a "Fourth Stage Release" meant one made
by R6 EW. This was before I found that the additional levels were important
or obtainable. Without wiping out the meaning of these "stages", we will
simply cease to use them to designate Releases and designate by GRADES. We
will then use the exact processes of the grades that obtain the state of
Release for the preclear and thus keep things straight.
This then is the new Grading:
Type of Release Type of Process
Grade VII - CLEAR
Grade VI Release - R6 EW
Grade V Release - Power Processes
Grade IV Release - Service Facsimiles
Grade III Release - ARC Break Processes (old R-4-H renamed R-3-H)
Grade II Release - O/W Processes (including the "Joburg")
Grade I Release - Problems Processes (such as Probs Intensive or
CCHs)
Grade 0 Release - Communication Processes
Any one of the above group of processes can (and should be) run to a
Floating Needle (and not one command beyond it).
With auditors warned of the consequences of running beyond the state of
Release and people easily rehabilitated to the state even if it is overrun,
it will be found that the state is attainable at each level with smooth
auditing.
This ties smoothly into training as a class of auditor is capable of
making a class of Release.
Knowing why people Roller Coaster (Potential Trouble Source) and what
an SP (Suppressive Person) is and by carefully handling training of
auditors in accordance with the "Out Tech" materials we can easily attain
these states for preclears.
The discovery is actually contained in the first material issued that
calls attention to not further auditing Releases. They could have their ARC
Breaks, PTPs and Overts handled. This when I followed it up showed that
additional Release states existed for these types of phenomena.
There are some additional processes that can be run at certain levels
and as these are proven out they will be added as alternate processes to
the level. However, it will be found that when a preclear goes Release at a
Grade, it will not be advisable to further audit him or her in that grade
on an additional process once the phenomena of Release has been attained
for that grade. It may be that if a pc fails to go Release on the
recommended process for that grade, another process for that grade included
under the type of process for that grade may be used. For instance, on
Problems, the pc does not go Grade I Release in the regular buttons of a
Problems Intensive. Other buttons may be found and used. Or the preclear
may be run on "Rising Scale Processes" or another process listed for that
grade, all toward the goal of making the pc a Release from Problems. You
don't run a pc on the next grade just because you couldn't Release him on
the lower grade. You run the additional processes of a grade until he
releases at that grade.
At Grade Zero you run Comm Processes of whatever kind until you have a
Grade O Release. That means a "Communication Release". Then you do the same
at Grade I and run any version of problems, that affects the person's
problems until you have a Grade I Release, a "Problems Release".
Therefore you are releasing the person on certain subjects at each
grade. The scale can then be written like this.
Grade VII CLEAR - Bank Erased
Grade VI Release - Whole Track Release
Grade V Release - Power Release
Grade IV Release - Habit Release
Grade III Release - ARC Release
Grade II Release - Overt Release
Grade I Release - Problems Release
Grade 0 Release - Communication Release
You can readily spot that under each of these headings we have several
effective processes in addition to a principal process.
The most indicated processes for these levels are listed in the first
list of grades above.
If a former Release went Release on, let us say, Problems, he can be
rehabilitated on the Problems Release and then audited on any of the other
Grades from IV down. In short, anyone who went Release on one of these
Grades from IV down may not be audited further on that Grade but can be
released on any one of the other Grades 0 to IV omitting only Grade I
Release, Problems.
Of course from V (Power Processes) on up it becomes improbable to run a
lower grade but it possibly could be done on some cases. However, a Grade
VI Release (R6 EW) can't possibly be run below Grade VI. And on a Clear,
there's no bank at all, only freedom.
It's also noteworthy that it's all but impossible to do Grade V, Power
Processes, on a former Release that has not been fully rehabilitated on the
lower grade.
In training it is therefore necessary to put a Meter in the hands of a
student at Zero and have him able to clean Tone Arm action well at Level I,
be able to detect and clean reads at II and not clean cleans, be able to
assess at III and find Service Facs at IV.
This means also that at Zero you teach the student all about
Communication, its formula and the Comm Cycle and TRs. At I you teach
repetitive commands, Problems Intensives (assessed by an upper class
auditor as we used to do) and the CCHs (which pull the person out of
problems and into PT). At II you teach a student all about STUDY (the genus
of overts is the misunderstood) and O/Ws. At III you teach the student all
about ARC and ARC Breaks and assessment and how to do old R-4-H in full and
expertly. And at IV you teach the student all about "Deds" and "Dedexes"
(History of Man) and justified O/Ws and Suppressives and PTSs and how to
find and run Service Facs. And at V you review the student and classify
fully all lower grades. And at VI you teach the student all about R6 and
how to do R6 EW and as the student moves to VII you teach Power Processing
and give the student the final materials to go on to Clear himself.
As I promised to do some time ago, that neats up all training into a
form that can be firm, finally published in eventual book form, and which
puts the stress on the most important data in auditing.
Parts of the mind, Codes, scales, other background data can be woven
into the proper levels without overloading any.
Obviously then, you teach the student the theory in the Certification
course and the drills and key processes for the grade in the Classification
course of the proper level.
This neats up both training and processing, releasing and clearing.
This does not prohibit one from handling ARC Breaks or PTPs or overts
in rudiments at any level, really. Handling a rudiment is just getting the
pc going. It puts the heavy processes that handle ARC Breaks in life and
the past, the problems, etc each in its proper level.
The rule applies that you must not overrun one of these heavy grade
processes and must halt it the moment a free needle appears on it. Or if
the TA goes out of it and it hasn't released the pc and hasn't been overrun
another process can be run for that grade to handle the subject of that
grade.
But I think you will find that the primary process of the grade will do
it uniformly if well audited.
Here then is the additional data that belongs on your Gradation Chart
and modernizes it.
L. RON
HUBBARD
L RH:ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B is supplemented by HCO B 27 September 1965, Release Gradation
Additional Data, on the following page.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1965
Remimeo
All Scientology
Staff
All Students
RELEASE GRADATION
ADDITIONAL DATA
(Supplements HCOB 22 Sept 65)
The Grades of Release as covered in HCOB 22 Sept 65 have been named and
will be found, with auditor classes, in the ROUTING CHART of 26 Sept 65
being issued with "Auditor 10" in October 65.
These Grades and names are final, and they designate what is to be run
on the pc to obtain the various states of Release.
A table follows:
Grade Name Materials Former Name Where Done
Grade VIII Operating Thetan R1 Drills Operating Thetan Saint Hill
Grade VII CLEAR Clearing Course Clear Saint Hill
Solo
Grade VI Whole Track R6 EW Stage 4 Release Saint Hill
Release Release Solo
Grade VA Power Plus Added Power Stage 3 Release Saint Hill by
Release Release Process Class VII
Auditor
Grade V Power Release Power Processes 2nd Stage Saint Hill by
Release Release Class VIIs
Grade IV Ability Release Service None Saint Hill or
Release Facsimiles HGCs-Any
Class IV or
above
Grade III Freedom Release R3H None SH or HGCs-
Release ARC Breaks Any Class III
or above
Grade II Relief Release O/W Processes None SH or HGCs-
Release Missed w/hs Any Class II
Joburg or above
Grade I Problems Release Probs Intensive None SH or HGCs-
Release Any Problems Any Class I
Process or above
Hidden Standards
Book of Case
Remedies
Grade 0 Communications Level 0 Processes Keyed-Out Clear SH or
HGCs-
Release Release (0-0, 0-A, etc) Book I Clear Any Class 0
or above
Ungraded Scientologist Assists of all None Anywhere-any
types Qualified
auditor or
Scientologist
It is obvious then that GRADE CERTIFICATES FOR PRECLEARS lapse and are no
longer issued and are replaced by Release awards, awarding "Grade
____Release" when attained.
It is also obvious that as these states all existed before they were
discovered then REHABILITATION OF FORMER RELEASE is addressed to
rehabilitating these grades. When rehabilitation is done and the state
recovered for the pc a "Grade_ Release" for the Grade actually recovered is
issued.
The SAME rehabilitation processes as issued are used for every type of
Release.
Preclears were sometimes released in more than one grade and Former
Release is rehabilitated (and sold) for each grade the pc was formerly
released on.
All grades formerly attained must each one in turn be found and
rehabilitated and each one is separately declared by Certs & Awards.
Therefore a pc going release on a simple Qual Division check-out must be
urged to get a rehabilitation as there may be other former release states
there and for anyone rehabilitated as a former Release many other grades
(as per chart above) are available to be audited up to.
----------------
REHABILITATION OF FORMER RELEASE
Technically you will find just these phenomena as given in the Routing
Chart of Auditor 10 and the 22 Sept HCOB were the subjects of release.
Sometimes a pc was according to him released formerly on some other
process or subject than those given on the Chart. You will however find
that it relates to one of the Grade Subjects (Comm, Problems, O/W, ARC
Brks, Service Facs, as the total of the Grades up to IV).
Example: Pc reads as Released on CCHs. OK, that was a Problems or a
Comm Release. Why? It was because pc came to PT away from his problems of
the past or because pc got into comm with the universe. Just decide which.
Example: Pc checks as Released on the button "Importance", run in
brackets or concepts. This wasn't any Grade Vl Release! It was probably
Problems that were cleaned up or even O/Ws; therefore it was a Grade I or
II.
You have to see which Release Grade it was and that's easy since the pc
will tell you even without your asking that he "got over his ARC Breaks" or
"His problems didn't worry him".
On old-time processes, R2-12, Rising Scale, even Engram Running, the
point where Release was attained was because a Comm block, a Problem, an
O/W, an ARC Break cleaned up. It wasn't the old process that determines the
Grade the pc was formerly released at so much as which of the Grade
subjects were relieved at the time.
ERROR
The biggest error you can make in rehabilitation of a former release is
to grade him too high and by-pass available charge for further releasing.
In the earlier grades you can go from Grade IV Release to Grade 0
Release to Grade II, etc.
They are not entirely consecutive from 0 to IV. They are from V up.
For instance you rehabilitate a pc as Grade II Release (overts and
withholds) by standard rehab approach. He is then declared a Grade II
Release of course. However he can be run on Comm Processes to obtain Grade
0 Release or on Problems to obtain Grade I Release and better had be.
As we have formerly released so many on so many different processes the
background for rehabilitation is ragged at this time.
New people can be moved up smoothly from Zero to IV. Older
Scientologists will go up and down from Zero to IV.
You will find at times that somebody you are trying to audit to a
certain Grade suddenly recalls being released at that Grade. The proper
action then is rehabilitation of the Grade, not continuing to run the
Grade.
All this is really quite simple.
The BIGGEST error is and will continue to be not noticing a state of
Release occurring while running a process and then overrunning it and
engulfing it. You don't always see the free, floating needle-it is at times
brief.
NERVES
For a while auditors will be very nervy and err by underrunning
processes and failing to flatten them. Some auditors will see a floating
needle everywhere. Some will remain blind to them and grind on and on.
The thing to do is eventually find the happy medium. Don't underrun or
overrun. Just notice when the process has produced a floating needle and
carry on when it has not. And listen for those big pc upsurges in tone and
halt there. And watch for the rising Tone Arm that goes to 5. Mostly it's
an overrun. But some pcs who always were at 5 weren't ever formerly
released and will need Power Processes to get them started. Power
Processing also combines a lot of lower grade results. But it is hard to
Power Process pcs who have never had lower grade releasing. The Power
Processing becomes very lengthy. However, real tough cases can't attain
lower grade release states and so have to be Power Processed at once
instead of after properly attaining the lower grades. These "at once" Power
Process cases, who have had no former release grade, are pretty
Suppressive. However, some pcs' Tone Arms can be at 5 and the pc can act
Suppressive if it all stems from unnoticed lower Grade releasing that was
never observed or rehabilitated .
It is interesting that a Grade V Release (Power Process) cannot
thereafter be processed below his Grade. But this is a new set of
processes. You won't find any Former Release Grade Vs. They just never made
Grade V before, even by accident.
Grade VI Releases (R6 EW) don't easily respond thereafter to Power
Processes. But remember, that's a Grade VI Release, not somebody who came
up with a few bits of R6 EW.
You can't run a Grade VII (Clear) on anything but he can be drilled on
getting about the universe and getting familiar with himself and what he
can do.
Grades VI and VII really cannot be successfully audited except by
oneself-solo. If somebody else did audit them on a pc, the pc would not
prosper. He'd be a fool and quite confused. These Grades (VI and VII)
require knowledge. Without it it's pitiful. Auditors who have tried to
audit raw meat pcs on these Grades have gotten into serious messes not with
us but in their own activities all stemming from trying to make a baby be
vice president in six easy lessons. Two such auditors blew Scientology-they
themselves had no real data or release grade or even case gain yet they
tried to use VI materials on raw meat and it all went wrong and the pcs
today mostly snarl and natter. Their way is barred by their antagonism.
It takes a real thetan to stand up to VI and VII. Ask somebody who has
been there.
I trust these new Grades I found will help straighten out a lot of
things.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: ml.cden
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 SEPTEMBER 1965
Remimeo
All Students
Saint Hill Courses
All staff
CYCLICAL AND NON-CYCLICAL PROCESS
CONCLUSIONS
A Non-Cyclical Process (i.e. a repetitive process which does not cause
the preclear to cycle on the Time Track) is concluded precisely as stated
in HCO Bulletin 3 July 1 965.
A Cyclic Process-a repetitive process which does cause the preclear to
cycle on the Time Track as in Recall type processes-must be concluded in
Model Session as follows
"Where are you now on the Time Track?"
"I will continue this process until you are close to present time."
(After each command ask "When?") When the pc is in PT, "That was the body
of the session."
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH: ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 SEPTEMBER 1965
Issue II
Remimeo
Franchise
Students
BPI
All Levels
THE CONTINUING OVERT ACT
Pity the poor fellow who commits daily harmful acts.
He'll never make it.
A criminal pilfering the cash box once a week has himself stopped cold
as far as case gains are concerned.
In 1954 I counted some noses. I checked up on 21 cases who had never
had any gains since 1950. 17 turned out to be criminals! The other 4 were
beyond the reach of investigation.
That gave me my first clue.
For some years then, I watched for no-gain cases and carefully followed
up those that I could. They had major or minor criminal backgrounds.
This gave the 1959 breakthrough on the meter checks (Sec Checking).
Following it further since 1959 I have finally amassed enough histories
to state:
THE PERSON WHO IS NOT GETTING CASE GAINS IS COMMITTING CONTINUING
OVERTS.
While this sounds like a very good "out" for us, we assume that the
auditor at least tried something sensible.
Today-the running of a pc by grades is a saving grace for merely "tough
cases". Directors of Processing are doing well with the modern graded
process approach, level by level, and the D of P Washington has just told
me they were cracking cases with the lowest grade processes DC had never
been able to handle well before.
So, given processing by Grades (the best case approach we've ever had),
we crack the rough ones.
But will that be all cases?
There's still one. The case who continually commits overts before,
during and after processing.
He won't make it.
One thing helps this, however.
You have seen the Ethics Codes appear.
By putting a bit of control in the Scientology environment we have
enough threat to restrain dramatization.
The phenomena is this: The reactive bank can exert stress on the pc if
it is not obeyed. Discipline must exert just a shade more stress against
dramatization than the bank does. This checks the performance of the
continual overt long enough to let processing bite.
Not everyone is a continuous overt committer by a thousand to one. But
this phenomenon is not confined to the no-gain case.
The slow gain case is also committing overts the auditor doesn't see.
Therefore a little discipline in the environment speeds the slow gain
case, the one we're more interested in.
The no-gain case, frankly, is one I am not panting to solve. If a
fellow wants to sell his next hundred trillion for the sake of the broken
toy he stole, I'm afraid I can't be bothered. I have no contract with any
Big Thetan to save the world complete.
It is enough for me to know:
1. Where bottom is, and
2. How to help speed slow gain cases.
Bottom is the chap who eats your lunch apple and says the children did
it. Bottom is the fellow who sows the environment with secret suppressive
acts and vicious generalities.
The slow gain case responds to a bit of "keep your nose clean, please,
while I apply the thetan-booster."
The fast gain case does his job and doesn't give a hoot about
threatened discipline if it's fair. And the fast gain case helps out and
the fast gain case can be helped by a more orderly environment. The good
worker works more happily when bad workers see the pitfalls and desist from
distracting him.
So we all win.
The no-gain case? Well, he sure doesn't deserve any gain. One pc in a
thousand. And he yaps and groans and says "Prove it works" and blames us
and raises hell. He makes us think we fail.
Look down in our Sthil files. There are actually thousands upon
thousands of Scientologists there who each one comment on how wonderful it
is and how good they feel. There are a few dozen or so who howl they
haven't been helped! What a ratio! Yet I believe some on staff think we
have a lot of dissatisfied people. These no-gain characters strew so much
entheta around that we think we fail. Look in the Saint Hill files
sometime! Those many thousands of reports continue to pour in from around
the world with hurrah! Only the few dozen groan.
But long ago I closed my book on the no-gain case. Each of those few
dozen no-gains tell frightening lies to little children, pour ink on shoes,
say how abused they are while tearing the guts out of those unlucky enough
to be around them. They are suppressive persons, every one. I know. I've
seen them all the way down to the little clinker they call their soul. And
I don't like what I saw.
The people who come to you with wild discreditable rumours, who seek to
tear people's attention off Scientology, who chew up orgs, are suppressive
persons.
Well, give them a good rock and let them suppress it!
I can't end this HCO B without a confession. I know how to cure them
rather easily.
Maybe I'll never let it be done.
For had they had their way we would have lost our chance. It's too near
to think about.
After all, we have to earn our freedom. I don't care much for those who
didn't help.
The rest of us had to sweat a lot harder than was necessary to make it
come true.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH: ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 OCTOBER 1965
Remimeo
All Students
MUTTER TR
NAME: Mutter TR.
PURPOSE: To perfect muzzled auditing comm cycle.
COMMANDS: "Do fish swim?" "Do birds fly?"
POSITION: Student and coach sit facing each other a comfortable distance
apart.
TRAINING STRESS:
1. Coach has student give command.
2. Coach mutters an unintelligible answer at different times.
3. Student acknowledges.
4. Coach flunks if student does anything else but acknowledge.
(Note: This is the entirety of this Drill. It is not to be confused
with any other Training Drill.)
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.cden
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURE
14 October 1965
** 6510C14 SHSBC-68 Briefing to Review Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 AUGUST 1971
Remimeo
AOs Issue V
Tech Hats (Taken from and replaces
Qual Hats HCO PL 10 November 1966)
Ethics (Amended and reissued
R6EW, CC & OT 28 March 1974)
Course Packs
SECURITY OF DATA
Issued with a small amount of R6 data in 1964, three or four persons
promptly used it on pcs knowing well it was forbidden. The pcs became ill
or misemotional toward us. And just the day I write this (original writing
4 October 1965) I myself encountered a pc, very ill, who had had some
original R6 data misused on her and did not suspect why her case and health
worsened. She was not ready for it at all.
The issue earlier was a trial balloon, in a sense. I found certain
persons (a small minority) were not up to responsibility for the material
of April 1964.
Therefore our firm action will be that the moment we find the material
of the Clearing Course or OT Course has escaped or been misused we will
quickly trace the person who was insecure and cut off all further or any
future Clearing or OT data issue to that person. The likelihood of
independent discovery even with clues has proven to be nonexistent by
actual review of auditors trying to find pieces of it when they had over
half of the answers already.
You must realize that we suffer, all of us, from the misuse of
knowledge concerning the mind at a very early period. To place this data
near such people as psychiatrists or even states places them in a position
to enslave people or repeat the original action and cave people in. A very
small minority, receiving incorrect data, did promptly use it harmfully on
others after April 1964.
Until we ourselves have climbed well out of the hole, we must safeguard
the materials. Our case gains depend on it. And others could make our
salvage of people impossible.
We do not safeguard these materials from any commercial consideration.
Our futures, those of each of us and those of all Scientologists, depend on
our keeping this material under lock and safeguarded from abuse until we
are well away as a group and can handle things better as individuals as
well as a group.
The road is wide open to anyone to come up the grades and obtain them.
But it is shut to any who misuse them or injure their security.
Students of the Advanced Courses, the Advanced Course C/S and
Supervisor, Ethics Officers and all HCO and Org staff have it in their
personal interest to enforce security of materials to the limit.
These restrictions apply to no data up to Grade V.
From Power Processing on up the data is confidential. Up to there, you
can release Scientology data as you always have-freely and to everyone. But
this last bit is dangerous in unskilled or uneducated or unscrupulous hands
and it is purely ours. It belongs to the Scientologists who keep the show
on the road and must be available to them when they are ready.
LRH:sb.ntm jh L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1966,1971,1974 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The text of this issue was originally part of HCO PL 4 October 65,
"Clearing Course Materials".]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 NOVEMBER 1965
Remimeo
Students
Level I
FIVE WAY BRACKET ON HELP
Commands
How could you help me?
How could I help you?
How could you help another?
How could another help you?
How could another help another?
The above commands are run consecutively as one process-muzzled style.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 NOVEMBER 1965
Issue II
Remimeo
Students
LECTURE GRAPHS
The following graphs accompany Saint Hill Special Briefing Course
Lecture of July 25, AD13:
(1); (2); (3); (4) and (5).
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.bh
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The graphs referred to above are duplicates of those contained in HCO B 14
August 1963, Lecture Graphs, Volume V-339. They are not repeated here.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 NOVEMBER 1965
Remimeo
Qual Personnel
Tech Personnel
Tech Division
Students
Qual Division
RELEASE REHABILITATION ERROR
The most laughable error commonly being made in Release Rehabilitation
is one in which the auditor discounts the value of his own auditing, keys
out a lock in a pre-Scientology period and tells the pc he was a Release
sometime before he was audited.
Auditors have declared pcs released when 9 days old or in 1942 or
almost any earlier time. All through non-comprehension of the phenomenon of
Release. It leaves some pretty puzzled pcs too !
"When you fell on your head when you were five you were a former
Release because I now have a floating needle." This auditor statement
betrays a lack of comprehension of the phenomenon of Release.
Of course if you key out a major lock you may today get a Release
State.
Because the needle floats today does not mean it was floating just
before the pc fell on his head at the age of 5.
The pc today, with better understanding through auditing, can attain
Release by keying out an incident which made him worse than normal.
His needle was not floating before he gagged on his bottle at the age
of two. Blowing the lock of gagging on his bottle may now, added to his new
study, the auditor's interest and the very powerful technology of just
basic auditing, make him go Release.
An auditor doing this is downgrading his own presence, skill and comm
cycle. These, added to blowing a lock, make a Release today-it does not
make a Release years before the pc was ever audited.
I've never seen a "natural floating needle" in the absence of auditing.
I never expect to.
People are normal, worried, neurotic or psychotic. Hobby therapy, a
change of surroundings, taking up tapestry can move a person upscale toward
normal. They never moved anyone up to Release. Becoming happier doesn't key
out bank. It causes a person to occlude keyed-in bank-to "forget it".
Only auditing keys out bank.
And an auditor doing rehabilitation, using a meter, using a comm cycle,
using his knowledge of the mind is doing something that was not done
before. And he makes Releases. He makes them today by keying out yesterday.
He does not make them years ago. He is not auditing years ago. He is
auditing today's pc today and making today's Release today.
Life keys out no locks. Trillions of years of living never undid a moment
of it. Come off the mystic mystic kick that one can if he lives long enough
experience himself to Release or Clear. That's trap.
Do not unduly complicate your actions in Release Rehabilitation by
misassigning the pc's period of Release. If you do he'll be confused as the
datum given him is false.
If you find in asking for a period of Release that you get pre-
Scientology times, realize the pc has found something which if released
would cause him to go Release today. You'd get the same response if you
asked "What period would I have to contact to get you Released?" or "Give
me a major time of key-in." Or "Give me a major time of change." Or do a
Problems Intensive Assessment. Or do an ARC Break of former times
assessment. You'll come up with the same date for it. Treat that period
with rehab processes (or any of many other processes) and you'll get the
phenomenon of Release right before your eyes.
So don't be telling pcs "You were a Release before you were ever
audited. I see here you were a Release just before you fell in the garbage
can at two." Both statements are false.
Lasting results are based on Truth alone.
Do what you're doing in rehabs. Just don't make a false assertion about
it. Your auditing is pretty powerful. Don't discount it.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.cden
Copyright �1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 NOVEMBER 1965
Remimeo
Tech Personnel Tech Div
Qual Personnel Qual Div
SUPPRESSIVES AND HIDDEN STANDARDS
If you find a Suppressive on a case you will also find a chronic
problem.
A problem is postulate-counter-postulate.
When a person is faced with suppression he is facing a counter-
postulate.
A hidden standard is a problem a person thinks must be resolved before
auditing can be seen to have worked. It's a standard by which to judge
Scientology or auditing or the auditor.
This hidden standard is always an old problem of long duration. It is a
postulate-counter-postulate situation-the source of the counter-postulate
was suppressive to the pc.
Therefore you can always find a Suppressive by finding a pc's hidden
standard and following it back to when it began. You will find there a
Suppressive to the pc.
Similarly if you trace back the persons and groups who have been
suppressive of the pc you will find a hidden standard popping into view.
The datum is-a case that betters then worsens (a "Roller Coaster Case"
or a "Roller Coaster") is always connected to a suppressive person.
The Roller Coaster is caused by the hidden standard going into action.
"My eyesight didn't get better." Locate a present time Suppressive on the
case and trace that suppressive back to others earlier and you suddenly see
the pc brighten up and (apparently for no reason) state his eyesight
suddenly improved.
A case that betters and worsens (a Roller Coaster) is always connected
to a suppressive person and will not get steady gain until the Suppressive
is found on the case or the basic suppressive person earlier.
Because the case doesn't get well he or she is a Potential Trouble
Source. To us, to others, to himself. You can't successfully audit that pc
because there is a hidden standard. It makes the pc think he is no better.
Suppressives also suppress the pc just like that so long as a hidden
standard is present.
Find the Suppressive, make the pc handle or disconnect. Then audit the
pc up to Problems Release by getting rid of the hidden standard and the
basic suppressive.
Never audit a pc who is a Potential Trouble Source other than on the
infallible, never varied datum, a Roller Coaster is always a PTS connected
to an SP.
Note also that a person going clear is now a thetan with a new view of
life and has new hidden standards (requiring the location of suppressives)
which he had no reality on as a Man or later as a Release.
LRH :ml.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 NOVEMBER 1965
Remimeo
CLEARING COMMANDS
Always have a dictionary in the auditing room with you. When running a
process newly or whenever the preclear is confused about the meaning of the
commands, clear the commands with the preclear, using the dictionary, if
necessary.
It could take a long time to clear the command. The worse off the pc,
the longer it takes.
Example:
Auditor is going to run 0-0 on the pc. Auditor reads the commands one
at a time to the pc and asks the pc "What does this command mean to you?"
From the pc's answer the auditor realizes that the pc has a confusion on
the words "willing" and "talk". He tells the pc to look them up in a
dictionary. The pc now understands "talk", but still seems slightly puzzled
about "willing". Now the auditor could tell the pc to use the word
"willing" in a few sentences. When the pc understands it, the auditor again
gets the pc to tell him what the whole command means to him.
If necessary, the auditor could get the pc to define each word of the
command to be used.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS THE AUDITOR TO EVALUATE FOR THE PC AND TELL
HIM WHAT THE WORD OR COMMAND MEANS.
The worst fault is the pc using a new set of words in place of the
actual word and answering the alter-ised word, not the word itself, (see
HCOB 10 March 1965, "Words, Misunderstood Goofs").
LRH:ml.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCOB is amended by BTB 2 May 1972R, Revised and Reissued 10 June
1974, Cleaning Commands, which gives the rules of clearing commands.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 NOVEMBER 1965
Remimeo
Students
E-METER SENSITIVITY SETTING
When preparing for a session, an auditor sets up his E-Meter as per E-
Meter
Drill #4.
Rudiments are run at Sensitivity 16.
Lower level processes are run at Sensitivity 16.
Above Grade V sensitivity is run at 5.
LRH : ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 NOVEMBER 1965
Issue II
Remimeo
Students
COMMANDS FOR UPPER INDOCTRINATION
TR6, TR7, TR9
(This HCO B cancels commands as given in
Scientology Training Course Manual)
The commands to be used for 8-C are: Look at that wall. Thank you. Walk
over to that wall. Thank you. Touch that wall. Thank you. Turn around.
Thank you.
The auditor points to show which wall each time.
LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 NOVEMBER 1965
Remimeo
Students
LEVEL I
PROBLEMS PROCESS
This is an extremely fast process for use at Level I to handle
problems. The process commands are simply:
"What is the problem?"
"What solutions have you had for that problem?"
One gets the pc to give his problem then runs TA off solutions. Then a
new statement of the problem and more questions about solutions.
These commands are run in very strict muzzled style-no additives or
diversions whatsoever.
LRH:ml rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 NOVEMBER 1965
Remimeo
Students SH & Academies
All Auditors
AUDITING REPORTS
An auditing report is the report of a session given, written during the
session, on the session.
It is not a copy of the report of a session given. Or a report drawn
from notes taken on a session given.
Auditing reports and worksheets should be neat as possible under the
circumstances of a session.
They must contain pertinent data of the session given, i.e. BDs noted,
TA and time notations, etc. These should be entered on the worksheet at the
time they occur.
Later entries done to clarify bad writing where one was rushed or where
a shorthand was done that is not clear to the D of P or Examiner, should be
indicated as a later entry by using a different colored pen, etc.
A made-up report, or one done later to obtain neatness or completeness
by an auditor who failed to keep a good session report at the time of the
session, will be disqualified as evidence of auditor ability when presented
to the Examiner and chitted by the D of P when turned in by an HGC auditor.
The whole idea of requiring an auditor report of a session is to have a
record of the session for the D of P or Examiner, upon which to adjudicate
what is going on with a PC. And a report done later is NOT a report of the
session given.
The Summary Report, done after the session, should be a l 5-minute or
so summary and should be done immediately after the session, not a day
later, and should be done as per policy on Summary Reports. A Summary
cannot be substituted for the actual auditing report.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ep.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 NOVEMBER 1965
Remimeo
Required for
Level IV Students
To Review Auditors
LEVEL IV
SEARCH AND DISCOVERY
Prerequisite: A Knowledge of Ethics
Definitions and Purposes.
The process called Search and Discovery requires as well a good
knowledge of Ethics.
One must know what a SUPPRESSIVE PERSON is, what a POTENTIAL TROUBLE
SOURCE is and the mechanism of how and why a case Roller Coasters and what
that is. All this data exists in Ethics policy letters and should be
studied well before one attempts a "Search and Discovery" or further study
of this HCOB. Ethics is not merely a legal action-it handles the whole
phenomena of case worsening (Roller Coaster) after processing and without
this technology an auditor easily becomes baffled and tends to plunge and
squirrel. The only reason a case Roller Coasters after good standard
auditing is the PTS phenomena and a Suppressive is present.
THREE TYPES
There are Three Types of PTS.
Type One is the easy one. The SP on the case is right in present time,
actively suppressing the person.
Type Two is harder for the apparent Suppressive Person in present time
is only a restimulator for the actual suppressive.
Type Three is beyond the facilities of orgs not equipped with hospitals
as these are entirely psychotic.
HANDLING TYPE ONE PTS
The Type One is normally handled by an Ethics Officer in the course of
a hearing.
The person is asked if anyone is invalidating him or his gains or
Scientology and if the pc answers with a name and is then told to handle or
disconnect from that person the good indicators come in promptly and the
person is quite satisfied.
If however there is no success in finding the SP on the case or if the
person starts naming Org personnel or other unlikely persons as SP the
Ethics Officer must realize that he is handling a Type Two PTS and, because
the Auditing will consume time, sends the person to Tech or Qual for a
Search and Discovery.
It is easy to tell a Type One PTS from a Type Two. The Type One
brightens up at once and ceases to Roller Coaster the moment the present
time SP is spotted. The pc ceases to Roller Coaster. The pc does not go
back on it and begin to beg off. The pc does not begin to worry about the
consequences of disconnection. If the pc does any of these things, then the
pc is a Type Two.
It can be seen that Ethics handles the majority of PTSs in a fast manner.
There is no trouble about it. All goes smoothly.
It can also be seen that Ethics cannot afford the time to handle a Type
Two PTS and there is no reason the Type Two should not pay well for the
Auditing.
Therefore, when Ethics finds its Type One approach does not work
quickly, Ethics must send the person to the proper division that is
handling Search and Discovery.
TYPE TWO
The pc who isn't sure, won't disconnect, or still Roller Coasters, or
who doesn't brighten up, can't name any SP at all, is a Type Two.
Only Search and Discovery will help.
SEARCH AND DISCOVERY
The first thing to know is that CASE WORSENING IS CAUSED ONLY BY A PTS
SITUATION.
There never will be any other reason.
As soon as you doubt this datum and think about "other causes" or try
to explain it some other way you no longer prevent cases from worsening and
no longer rescue those who have worsened.
The second thing to know is that A SUPPRESSIVE IS ALWAYS A PERSON, A
BEING OR A GROUP OF BEINGS. A suppressive is not a condition, a problem, a
postulate. Problems and Counter-Postulates come into the matter but the SP
as a being or group must always be located as a being or a group, not as
merely an idea. As the technology is close to and similar to that of a
service facsimile, a poorly trained auditor can get confused between them
and produce a condition he says is the cause. Persons who cannot confront
and who therefore see persons as ideas not people are the ones most likely
to fail in doing Search and Discovery.
The third thing to know is that there can be an actual SP and another
person or being similar to the actual one who is only an apparent SP.
An actual SP actually suppresses another.
An apparent SP only reminds the pc of the actual one and so is
restimulated into being a PTS.
The actual SP can be in present time (Type One PTS) or is in the past
or distant (Type Two PTS).
The Type Two always has an apparent SP who is not the SP on the case,
is confusing the two and is acting PTS only because of restimulation, not
because of suppression.
Search and Discovery as a process is done exactly by the general rules
of listing. One lists for persons or groups who are or have suppressed the
pc. The list is complete when only one item reads on nulling and this is
the item.
If the item turns out to be a group, one does a second list of who or
what would represent that group, gets the list long enough to leave on
nulling only one item reading, and that is the SP.
An incident is not a person or a group.
A condition is not a person or a group. And a group is not a person, what
you want is one being.
The E-Meter signs are unmistakable and the good indicators come in
strongly when the actual SP is found.
This is the entire action. It is liable to the various ills and errors
of writing and nulling a list, such as overlisting, underlisting, ARC
Breaking the pc by by-passing the item or getting an incomplete list. These
are avoided by knowing one's business as an Auditor and being able to
handle an E-Meter with skill and confidence.
When one goofs on a Search and Discovery and finds the wrong actual SP
the signs are the same as those where a Type Two is handled as a Type One-
not sure, no good indicators, Roller Coasters again, etc.
The actual SP can be back track but it is seldom vital to go far out of
PT and usual for a lifetime person to turn up.
Done correctly the pc's good indicators come in at once, the pc
cognites, the meter reacts very well with Blowdowns and repeated long
falls, and the pc ceases to Roller Coaster.
Care should be taken not to get too enthusiastic in going far back
track on the pc as you run into whole track implants etc, easily handleable
only at Level V. The pc can get "over whumped" if you go too far back and
you'll wish you hadn't. This normally happens however, only when the pc has
been ARC Broken by the Auditor, when the right item has been by-passed and
the list is overlong, or when 2 or 3 items are still reading on the list
(incomplete list).
Locating a Service Facsimile is quite similar to Search and Discovery
but they are different processes entirely.
Only the doingness is similar. In Search and Discovery the end product
is a being. In Service Facsimile the end product is an item or concept or
idea. Don't get the two mixed.
HANDLING TYPE THREE
The Type Three PTS is mostly in institutions or would be.
In this case the Type Two's apparent SP is spread all over the world
and is often more than all the people there are-for the person sometimes
has ghosts about him or demons and they are just more apparent SPs but
imaginary as beings as well.
All institutional cases are PTSs. The whole of insanity is wrapped up
in this one fact.
The insane is not just a bad off being, the insane is a being who has
been overwhelmed by an actual SP until too many persons are apparent SPs.
This makes the person Roller Coaster continually in life. The Roller
Coaster is even cyclic (repetitive as a cycle).
Handling an insane person as a Type Two might work but probably not
case for case. One might get enough wins on a few to make one fail
completely by so many loses on the many.
Just as you tell a Type Two to disconnect from the actual SP (wherever
found on the track) you must disconnect the person from the environment.
Putting the person in a current institution puts him in a Bedlam. And
when also "treated" it may finish him. For he will Roller Coaster from any
treatment given, until made into a Type Two and given a Search and
Discovery.
The task with a Type Three is not treatment as such. It is to provide a
relatively safe environment and quiet and rest and no treatment of a mental
nature at all. Giving him a quiet court with a motionless object in it
might do the trick if he is permitted to sit there unmolested. Medical care
of a very unbrutal nature is necessary as intravenous feeding and
soporifics (sleeping and quietening drugs) may be necessary, such persons
are sometimes also physically ill from an illness with a known medical
cure.
Treatment with drugs, shock, operation is just more suppression. The
person will not really get well, will relapse, etc.
Standard Auditing on such a person is subject to the Roller Coaster
phenomena. They get worse after getting better. "Successes" are sporadic,
enough to lead one on, and usually worsen again since these people are PTS.
But removed from apparent SPs, kept in a quiet surroundings, not
pestered or threatened or put in fear, the person comes up to Type Two and
a Search and Discovery should end the matter. But there will always be some
failures as the insane sometimes withdraw into rigid unawareness as a final
defense, sometimes can't be kept alive and sometimes are too hectic and
distraught to ever become quiet, the extremes of too quiet and never quiet
have a number of psychiatric names such as "catatonia" (withdrawn totally)
and "manic" (too hectic).
Classification is interesting but non-productive since they are all
PTS, all will Roller Coaster and none can be trained or processed with any
idea of lasting result no matter the temporary miracle.
Remove a Type Three PTS from the environment, give him or her rest and
quiet, do a Search and Discovery when rest and quiet have made the person
Type Two.
(Note: These paragraphs on the Type Three make good a promise given in
Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health to develop "Institutional
Dianetics".)
The modern mental hospital with its brutality and suppressive
treatments is not the way to give a psychotic quiet and rest. Before
anything effective can be done in this field a proper institution would
have to be provided, offering only rest, quiet and medical assistance for
intravenous feedings and sleeping draughts where necessary but not as
"treatment" and where no treatment is attempted until the person looks
recovered and only then a Search and Discovery as above under Type Two.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ep.cden
Copyright �1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 NOVEMBER 1965
Remimeo
INFORMATION ON REHABILITATION
The following despatch was sent to me by Len Small, Legal Officer WW:
"After reading SEC ED 212SH, I have realized that in London when I was
CERTS & AWARDS, we were doing something grossly wrong which was responsible
to some extent for our low income and probably 'created' missed withholds
and by-passed charge, by false declares.
"The facts are that an old-timer would buy 5 hrs rehab and after having
former release check and passed on to TECH, all the levels would be
rehabbed at once using a Form 26 June. The auditor would e.g. 'suggest
declare 0-IV', or '0, II-IV'. Most rehabs were done in under two hours. The
pc would be declared if TA position OK, good indicators in, and pc agreeing
that he had been rehabbed on those levels.
"On occasion, a pc would say 'What about the release point I reached on
3M?' 'I went release on whole track processes. What does that make me?'
"If they knew how rehabs were done here at SH, and followed procedure,
it would be a great boost to their statistic.
"I suggest that an HCOB stating explicitly how Rehabs must be done and
declared will put stable data on line.
"From my own personal experience as a preclear, if a level has been
left un-rehabilitated, the mass on that level tends to key in and make life
uncomfortable. It was only when the auditor started listing the processes I
had been run on that I really felt good and that I was getting somewhere.
"If all release points obtained in past processing were rehabbed, pcs
would be a lot happier and less likely to key in subsequently."
L RON HUBBARD
LRH:neg.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[SEC ED 212 SH, Rehab Scheduling, which was written by L. Ron Hubbard,
stated that a pc was rehabbed on only one level at a time.]
[HCO B 30 November 1965, Library Record of Levels, is a 3 l-page mimeo that
simply lists training materials divided into the subjects of Levels 0-IV
and Instruction Technology. The only text is at the beginning which says:
"This is a complete list of all HCO Bulletins and books containing the
materials as per The Auditor 10 Gradation Chart applying to each training
level.
"While not all these are to be issued to students, they give the total
of available materials.
"Tapes will be issued as a separate list."]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 DECEMBER 1965
Remimeo
All Students
St Hill Courses
All staff
CCHs
(Replaces HCO Bulletin of July 5th, 1963, "CCHs Rewritten")
As per HCO Pol Ltr May 17th, 65, the CCHs are processes. They are not
drills. The following revised rundown on the CCHs is to be used by all
Auditors.
CONTROL-COMMUNICATION-HAVINGNESS PROCESSES
The following rundown of CCH 1, 2, 3 and 4 has been slightly amended.
CCHs are run as follows:
CCH l to a flat point then CCH 2 to a flat point then CCH 3 to a flat
point then CCH 4 to a flat point then CCH I to a flat point, etc.
---------------
No: CCH 1.
NAME: GIVE ME THAT HAND. Tone 40.
AUDITING COMMANDS: GIVE ME THAT HAND.
Physical action of taking hand when not given and then replacing it in the
PC's lap. Making physical contact with the PC's hand if PC resists. THANK
YOU ending each cycle.
All Tone 40 with clear intention, one command in one unit of time. Take up
each new physical change manifested as though it were an origin by the PC,
when it happens, and querying it by asking "What's happening?" This two-way
comm is not Tone 40. Run only on the right hand.
AUDITING POSITION: Auditor and PC seated in chairs without arms. Auditor's
knees on outside of both PC's knees.
PROCESS PURPOSE: To demonstrate to PC that control of PC's body is
possible, despite revolt of circuits, and inviting PC to directly control
it. Absolute control by auditor then passes over towards absolute control
of his own body by PC.
Never stop process until a flat place is reached. Freezes may be introduced
at end of cycle, this being after the THANK YOU and before the next
command, maintaining a solid comm line, to ascertain information from the
PC or to bridge from the process. This is done between two commands,
holding the PC's hand after acknowledgement. PC's hand should be clasped
with exactly correct pressure. Make every command and cycle separate.
Maintain Tone 40, stress on intention from Auditor to PC with each command.
To leave an instant for PC to do it by own will before Auditor decides to
take hand or make contact with it. Auditor indicates hand by nod of head.
Tone 40 Command = Intention without reservation. Change is any physical,
observed manifestation.
No: CCH 2.
NAME: TONE 40 8c
AUDITING COMMANDS: YOU LOOK AT THAT WALL. THANK YOU.
YOU WALK OVER TO THAT WALL. THANK YOU.
YOU TOUCH THAT WALL. THANK YOU.
TURN AROUND. THANK YOU.
Take up each new physical change manifested as though it were an origin by
the PC, when it happens, and querying it by asking "What's happening?" This
two-way comm is not Tone 40. Commands smoothly enforced physically when
necessary. Tone 40, full intention.
AUDITING POSITION: Auditor and PC ambulant, Auditor in physical contact
with PC as needed.
PROCESS PURPOSE: To demonstrate to PC that his body can be controlled and
thus inviting him to control it. To orient him in his present time
Environment. To increase his ability to duplicate and thusly increase his
Havingness.
Absolute Auditor precision. No drops from Tone 40. No flubs. Total present
time. Auditor on PC's right side. Auditor body acts as block to forward
motion when PC turns. Auditor gives command, gives PC a moment to obey,
then enforces command with physical contact of exactly correct force to get
command executed. Auditor does not block PC from executing commands. Method
of introduction as in CCH l. Freezes may be introduced at the end of cycle,
this being after the THANK YOU and before the next command, maintaining a
solid comm line, to ascertain information from the PC or to bridge from the
process, this being the acknowledgement "THANK YOU" after the command "TURN
AROUND".
CCH 1 and CCH 2 were developed by L. RON HUBBARD in Washington, D.C., in
1957 for the 19th ACC.
No: CCH 3.
NAME: HAND SPACE MIMICRY
AUDITING COMMANDS: Auditor raises 2 hands palms facing PC's about an
equal distance between the Auditor and PC and says "PUT YOUR HANDS AGAINST
MINE, FOLLOW THEM AND CONTRIBUTE TO THEIR MOTION". He then makes a simple
motion with right hand then left. "DID YOU CONTRIBUTE TO THEIR MOTION?"
Acknowledge answer. Auditor allows PC to break solid comm line. When this
is flat, the Auditor does this same with a half inch of space between his
and the PC's palms. The command being "PUT YOUR HANDS FACING MINE ABOUT 1/2
INCH AWAY, FOLLOW THEM AND CONTRIBUTE TO THEIR MOTION". "DID YOU CONTRIBUTE
TO THEIR MOTION?" Acknowledge. When this is flat, Auditor does it with a
wider space and so on until PC is able to follow motions a yard away.
AUDITING POSITION: Auditor and PC seated, close together facing each
other, PC's knees between Auditor's knees.
PROCESS PURPOSE: To develop reality on the auditor using the reality
scale (solid communication line). To get PC into communication by control
and duplication. To find Auditor.
Auditor should be gentle and accurate in his motions, all motions being
Tone 40, giving PC wins. To be free in 2-way communication. Process is
introduced and run as a formal process. If PC dopes off in this process
Auditor may take PC's wrist and help him execute the command one hand at a
time. If PC does not answer during anaten to
question "DID YOU CONTRIBUTE TO THEIR MOTION?" Auditor may wait for normal
comm lag of that PC, acknowledge and continue process.
TONE 40 Motion = Intention without Reservation. Two-Way Communication = One
Question-The Right One.
HISTORY. Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in Washington, D.C., 1956 as a
therapeutic version of Dummy Hand Mimicry. Something was needed to supplant
"Look at me. Who am I?" and "Find the auditor" part of rudiments.
No: CCH 4.
NAME: BOOK MIMICRY
AUDITING COMMANDS: THERE ARE NO SET VERBAL COMMANDS.
Auditor makes simple motions with a book. Hands book to the PC. PC makes
motion, duplicating Auditor's mirror-image-wise. Auditor asks PC if he is
satisfied that the PC duplicated the motion. If PC is and Auditor is also
fully satisfied, Auditor takes back the book and goes to next command. If
PC is not sure that he duplicated any command, Auditor repeats it for him
and gives him back the book. If PC is sure he did and Auditor can see
duplication is pretty wrong, Auditor accepts PC's answer and continues on a
gradient scale of motion either with the left or right hand till PC can do
original command correctly. This ensures no invalidation of the PC. Tone
40, only in motions, verbal 2-way quite free.
AUDITING POSITION: Auditor and PC seated facing each other, a comfortable
distance apart.
PROCESS PURPOSE: To bring up PC's communication with control and
duplication (control and duplication = communication).
Give PC wins. It is necessary for Auditor to duplicate his own commands.
Circular motions are more complex than straight lines. Tolerance of plus or
minus randomity is apparent here and the Auditor should probably begin on
the PC with motions that begin in the same place each time and are neither
very fast nor very slow, nor very complex. Introduced by the Auditor seeing
that PC understands what is to be done, as there is no verbal command,
formal process.
HISTORY. Developed by LRH for the 16th ACC in Washington, D.C., 1957.
Based on duplication. Developed by LRH in London, 1952.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH :ep.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 DECEMBER 1965
Remimeo
LOW TA CASES
Low TA Cases (who go below 2.0) will not react to any processing but
Power Processing.
The last power process is all that has ever been known to improve the
low TA case.
Don't be optimistic if a case is found to go below 2.0, the ONLY remedy
I have ever known is Power Processing flattened.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ep.bh
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 DECEMBER 1965
Remimeo
Academy Tech Division
Students
E-METER DRILL COACHING
The following was submitted by Malcolm Cheminais, Supervisor on the
Saint Hill Special Briefing Course.
Here are some observations I have made on the coaching of E-Meter
drills, which I feel could be of use:
1. The coach's needle is dirty. The student's out comm cycle has
cut his comm in some way, but PRIOR to that the coach failed to
flunk the part of the comm cycle that went out. Correct flunking by
coaches equals students with no dirty needles.
2. If a coach's TA starts climbing on a drill and the needle gets
sticky, it means that the student's comm cycle has dispersed him
and pushed him out of PT. The coach is either (1) not flunking at
all (2) flunking the incorrect thing.
3. The correct flunking by the coach of an out comm cycle, which
has dispersed him and pushed his TA up, will always result in a TA
blowdown. If there is no blowdown, the coach has flunked the wrong
thing.
4. Needle not responding well and sensitively on assessment
drills, although the needle clean. Coach has failed to flunk TR 1
(or TR0) for lack of impingement and reach.
5. Coach reaching forward and leaning on the table, means TR 1 is
out with the student.
6. Student asking coach for considerations to get TA down, but TA
climbing on the considerations-the coach is cleaning a clean,
instead of flunking the out comm cycle, which occurred earlier and
pushed his TA up.
7. Student getting coach's considerations off to clean the needle,
but needle remaining dirty-student is cutting the coach's comm
while getting the considerations off and the coach is not picking
this up.
8. Students shouting or talking very loudly on assessment drills
to try and get the Meter to read by overwhelm. The reason for this
is invariably-"but I'm assessing the bank!" They haven't realized
that banks don't read, only thetans impinged upon by the bank-
therefore the TR1 must be addressed to the thetan. The meter
responds proportionately to the amount of ARC in the Session.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:emp.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[For use on the HDG, this HCO B has been revised by HCO B 27 January 1970,
E-Meter Drill Coaching. ]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 DECEMBER 1965
Remimeo
Solo Audit Course
Clearing Course
Saint Hill Pcs
Franchise
VITAMINS
I have found that 600 milligrams of Vitamin E (minimum) per day assists
Scientology processing very markedly.
Data on Vitamin E applied to other fields is available from Webber
Pharmaceuticals, Ltd, 14 Ronson Drive, Rexdale, Ontario, Canada. An
excellent popular book on Vitamin E in its various uses is available from
booksellers. It is Your Key to a Healthy Heart: The suppressed record of
Vitamin E by Herbert Bailey, published by the Shilton Company,
Philadelphia. The Shute Foundation for Medical Research, London, Ontario,
Canada, pioneered the subject and will give general advice.
In Johannesburg due to high altitude, no pc may be processed who is not
taking at least 600 mg per day of Vitamin E.
The apparent action of this Vitamin is to oxygenate the blood and
inhibit the body from pulling in mental masses due to oxygen-energy
starvation.
In areas where it is against the law to recommend vitamins this HCO B
does not apply.
Vitamin E, according to Bailey, is suppressed because it cures heart
disease which furnishes 50% of the revenue of the U.S. medical doctor.
I read the book by Bailey and did some experimental work with Vitamin E
with interesting success. Webber Pharmaceuticals has airmailed me further
literature.
It is useless, I believe, to take less than 600 mg per day and lesser
doses have little or no reaction on processing. One has to take it for two
or three days before it begins to have any effect.
The most direct result is quite measurable on an E-Meter. Reads of the
needle become longer. Tone Arm action increases.
It works by itself but is best taken with an old-time "Guk Bomb". The
formula of the "bomb" is variable but is basically 100 mg of Vitamin B1, 15
gr of calcium, 500 mg of Vitamin C. If you add 100 mg of old-time nicotinic
acid (not niacinamide) and take it daily it becomes "Dianazene" for
radiation prevention. Don't include nicotinic acid in the formula with
Vitamin E unless you are trying to get rid of radiation or radiation
sickness. The nicotinic acid is not necessary to smoother processing and
will not assist it. 100 mg of Vitamin B1 lasts for only 47 minutes so far
as processing is concerned. But it helps in general tone. Vitamin E does
not have a quick reaction so far as processing is concerned, one merely
takes it and as the days go by processing is easier to do. It doesn't wear
out in a session, but you have to keep on taking it daily. 600 mg is the
minimum. There is no maximum but some heart cases take up to 1,250. Shutes
in treatment of disease recommend 400-600 mg per day for the average sized
woman and 600-800 mg per day for the average sized male.
It doesn't seem to matter to processing whether the Vitamin E is "Alpha
Tocopherol", synthetic or what. Just any Vitamin E apparently works.
Vitamin E assists a great many ills including diabetes and may have
some effect on many others.
It, even with "Guk", will not by itself release or clear anyone. When
dosage is discontinued what it "cured" might relapse. But while it is being
taken one feels fine and there's no reason to stop taking it.
To get the best results one should probably take 600 mg and a Guk bomb each
day, preferably after eating.
One person in a million is said to get an adverse "side effect" from
taking Vitamin E but it is not fatal and this may not even be true. The
"side effect" is said to be temporarily raised blood pressure.
If anyone makes this up into a single tablet be sure that the tablet is
not pressed so hard that it won't dissolve easily in the stomach.
Dianazene (for radiation) fails utterly when all ingredients are
pressed together into one tablet.
Vitamin E is generally available but sometimes has to be specially
ordered. It is useless to buy it in less than 100 mg tablets. Preferably
200 mg tablets of it should be bought. However it is bought, just be sure
there's enough of it (300 to 600 mg). Small quantities don't produce any
effect at all, which is why the medicos earlier missed its value.
Anyone's auditing can benefit from it but at Levels VI and VII it
becomes quite vital.
Oxygen causes the body to attract mental image pictures less. Carbon
dioxide pulls mental images hard in on the body.
Vitamin E, oxygenating the body, acts mentally like taking oxygen. The
body can go longer on less oxygen and becomes less exhausted when taking
Vitamin E in sufficient quantity.
The body is of course a carbon-oxygen engine running at a temperature
of 98.6 degrees F. There is possibly less oxygen in Earth's atmosphere than
there was and the body runs better when it can better utilize what oxygen
there is. Vitamin E assists it to do this and so it doesn't pull in mental
masses. At least that's the theory I've been able to work out to account
for the observed increase in E-Meter action in the preclear who is daily
taking sufficient Vitamin E. When the vitamin is no longer administered, in
about 24 hours the preclear begins to run less easily (same as before
Vitamin E plus any auditing gain) and the needle read size returns to what
it was before Vitamin E was used. When Vitamin E is again daily
administered, in two days, meter behavior improves again.
I have not had time to do many series but the observational data is so
marked that it's like proving stones are solid. One doesn't feel like
repeating the experiment endlessly-it is so obvious.
A mental subject addressed reads longer (more reads) in the presence of
Vitamin E than in its absence but clears more thoroughly, leaving less
mental mass.
I only insist that persons in England on the Level VI and VII Courses
should use Vitamin E and that Saint Hill preclears for Grade V be put on it
and only forbid pcs to be processed without it in high altitude
Johannesburg.
The cost of it is the pc's. No org is to supply it. Webber
Pharmaceuticals, Ltd can probably direct one to better supplies or brands
of it.
We are not in the Vitamin business or even in the health business.
Anyone else using it in processing does so at his or her own choice. This
HCO B is a release of scientific data.
Vitamins are food. They are not drugs. Processing under drugs is very
bad. Some vitamins, however, help. And Vitamin E is a wonder.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SCIENTOLOGY: A NEW SLANT ON LIFE
by L. Ron Hubbard
Published
December 1965
Scientology: A New Slant on Life has been a steady best seller since it was
first published at Saint Hill Manor. Here are twenty-eight of the best-
loved essays written by L. Ron Hubbard between 1950 and 1959. Some were
originally magazine articles, some were lectures, and some are favorite
chapters from some of his books.
This is an excellent book for newcomers, for advanced Scientologists-for
just anybody.
There is a wide range of subjects, as, for instance:
Two Rules for Happy Living On Human Character
What Is Knowledge? Playing the Game
How to Live with Children Freedom versus Entrapment
On Marriage Justice
The Man Who Succeeds The Vocabularies of Science
Accent on Ability How to Study a Science
Honest People Have Rights, Too The Human Mind
On Bringing Order Communication
Each one is food for thought and observation-an uncommonly pleasant way to
attain new understandings.
160 pages, hardcover with dust jacket. Available from your nearest
Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct from the publishers:
Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V,
Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications Organization U.S., 2723 West
Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JANUARY 1966
Review Auditors
Level III Students
DANGER CONDITIONS
TECHNICAL DATA FOR REVIEW AUDITORS
To cure a disagreement one can:
1. Locate disagreements on certain subjects by listing a question
such as "On ......what do you disagree with?" and locating the item
with assessment and blowing it by inspection (itsa).
2. Locate former similar subjects the person disagreed with.
3. Locate things on the subject the person has not understood and
get them clarified.
4. Locate earlier similar subjects the person has not understood
and get them clarified.
IMPORTANT-if a person's attitude does not change after doing one of the
above, do another or find another item using same process (listed above) as
before.
A whole case will fall apart this way.
Compulsive by-passing can be handled by:
1. Doing disagreements as above.
2. Doing misunderstoods as above.
3. Finding persons similar to the person being by-passed, using
standard listing and assessing as in all these.
4. Flattening a question "Who shouldn't be ignored?" (Don't run
"Who has by-passed you?" or "Who should be ignored?" as these are
out-of-ARC processes.)
Ordinary Comm processes also help of course and a good Grade 0 release
helps. Higher Release Grades help. And Clearing, naturally takes care of
the lot of course.
There is direct co-ordination between the state of a case (state of
meter also) and the ability to follow a command line. The worse off the
case (or meter) the less the person can follow a comm line. A person with a
very high or very low TA and/or a stuck needle or an ARC Broke needle
(floats but never responds and lots of bad indicators) should not only
never be an executive but also will raise havoc in an org.
It is a standard review action in an org to handle such cases sent to
Review by reason of having been part of Danger Condition assignments. In
such cases, aside from usual Review actions, the above should be done.
LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B is modified by BTB 22 March 1972R, Revised 12 July 1973,
Reissued 6 July 1974, Disagreement Remedy.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JANUARY 1966
Remimeo
SEARCH AND DISCOVERY
(ETHICS TYPE CASES, PTSs)
S & D ERRORS
(Handling PTSs with S & D)
When you have a failed Search and Discovery, the following are
incorrect or have been omitted:
1. Incorrect item (errors in listing or assessment, over or under
listing, bad metering, poor question).
2. Person has not actually been made to disconnect from the SP by
declaration in writing.
3. It was really an ARC Break, not an SP and ARC Breaks should
have been looked for instead of SPs.
4. The SP found was refused by the Auditor or Ethics.
The golden rule of S & D also applies-if it isn't the correct person or
group that was "found" the good indicators won't come in.
So any incorrectly done S & D (as above) will not result in a pc bright-
eyed and bushy tailed. All S & Ds correctly done on a pc that is PTS result
in remarkable recoveries magical to see. So don't blame S & D if it
"fails". Blame the lack of skill in using it and the person who ordered it
or did it should be retrained.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.cden
Copyright �1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 JANUARY 1966
Remimeo
Tech Hats
Qual Hats (Edited from a taped Conference with
All students Level Saint Hill Tech and Qual Personnel
-20 Dec 1965)
LEVEL IV
SEARCH AND DISCOVERY DATA
HOW A SUPPRESSIVE BECOMES ONE
Search and Discovery is being made and auditors are finding on one
person and another "Myself". Well, just amongst us girls, of course, you
are going to find it. One of the best reasons you are going to find it is
that it is part of the R6 bank. The other reason you are going to find it
is that after a person is totally overwhelmed by a Suppressive he assumes
the valence of the Suppressive. And a person you would find that on has
actually been pretty suppressive.
What you're doing is, you are pushing S & D to a point where you are
clearing suppression. It wasn't intended to go that far.
If you were to ask the listing question however, "Name 'Myself'" or
"Give 'Myself' a name", you would then get the Suppressive.
But this is getting very adventurous, because it is part of the R6
bank. It is getting very adventurous to do anything about it. We seem to be
happy about having "Myself". I would just let them go right on being happy
about it. With skill you probably could bring out the identity of this
person whose valence had come over them. It would all depend on the auditor
who is doing it. If I were doing it, I'd go ahead and break it down. But
not a Class III auditor who is not sure what he is going up against, who is
repeating the word several times, repeating the question, trying to check
it to make sure the listing question is clean. Don't you see, you are never
going to get that listing question clean. That I assure you. That question
can't be listed out.
That is the mechanism of suppression overwhelming a person. Oddly
enough you will only find it on persons who are suppressive and of course
you've walked into the real mechanism of how does a Suppressive become a
Suppressive? He becomes a Suppressive by taking over the valence of a
Suppressive.
Then when you list it out you get "Myself" and this is compounded by
the fact that it's part of the R6 bank so you don't dare do much with it
but it will let a bunch of steam off the case.
With some very, very, very, very upstage auditing, very careful indeed,
give them the auditing question once, then say, "Go on and answer the
question" but never repeat it, never check the thing to find out if it's a
clean list-you probably would get at least one recent SP out of that
combination. How we do that at that stage when I've not worked with it
technically I would not be able to tell you, but I just know that it would
be very risky. It makes me feel like maybe I shouldn't do anything about it
at all because it's too risky, but I can see somebody getting messed up.
THE MAIN TROUBLE IN S & D
Your main trouble in S & D is much worse than that-it is simply an
inability to assess. And auditors since time immemorial have had trouble
assessing. They have two troubles in assessing. They underlist and they
overlist. It's almost an accident that an
auditor ever lists the right lists the right way. I'm not saying that
sarcastically but it has been my experience in teaching auditors to assess
that they have two faults, they underlist and they overlist.
If they do either one of these things, they are going to ARC Break the
pc and then the list isn't going to be nullable because the pc is not
responding to the auditor's voice as well, and it quite often was the first
one on the list which is where they never looked. More fundamental than
that is simply the problem of reading an E-Meter. Those technical facts are
in the road of S & D.
ASSESSING AN S & D
Actually an auditor who can assess can pass off an S & D so fast it
would be like dealing cards done by a Monte Carlo Vingt-et-Un player; he
could just roll them off left, right and centre. There's no real trouble in
it. It's a very fast action. It all depends on how much you want to keep
the pc under tension in the action, because an assessment isn't auditing to
begin with.
You would start Session with, "Sit down, I'm going to assess you now.
Do you have some answers to this question. Brr. Brr. Brr." And the pc says,
"I want to tell you about ...." "All right, good, I'm glad you're going to
tell me about that but right now I want some answers to this question."
See? Then "brrrrr" on down and then you'll notice your needle relax. Then
you say, "All right, now I'm going through this list." Ratatat, etc.
"That's it, all right. Thanks very much." Pc cognites 10 minutes. Pc
cognites and the Meter blows up and good indicators come in, and you've
done an S & D. There is nothing more complicated than that.
You've got auditors who were trying to do an S & D in a session. You
got them that are afraid the pc has already given it on the list. You got
them that haven't learned how the Meter reacts when you've got a complete
list. (A Meter just falls flat when you've got a complete list. The needle
goes clean.) And you've got them that aren't sure that they've got any SP,
and they just didn't see that the Meter did a surge on one of them. Then
you get somebody who has overlisted and he's just ploughed the guy in, so
he can't assess it back easily.
Then you get the fellow who had four of them fall. Certainly if you've
got four falling there's two things that can be wrong at this point which
makes it very difficult to run back. In one you have passed it. It's above
the four which are falling. You've missed it, and the pc is simply
discharging on it. And actually you can ask the pc which one was it and
he'll say, "Well, it was Joe, of course." That's above the four.
Practically every one after the right one will read, because it's actually
blowing down all the time. He's no longer paying any attention to the
auditor.
Then the other thing is you just haven't completed the list.
You have to make an opinion as to whether or not you've overlisted or
underlisted. You can also pick up a dirty needle and an ARC Broken pc or
protesty pc if you've gone by the right one.
Here are the evils of listing, and here are the evils of assessment
showing up on S & D. They are simply auditor goofs-it's just lack of
experience on the part of the auditor and lack of understanding of what
he's supposed to be doing. But an auditor who can really assess can knock
these things off. I'd spot what auditors can assess reliably, and I'd give
them specialized jobs of that character that require listing. This is a
very, very highly skilled action. You save a lot of time by pulling such an
auditor back into specialty.
REVIEW ACTION
In Review you have to do it sometimes when it's been done. So you have
the additional answer of "How do you patch up an assessment that's already
been goofed?" And "Where is the list that was lost?" You've got the problem
of the list that
was completed out of session. "And I got home and was lying in bed . . ."
and so forth. So in Review you always assume the pc continued the list
after the session. If the pc is there as a flat ball bearing, you just
automatically assume the pc thought of it afterwards or something. It isn't
that the Tech auditor always got it.
I'll give you a tip in Qual. If you assume automatically that standard
technology has not been applied, as your first gambit, in anybody that
you're putting back together again, you'll about 99% be right. Somehow or
other it slipped by in Tech. It slipped by. Somebody thought he did it.
Somebody thought it was on the report. And therefore it looked like it
didn't work or something. Something was there. And in all of my D of Ping I
have not found it possible to detect all departures from tech by auditors.
I've never been able to bat 1000 on that. Naturally, it's nearly
impossible.
Technically, what you have to do doesn't mean that you have to invent
technology because there are very standard answers to all these things.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
CERTAINTY
Vol. 13 No. 2 [February, 1966]
Official Periodical of
SCIENTOLOGY
in the
British Isles
Psychotics
L. Ron Hubbard
In a footnote early in the book DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL
HEALTH I promised to publish material someday on the subject of
institutional psychosis.
Recently I was fortunate enough to make a breakthrough on this subject.
I had supposed that it would be necessary to undertake a considerable
amount of research work in institutions to complete that which I began so
many years ago. Researching recently on the reasons cases worsen after they
become better, the answer tumbled out all unexpectedly and shed an entirely
new light on the whole subject of insanity.
We are confronted in our modern society with a growing statistic for
insanity. The number of psychotics is increasing, apparently, faster than
the population growth. This could mean many things. It could mean that the
psychiatrist was inept in applying what he knew, it could mean that there
were insufficient numbers of psychiatrists, as they state, or it could
mean, as they tell the legislators, that insufficient funds are being
appropriated for the handling of psychosis. But the answer is apparently
none of these.
If one wished to halt an epidemic it would be necessary to isolate the
germ or virus which was causing it. This has become accepted procedure in
the field of public health and is intensely effective. However, scientific
methodology has never really been applied to the field of psychosis. It is
such a frantic and desperate field that anyone associated with it has
little time for careful consideration. The patients are in such dangerous
condition, their families and friends are so desperate, that no-one could
be expected to look for the actual cause of the situation. Thus the true
facts concerning psychosis have been masked.
If you want to know why people are having trouble with something it is
a good thing to look at the something. There you will find that things have
not been defined. There is no true, acceptable definition of psychosis. The
root word "PSYCH" refers only to a being or soul and the "OSIS" could
loosely be defined as "the condition of". Therefore, in actual fact, it is
not much of a word and if we look it up in the larger dictionaries we will
find some long, complex dissertation or a sweeping generality which,
frankly, would never be accepted in the physical sciences as a definition
for anything, reflecting as it does wholly opinion. The word "psychosis" is
not, however, completely inept as it at least indicates that it is
something about a spirit or soul or its quality of animation.
Copyright �1966 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Thus we can suspect, if the thing has never adequately been defined, that a
great many misconceptions exist concerning it and furthermore, it would
seem pretty obvious that if man had not defined what it was then he was
very far from being able to identify the source of it.
We all have some idea of what we mean when we say "insane" or "crazy"
or "nutty" but half the time we only mean that we don't agree with the
action. Things which are unreasonable to us or not understood we commonly
refer to as "insane" or "crazy" or "nutty". Thus man does not make a
differentiation between what he disagrees with and an actual deteriorated
mental state dangerous to the society and the individual.
So the first thing we can know about Psychosis is that it is becoming
more widespread for two reasons:
1. Man has not adequately or workably defined it, and
2. The true source of it has not been identified.
There follows, naturally, a third fact that it has not been cured,
quite obviously, because it is getting worse.
The whole subject has been so wrapped up in untested opinion that the
ordinary scientist has found it quite unapproachable. The whole field
bristles with authoritarian differences of view and bitter arguments.
The number of types of "psychoses" which have been listed over the
years have become so great that classification has become relatively
meaningless. Further, the names given mean different things to different
schools of psychiatry.
Examining this sea of turmoil, human misery, mistreatment and failure,
one would not ordinarily expect to find any ready solution. If one intended
to find a solution, one could have expected to search for some years
amongst the institutional population observing and taking notes until at
last one had identified some common denominator of the illness which might
lead to relief.
The orderly mind of a research scientist would, however, begin to take
the problem itself apart on the basis of excluding those things which had
not led to a ready solution, and the fact I am about to give you here
should have been realized a long time ago.
Psychosis has not been solved because it has been studied in the wrong
place. This is the first observation which might lead to a resolution of
the problem. The source of psychosis is rarely to be found in the
artificial atmosphere of an institution, therefore the problem was not
earlier solved. After all, it didn't occur in the institution. The person
was sent there after it occurred. So the source of psychosis is obviously
outside institutions. Further, a psychotic patient is seldom able to
discuss accurately his life outside, so the institution would only give one
evidence on the results of the source of psychosis; the source would be
elsewhere.
The true psychotic is not always found in an institution. Behind those
grey walls you mainly discover his victims. The true psychotic is one who
causes hysteria, apathy, misconceptions and the reactions of stress in
others. That is the identity of the being that is the source of psychosis.
He is, by and large, rather unconfrontable as a being, talking in the
widest generalities, and sounds quite sane unless you listen to him
closely. Then it will be found that the reasons he gives do not quite make
sense, but are all directed toward the necessity
of smashing or brutalizing anyone and everyone or selected groups, or
material objects.
The actual psychotic is covertly or overtly destructive of anything the
rest of us consider good or decent or worthwhile.
Sometimes such a being is "successful" in life, but the end result of
his activities are what you would expect-total smash. Some notable examples
were Hitler and Napoleon. Not even historians are quite brave enough to
state that these two beings were totally, completely and incomprehensibly
separated from reality and acted without good cause, reason or
justification other than an obsession to destroy, ruin and bring misery to
millions.
How Napoleon, for instance, justified beginning an attack on Russia too
late in the year for his troops to operate there at all is very hard to
see. Why Hitler had to destroy the Jewish people in Germany as a "necessary
act in prosecuting his war against the world outside of Germany" has no
other answer other than madness.
The true psychotic brings about an hysterical, apathetic, or deranged
mental condition in others. He or she does it for "many good reasons", does
it for no reason at all, or doesn't even notice that he is doing it.
The true psychotic worships destruction and abhors reasonable, decent
or helpful actions.
Although history affords us innumerable examples, they are so common in
the society around us that one does not have to go into a study of mass
murderers to find them. The phenomenon is by no means rare and at the
absolute minimum is 2l/2% of the population.
This individual fills the institutions with victims, the hospitals with
the sick and the graveyards with the dead. The statistics of psychosis are
not going to lessen in the society until this type of personality is
completely isolated and understood.
The first problem one confronts in identifying the true psychotic is
that anyone detecting in himself, or herself, some destructive urge is
likely to believe that he or she is psychotic. This is definitely not the
case. One of the primary characteristics of the true psychotic is a total
lack of introspection, a total irresponsibility to the pain or suffering of
others, coupled with a logic which explains it all away but uses reasons
which are not sensible to any of the rest of us.
An actual psychotic never for a moment suspects his madness. You and I
have often wondered about our own sanity, particularly since nobody could
define it, but a psychotic never does.
Further, he would not help his fellow man if his own life depended upon
it-he would rather perish.
This being is difficult to spot because he does not, ordinarily, fling
himself about and make scenes. He is often entirely emotionless, completely
cold-blooded and apparently perfectly controlled. The control, however, is
only apparent, as this being is in the grip of a force far more powerful
than himself and is a thoroughly controlled being. He or she must destroy
and must not help or assist in any way. Such a case is almost impossible to
treat even when identified. They do not easily respond to therapy since
their level of responsibility is too low to experience even hope or despair
about themselves. Thus they never assist anyone seeking to help them, and
indeed are far more likely to turn on any benefactor than to permit
assistance by them.
Therefore, under the subject of psychosis, we have the actual psychotic and
the victims of the psychotic. As long as we only studied the symptoms of
the victims we could not discover the source of their difficulty.
Any theory is only as good as it can be proven or as it works. Theories
are not good because they are appealing or because they are uttered by a
famous name, but are only good if they are useful. The question is-do they
lead to a resolution of the problem?
Therefore, does the theory that the psychotic is ordinarily not in the
institution and that the institution contains mainly his victims open the
door to a solution of psychosis?
One could be charged with "oversimplification", or "total ignorance of
the subject", or "lack of experience", but none of this would alter the
fact that a solution which worked was the true solution to the problem.
I never promised to resolve the whole field of psychosis. I was only
interested in institutional psychosis, for I do not think that an actual
psychotic, by the above definitions, is likely to be salvaged even if one
were able to apply the solution to his case.
------------------
There are several reasons for this. The first and foremost is that he
wouldn't sit still or stand still long enough. Another is that he isn't
likely to be caught very easily and the third and most powerful is that he
usually cannot be persuaded to forego his destructive actions long enough
to receive any benefit from treatment.
Another reason is that when people are able to identify him, they do
not wish to help him.
With those reservations the actual psychotic probably could be handled
so far as technical actions are concerned, but these need to be applied
before they can hope to work and the application of them in this particular
case is prevented by nearly insurmountable difficulties of non-cooperation,
disdain, contempt and a total lack of desire on the part of the actual
psychotic to salvage himself.
Last and not least, any true psychotic can be counted upon to attack or
attempt to destroy Scientology groups or activities as these help people.
The source of such attacks traces back usually to pretty dangerous
psychotics who aren't in institutions or even suspected, some in public
places where not only Scientology groups suffer from their actions. Thus it
isn't likely that Scientologists will do much to help cure them even if
Scientology was in the business, which it is not.
It is easy to handle a large number of those persons who are the
victims of actual psychotics. These are found in a majority in institutions
as well as other places. Once again one has the problem of accessibility
and communication but with those limitations institutional psychotics can
be helped.
As I have said, the proof of any theory is its workability and it will
take a considerable number of case histories to display the success of the
observations. But if a person were sick from a certain germ and one knew
what that germ was and one killed that germ and then that person became
well, one would have to conclude that he had located the source of the
illness.
The total indicated therapy cure for an institutional psychotic who is,
after all, only the victim of an actual psychotic is to locate the actual
psychotic in that person's life. There is a very magic response to this
action. The technology now exists. It is called "Search and Discovery".
It is commonly observed that whole families will exhibit psychotic
tendencies. This is too great a generality. In such a case it should be
stated "the whole family except one" exhibit very obvious traces of
insanity. The actual psychotic is most probably that one. This person is
continually performing acts, often hidden, atrocious in nature, which
destroy the confidence and reality of those about him. The others exhibit
the hysteria or apathy commonly associated with the illness Psychosis. They
never once locate, until it is done for them, the actual source of their
obsessions and confusions.
Whether or not a victim exhibits one or another symptom depends largely
upon what has been done to the person. To catalogue these is not easy and
indeed is not helpful. In each of the cases it is only necessary to find
the source of menace (an actual psychotic) which has made them as they are.
I have not tried to give you this as a learned paper. It is rather a
discussion of a subject into which man has made almost no inroad. Today a
Class III Auditor could expect some success in the field of Institutional
Psychosis providing they were well trained, and we permitted him to
practice in that field.
Today in institutions the treatment of the psychotic differs from that
administered in Bedlam centuries past in that today they have cleaner beds.
Otherwise there is no real change. Instead of whips, they use electricity;
instead of chains they use brain surgery to incapacitate the person.
A great deal could be done in the field of Institutional Psychosis and
being able to isolate the germ in the society which causes Psychosis is
only a small step in the direction of lessening the degree of psychosis in
the society but it is at least a step in a definite direction.
And if this leaves you wondering whether or not you are insane, all you
have to do is ask yourself the questions:
1. Have I ever helped anybody or wanted to?
2. Am I violently opposed to those who help others?
If you can answer "Yes" to 1 and "No" to 2 there is no slightest doubt
about your sanity. You are quite sane and those times in your life when you
have wondered about your own wits you were only in connection with an
actual psychotic somewhere in your environment.
The actual psychotic sometimes climbs to high places in the society, as
witness Napoleon and Hitler. But even so he can be identified. Those who
advocate violent measures as the only means of solving problems-such as
advocating war-those who are violently opposed to organizations which help
others are easily identified.
And in the smaller world when you see a cold, indifferent smile to the
agony of another, you have seen an actual psychotic.
We do not consider psychosis a field of practice in Scientology and
Scientology was not researched or designed as a cure for psychosis or
"substitute for psychiatry". But in the course of research, I have
discovered these things and found them to be workable. I trust they may be
of some use to you who, who knows, may someday become involved with an
actual psychotic or his victim and need the data.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 FEBRUARY 1966
Remimeo
Tech Div Hats
HGC Auditors
Qual Div Staff Level III
Franchise
S AND D WARNING
Search and Discovery, done incorrectly (incorrect SP found) can make a
preclear ill within a week or two after.
Assessment is a very proper skill. There is a great deal written on it
and many tapes.
The common errors of assessment (aside from the usual Gross Auditing
Errors) are:
1. Too short a list
2. Too long a list
3. Clumsy or improper meter handling
4. List getting suppressed
5. Item getting invalidated
6. Pc being allowed too much Itsa
7. Pc getting ARC Broken by under or over-listing
8. Auditor not letting the pc have his item
9. Whole list going live because the item was by-passed earlier on
the list
10. Auditor not looking for good and bad indicators to see if he
was correct in his assessment.
When the right SP is found the good indicators flood in and the pc does
not cave in in 36 to 72 hours.
The bug in S & D is that one can almost get the right item. An item can
be found that is nearly the right one. If the nearly right one is accepted
the pc will be doubtfully more cheerful and may insist this is it. The pc
however is still not quite sure. Inevitably that is the sign of a nearly
right item.
The real reaction to the correct person is an "Of Course!" no doubt
about it reaction.
It is the action of nearly finding the right one that may make the pc
ill in the next few days or a week. One has restimulated the by-passed
charge of the right one without finding it.
Remember that the real Suppressive Person (SP) was the one that wove a
dangerous environment around the pc. To find that person is to open up the
pc's present time perception or space. It's like pulling a wrapping of wool
off the pc.
The SP persuaded or caused the pc to believe the environment was dangerous
and that it was always dangerous and so made the pc pull in and occupy less
space and reach less.
When the SP is really located and indicated the pc feels this impulse
not to reach diminish and so his space opens up.
The difference between a safe environment and a dangerous environment
is only that a person is willing to reach and expand in a safe environment
and reaches less and contracts in a dangerous environment.
An SP wants the other person to reach less. Sometimes this is done by
forcing the person to reach into danger and get hurt so that the person
will thereafter reach less.
The SP wants smaller, less powerful beings. The SP thinks that if
another became powerful that one would attack the SP.
The SP is totally insecure and is battling constantly in covert ways to
make others less powerful and less able.
Scientology flies into the teeth of an SP. One will go to the most
extraordinary lengths to try to injure Scientologists or an organization or
a staff member.
But SPs existed long before Scientology and finding the basic SP around
the pc just because of Scientology or the pc is a Scientologist is in
actual fact unlikely.
Childhood is the most fertile area in which to locate the SP on the
case. A child is weak and at the mercy of adults. It is this fact alone
that gave all the cures Freud ever stumbled onto. The analyst accidentally
located an SP when his work was successful. But then he proceeded to
overrun and restimulate the patient without erasing. In other words he
would not let the patient have his item. An hour with a meter in the hands
of an expert auditor who can assess correctly will produce everything the
analyst or Freud ever hoped to achieve and will do it invariably compared
to the small results analysts did achieve.
But if you get one almost right, and not get the really correct SP,
then you get the same phenomena that dogged the analyst-the pc gets better
for a moment and collapses.
I am not saying you can permanently injure persons. The analyst
techniques operated far more restimulatively than our S & D. They made the
person talk about it for years!
But you can still give a pc a nasty cold if you miss on an S & D.
So don't miss.
Do it correctly.
Find the correct SP.
It's all correct if you assess by the book-complete list, not too long
or too short. Correct item on the list. Good indicators then in. And no
relapse for at least 2 weeks.
That's how a real S & D is done.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH : ml.rd
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 FEBRUARY 1966
Issue II
Remimeo
Franchise
LEVEL 0
"LETTING THE PC ITSA"
THE PROPERLY TRAINED AUDITOR
The most painful thing I ever hope to see is an auditor "letting a pc
Itsa".
I have seen auditors let a pc talk and talk and talk and talk and run
down and talk and run down and talk again until one wondered where if
anywhere that auditor had been trained.
In the first place such an auditor could not know the meaning of the
word ITSA.
The word means "It is a ........"
Now how an auditor letting a pc talk believes he is getting a pc to
spot what IT is is quite beyond me.
This pc has been talking all his life. He isn't well. Analysts had
people talk for five years and they seldom got well.
So how is it supposed to happen today that a pc, let talk enough, will
get well.
It won't.
The auditor does not know the very basics of auditing skills. That's
all. These are the TRs.
An auditor who can't do his TRs can't audit. Period.
Instead he says he is "letting the pc Itsa".
If by this he means he is letting the pc drive all over the road and in
both ditches, then this isn't auditing.
In auditing an auditor guides. He gives the pc something to answer.
When the pc answers the pc has said "IT IS A ......" and that's Itsa.
If the pc answers and the auditor acknowledges too soon the pc tends to
go into an anxiety-he has been chopped. So he talks more than he wanted.
If the pc answers and the auditor does not acknowledge, then the pc
talks on and on, hoping for an acknowledgement that doesn't come, "runs
dry", tries again, etc.
So premature or late-or-never acks result in the same thing-the pc
running on and on and on.
And they call it "letting the pc Itsa". Bah! If a pc talks too much in
session he either is getting cut off too fast by the auditor or hasn't got
an auditor at all. It isn't
"Itsa". It's lousy TRs. (The one single exception is the pc who had years
in analysis but even he begins to get better with proper TRs used on him.)
The proper cure is to drill the auditor until the auditor realizes:
1. The auditor asks the questions.
2. The pc says what is the answer, "It's a ......."
3. The auditor acks when the pc has said it to the pc's
satisfaction and
4. The auditor acks when the pc has finished saying "It's a
......."
And that's Itsa.
Scientology auditing is a precision skill, not a gag blop goo slup guck
blah.
1. The auditor wants to know ........
2. The pc says it is ........
1.2.1.2.1.2. etc.
TECH SAVVY
Now an auditor who doesn't know his technology about the mind and his
processes of course never knows what to ask. So he or she simply sits like
a lump of sacking hoping the pc will say something that makes the pc feel
better.
A sure sign that an auditor doesn't know an engram from a cow about
processes is seeing a pc "Itsa" on and on and on.
In Scientology we do know what the mind is, what a being is, what goes
wrong in the mind and how to correct it.
We aren't psychoanalysts or psychiatrists or Harley Street witch
doctors. We do know
The data about beings and life is there in Scientology to be learned.
It isn't "our idea" of how things are, or "our opinion of" ....
Scientology is a precision subject. It has axioms. Like geometry. Two
equilateral triangles aren't similar because Euclid said so. They're
similar because they are. If you don't believe it, look at them.
There isn't a single datum in Scientology that can't be proven as
precisely as teacups are teacups and not saucepans.
Now if we get a person fresh out of the study of "the mystical
metaphysics of Cuffbah" he's going to have trouble. His pcs are going to
"Itsa" their heads off and never get well or better or anything. Because
that person doesn't know Scientology but thinks it's all imprecise opinion.
The news about Scientology is that it put the study of the mind into
the precise exact sciences. If one doesn't know that, one's pcs "Itsa" by
the hour for one doesn't know what he is handling that he is calling "a
pc".
By my definition, an auditor is a real auditor when his or her pcs
DON'T overtalk or undertalk but answer the auditing question and happily
now and then originate.
So how to tell an auditor, how to determine if you have trained one at
last, is DO HIS PCS ANSWER UP OR DO THEY TALK ON AND ON.
If I had an auditor in an HGC whose pcs yapped and yapped and ran dry and
yapped while the auditor just sat there like a Chinese pilot frozen on the
controls, I would do the following to that "auditor":
1. Remedy A, Book of Case Remedies.
2. Remedy B, Book of Case Remedies.
3. Disagreements with Scientology, technology and orgs and
Scientology personalities all found and traced to basic and blown.
4. A grind study assignment of the Scientology Axioms until the
"auditor" could DO THEM IN CLAY.
5. A memorization of the Logics, Qs (Prelogics) and Axioms of
Dianetics and Scientology.
6. TRs 0 to 4 until they ran out of his or her ears.
7. TRs 5 to 9.
8. Op Pro by Dup until FLAT.
9. A hard long study of the Meter.
10. The ARC triangle and other scales.
11. The Processes of Level 0.
12. Some wins.
And I'd have an auditor. I'd have one that could make a Grade Zero
Release every time.
And it's lack of the above that causes an "auditor" to say "I let the
pc Itsa" with the pc talking on and on and on.
Scientology is the breakthrough that made the indefinite subject of
Philosophy into a precision tool.
And pcs get well and go Release when it is applied.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH: ml.rd
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The above HCO B was reissued on 23 May 71 as Basic Auditing Series 8. See
Vol. VII, page 253.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 FEBRUARY 1966
Remimeo
RELEASE GRADES
(Replaces HCO Bulletin of 30 Aug 1965,
"Release Stages")
There are five grades of Release. When one of these is attained the
next one up can be run.
A preclear who has attained a grade of Release may not be run further
on the processes of that grade or below or he will go back into his
Reactive Mind.
All Releases however can have their problems handled, their withholds
pulled, their ARC Breaks repaired and any Release at any grade can be
audited on the exact processes of Release Rehabilitation.
The states of Release differ in that one is more stable than another.
The Reactive Mind (known also as the R6 Bank) can only be audited out
by someone who is trained up to Class VI. When the Reactive Mind is fully
audited out (erased completely), one has a Clear.
When a Clear has been refamiliarized with his capabilities, you have an
Operating Thetan (an OT).
A Release, then, is pulled OUT of his Reactive Mind.
A Clear has fully erased his Reactive Mind.
An Operating Thetan is one who is Cause over Matter, Energy, Space and
Time and is not in a body.
The degree and relative permanence of being pulled out of the Reactive
Mind determines the state of Release.
There are numerous things that can pull one back into the Reactive
Mind.
These are (1) Locks (2) Secondaries (3) Engrams (4) The Whole Time
Track.
LOCKS
By reducing locks as in Levels 0 to IV, we then remove the ability of
locks to pull the being back into his R6 Bank.
Locks are mental image pictures of non-painful, but disturbing,
experiences the person has experienced. They depend for their force on
secondaries and engrams.
Thus, one who has had his locks reduced is a GRADE 0-IV RELEASE.
SECONDARIES AND ENGRAMS
When a being has had the secondaries and engrams reduced, he is far
less likely to be pulled into the Reactive Mind than if he has just had
their locks reduced.
Secondaries are mental image pictures containing misemotion (grief,
anger, apathy, etc). They contain no pain. They are moments of shock and
stress and depend for their force on underlying engrams.
Engrams are mental image pictures of pain and unconsciousness the person
has experienced.
When these are reduced, one has a GRADE V RELEASE.
THE WHOLE TRACK
Bits and pieces of the whole track remain after the locks, secondaries
and engrams are reduced. These bits inhibit the being from recovering
knowledge.
The Whole Track is the moment to moment record of a person's existence
in this universe in picture and impression form.
When these bits are cleaned up a being is a GRADE VA RELEASE.
THE REACTIVE MIND
When the pc has taken the locks off the Reactive Mind itself, using
R6EW, he attains GRADE VI RELEASE.
THE REACTIVE MIND
When the entire Reactive Mind has been erased and the person is again
wholly himself, one could call it a GRADE VII RELEASE.
But that is really CLEAR.
OPERATING THETAN
When a being once more has recovered his full abilities and freedom, a
state much higher than Man ever before envisioned is attained. This state
is called OPERATING THETAN.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH: ml.rd
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY 1966
Issue II
Remimeo
Tech Hats
Qual Hats
Ethics Hats
TECH RECOVERY
My study of a Nov 1965 plummeting HGC Completion Statistic indicates
certain policies are necessary in all HGCs and Qual Divisions.
The following errors were found:
1. The HGC ceased to look for former release grades to
rehabilitate and ignored opportunities to do so on the basis that "outer
orgs have rehabbed them all already". This came out in the Comm Ev held on
a D of P of that period. Of course, if the HGG failed to rehab earlier
grades (or earlier life overruns) it could achieve no later grades or Grade
V. This alone would have ended completions promptly on all grades and wiped
out the graph.
2. Invalidation of the appearance of a free needle and
invalidating any auditor who "thought he saw one". This wiped out all
release attainments and made for total overrun of all pcs of all grades.
This error existed for 15 years so it is not surprising that it got back in
again.
3. Whenever an overrun occurred, "rehabilitation of it" was done
by running different new processes instead of standard rehab routine as in
HCO Bs, i.e. doing ARC Break, PTPs, Rudiments, anything but a real rehab of
that process that was overrun.
4. Abandonment of standard tech in favor of unusual solutions.
This is always present when a collapse of Tech occurs.
5. One SP was found in the middle of all this but after his
departure the statistic did not recover so one can assume another SP was in
the middle of it still or that the HGC remained PTS and didn't separate
from the SP found because he was so convincing, so reasonable and so
persuasive as to why a Tech statistic must remain down.
-------------
It is interesting that (1) above-Ceasing to rehab lower grades-would be
absolutely fatal to any upper grades. Therefore this becomes policy:
NO UPPER GRADE OF RELEASE MAY BE BEGUN NEWLY ON A PC UNTIL ALL LOWER
GRADES ARE FULLY REHABBED TO FREE NEEDLE. THIS APPLIES TO ALL GRADES 0 TO
VII.
Regarding (2)-Invalidation of what a free needle is-and thus running
past all free needles, let it be noted that this is an Auditor's Code Break-
continuing a process that has ceased to produce change-and is therefore a
crime. This was wrong too long to be allowed to go wrong again. Thus we get
the policy:
AN AUDITOR WHO HAS BEEN FOUND TO HAVE OVERRUN A FREE NEEDLE ON A
PRECLEAR MUST BE GIVEN AN ETHICS CHIT; AND IF THE ACTION IS SEVERAL TIMES
REPEATED, ETHICS MUST ORDER A FULL REVIEW OF THE AUDITOR'S CASE INCLUDING
AN EYESIGHT TEST AND CONDUCT A THOROUGH ETHICS INVESTIGATION AND HEARING.
Note that a Mark V Meter run with too high a sensitivity does not give
a marked change when a needle floats. Thus sensitivity must be reduced in
ordinary running and increased only to get in rudiments. Then a free
needle becomes more visible. A Mark V cranked up to 128 sensitivity looks
like a floating needle all the time at a casual glance on most pcs.
Sensitivity 5 is ample.
Also, meters go out of 5,000 ohm calibration and don't read on the M
and F "Clear" reads and change of electrodes can change M and F "Clear"
reads.
A free needle, if a process is overrun, vanishes with just one extra
command so an auditor must be alert.
Please also note that this has been part of the Auditor's Code for ages-
running past a flat point of a process has been forbidden since the first
formulations of the Auditor's Code.
--------------
Regarding (3)-Rehabilitation by using other processes-the HCO Bs on
rehabs are very explicit. To run another process would clobber the pc. Thus
we get the policy:
REHABILITATIONS MUST BE DONE BY REHABILITATING THE PC ONLY ON THE
PROCESS OVERRUN AND ONLY BY STANDARD HCO BS ON REHAB PROCEDURE.
Re (4)-Unusual solutions-we get the policy:
ANY AUDITOR ACCEPTING AN UNUSUAL SOLUTION WITHOUT FILING A JOB
ENDANGERMENT CHIT OR FOUND USING AN UNUSUAL SOLUTION MUST BE CHARGED WITH A
CRIME AND GIVEN AN ETHICS HEARING. FAILING TO REPORT AN UNUSUAL SOLUTION
ADVISED OR USED IS ALSO SO HANDLED. AN UNUSUAL SOLUTION IS ONE EVOLVED TO
REMEDY AN ABUSE OF EXISTING TECHNOLOGY.
On (5)-Statistic failing to recover after an SP is spotted in a
department gives us the 2 policies:
WHENEVER AN SP IS DISCOVERED AND DECLARED IN AN ORGANIZATION ALL HIS
ASSOCIATES IN THAT PORTION OF THE ORG MUST BE CHECKED OUT FOR OR GIVEN AN S
& D.
And
WHEN AN SP IS DISCOVERED IN AN ORGANIZATION, IS DISMISSED OR REMOVED
AND THE STATISTIC DOES NOT RECOVER, ANOTHER SP MUST BE LOOKED FOR.
--------------
It is noted that the general condition of the Completion Statistic of
Dec 65 to Jan 66 could be attributed to the above gross errors.
It is now certain that (l) Rehabilitation of earlier grades, (2) Free
Needle and (3) Rehabilitation by standard practice are primary targets in
our technology for anyone seeking to mess it up and that unwitting
tampering with these three things and lack of HCO Enforcement on them will
reduce HGC statistics and prevent their recovery.
Of course one could also go mad in the opposite direction-( I )
rehabilitate earlier grades endlessly on a pc regardless of how many times
a free needle had been obtained, (2) call any loosening up of a needle a
free needle and (3) refuse to even 2-way comm with a pc under repair for
overrun for fear it violates standard procedure for rehab.
The middle course is the correct course in this case. Relax and just be
very sure the pc has been properly rehabbed to free needle on each grade up
to the one one is
going to start by demanding the awards of release that were granted and if
these weren't ever awarded, then do the rehabs necessary grade by grade.
The only sticky point in this is that if a pc had ever been run on a
higher grade without rehab of a lower, one must rehab "from the top down"
at times, tackling the highest overrun first, but nevertheless doing all of
them that were by-passed eventually.
The way to recognize a free needle is watch for one. When it happens
you will see one. Then you will never afterwards wonder. The free needles
available on a case can all be swallowed up by a failure to rehab all
grades ever by-passed or overrun. If no free needles show up on a case at
all then partially rehab any grade available for rehab back and forth until
one has one of them go free needle and then get a free needle on the
remainder. Life can also be an overrun and a pc never audited will respond
to a rehab of "something overdone". This doesn't mean the pc went release
before Scientology-it means that purpose overrun then jams-rehab of life
situations of overrun consists of hitting the purpose that was overrun and
when this is hit, the pc goes release in PT and was not a release in the
past. An example is an overrun located in 20 AD when the person, alert to
Christianity, decided to be good, made it and then overran it for 1945
years. When the purpose was found (to be good) and dated and the overrun
spotted the needle went free. Rough auditing, bad TRs, "letting the pc
Itsa", etc, can swallow up free needles. Also a totally ARC Broke meter
that won't read at all with bad indicators all over the place won't record
a read, looks sometimes like a floating needle, the difference being the pc
has total bad indicators- sour, mean, sad, etc. A free needle occurs most
often after a big cognition and the unskilled auditor looks at the pc who
is being bright and interesting and just doesn't see the needle float, asks
more questions and overruns, and the free needle vanishes- when a pc is
cogniting, look at the meter not the pc. And the instant the TA starts up
and the needle goes sticky suspect an overrun and check.
As for doing something else rather than Standard Procedure for rehab,
plain ignorance can cause it. The auditor's desire to help the pc if
unaccompanied by solid tech background leads to wild efforts, new processes
and anything but cool standard procedure.
When the person checking out pcs is also the Case Supervisor, unusual
solutions creep in. The most errors I've seen made by a Case Supervisor
were made after he had seen the pc or talked with the auditor. Cases have
to be run by report only and auditors have to be supervised and their
sessions listened to by somebody else besides the Case Supervisor. Tech is
Tech. There is such a thing as Standard Tech. Pc wild tales and hollow eyes
and auditor hobbyhorses have to be kept off Case Supervisor lines. So there
must be a person who checks out pcs and supervises auditors and their
auditing performance but who never opens his or her face to suggest
instructions about the pc and only writes down that the auditor is rough or
the process is flat or the process is overrun. The Case Supervisor lives in
an Ivory Tower. Sounds strange but unless it's done that way, wild
departures from Standard Rehab Procedure and from Standard Tech in general
will occur. Hell, all psychiatry went down that drain-the desperate
patient, the desperate measures. Squirrelling stems from the Case
Supervisor being the auditor supervisor and the pc interviewer. Oil, water,
being in two divisions, Commies and Fascists, dogs and cats, won't mix.
Neither will the personal contacter of auditors and pcs and the Case
Supervisor ever successfully stay crossed. The individual practitioner
breaks down only because he does both auditing and Case Supervision.
Auditing is an organization action which is why today we have Field Staff
Members and HGCs.
--------------
Additional notes of things discovered in the investigation of the
plummeted statistic on Completions were:
1. Auditors rabbiting out of uncertainty and so stumbling past End
Phenomena and floating needles.
2. Case Supervisor getting auditors to ask leading questions on Pr
Pr 2-"Ask the pc if he is interested in Medical Practices."
3. D of P: "Find out what the needle is floating on."
4. Case Supervisor: Told auditor that a floating needle was not
the End Phenomenon of a Process in which "the TA had to be run out".
5. Lack of knowledge and understanding of the Technology and not
knowing the difference between such things as Anaten, Secondaries and
Engrams by Case Supervisor, D of P, and so confusing auditors.
---------------
Of course the one thing one can't technically overcome is an SP keeping
an area messed up. His case doesn't improve because of his intentions and
overts and fear of people getting better or being bigger than he. When an
SP dominates an area, only Ethics actions can handle.
The primary indicator of the presence of an SP in an org is a
plummeting statistic immediately after he starts handling a portion of it.
Indifferent leadership, even inaction, can't drive a statistic down.
Only active suppression can.
So watch the statistics and don't get reasonable when they fall. Either
outside the org suppression has been brought down on that portion of the
org, making it PTS or there is an SP there. The final answer is what
happened just before the statistic fell. If a new appointment was made and
it fell, unappoint it fast. If nothing cures the down statistic find the SP
or handle the PTS situation because one or the other is there.
Completions stayed down for 15 years. Then we found auditors never
noticed free needles. Now for Heaven's sakes, 15 years was enough. Don't
repeat the error!
It does work you know.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH: ml.rd jh
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 FEBRUARY 1966
Remimeo
All Students
All Scn Staff
Franchise
FREE NEEDLES, HOW TO
GET THEM ON A PC
Free needles can be obscured only by overruns and auditor goofs in the
rehab session and ARC Breaks in past auditing.
When a TA goes up or is up it means an overrun in life or on a process
or grade of release.
The only place you can't get an overrun is at Grade VII. All grades
below that are subject to overrun.
Life subjects are subject to overrun before Scientology. The mechanism
is this: one conceived a purpose. He or she succeeded in it, then kept on
and overran it. In auditing one hits the purpose and the overrun of it and
gets a free needle on it. That doesn't mean the person was a release then.
It means that the spotting of the purpose and the overrun by auditing
produces a free needle today.
It may be necessary to find whole track overruns on some pcs in
rehabilitation of grades. If a lot of levels have been run past free needle
it may be necessary to take apart the mess like a bundle of yarn to get the
first free needle. In such a case one rehabs any grade the pc has been run
on that the pc can remember. One handles this briefly until the pc is happy
but not necessarily to free needle. One then finds another overrun, does
the same. One goes on and on looking for moments the pc felt good about
processing at one or another time. If you keep this up, suddenly you will
see a free needle on the pc! Establish what grade it is free on, then
quickly get the needle free on the remaining overrun grades (but not grades
pc was never run on). It may be necessary to take into account a whole
track overrun of a purpose or even the purpose to get release, clear or OT.
It is all very quick, deft auditing, very much on procedure using
standard rehab tech-but no repetitive grind.
--------------
You won't see a freeing up of a needle unless you set your sensitivity
on a Mark V to a stiff needle for the pc. You can increase sensitivity or
decrease it as the pc progresses but by setting the sensitivity so the
needle is pretty still and stiff you will see easily a freeing up of the
needle and then a free needle. Using sensitivity 128 will obscure every
free needle as the needle is too loose already for the auditor to see any
change.
--------------
Pcs are most apt to go free needle after a big cog. So don't be so
engrossed in looking at the pc during cognitions. Keep an eye on that
needle. And if it goes free, don't ask anything else. Just gently give the
pc a "That's it" and without a chop of comm, ease the pc off to "Declare?"
in Qual. (Or if a field auditor, start the next grade. )
--------------
Gently, gently, smooth TRs get you free needles.
A dirty needle is always caused by auditor chops, flubs, etc. You can
always trace a dirty needle right back to a TR error by the auditor. If a
needle goes dirty in a rehab session, get the List 1 out right now and
quickly find why. It's always an auditor goof on the TRs or tech procedure.
--------------
Rehabs are not a substitute for processes. If a grade hasn't been run,
you can't rehab it of course.
In rehab, never use a new process to cure an overrun. Rehab the process
that was overrun, not new ruds.
And see HCO Pol Ltr 10 Feb 1966 on this subject.
---------------
You can get free needles on pcs. It just requires standard TRs,
standard tech, standard rehab and wanting to get one and letting a pc have
one.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 12 FEBRUARY 1966
Remimeo
Staff Auditors' Hats
Tech Hats THE "DANGEROUS AUDITOR"
Qual Hats
We long have had a term for an auditor who consistently did things that
were upsetting to a pc's case. We call this a "dangerous auditor".
There are certain exact specific actions or omissions that make such an
auditor dangerous.
These are:
1. Breaks the Auditor's Code or ignores it as "only applying in
certain cases".
2. Audits past floating needles or directs additional auditing on
that process when a floating needle has occurred.
3. Ceases to audit a process before the needle has gone free.
4. Starts a new grade of release without rehabilitation or making
sure at least by record that an earlier grade has been rehabbed and
was not overrun.
5. Does not locate the right SP on S & D but over or under lists
or misses while assessing.
6. Goes on auditing the pc after an ARC Break without caring for
the ARC Break (and believes it possible or usual to continue past
one).
7. Consistently has hostile and derogatory opinions about his pcs.
These are the really dangerous points that make an auditor who does
them dangerous.
(This list is composed by tracing back upset cases to the errors which
made the upset.)
An auditor who merely makes the five Gross Auditing Errors is just a
bad auditor. (See HCO B 21 Sept 65 "Out Tech".)
A dangerous auditor often seems to be quite accomplished, but does the
above. On some pcs he seems to get away with it and so will argue the
virtue of his approach or violations. But on the next pc he doesn't and has
a mess on his hands.
A "careful" auditor is not necessarily not dangerous. One doesn't audit
carefully. One audits with a relaxed competence that follows the rules and
avoids the errors listed above.
There is no compromise for knowing one's business.
Most auditors, when they are trained and no longer make the 5 Gross
Auditing Errors, become very excellent auditors and do a fine job and I am
proud of them.
LRH:ml.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 FEBRUARY 1966
(Amends HCO B of 12 November 1964)
Remimeo
Franchise
Sthil students SCIENTOLOGY II
PC LEVEL O-IV
DEFINITION PROCESSES
The first thing to know about DEFINITION PROCESSES is that they are
separate and distinct and stand by themselves as processes.
In The Book of Case Remedies we find on page 25 REMEDY A and REMEDY B.
These two remedies are A and B because they handle a primary source of
worry to supervisors and auditors.
AUDITING STYLE
Each level has its own basic auditing style.
The Auditing Style of Level II is Guiding Style. The Secondary Style is
GUIDING SECONDARY STYLE or Guiding S Style.
ASSISTS
An assist is different from auditing as such in that it lacks any model
session. Assists are normally short periods of auditing but not always. I
have seen a touch assist go on for months at the rate of 15 minutes a day,
two or three days a week. And it may take hours to do a touch assist on an
accident victim. What characterizes an assist is that it is done rapidly
and informally and anywhere.
"Coffee Shop Auditing" isn't really an assist as it is usually done
over coffee too casually to be dignified by the name of auditing. The pc is
never informed at all of the existence of a session.
The pc, in an assist, is however informed of the fact and the assist is
begun by "This is the Assist" and ended by a "That's it", so an assist,
like a session, has a beginning and an end.
The Auditor's Code is observed in giving an Assist and the Auditing
Comm Cycle is used.
As an Auditor one sets out in an Assist to accomplish a specific thing
for the pc like relieve the snivels or make the ache in the leg better. So
an Assist also has a very finite purpose.
SECONDARY STYLES
Every level has a different primary STYLE OF AUDITING. But sometimes in
actual sessions or particularly in Assists this Style is altered slightly
for special purposes. The Style altered for assists is called a SECONDARY
STYLE. It doesn't mean that the primary style of the level is merely
loosely done. It means that it is done a precise but different way to
accomplish assists. This variation is called the SECONDARY STYLE of that
level.
REMEDIES
A Remedy is not necessarily an Assist and is often done in regular
session. It is the Remedy itself which determines what auditing style is
used to administer it. Some Remedies, as well as being used in regular
sessions, can also be used as Assists.
In short, that a process exists as a Remedy has no bearing on whether
it is used in an Assist or a Model Session.
GUIDING STYLE
The essence of Guiding Style is:
1. Locate what's awry with the pc.
2. Run a Repetitive Process to handle what's found in 1.
In essence-steer the pc into disclosing something that needs auditing
and then audit it.
GUIDING SECONDARY STYLE
Guiding Secondary Style differs from proper Guiding Style and is done
by:
1. Steering-the pc toward revealing something or something
revealed;
2. Handling it with Itsa.
Guiding Secondary Style differs from Guiding Style only in that Guiding
Secondary Style handles the matter by Steer + Itsa. Guiding Style Proper
handles the matter with Steer + Repetitive Process.
DEFINITIONS PROCESSING
Definitions Processes, when used as Remedies, are normally processed by
Guiding Secondary Style.
Both Remedies of The Book of Case Remedies A and B are Guiding
Secondary Style in their normal application.
One would expect them to be used by a Class II Auditor.
One would expect the Assist to last 10 or 15 minutes, perhaps more, but
less than a regular session would take.
One would expect that any case in a PE class, any student that was
getting nowhere, would be handled by the Instructor with Guiding Secondary
Style using Remedies A and B as precision processes.
REMEDY A PATTER
One would not expect the person or student in trouble to be turned over
to another student for handling. It's too fast, sharp and easy to handle
that trouble oneself if one is Class II or above and far more certain. You
can do it while you'd be finding another student to do the auditing. It
would be uneconomical in terms of time not to just do it right then-no
meter-leaning up against a desk.
The auditor's patter would be something like what follows. The pc's
responses and Itsa are omitted in this example.
"I am going to give you a short assist." "All right, what word haven't
you understood in Scientology?" "Okay, it's pre-clear. Explain what it
means." "Okay, I see you are having trouble, so what does pre mean?" "Fine.
Now what does clear mean?" "Good. I'm glad you realize you had it mixed up
with patient and see that they're different." "Thank you. That's it."
In between the above total of auditing patter, the student may have
hemmed and hawed and argued and cognited. But one just steered the pc
straight along the subject selected and got it audited and cleaned up. If
the student gave a glib text book definition after challenging the word
preclear, we wouldn't buy it, but would give the student a piece of paper
or a rubber band and say "Demonstrate that." And then carry on as it
developed.
And that would be Remedy A.
You see it is precision auditing and is a process and does have an
Auditing Style. And it works like a dream.
You see this is Steer + Itsa as to its style. And that it addressed the
immediate subject.
What makes A Remedy A is not that it handles Scientology definitions, but
that it handles the immediate subject under discussion or study.
REMEDY B
What makes Remedy B Remedy B is that it seeks out and handles a former
subject, conceived to be similar to the immediate subject, in order to
clear up misunderstandings in the immediate subject or condition.
Remedy B, run on some person or student, would simply be a bit more
complex than Remedy A as it looks into the past.
A person has a continuous confusion with policy or auditors, etc. So
one runs B like this (the following is auditor patter only):
"I'm going to give you an Assist. Okay?" "All right. What subject were
you mixed up with before Scientology?" "I'm sure there is one." "Okay.
Spiritualism. Fine. What word in Spiritualism didn't you understand?" "You
can think of it." "Good. Ectoplasm. Fine. What was the definition of that?"
"All right, there's a dictionary over there, look it up." "I'm sorry it
doesn't give the spiritualist definition. But you say it says Ecto means
outside. What's plasm?" "Well, look it up." "All right. I see, Ecto means
outside and plasm means mould or covering." (Note: You don't always break
up words into parts for definition in A & B Remedies.) "Yes, I've got that.
Now what do you think spiritualists meant by it?" "All right, I'm glad you
realize that sheets over people make ghosts ghosts." "Fine, glad you
recalled being scared as a child." "All right, what did the spiritualist
mean then?" "Okay. Glad you see thetans don't need to be cased in goo."
"All right. Fine. Good. You had Ectoplasm mixed up with engrams and you now
realize thetans don't have to have a bank and can be naked. Fine. That's
it." (Note: You don't always repeat after him what the pc said, but
sometimes it helps.)
Student departs still cogniting. Enters Scientology now having left
Spiritualism on the back track. Doesn't keep on trying to make every HCO
Bulletin studied solve "Ectoplasm", the buried misunderstood word that kept
him stuck in Spiritualism.
DEFINITIONS PURPOSE
The purpose of definitions processing is fast clearing of "held down
fives" (jammed thinking because of a misunderstood or misapplied datums)
preventing someone getting on with auditing or Scientology.
Remedies A and B are not always used as Assists. They are also used in
regular sessions. But when so used they are always used with Guiding
Secondary Style-Steer + Itsa.
As a comment, people who seek to liken Scientology to something, "Oh,
like Christian Science," are stuck in Christian Science. Don't say, "Oh no!
It isn't like Christian Science!" Just nod and mark them for a fast assist
or a session the moment the chance offers if they seem very disinterested
or aloof when asked to a PE Course.
There's weapons in that arsenal, auditor. Use them.
As Remedies A and B stand as the first and second given in The Book of
Case Remedies, so before a large number of potential Scientologists stands
the confusion of definitions.
We have made Scientology definitions easy for them by compiling a
dictionary, using words new to people only when useful.
But those that don't come along at all, are so wound up in some past
subject they can't hear or think when that earlier subject is restimulated.
And that earlier subject is held down only by some word or phrase they
didn't grasp.
Some poor pawn howling for the blood of Scientologists isn't mad at
Scientology at all. But at some earlier practice he got stuck in with mis-
definition of its terms.
You see, we inherit some of the effects of the whole dullness of Man
when we seek to open the prison door and say, "Look. Sunshine in the
fields. Walk out." Some, who need Remedy B say: "Oh no! The last time
somebody scratched the wall that way
I got stupider." Why say, "Hey. I'm not scratching the wall. I'm opening
the gate"? Why bother. He can't hear you. But he can hear Remedy B as an
assist. That's the channel to his comprehension.
UNDERSTANDING
When a person can't understand something and yet goes on facing up to
it, he gets into a "problems situation" with it. There it is over there,
yet he can't make it out.
Infrequently (fortunately for us) the being halts time right there.
Anything he conceives to be similar presented to his view is the puzzle
itself (A=A=A). And he goes stupid. This happens rarely in the life of one
being, but it happens to many people.
Thus there aren't many such messes in one person in one lifetime that
have to be cleaned up. But there are a few in many people.
The cycle of Mis-definition is:
1. didn't grasp a word, then
2. didn't understand a principle or theory, then
3. became different from it, commits and committed overts against
it, then
4. restrained himself or was restrained from committing those
overts, then
5. being on a withhold (inflow) pulled in a motivator.
Not every word somebody didn't grasp was followed by a principle or
theory. An overt was not committed every time this happened. Not every
overt committed was restrained. So no motivator was pulled in.
But when it did happen, it raised havoc with the mentality of the being
when trying to think about what seem to be similar subjects.
You see, you are looking at the basic incident + its locks as in a
chain of incidents. The charge that is apparently on the lock in present
time is actually only in the basic incident. The locks borrow the charge of
the basic incident and are not themselves causing anything. So you have a
basic misunderstood word which then charges up the whole subject as a lock;
then a subject charging up similar subjects as locks.
Every nattery or non-progressing student or pc is hung up in the above
1, 2, 3, 4, 5 cycle. And every such student or pc has a misdefined word at
the bottom of that pile. If the condition is new and temporary it's a
Scientology word that's awry. If natter, no progress, etc, is continuous
and doesn't cease when all is explained in Scientology or when attempts to
straighten up Scientology words fail, then it's an earlier subject at
fault. Hence, Remedies A and B. Hence Guiding Secondary Style. Hence, the
fact that Definitions Processes are processes. And VITAL processes they are
if one wants a smooth organization, a smooth PE, a smooth record of wins on
all pcs. And if one wants to bring people into Scientology who seem to want
to stay out.
Of course these Remedies A and B are early-on processes, to be audited
by a Class II or above on a Level 0 or I pc or student. However, some in
Scientology, as of this date, are studying slowly or progressing poorly
because A and B haven't been applied.
One expects that very soon, now that auditors have this data, there
will be nobody at upper levels with his definitions dangling.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH :jw.ml.rd
Copyright �1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
CERTAINTY
Vol. 13 No. 3 [March, 1966]
Official Periodical of
SCIENTOLOGY
in the
British Isles
What Is Greatness?
L. Ron Hubbard
The hardest task one can have is to continue to love one's fellows
despite all reasons he should not.
And the true sign of sanity and greatness is to so continue.
For the one who can achieve this, there is abundant hope. For those who
cannot, there is only sorrow, hatred and despair, and these are not the
things of which greatness or sanity or happiness are made.
A primary trap is to succumb to invitations to hate. There are those
who appoint one their executioners. Sometimes for the sake of the safety of
others, it is necessary to act, but it is not necessary also to hate them.
To do one's task without becoming furious at others who seek to prevent
one is a mark of greatness-and sanity. And only then can one be happy.
Seeking to achieve any single desirable quality in life is a noble
thing. The one most difficult and most necessary to achieve is to love
one's fellows despite all invitations to do otherwise.
If there is any saintly quality, it is not to forgive. "Forgiveness" is
a much lower level action and is rather censorious.
True greatness merely refuses to change in the face of bad actions
against one- and a truly great person loves his fellows because he
understands them.
After all, they are all in the same trap. Some are oblivious of it,
some have gone mad because of it, some act like those who betrayed them.
But all, all are in the same trap-the generals, the street sweepers, the
presidents, the insane. They act the way they do because they are all
subject to the same cruel pressures of this universe.
Some of us are subject to those pressures and still go on doing our
jobs. Others have long since succumbed and rave and torture and strut like
the demented souls they are.
To re-save some of them is a dangerous undertaking. Were you to
approach many ruling heads in the world and offer to set them free (as only
a Scientologist can) they
Copyright �1966 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
would go berserk, cry up their private police and generally cause
unpleasantness. Indeed, one did-he was later assassinated by no desire of
ours but because of the incompetence of his own fellows about him. He could
have used Scientology. Instead, he promptly tried to shoot it down by
ordering raids and various berserk actions on Scientology organizations.
That he was then shot had nothing to do with us, but only demonstrated how
incompetent and how mortal he really was.
As we become stronger, we can be completely openhanded with our help.
Until we do, we can at least understand the one fact that greatness does
not stem from savage wars or being known. It stems from being true to one's
own decency, from going on helping others whatever they do or think or say
and despite all savage acts against one; to persevere without changing
one's basic attitude toward Man.
A fully trained Scientologist is in a far better position to understand
than a partly trained one. For the Scientologist who really knows is able
not only to retain confidence in himself and what he can do, but also can
understand why others do what they do and so knowing, does not become
baffled or dismayed by small defeats. To that degree, true greatness
depends on total wisdom. They act as they do because they are what they are-
trapped beings, crushed beneath an intolerable burden. And if they have
gone mad for it and command the devastation of whole nations in errors of
explanation, still one can understand why and can understand as well the
extent of their madness. Why should one change and begin to hate just
because others have lost themselves and their own destinies are too cruel
for them to face.
Justice, mercy, forgiveness, all are unimportant beside the ability not
to change because of provocation or demands to do so.
One must act, one must preserve order and decency, but one need not
hate or seek vengeance.
It is true that beings are frail and commit wrongs. Man is basically
good but can act badly.
He only acts badly when his acts done for order and the safety of
others are done with hatred. Or when his disciplines are founded only upon
safety for himself regardless of all others; or worse, when he acts only
out of a taste for cruelty.
To preserve no order at all is an insane act. One need only look at the
possessions and environment of the insane to realize this. The able keep
good order.
When cruelty in the name of discipline dominates a race, that race has
been taught to hate. And that race is doomed.
The real lesson is to learn to love.
He who would walk scatheless through his day must learn this.
Never use what is done to one as a basis for hatred. Never desire
revenge.
It requires real strength to love Man. And to love him despite all
invitations to do otherwise, all provocations and all reasons why one
should not.
Happiness and strength endure only in the absence of hate. To hate
alone is the road to disaster. To love is the road to strength. To love in
spite of all is the secret of greatness. And may very well be the greatest
secret in this universe.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 MARCH 1966
Exec Secs' Hats Exec-HCO-Tech-Qual
ES Comm Qual Hat Ethics
HCO Sec Hat
Dir 1 & R Hat
Ethics Hat U R G E N T
Tech & Qual Hats
LRH Comm Hat
HIGH CRIME
Effective 1 June 1966
In any instance of a heavily falling statistic in Tech or Qual or a
chronically low statistic in Tech or Qual in an org or in any org which has
chronically low statistics in all divisions:
The Ethics Officer must look for this policy violation which is the
highest crime in Tech and Qual:
TOLERATING THE ABSENCE OF, OR NOT INSISTING UPON STAR-RATED CHECK OUTS
ON ALL PROCESSES AND THEIR IMMEDIATE TECHNOLOGY AND ON RELEVANT POLICY
LETTERS ON HGC INTERNES OR STAFF AUDITORS IN THE TECH DIV OR STAFF AUDITORS
OR INTERNES IN THE QUAL DIV FOR THE LEVELS AND ACTIONS THEY WILL USE BEFORE
PERMITTING THEM TO AUDIT ORG PCS AND ON SUPERVISORS IN TECH AND QUAL WHO
INSTRUCT OR EXAMINE OR FAILING TO INSIST UPON THIS POLICY OR PREVENTING
THIS POLICY FROM GOING INTO EFFECT OR MINIMIZING THE CHECK OUTS OR LISTS.
If an Ethics Officer or any person in HCO Dept 3 discovers this high
crime to exist he must report it at once to the HCO Area Secretary.
The HCO Area Secretary must at once order a thorough investigation into
any and all persons who might have instigated this high crime and report
the matter to the HCO Exec Sec.
The HCO Exec Sec must then convene a Committee of Evidence with the
persons
accused as interested parties and must locate amongst them the
suppressive or suppressives by the "reasonableness" of their defence, state
of case and other signs.
The Committee of Evidence must declare the located S.P. suppressive by
HCO Ethics Order and dismiss.
If any Ethics Officer, Director of I & R or HCO Area Secretary fails to
obtain co-operation by superiors in carrying out this Policy Letter quickly
then he or she must inform the LRH Communicator.
The LRH Communicator must then cable full particulars to Worldwide.
The Worldwide AdCouncil must then carry out this policy letter
expeditiously and at any cost.
If the HCO personnel making this discovery cannot obtain action in any
other way he or she must go outside the org and cable LRH Comm WW and his
actions and costs in so cabling will be reimbursed on claim to WW and his
post will be fully protected.
If the AdCouncil WW suspects this policy not to be in full force in any org
despite assurances an HCO WW personnel must be sent to that org to
investigate and may be deputized to remove either or both Exec Secs of that
org by Comm Ev on the spot or at WW.
------------
It has been discovered that failure to check out, Star-Rated, the Tech
and Qual HCO Bs applying to levels being audited or taught or examined and
their processes and the data used in Review and relevant policy on those
using the material in orgs results in a crashed Division 4 completion
statistic, crashed income and low statistics throughout and a failing org
and was the reason through 1965 for struggling orgs-the public would not
pay more for service than it was worth to them and with this policy out,
the service was not worth very much.
It has been found that a suppressive person will discourage this check
out policy as one of his first actions.
------------
This policy applies whether an auditor has been trained or not with
star-rated check outs. Staff and Review auditor and Supervisor are special
technical status grades and one cannot consider this double training.
------------
"Star-Rated" means = 100 percent letter perfect in knowing and
understanding, demonstrating and being able to repeat back the material
with no comm lag.
Org Exec Sec Communicator for Qual WW is the final authority for any
check sheets on this matter and is responsible for preparing and
standardizing them from time to time. But the lack of a check sheet from ES
Comm Qual WW does not set aside any provision or penalty of this policy
letter.
------------
This policy letter is issued in the complete knowledge that the absence
of this policy in full effect is the primary reason for orgs not growing
and is based on actual experience.
------------
The only higher crime I could think of would be to pretend to have an
org but have no technical personnel on staff in Tech or Qual. That is
suppressive also and will crash an org. Handle it similarly to the above.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ml.cden
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Added to by HCO PL 21 November 1971, Scientology Courses Examination
Policy, OEC Volume 5, page 139, which made it firm policy that anyone
examining a student for certification on any Scientology Course, including
Admin, must have first star-rated related Policies, HCO Bs or other issues
before writing or grading exams.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 APRIL 1966
Remimeo
All Orgs (Tech Div)
Exec Secs
Tech Sec
All Tech Hats (The original issue of this HCO B contained a number of
All Qual Hats typographical errors- Please replace your copy with this
corrected issue. The original copies should be returned to
the HCO Area Sec.)
DIANETIC AUDITING COURSE
The first requisite of any auditor trainee is to find and run
secondaries and engrams on a preclear, preferably a fellow student, and to
have secondaries and engrams run on self.
Due to the fantastic speed of results today it is not possible for a
student to get enough auditing experience using the standard tech of 0 to
VI.
To remedy this we use dolls for model session practice and learning the
processes.
But even further training is needed, using live preclears.
The tech used is that of Book I, Dianetics. The Modern Science of
Mental Health, but omitting the countdown and canceller, this not being
necessary today and using instead a simple "Start of Session" and "End of
Session" and then running the engram.
Do not try to use past track incidents. The preclear may eventually
fall into these but try instead for current lifetime.
Try first for secondaries (moments of misemotion) particularly loss.
Try to find these on a gradient, first trying for minor losses and
eventually locating the death of a loved one.
Certain pcs (Black Vs they used to be called) are not able to run track
incidents but try to coax them through incidents of loss on a gradient
(small losses first) and then get on with it. They usually will get visio
on incidents turned on if this is done.
There is a complete method of running engrams on anyone, developed by
me about three years ago whereby the date is found then the duration of the
incident. This always permits an incident to be run with visio.
Don't try for sonic.
Get the pc to regress to the moment of the incident.
Don't try to run them conceptually with the pc in present time.
Emphasize getting the pc to start at the beginning and go through to
the end several times. Don't be too keen on repeater technique to get
phrases. They show up if you get the pc to run through the incident a few
times.
When the pc can run secondaries successfully try for actual engrams.
Once again try for light incidents like a pinprick and graduate up to
real engrams- moments of real pain and unconsciousness.
Most students shy off actual secondaries and engrams and try to run
conceptual blah that could never have affected anyone's life with the pc in
PT. This alone is the cause for failure of case gain running secondaries
and engrams.
Don't try to pull withholds, etc, or handle present time problems but
send the pc who ARC Breaks with the auditor (not with life) to Qual at once
for an ARC Break assessment. DON'T CONTINUE TO AUDIT AN ARC BROKEN PC who
has ARC Broken with an auditor.
All Ethics data applies-don't audit a Potential Trouble Source. If you
encounter an SP (no case gain no matter what you do) send to Ethics. Lack
of Ethics facilities and Ethics know-how was the primary reason Dianetics
occasionally didn't work. So the new student has to be genned in on:
1. If pc starts chopping auditor send to Qual at once.
2. Suppressives.
3. Potential Trouble Sources.
4. The org pattern showing Tech Div and Qual.
E-Meters must be used and regardless of whether the student knows
anything about them or not the pc "must be on the cans". We don't care if
the student learns much or little about meters at this stage but a bright
student will catch on fast. There is no E-Meter training at this stage.
The texts supplied the student are those which cover I to 4 above,
Dianetics the Modern Science of Mental Health which he must buy or own and
an E-Meter he must buy or borrow but may not be lent by the school.
There is real magic in running secondaries and engrams. I have seen the
most fantastic recoveries from running merely a secondary (most spectacular
recoveries with secondaries were obtained from running the death of an
ally). I have seen severe physical ailments-heart disease, arthritis,
malfunction, allergies, impotency, frigidity, lameness, etc, through the
catalogue of human ills-vanish or reduce on properly running engrams to
erasure. We are not in healing but we have a fantastic success with
Dianetics in this activity.
No auditor will ever be worth very much unless he has come in the right
way-through Dianetics. The concept of physical and mental difficulty
stemming from a mental image picture was a great discovery and the
technology of erasing such pictures as developed must not be lost in our
trained Scientologists. This very instant I know of 3 cases with whom I am
in daily contact whose whole lives would be changed by finding and running
the incident necessary to solve the case. I have seen a woman who looked 60
appear 20 after 9 hours of auditing out a single secondary (the recent
death of her husband).
When we originally tried to teach this technology (running of
secondaries and engrams, 1950-1952) we had no Ethics, we were at that time
already drowned with SPs. Auditors weren't duplicating tech. They often
couldn't even state the basic definitions of "secondary" or "engram". They
steered the pc all over the track or let him wander like a lost soul. They
tried to force the pc to run the auditor's aberrations. And it was a jolly
old mess ! But those few I taught personally and simply had, as any old-
timer will tell you, the most fantastic successes with incredibly low
effort by the auditor.
It's just a picture, secondary or engram. The whole of the technique is
just finding the incident the pc is "in", running the pc through the
incident, beginning to end, several times and not letting him digress and
letting him come up the tone scale past boredom to enthusiasm by doing so.
When I think of the millions of words I have had to speak or write just to
get that terrible simplicity across, I see it can be bent as technology in
a thousand thousand ways.
The student has today guides he never had in 1950-52. He has the Auditor's
Code, the actual responses of the E-Meter, Ethics and the final solution of
how to turn on visio even in SPs as per three years ago.
The startling gains of the exact tech of 0-VII of course overawe the
old plodder of 1950. But there is a sting here as far as training goes. No
understanding of the mind is complete without a thorough grasp of
secondaries and engrams and running them. I have seen a person trained up
to a high level who suddenly flopped at V because he had no faintest notion
of what he was auditing.
The budding psycho-analyst gets the shock of his life when he sees
there IS SOMETHING THERE. Before us, people thought the brain had short
circuits in it (psychologists and psychiatrists) or that a beast called a
Censor lived in a dungeon in it (Freud), or that evil spirits haunted one
(Christianity).
The whole answer to the mind is mental pictures and masses created by
the thetan. There is no other source or cause of aberration. Unless a
student knows this he will never make a good auditor and Scientologist. The
only early way to get a reality on it is to audit secondaries and engrams
and be audited through them. One does encounter all this phenomena by the
time one is a Grade VII even though not audited on Dianetics. BUT students
beginning their training are not Grade VII. And unless they have actually
audited or been audited on secondaries and engrams they will never, even
though Grade VII, really have a reality on why people act as they do or the
complex nature of the bank.
Dianetics the Modern Science of Mental Health was written before whole
track was known. It made releases like mad but they were then overrun like
mad. It failed only on SPs and PTSs. It was and is the answer to psycho-
somatic ills and human aberration.
My results with Dianetics were not often duplicated because:
1. I stopped when the ability of the pc on any one subject was
regained.
2. I audited smoothly.
3. I didn't use the subject to invalidate the pc (see Original
Thesis on why auditing works).
Many auditors did duplicate my results and made "clears" which we now
call releases due to total Clear being so much higher.
That we are today making a TOTAL Clear as well as Operating Thetans is
completely out of comparison with what Dianetics was trying to do.
Scientology is the route from human being to total freedom and total
beingness. Dianetics was the route from aberrated or aberrated and ill
human to capable human. This step had never before been achieved in Man's
history.
Oddly, the step from human being to a spirit had been achieved, if
rarely, but was not generally credited (Buddhism, other spiritual
practices, even Christianity). Scientology really achieves it and for the
first time with TOTAL stability, no relapse and invariably one for one.
Nevertheless Man had an inkling of the goals of Scientology even though he
considered them almost beyond God.
But Man had no inkling whatever of Dianetics. None. This was the bolt
from the blue. Man was hacking and sawing and shocking and injecting and
teaching and moralizing and counselling and hanging and jailing men with
enthusiasm without any idea at all of what caused Man to behave as he did
or what made him sick or well.
THE answer was and still is Dianetics.
As we can now go directly toward total freedom on a precise and narrow
roadway without any IFs and as it can be done by a human being in about a
year minimum time due to my discarding of all non-essentials, by developing
the exact steps and techniques of administration, and as the result is so
hugely startling grade to grade compared to anything anybody had ever even
dreamed of and as the final result was never before known in this universe,
we tend to turn up our noses at poor little old Dianetics.
But it was the grandpa, the ancestor, the basic discovery which led to
and the reason for Scientology.
AND we have the gigantic problem amongst us that Scientology works too
fast in an auditor's hands and forbids him to overrun a result. Therefore
HOW CAN HE EVER LEARN TO AUDIT? He can't, running Scientology, as he'll
never get enough practice on live pcs.
Dianetics, however, has a virtue we never would have called one in
1950. It is slow. You can grind away on a secondary for hours. You can one
by one whittle down a chain of related engrams for days, even weeks. You
can audit a pc for a long, long time. And you can get auditing practice.
Now just one change-have the pc sit in a chair in Dianetic sessions. No
reason to use a couch. Thus the auditor has the same set-up as in grade
auditing. The same approach and patter he will use in his standard
Scientology grade auditing MUST be used in this Dianetic auditing or the
practice will not train one to do Scientology auditing. (Yes, I know the
pcs will roll up in a ball or leap into the air, but this is a hazard of
the trade! Put such a pc seated on the floor after one roll off from a
chair.)
And one Supervisor caution: Tell such students to watch that tone arm
for reading at clear read and watch the needle for a float and if they see
the release phenomena occur to gently ease off the session without even one
more command "to go on" or any other command. Unless you watch this you
will overrun some pc on a release grade. (Also tell him what to do in case
of a pc refusing to co-operate or chopping the auditor-send to Qual quick.)
Dianetics is easy to do.
1. You say, "Start of Session."
2. You locate an incident (an actual past happening).
3. You tell the pc to GO to the beginning of it.
4. When the pc says he's there the auditor tells the pc to go
through it to the end and say what is happening as he goes along.
5. When the pc reaches the end of it, the auditor tells the pc to
go to the beginning of the same incident.
6. When the pc has, the auditor tells him to GO through it (not
"again") and say what is happening.
7. Repeat 5 and 6. Repeat 5 and 6. Repeat 5 and 6.
8. When the pc is up to tone 4.0 (cheerful) on it, repeat 2.
9. On the new incident repeat 3 to 7.
10. When the new incident has come up to tone 4.0, repeat 2.
11. Repeat 3 to 7.
12. When the new incident has come up to tone 4.0, repeat 2.
13. At end of the body of the session tell the pc to spot the
environment a few times.
14. End the session by saying, "End of Session."
That's Dianetic auditing.
Refined, one can handle "bouncers" or "denyers", etc. But frankly, I
found the pc would only reach to these when he was in over his head and the
gradient of incident selected had not been followed. If you choose
incidents IN THE PC'S CONSCIOUS RECALL not by flash answer or meter the
refinements aren't necessary. You just do 1 to 12.
The ORIGINAL version of Dianetic auditing was all done on a gradient.
One searched nothing out by meters or trick questions or tests or flash
answers. One got what the pc could comfortably face and audited it. If the
auditing was smoothly done, the next incident was tougher but the pc was
comfortable in facing it. In that way the incidents (secondaries or
engrams) become progressively more horrifying but the pc is quite
comfortable facing each one in turn. This is what is meant by "gradient"-it
is a steepening or an increasing from the slight to the heavy. But you see
the pc smoothly audited is gaining ability and confidence all the time and
so can face more and more violence in his past. It's all there in pictures.
Blackness is either his unwillingness to face things or his basic bank. It
cures (vanishes) if you do it by gradients. And the pc soon can see
pictures very well.
Therefore IF your student is becoming a good auditor all you need to do
is look at his pc. If the pc is more confident and cheerful, then the
auditor is learning and doing well. If the pc isn't, the auditor has a
rough spot and should go to cramming. If this doesn't work, training being
good, then the auditor is probably an SP who has no idea of helping the pc
at all but is using "auditing" to bust somebody up.
Dianetics is too easy, really, for the student to conceive that his
minimum mild actions will produce such fabulous results. So the auditor
feels called upon to add. Additives are what checked Dianetic results in
the vast majority of cases that were checked.
The pc who wants to "psycho-analyze" (talk) by the hour isn't getting
audited and isn't going to get any better. This pc simply isn't under
auditor control so the auditor's control and TRs are at fault. (Pcs explain
this sometimes by saying they're "cogniting" whereas a cognition is rather
quick, not an hour's maundering.)
The pc has to be told what is expected of him. "We're going to find an
incident in your life of which you have an exact record. Then by sending
you through it at the moment it happened several times we're going to erase
it. Just do what I tell you and all will be well. Do you have any questions
about that?" That exact quote must be made to the pc who has not been
Dianetically audited (which includes many Scientology pcs too) and the pc
must understand it and be satisfied he does before locating and running
incidents.
Very bad off pcs jump about on the "time track" and really need only
grade auditing. Such pcs should be rejected for the purposes of this
Dianetic auditing and sent to any Hubbard Guidance Centre.
Some pcs just won't get the idea and just won't run incidents. Simply
reject for these purposes and send to the HGC.
Some pcs are so snarly and choppy even before meeting the auditor, they
have to be sent to Qual and afterwards only to the HGC as they're no good
for this. They'll make it, but are not easy enough to afford any training
to a student.
Some pcs are simply Ethics cases (SPs and PTS) and these too should be
rejected for this purpose. The PTS is known by "roller coastering" (Coney
Island fast up and down quarter-mile of aerial railway). They slump. So
they're Ethics cases.
If a pc ARC Breaks suddenly or seems very sad after auditing it's an ARC
Break with the auditor and needs Qual attention-and the student auditor
should be looked over very carefully as a possible Ethics case.
------------
Engrams are hard to run in a room full of auditing teams. So if
possible one should assign the auditing to be done after class hours in
their lodgings.
------------
The way to fit this programme of Dianetic auditing into training in
general must be worked out and is left to the Org Exec Sec WW who may from
time to time issue, through the Org Executive Secretary's Communicator for
Tech, Sec Eds covering its arrangements and materials to study (check
sheets). In the absence of such Sec Eds an Academy may make up its own. It
is possible to make it a whole new course with an equivalent of the old
Hubbard Dianetic Auditor certificate. And one recalls that a course not
even vaguely as good as this one can be was the course on which all others
have been based since 1954. The course outlined herein is a smoothed
version of the course I personally taught in 1950 to thousands.
------------
"Secondary" in its original use meant "a moment of loss" and incidents
should be chosen on that basis.
A secondary derives all its power from an underlying engram (containing
real pain and unconsciousness).
Therefore many, many secondaries (which bury engrams) must be taken off
the case first and the job thoroughly done before engrams should be
approached in auditing. Secondaries may again be approached when engrams
seem to have been "all cleaned up".
This alternation of:
1. Take off a lot of secondaries
2. Take off a lot of engrams-should be followed one after the
other.
Past life incidents are handled just like any other secondaries and
engrams. A "past life" and memory of it is buried under the terrific loss
of possessions and body and natural recall can be restored by just general
Dianetic auditing as given in this HCO B. No special attention is required.
Do not run prenatal or birth engrams unless they come up naturally. The
pc must run only consciously recalled incidents. He need not recall the
details consciously. Only that the incident happened.
------------
The state of release attained by Dianetic auditing is probably below
Grade 0 and should be regarded as such and is declared by Qual as "Dianetic
Release"-no grade number being given.
THE MATERIAL IN THIS HCO B TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER ANY DIANETIC MATERIAL,
BOOKS OR TAPES INCLUDING DIANETICS THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH
WHERE A CONFLICT MAY OR MAY SEEM TO EXIST.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lb-r.jd.rd
Copyright � 1966, 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 JUNE 1966
Remimeo
Tech Div Hats
HGC Auditors
Qual Div Staff
S & D COMMANDS
WHAT PERSON OR GROUP HAS SUPPRESSED YOU?
The above is the listing question to be used when running an S & D.
Note: If you find a group on the list be sure to then do a represent
list of that group.
Note: Do not do new lists where old lists exist. Use old lists.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH :Ib-r.rd
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 JUNE 1966
Issue II
Remimeo
Tech Div Hats
HGC Auditors
Qual Div Staff
S & D-THE MISSED ITEM
There are four points I want to get across to you.
1. ILLNESS = ONLY PTS
2. ONLY PTS = ILLNESS
3. ONLY A PTS CONDITION CAN MAKE A GRADE V (or any grade) SICK
4. A BAD S & D MAKES A PERSON SICK
Get it? GOOD!!
Now, if a person who has had an S & D gets sick, what do you know? You
know that:
(a) They are a PTS
(b) The S & D was not properly done
(c) An item was missed
NOTE: The missed item may be on a list that was made 2 or 3 years ago.
On the HCO B 5th February 1966 "S & D WARNING", I clearly stated that
"It is the action of nearly finding the right one that may make the pc
ill". One has restimulated the charge of the RIGHT item, but, has found and
okayed the WRONG item.
A bad S&D is DEADLY.
A bad S & D can cause a dangerous physical condition. A bad S & D can
land a pc in hospital (I know of two such cases where it did).
So please! PLEASE!! get this, it is so very important. Always, repeat,
ALWAYS look for the MISSED item on a priorly done list when the pc gets
sick.
Know your S & D bulletins, know your listing and nulling bulletin-
THOROUGHLY-and you won't go wrong.
Let's fix up roller coasters, not help keep them roller coasting.
IT'S VERY EASY.
LRH:lb-r.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
** 6607C19 SHSBC-69 About Rhodesia
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 JULY 1966
Remimeo
Required for
Level IV Students
TO REVIEW AUDITORS
TO ETHICS OFFICERS
THE TYPE TWO PTS
It has been revealed at Saint Hill that HGC auditors and Review
auditors are permitting their preclears to be sent through to Ethics for
writing disconnection letters to any person or group which the preclear
thinks to have been suppressive of him and then continuing the Search and
Discovery to find the SP on the list.
This is improper. The auditor should continue the proper auditing of an
S and D until the proper item on the list is found.
An Ethics Officer should only accept from a Type Two PTS, the proper SP
found upon the completion of an S and D properly listed and nulled to one
SP.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:lb-r.rd
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURES
21-26 July 1966
** 6607C21 SHSBC-70 Dianetic Auditing
** 6607C26 SHSBC-71 The Classification Chart and Auditing
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 JULY 1966
Remimeo
TECH vs. QUAL
The general rule is laid down that, except for Declaration of Grade,
Certificate or Class, Tech shall attempt to handle all it can on all cases
and students and only when Tech personnel consider it hopeless (or the
student or pc is ready for Declare, Cert or Grade) shall the student or pc
be sent to Qual.
"Review flat" is not now to be considered mandatory. The pc previously
has been sent to the D of P and then to Qual to verify that a flat point
has been reached. This routing is ended. If the auditor or Case Supervisor,
either one, wants a check for the flatness of a process, only then is the
pc sent to the D of P (not to Qual also). If the flatness indicates a grade
has been attained the usual action is just send from auditor to Examiner in
Qual.
To routinely and always send a pc for a flatness of process check is
actually a violation of the Fast Flow Management System. It checks things
which may be all right.
Review, when it finds a rehab incomplete, should quickly route the pc
back to Tech. As a general rule, only when Tech is utterly at a loss does
Review take over and audit the pc.
The Case Supervisor should keep and post HGC auditor "statistics"
announcing goofs and wins. The Case Supervisor must require a retrain of an
HGC auditor whenever a pc winds up being audited in Review. I always send
the auditor to Interne Training for retrain whenever I have to send a pc to
Review.
Processing today is very simple but very exact. The data is all there.
That's the only data. Don't add any. Just do what the HCO Bs say. There are
no exceptional cases.
HGC auditors who over-run just don't know what a free needle is. They
should ask a Clear to hold the cans so they can see one.
When you check for flatness on a process gone to free needle you may
overrun it. For the auditor, the D of P and the Examiner and Review to
check, each one, for flatness, will goof up a flat point every time.
For the Case Supervisor to neglect ordering retraining of his auditors
when he finds pcs not doing well is a grave omission.
For Tech not to carry on trying and limply turn all bits and pieces
over to Qual is to train Tech into weakness.
Two rules:
In Tech, when all else fails, then hand it over to Review.
In any difficulty, when all else fails, do what Ron says.
LRH:lb-r.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 JULY 1966
Remimeo
All Orgs
Tech Sec (Qual Div)
Qual Sec
All Tech Hats
All Qual Hats
METER TRIM CHECK
E-Meters can go out of trim during a session because of temperature
changes.
Thus even if the meter is properly calibrated and reads at 2.0 with a
5,000 ohm resistor across the leads and 3.0 with 12,500 ohms, by the end of
the session a pc can be apparently reading below 2.0 because the meter is
off trim.
Low TA cases are not cracked by lower level auditing, and have to be
handled with Power Processing. Erroneously calling a pc a "low TA case"
could thus deny him lower level processes that he could win on.
The following meter procedure is therefore to be followed AT THE END OF
EACH SESSION (AFTER GIVING "THAT'S IT"):
1. DON'T MOVE THE TRIM KNOB
2. PULL OUT THE JACK PLUG
3. MOVE THE TA UNTIL THE NEEDLE IS ON "SET" AT THE SENSITIVITY YOU
WERE USING IN THE SESSION
4. RECORD THE TA POSITION AT THE BOTTOM OF THE AUDITOR'S REPORT
FORM AS: "Trim check-TA = . . ."
5. IF YOUR METER IS KNOWN TO BE OUT OF CALIBRATION (as in
Para 2 above) RECORD ALSO: "Calibration error -
..................on meter= 2.0 actual" at the bottom of the form.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:lb-r.rd
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B is replaced by HCO B 11 May 1969, Meter Trim Check, page 369.]
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURES
28 July-4 August 1966
** 6607C28 SHSBC-72 Dianetic Auditing and the Mind
** 6608C02 SHSBC-73 Suppressives and GAEs
** 6608C04 SHSBC-74 Dianetics, Scientology and Society
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 AUGUST 1966
Remimeo
Tech Sec
D of T
ERRORS OF STUDENTS
The following list of common errors causing student flunks in the Saint
Hill Special Briefing Course has been obtained from the Student Examiner by
the Guardian WW:
Level 0
Theory-Not knowing commands-model session.
Written-Not fully understanding what a Q & A is.
The symptoms of Premature Acknowledgement.
What a PTS is.
Practical-Poor TR 0.
Auditing-By-passing floating needles.
Auditing PTS.
Saying the needle floated below 2.0 on the Tone Arm.
Level I
Theory-Not knowing what makes a meter read (female students mostly).
Not knowing the various scales.
Written-Not understanding how an auditor can prevent a Pc from coming
into PT in the CCHs.
Q & A-not recognizing it in an auditing situation, (most students pass
this written exam).
Practical-TR 9, not running TR 9 with fine clear intention.
Too much force being applied when not necessary.
Auditing-Over-running-under-running.
Saying Pc went Problems Release on Grade 0 Processes.
Auditing over unflat ruds.
By-passing FN.
Level II
Theory-Missed W/Hs-understanding of. Model session.
ARC Breaks and their relationship to overts and M/W/Hs.
How to do Auditing by List.
Written-M/W/Hs and W/Hs-critical thoughts-ARC Breaks and what caused
which.
Study material-appreciation of.
Practical-Not knowing and understanding how to do Auditing by List.
Reading meter through a D/N.
Long comm lags with admin and asking next question.
Bad TR 0.
Auditing-Additives to process-not stopping at floating needle or under-
running.
Level III
Theory-How to do an ARC Break Assessment.
Difference between By-passed Charge Assessment and ARC Break
Assessment.
When to stop doing ARC Break Assessment.
Written-The primary error in handling ARC Breaks.
How to do listing and nulling.
Confusing ARC Breaks with by-passed charge.
Practical-Goofing up nulling a list.
Doing nulling through D/N.
Turning the sensitivity up in the assessment.
Not being able to clean the needle on the Pc.
Auditing-Not knowing what to do with CDEI Scale or method of running
R3H.
Over-running-under-running.
Not handling an ARC Break properly.
Level IV
Theory-Definition of Service Fac. Rehab procedure. Understanding what
PTS is.
Written-Recognizing a PTS situation. Details on rehabbing. Listing &
Nulling rules. Recognizing when a new key-in has occurred in a rehab
session. Knowing the rules on when to run a grade or when to rehab.
Practical-Slow nulling of a list-not doing it slickly and with
certainty and with good TRs. Correct procedure on Listing and Nulling.
Correct procedure on Auditing by List. Reading through D/N.
Level Vl
Very few flunks-occasionally over confusions on R6EW running-either
shows in Theory or Written Exam.
Solo Audit
Lots of flunks-model session, scales, basics, what makes a meter read,
comm cycle, admin, how to do a worksheet.
Sometimes running process-R6EW-usually basics are weak.
Dangerous Auditor's Exam-No flunks!
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:lb-r.rd
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
** 6608C16 SHSBC-75 Releases and Clears
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 AUGUST 1966
Remimeo
Academies, Level
III & above
HGC Auditors,
Ill & above LIST L-4 S & D
Franchise, Level
III & above
The following list may be used to assess an ARC Break on Search and
Discovery:
1. An incorrect item been found?
2. A withhold been missed?
3. An item been by-passed?
4. An item been abandoned?
5. An item been suppressed?
6. An item been invalidated?
7. An item been protested?
8. An item been asserted?
9. An item been decided about?
10. You not given items you thought of?
11. The item on another list?
12. The item already been given?
13. The item been refused?
14. The list not been completed?
15. The item been found?
16. You already volunteered the item?
17. You thought of an item and not put it on the list?
18. An item been misworded?
19. An item been mispronounced?
20. An item not been understood?
21. Is there another name for any person on the list?
22. An item been forced on you?
23. An item been evaluated?
24. An item been suggested?
25. Earlier listing been restimulated?
26. Earlier wrong items been restimulated?
27. Earlier listing ARC Breaks been restimulated?
28. An ARC Break on having an S and D?
29. Some other kind of by-passed charge?
30. Nothing wrong in the first place?
31. The upset been handled?
32. An overt been committed by listing someone?
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ec.rd
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
** 6608C18 SHSBC-76 Study and Intention (also known as
Roundup of
Study Materials); also issued as ST-8
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 AUGUST 1966
Remimeo
All Exec Hats
Qual Hats
Tech Hats
HCO Hats
FLOATING NEEDLES, LISTING PROCESSES
In sessions where the process being run on a pc involves a listing
question (including S & D), please note that after the listing question has
been thoroughly cleared with the preclear and then given to the pc that the
process is being run.
Should it happen, then, that while the pc is actually listing off the
question (and has not gone momentarily out of session), the needle floats,
this is the flat point or end phenomenon of the process and the whole
subject and all further steps of it are dropped at once.
Whatever charge was on the listing question has blown, either with or
without the preclear being analytically aware of it.
To continue the process beyond this point is Out Tech by the process
being overrun and is also a violation of our basic Fast Flow System.
Please note that whether there is a second leg to the process or not,
like fitting an item found off a list into a bracket of commands, has no
bearing on the fact that the process is flat.
If the needle floats while the pc is in session listing off a question,
then there is no charge left on that question and there will be no item to
fit into the second leg of the process.
The process has served its purpose.
With training as immaculately precise as it is and auditors' comm
cycles becoming effortlessly superlative, the gradients of our technology
are so fine that the results of each process on each level will be achieved
faster and faster.
Sometimes the velocity of the processing is such that the end
phenomenon will occur on the process without the preclear being aware of
what has happened. Ending the process at this point then gives the preclear
the chance to move into the velocity of the process.
Please then acknowledge the power of our technology and keep winning.
LRH:lb-r.cden L. RON
HUBBARD
Copyright �1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[For further data on F/N during listing see C/S Series 43, Volume VII, page
278.]
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURE
23 August 1966
** 6608C23 SHSBC-77 Organization
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 AUGUST 1966
All Exec Hats
Qual Hats
Tech Hats
HCO Hats
SERVICE FACSIMILE
A Service Facsimile is a computation generated by the being not the
bank. An example of this is:
"All horses sleep in beds."
Such a computation locked away in the mind will obviously precipitate
many compulsive doingnesses, beingnesses and havingnesses.
An example of a doingness precipitated by the above computation would
be:
"Making beds for horses."
If on assessing for a Service Facsimile you get "Making beds for
horses" as the service facsimile please note that it is a doingness and not
a computation, so if you fit the doingness into the bracket of Service Fac
Commands, i.e.:
How does "Making beds for horses" make you right?
How does "Making beds for horses" make others wrong? etc.,
then observe very carefully exactly what the preclear says, because he
might give the EXACT WORDS OF THE ACTUAL SERVICE FACSIMILE-"ALL HORSES
SLEEP IN BEDS". And observe very carefully and note all meter reaction to
what he or she says.
Note all of this, remembering that you were NOT running a real Service
Facsimile in the first place, and that in order to really flatten all the
compulsive doingnesses, beingnesses and havingnesses precipitated by the
basic computation you will have to run the exact computation in the Service
Fac bracket.
If the doingness you run is a basic one then it is possible that the
preclear will blow all the charge on the Service Fac and this you will
assess by pc indicators and meter phenomena (i.e. free needle).
It is obviously best to get a real Service Fac (computation) and taking
beingnesses, doingnesses and havingnesses as Service Facsimiles if done by
auditors must be thoroughly understood.
Service Facsimile auditing can give great gains, so understand what you
are doing with the technology and have many wins.
LRH:lb-r.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
** 6608C25 SHSBC-78 The Anti-Social Personality
** 6609C01 SHSBC-79 Gradients and ARC
** 6609C08 SHSBC-80 States of Identity
THE BOOK INTRODUCING THE E METER
Photographed and compiled
from the lectures and
demonstrations
of
L. Ron Hubbard
Published
September 1966
The Book Introducing the E-Meter, Volume IV of the Clearing Series, was
published at Saint Hill Manor. A new revised edition was published in May,
1975, at Los Angeles.
It contains pictures and explanations of all parts of the E-Meter, inside
as well as outside; pictures of how to set it up, how to recharge it, what
happens when you move the various knobs in different directions. Tone arm
positions and needle actions are illustrated and explained very
graphically.
In the latest edition two HCO Bulletins ("False TA" of 24 October 1971, and
"False TA Addition" of 12 November 1971 R) have been added, and these give
additional valuable data to any auditor who uses an E-Meter-and today that
is any student or graduate of any course from the Dianetics Courses upward.
58 pages, 45 photographs, soft-cover with plastic comb binding. Translation
available in German. Available from your nearest Scientology Organization
or Mission, or direct from the publishers: Scientology Publications
Organization, Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark; or Church of
Scientology Publications Organization U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los
Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 SEPTEMBER 1966
Remimeo
MINUS SCALE RELEASES:
ARC STRAIGHT WIRE
DIANETIC
There are several grades of Release below Zero, in the minus scale of
the original complete Gradation Chart.
Many of the minus scale can be attained by simple assessment. (And
ceasing to assess the moment the release occurs is vital-don't keep on
assessing as the same session auditing action.)
There are three specific grades of Release below Zero and above the
lower minus scale. These are, from lowest:
Straight Wire Release
Dianetic Secondary Release
Dianetic Engram Release
Old ARC Straight Wire is not at Grade Zero or Grade III but way down
below the Dianetic Releases. The original purpose still holds-to make a
person able to run secondaries and engrams. (Our Tech is still valid, you
know, despite the 1950 origin of ARC Straight Wire.)
ARC Straight Wire was fantastically effective in moving a person from
"neurotic" to "normal" .
But in running ARC Straight Wire one must use a meter and cease to
audit the pc the moment the needle goes free. Don't keep making the blunder
of the '50s and early '60s.
The pc released by ARC Straight Wire can now have secondaries run. When
a needle goes free on a secondary, one again must cease to audit
secondaries.
The Dianetic Secondary Release can be run on engrams. When the needle
goes free while running engrams, one ceases to audit the pc at once.
Declares for these lower release grades can be confirmed by Qual and
even declared by Certs and Awards by a small note from the Director of
Certs and Awards.
Thus you can possibly get a Release on the minus scale by assessment of
the minus scale, a higher Release by running ARC Straight Wire, an even
higher one by running Dianetic Secondaries, and yet a higher one by running
Dianetic Engrams. And then, by good TRs and standard tech as usual, get a
Grade 0.
As many people go Grade 0 Release easily, these lower bands get
overlooked. But those who don't go Grade 0 Release easily (unless it is
overrun as the reason for "no Release") they can be begun by a Minus Scale
assessment, then ARC Straight Wire, etc, back up to Zero for another try
there.
All pcs could be started on the minus scale with no harm.
QUAL NOTE
Remember, there are several overruns that can require repair. These
are:
Life (overrun in a past life on some subject).
Straight Wire (including Self Analysis).
Earlier Repetitive Processing (Locational, etc).
Dianetic Secondaries.
Dianetic Engrams.
Some cases hang and won't go Release at Grade 0 unless the above are
rehabbed or (if never run) actually audited on the pc.
ARC Breaks can cause a failure to go Release on Grade Zero or any other
level and can prevent rehabs. And poor TRs can block the lot.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lb-r.rd
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1966
Remimeo
ARC BREAK NEEDLE
The needle of a preclear with an ARC Break may be dirty, stuck or
sticky, but may also give the appearance of FLOATING. This is not a Release
point however, as the pc will be upset and out of comm at the same time.
The auditor must observe the preclear and determine which it is.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lb-r.cden
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1966
Remimeo
THE ANTI-SOCIAL PERSONALITY
THE ANTI-SCIENTOLOGIST
There are certain characteristics and mental attitudes which cause
about 20% of a race to oppose violently any betterment activity or group.
Such people are known to have anti-social tendencies.
When the legal or political structure of a country becomes such as to
favor such personalities in positions of trust, then all the civilizing
organizations of the country become suppressed and a barbarism of
criminality and economic duress ensues.
Crime and criminal acts are perpetuated by anti-social personalities.
Inmates of institutions commonly trace their state back to contact with
such personalities.
Thus, in the fields of government, police activities and mental health,
to name a few, we see that it is important to be able to detect and isolate
this personality type so as to protect society and individuals from the
destructive consequences attendant upon letting such have free rein to
injure others.
As they only comprise 20% of the population and as only 2l/2% of this
20% are truly dangerous, we see that with a very small amount of effort we
could considerably better the state of society.
Well-known, even stellar, examples of such a personality are, of
course, Napoleon and Hitler. Dillinger, Pretty Boy Floyd, Christie and
other famous criminals were wellknown examples of the anti-social
personality. But with such a cast of characters in history we neglect the
less stellar examples and do not perceive that such personalities exist in
current life, very common, often undetected.
When we trace the cause of a failing business, we will inevitably
discover somewhere in its ranks the anti-social personality hard at work.
In families which are breaking up we commonly find one or the other of
the persons involved to have such a personality.
Where life has become rough and is failing, a careful review of the
area by a trained observer will detect one or more such personalities at
work.
As there are 80% of us trying to get along and only 20% trying to
prevent us, our lives would be much easier to live were we well-informed as
to the exact manifestations of such a personality. Thus we could detect it
and save ourselves much failure and heartbreak.
It is important then to examine and list the attributes of the anti-
social personality. Influencing as it does the daily lives of so many, it
well behooves decent people to become better informed on this subject.
ATTRIBUTES
The anti-social personality has the following attributes:
1. He or she speaks only in very broad generalities. "They say
..." "Everybody thinks..." "Everyone knows..." and such expressions are in
continual use,
particularly when imparting rumor. When asked, "Who is everybody . . ." it
normally turns out to be one source and from this source the anti-social
person has manufactured what he or she pretends is the whole opinion of the
whole society.
This is natural to them since to them all society is a large hostile
generality, against the anti-social in particular.
2. Such a person deals mainly in bad news, critical or hostile
remarks, invalidation and general suppression.
"Gossip" or "harbinger of evil tidings" or "rumormonger" once described
such persons.
It is notable that there is no good news or complimentary remark passed
on by such a person.
3. The anti-social personality alters, to worsen, communication
when he or she relays a message or news. Good news is stopped and only bad
news, often embellished, is passed along.
Such a person also pretends to pass on "bad news" which is in actual
fact invented.
4. A characteristic, and one of the sad things about an anti-
social personality, is that it does not respond to treatment or reform or
psychotherapy.
5. Surrounding such a personality we find cowed or ill associates
or friends who, when not driven actually insane, are yet behaving in a
crippled manner in life, failing, not succeeding.
Such people make trouble for others.
When treated or educated, the near associate of the anti-social
personality has no stability of gain but promptly relapses or loses his
advantages of knowledge, being under the suppressive influence of the
other.
Physically treated, such associates commonly do not recover in the
expected time but worsen and have poor convalescences.
It is quite useless to treat or help or train such persons so long as
they remain under the influence of the anti-social connection.
The largest number of insane are insane because of such anti-social
connections and do not recover easily for the same reason.
Unjustly we seldom see the anti-social personality actually in an
institution. Only his "friends" and family are there.
6. The anti-social personality habitually selects the wrong
target.
If a tyre is flat from driving over nails, he or she curses a companion
or a non-causative source of the trouble. If the radio next door is too
loud, he or she kicks the cat.
If A is the obvious cause, the anti-social personality inevitably
blames B, or C or D.
7. The anti-social cannot finish a cycle of action.
Such become surrounded with incomplete projects.
8. Many anti-social persons will freely confess to the most alarming
crimes when forced to do so, but will have no faintest sense of
responsibility for them.
Their actions have little or nothing to do with their own volition.
Things "just happened".
They have no sense of correct causation and particularly cannot feel
any sense of remorse or shame therefore.
9. The anti-social personality supports only destructive groups
and rages against and attacks any constructive or betterment group.
10. This type of personality approves only of destructive actions
and fights against constructive or helpful actions or activities.
The artist in particular is often found as a magnet for persons with
anti-social personalities who see in his art something which must be
destroyed and covertly, "as a friend", proceed to try.
11. Helping others is an activity which drives the anti-social
personality nearly berserk. Activities, however, which destroy in the name
of help are closely supported.
12. The anti-social personality has a bad sense of property and
conceives that the idea that anyone owns anything is a pretense made up to
fool people. Nothing is ever really owned.
THE BASIC REASON
The basic reason the anti-social personality behaves as he or she does
lies in a hidden terror of others.
To such a person every other being is an enemy, an enemy to be covertly
or overtly destroyed.
The fixation is that survival itself depends on "keeping others down"
or "keeping people ignorant".
If anyone were to promise to make others stronger or brighter, the anti-
social personality suffers the utmost agony of personal danger.
They reason that if they are in this much trouble with people around
them weak or stupid, they would perish should anyone become strong or
bright.
Such a person has no trust to a point of terror. This is usually masked
and unrevealed.
When such a personality goes insane the world is full of Martians or
the FBI and each person met is really a Martian or FBI agent.
But the bulk of such people exhibit no outward signs of insanity. They
appear quite rational. They can be very convincing.
However, the list given above consists of things which such a
personality cannot detect in himself or herself. This is so true that if
you thought you found yourself in one of the above, you most certainly are
not anti-social. Self-criticism is a luxury the anti-social cannot afford.
They must be RIGHT because they are in continual danger in their own
estimation. If you proved one WRONG, you might even send him or her into a
severe illness.
Only the sane, well-balanced person tries to correct his conduct.
RELIEF
If you were to weed out of your past by proper search and discovery
those anti-social persons you have known and if you then disconnected, you
might experience great relief.
Similarly, if society were to recognize this personality type as a sick
being as they now isolate people with smallpox, both social and economic
recoveries could occur.
Things are not likely to get much better so long as 20% of the
population is permitted to dominate and injure the lives and enterprise of
the remaining 80%.
As majority rule is the political manner of the day, so should majority
sanity express itself in our daily lives without the interference and
destruction of the socially unwell.
The pity of it is, they will not permit themselves to be helped and
would not respond to treatment if help were attempted.
An understanding and ability to recognize such personalities could
bring a major change in society and our lives.
THE SOCIAL PERSONALITY
Man in his anxieties is prone to witch hunts.
All one has to do is designate "people wearing black caps" as the
villains and one can start a slaughter of people in black caps.
This characteristic makes it very easy for the anti-social personality
to bring about a chaotic or dangerous environment.
Man is not naturally brave or calm in his human state. And he is not
necessarily villainous.
Even the anti-social personality, in his warped way, is quite certain
that he is acting for the best and commonly sees himself as the only good
person around, doing all for the good of everyone-the only flaw in his
reasoning being that if one kills everyone else, none are left to be
protected from the imagined evils. His conduct in his environment and
toward his fellows is the only method of detecting either the antisocial or
the social personalities. Their motives for self are similar-self-
preservation and survival. They simply go about achieving these in
different ways.
Thus, as Man is naturally neither calm nor brave, anyone to some degree
tends to be alert to dangerous persons and hence, witch hunts can begin.
It is therefore even more important to identify the social personality
than the anti-social personality. One then avoids shooting the innocent out
of mere prejudice or dislike or because of some momentary misconduct.
The social personality can be defined most easily by comparison with
his opposite, the anti-social personality.
This differentiation is easily done and no test should ever be
constructed which isolates only the anti-social. On the same test must
appear the upper as well as lower ranges of Man's actions.
A test that declares only anti-social personalities without also being
able to identify the social personality would be itself a suppressive test.
It would be like answering "Yes" or "No" to the question "Do you still beat
your wife?" Anyone who took it could be found guilty. While this mechanism
might have suited the times of the Inquisition, it would not suit modern
needs.
As the society runs, prospers and lives solely through the efforts of
social personalities, one must know them as they, not the anti-social, are
the worthwhile people. These are the people who must have rights and
freedom. Attention is given to the antisocial solely to protect and assist
the social personalities in the society.
All majority rules, civilizing intentions and even the human race will
fail unless one can identify and thwart the anti-social personalities and
help and forward the social personalities in the society. For the very word
"society" implies social conduct and without it there is no society at all,
only a barbarism with all men, good or bad, at risk.
The frailty of showing how the harmful people can be known is that
these then apply the characteristics to decent people to get them hunted
down and eradicated.
The swan song of every great civilization is the tune played by arrows,
axes or bullets used by the anti-social to slay the last decent men.
Government is only dangerous when it can be employed by and for anti-
social personalities. The end result is the eradication of all social
personalities and the resultant collapse of Egypt, Babylon, Rome, Russia or
the West.
You will note in the characteristics of the anti-social personality
that intelligence is not a clue to the anti-social. They are bright or
stupid or average. Thus those who are extremely intelligent can rise to
considerable, even head-of-state heights.
Importance and ability or wish to rise above others are likewise not
indexes to the anti-social. When they do become important or rise they are,
however, rather visible by the broad consequences of their acts. But they
are as likely to be unimportant people or hold very lowly stations and wish
for nothing better.
Thus it is the twelve given characteristics alone which identify the
anti-social personality. And these same twelve reversed are the sole
criteria of the social personality if one wishes to be truthful about them.
The identification or labelling of an anti-social personality cannot be
done honestly and accurately unless one also, in the same examination of
the person, reviews the positive side of his life.
All persons under stress can react with momentary flashes of anti-
social conduct. This does not make them anti-social personalities.
The true anti-social person has a majority of anti-social
characteristics.
The social personality has a majority of social characteristics.
Thus one must examine the good with the bad before one can truly label
the anti-social or the social.
In reviewing such matters, very broad testimony and evidence are best.
One or two isolated instances determine nothing. One should search all
twelve social and all twelve anti-social characteristics and decide on the
basis of actual evidence, not opinion.
The twelve primary characteristics of the social personality are as
follows:
1. The social personality is specific in relating circumstances.
"Joe Jones said..." "The Star Newspaper reported..." and gives sources of
data where important or possible.
He may use the generality of "they" or "people" but seldom in connection
with attributing statements or opinions of an alarming nature.
2. The social personality is eager to relay good news and
reluctant to relay bad.
He may not even bother to pass along criticism when it doesn't matter.
He is more interested in making another feel liked or wanted than
disliked by others and tends to err toward reassurance rather than toward
criticism.
3. A social personality passes communication without much
alteration and if deleting anything tends to delete injurious matters.
He does not like to hurt people's feelings. He sometimes errs in
holding back bad news or orders which seem critical or harsh.
4. Treatment, reform and psychotherapy particularly of a mild
nature work very well on the social personality.
Whereas anti-social people sometimes promise to reform, they do not.
Only the social personality can change or improve easily.
It is often enough to point out unwanted conduct to a social
personality to completely alter it for the better.
Criminal codes and violent punishment are not needed to regulate social
personalities.
5. The friends and associates of a social personality tend to be
well, happy and of good morale.
A truly social personality quite often produces betterment in health or
fortune by his mere presence on the scene.
At the very least he does not reduce the existing levels of health or
morale in his associates.
When ill, the social personality heals or recovers in an expected
manner, and is found open to successful treatment.
6. The social personality tends to select correct targets for
correction. He fixes the tyre that is flat rather than attack the
windscreen. In the mechanical arts he can therefore repair things and make
them work.
7. Cycles of action begun are ordinarily completed by the social
personality, if possible.
8. The social personality is ashamed of his misdeeds and reluctant
to confess them. He takes responsibility for his errors.
9. The social personality supports constructive groups and tends
to protest or resist destructive groups.
10. Destructive actions are protested by the social personality. He
assists constructive or helpful actions.
11. The social personality helps others and actively resists acts
which harm others.
12. Property is property of someone to the social personality and
its theft or misuse is prevented or frowned upon.
THE BASIC MOTIVATION
The social personality naturally operates on the basis of the greatest
good.
He is not haunted by imagined enemies but he does recognize real
enemies when they exist.
The social personality wants to survive and wants others to survive,
whereas the anti-social personality really and covertly wants others to
succumb.
Basically the social personality wants others to be happy and do well,
whereas the anti-social personality is very clever in making others do very
badly indeed.
A basic clue to the social personality is not really his successes but
his motivations. The social personality when successful is often a target
for the anti-social and by this reason he may fail. But his intentions
included others in his success, whereas the anti-social only appreciate the
doom of others.
Unless we can detect the social personality and hold him safe from
undue restraint and detect also the anti-social and restrain him, our
society will go on suffering from insanity, criminality and war, and Man
and civilization will not endure.
Of all our technical skills, such differentiation ranks the highest
since, failing, no other skill can continue, as the base on which it
operates-civilization-will not be here to continue it.
Do not smash the social personality-and do not fail to render powerless
the anti-social in their efforts to harm the rest of us.
Just because a man rises above his fellows or takes an important part
does not make him an anti-social personality. Just because a man can
control or dominate others does not make him an anti-social personality.
It is his motives in doing so and the consequences of his acts which
distinguish the anti-social from the social.
Unless we realize and apply the true characteristics of the two types
of personality, we will continue to live in a quandary of who our enemies
are and, in doing so, victimize our friends.
All men have committed acts of violence or omission for which they
could be censured. In all Mankind there is not one single perfect human
being.
But there are those who try to do right and those who specialize in
wrong and upon these facts and characteristics you can know them.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lb-r.rd.jh
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE see
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 OCTOBER 1966
Issue III
(HCO Pol Ltr of 26 June 1965, amended and reissued)
Remimeo
Qual Div Hats
Tech Div Hats
Good supply to Review
HGC PC REVIEW AUDITING FORM
When the Case Officer of Review receives a pc from the HGC for "Review"
he instantly and immediately gets the pc into session and handles the
following form only. All handling of this form is counted as Auditing time
in Review.
The D of P and Tech Division must not say what is wrong with the pc or
what to do with the pc as this is monitored by the very firm broad policy
that Tech cannot order Review.
The Case Officer checks all these things. They are done on a Meter.
Significant TA actions noted on the lines on which they occur with pc
holding the cans.
NAME OF PC DATE TIME_____________
NAME OF AUDITOR TA ______________
1. PC'S FOLDER IN HAND_________________________
CONTAINS GRAPH PC BEGINNING ASSMT FORM_______
2. PC BEEN INVOICED INTO REVIEW AT CHARGE _____________________
3. PC'S HGC AUDITORS (TAKEN FROM FOLDER)______________________
4. ARC BREAK
SESSION ASSMT ________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
ENVIRONMENT ASSMT___________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
5. IGNORED PC ORIGINATIONS _____________________________________
________________________________________________________________
6. MISSED WITHHOLDS_____________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
CLEAN__________________________________________________________
7. PRESENT TIME PROBLEM_________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
CLEAN__________________________________________________________
8. MISUNDERSTOOD WORD OR SYMBOL _____________________________
________________________________________________________________
CLEAN__________________________________________________________
9. COMMITTING CONTINUOUS PT OVERTS ___________________________
________________________________________________________________
CLEAN__________________________________________________________
10. CLEANED CLEANS_______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
11. PROCESSES LEFT UNFLAT (BY FOLDER EXAMINATION) ____________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
PROCESS LEFT UNFLAT__________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
PROCESS LEFT UNFLAT__________________________________________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
PROCESS LEFT UNFLAT__________________________________________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
12. PROCESS OVERRUN (BY FOLDER EXAMINATION)___________________
DATE OF SESSION PROCESS OVERRUN DATE OF SESSION ___________
13. NON-STANDARD PROCESSES _____________________________________
14. BAD AUDITING COMM CYCLE ____________________________________
15. CODE BREAKS___________________________________________________
16. HIDDEN STANDARD (WHAT WOULD HAVE TO HAPPEN FOR YOU TO KNOW
SCIENTOLOGY WORKS) ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________
SPOTTED________________________________________________________
17. PC AND DRUGS (TAKING ANY DRUGS) ____________________________
18. ALCOHOL_______________________________________________________
19. ENOUGH SLEEP _________________________________________________
ENOUGH FOOD (BREAKFAST)_____________________________________
(LUNCH)________________________________________________________
(DINNER) _______________________________________________________
20. MIXED THERAPIES (ANY OTHER TREATMENT IN PROGRESS)________
________________________________________________________________
21. CONNECTED TO A SUPPRESSIVE PERSON__________________________
22. CONNECTED TO A SUPPRESSIVE GROUP___________________________
23. HERE TO GET DATA FOR SOMEONE ELSE___________________________
24. HERE BECAUSE SOMEONE ELSE DEMANDED IT_____________________
25. FORMER RELEASE _______________________________________________
26. FORMER THETAN EXTERIOR______________________________________
27. SELF AUDITING DURING INTENSIVE ______________________________
28. BEING AUDITED BY SOMEONE ELSE DURING INTENSIVE OTHER THAN HGC
AUDITOR_____________________________________________
29. CRIMINAL RECORD OR CRIMES FOR WHICH YOU COULD BE ARRESTED
______________________________________________________
30. SHOCK TREATMENT HISTORY ____________________________________
31. HERE TO BE CURED OF SOMETHING NOT MENTIONED______________
32. UNPAID DEBTS TO ORGS_________________________________________
33. KNOWLEDGE OF A CRIME AGAINST SCIENTOLOGY_________________
34. WHAT WOULD HAPPEN IF SCIENTOLOGY WORKED ON EVERYONE __
________________________________________________________________
35. ANYTHING UPSETTING ABOUT THIS REVIEW______________________
36. HAS ANYTHING BEEN SUPPRESSED?______________________________
37. HAS ANYTHING BEEN INVALIDATED?_____________________________
38. HAS ANYTHING BEEN RUSHED?__________________________________
39. HAS ANYTHING BEEN MISSED?___________________________________
40. PC STATEMENT OF THE TROUBLE AS IT IS NOW____________________
41. READS I COULD NOT CLEAN UP___________________________________
42. BOOK OF CASE REMEDIES (IF PC NOT SOLVED BY THIS POINT) ______
________________________________________________________________
43. OTHER ACTIONS CASE OFFICER HAD TO TAKE_____________________
________________________________________________________________
44. FALSE REPORTS_________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
FINISH TA POSITION FINISH TIME_________
TOTAL TA DIVS DURING REVIEW TOTAL TIME _________
PC TO ETHICS________________________________________________________
PC TO HGC __________________________________________________________
RECOMMENDATIONS_____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________
DATE CASE OFFICER SIGN______________
EXAMINER FINALLY DIRECTS
TO ETHICS TO HGC________________________
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rd
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The following items have been added in this amendment: "Name of Auditor",
"Time", "TA", "8. Misunderstood Word or Symbol, Clean", "9. Committing
Continuous PT Overts, Clean", "Shock Treatment History", "Finish Time", and
"Total Time".]
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURE
1 November 1966
** 6611C01 SHSBC-81 Government and Organization
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 18 NOVEMBER 1966
Remimeo
REHAB ON SELF ANALYSIS
The following letter is of importance on rehab of pcs run on Straight
Wire or Self Analysis:
"Dear Ron,
The following is an account of rehabbing an ARC Straight Wire Release;
the info may be of use to other auditors.
I got a read on PC being Release on 'Book of Self Analysis' which
several people had run on her. I checked on meter if PC had 'Gone Release
on (Name of Process).' 'Can you recall a time when (on General Incidents)?'
(List I in Book of Self Analysis.)
'Did you go Release on "Can you recall an incident which happened on
Time Orientation?" ' (List 2 in Book of Self Analysis.)
'Did you go Release on "Can you recall a time when (on Orientation of
Senses)?" ' (List 3 in Book of Self Analysis) etc.
PC had 6 of the Processes she had been Release on. I then dated the
release points, all over a period of 2 years, then put Rehab steps in on
each time until needle floated.
PC ended shining. I hope this will help other auditors rehabbing this
level.
Very best,
Ron Pook.
P.S. Auditors need the book of Self Analysis with them when doing Rehabs
at ARC Straight Wire level."
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.rd
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURE
29 November 1966
** 6611C29 SHSBC-82 Scientology Definitions I-OT and Clear Defined
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 NOVEMBER 1966
Tech Hats
Auditors
Level IV
Students
ASSESSMENT FOR SERVICE FACSIMILES
The location of service facsimiles requires a proper listing question,
the absence of which can lead to missing the actual service fac or
overrunning a lower release grade.
Of the assessment methods, the following should probably be ruled out
as an overrun of earlier grades or on the basis of getting a free needle on
a previous grade:
1. Slow assessment with ITSA (overrun Grade 0)
2. Assessment by problems (overrun Grade 1)
3. Assessment by parts of existence (overrun Grade 0)
This leaves as acceptable methods:
1. "In this lifetime, what do you use to make others wrong?"
2. "In this lifetime, what do you think your service facsimile
is?"
(for a Scientologist trained to Level IV)
3. "In this lifetime, what would be a safe solution to .....?"
(the blank having been obtained by questions given on the tapes to
find either a hidden standard or hidden problem).
4. Assessment of a prepared list, using level found, in "In this
lifetime, what have you ......(prehav level)?"
The point being not to start out at the beginning by listing a question
which OBVIOUSLY WILL NOT RESULT IN FINDING A SERVICE FAC, in which instance
the rule of declaring the grade on a floating needle obtained on the list
could not possibly apply.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.cden
Copyright � 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE LECTURES
6-13 December 1966
** 6612C06 SHSBC-83 Scientology Definitions II
** 6612C13 SHSBC-84 Scientology Definitions III
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 JANUARY 1967
Remimeo
Qual Hats
Tech Hats
SUB ZERO RELEASES
EXAMINER'S SAFEGUARD
The Pc Examiner in the Department of Examinations, employs the FAST
FLOW SYSTEM in examining pcs sent for Release declare. If in doubt when
faced with raw meat pc who seems to show nowhere near the expected
awareness level for the grade of release he or she has come in for (Grades
0-IV), the Examiner simply tells the pc that he is going to assess a list
and that the pc does not have to say anything unless he wants to.
THE AWARENESS LEVELS from the GRADATION CHART are then assessed from
the bottom -34 up (to -52 when published).
When the pc's AWARENESS LEVEL is called the needle will float. This
will be most real to the pc and he will probably comment on it.
The Examiner stops at that instant, indicates the floating needle. The
Examiner notifies the Auditor that a Sub Zero Release has been obtained.
The pc is now ready to receive auditing on the level on which he originally
came for declare and will be returned to the Auditor.
This verifies that the indicators didn't justify the grade of Release
being claimed prior to finding the Sub Zero Release.
NOTE: A good dictionary should be at hand. If no float is obtained,
find out if the pc is hung up on any word, and clear it using the
dictionary.
The Fast Flow System is observed, assess first, if any trouble arises
from misunderstoods, clear it.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :jp.rd
Copyright � 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 JANUARY 1967
Qual Personnel
Tech Personnel
Clearing Course
Students
SHSBC Students
DATING-FORBIDDEN WORDS
THE WORDS "MORE"-"LESS" OCCUR IN THE BANK AND THEIR USE IN DATING IS
FORBIDDEN.
In The Book of E-Meter Drills the patter for Track Dating, E-Meter
Drill 25, containing the words "more"-"less", has to be changed to "GREATER
THAN"- "LESSER THAN".
E-Meter Drill 22, E-Meter Hidden Date, This Life, remains unchanged.
Anyone who is using the words "earlier"-"later" in dating, words which
are not to be found in any E-Meter Drill, is not only guilty of alter-ising
Tech, but will grind his student or preclear into the Bank, since these
words also occur in the Bank and are therefore forbidden.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.cden
Copyright � 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JANUARY 1967
Dianetic Course
Students
(Star Rated)
Qual Execs MANIFESTATIONS OF ENGRAMS AND
Tech Execs
SECONDARIES FURTHER DEFINED
In order to provide a more accurate differentiation between the
manifestations of an engram and a secondary, below are listed detailed
definitions of Pain and Sensation.
Pain (in its various forms) is the indication of an Engram.
Sensation (in its various forms) is the indication of a Secondary,
which precedes the actual Engram.
DEFINITIONS
SOMATICS = This is a general word for uncomfortable physical
perceptions coming from the reactive mind. Its genus is early Dianetics and
it is a general, common package word, used by Scientologists to denote
"pain" or "sensation" with no difference made between them. To understand
the source of these feelings, one should have a knowledge of engrams,
ridges and other parts of the reactive bank. To the Scientologist anything
is a SOMATIC if it emanates from the various parts of the reactive mind and
produces an awareness of reactivity. Symbol SOM.
PAIN = PAIN is composed of heat, cold, electrical, and the combined
effect of sharp hurting. If one stuck a fork in his arm, he would
experience pain. When one uses PAIN in connection with clearing one means
awareness of heat, cold, electrical or hurting stemming from the reactive
mind. According to experiments done at Harvard, if one were to make a grid
with heated tubes going vertically and chilled tubes going horizontally and
were to place a small current of electricity through the lot, the device,
touched to a body, would produce the feeling of PAIN. It need not be
composed of anything very hot or cold or of any high voltage to produce a
very intense feeling of pain. Therefore what we call PAIN is itself heat,
cold and electrical. If a pc experiences one or more of these from his
reactive mind, we say he is experiencing PAIN.
"Electrical" is the bridge between sensation and PAIN and is difficult
to classify as either PAIN or sensation when it exists alone. Symbol PN.
SENSATION = All other uncomfortable perceptions stemming from the
reactive mind are called SENSATION. These are basically "pressure",
"motion", "dizziness", "sexual sensation", and "emotion and misemotion".
There are others, definite in themselves but definable in these five
general categories. If one took the fork in the pain definition above and
pressed it against the arm, that would be "pressure". "Motion" is just
that, a feeling of being in motion when one is not. "Motion" includes the
"winds of space", a feeling of being blown upon especially from in front of
the face. "Dizziness" is a feeling of disorientation and includes a
spinniness, as well as an out-of-balance feeling. "Sexual sensation" means
any feeling, pleasant or unpleasant, commonly experienced during sexual
restimulation or action. "Emotion and Misemotion" include all levels of the
complete tone scale except "pain"; emotion and misemotion are closely
allied to "motion", being only a finer particle action. A bank solidity is
a form of "pressure", and when the sensation of increasing solidity of
masses in the mind occurs, we say "the bank is beefing up". All these are
classified as
SENSATION. Symbol SEN.
LRH:jp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1967 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
6702C25 LECTURE The Big Auditing Problem
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 MARCH 1967
Remimeo
Level 0
IMPORTANT
ADMIN KNOW-HOW
ALTER-IS AND DEGRADED BEINGS
Alteration of orders and tech is worse than non-compliance.
Alter-is is a covert avoidance of an order. Although it is apparently
often brought about by non-comprehension, the non-comprehension itself and
failure to mention it, is an avoidance of orders.
Very degraded beings alter-is. Degraded ones refuse to comply without
mentioning it. Beings in fair condition try to comply but remark their
troubles to get help when needed. Competent higher toned beings understand
orders and comply if possible but mainly do their jobs without needing lots
of special orders.
Degraded beings find any instruction painful as they have been
painfully indoctrinated with violent measures in the past. They therefore
alter-is any order or don't comply.
Thus in auditing pcs or in org, where you find alter-is (covert non-
compliance) and non-compliance, given sensible and correct tech or
instructions, you are dealing with a degraded low level being and should
act accordingly.
One uses very simple low level processes on a degraded being, gently.
In admin, orgs and especially the Tech Div where a staff member alter-
ises, or fails to comply you are also dealing with a degraded being but one
who is too much a pc to be a staff member. He cannot be at cause and staff
members must be at cause. So he or she should not be on staff.
This is a primary senior datum regulating all handling of pcs and staff
members.
A degraded being is not a suppressive as he can have case gain. But he
is so PTS that he works for suppressives only. He is sort of a super-
continual PTS beyond the reach really of a simple S & D and handled only at
Sect 3 OT Course.
Degraded beings, taking a cue from SP associates, instinctively resent,
hate and seek to obstruct any person in charge of anything or any Big
Being.
Anyone issuing sensible orders is the first one resented by a degraded
being.
A degraded being lies to his seniors, avoids orders covertly by alter-
is, fails to comply, supplies only complex ideas that can't ever work
(obstructive) and is a general area of enturbulence, often mild seeming or
even "cooperative", often even flattering, sometimes merely dull but
consistently alter-ising or non-complying.
This datum appeared during higher level research and is highly
revelatory of earlier unexplained phenomena-the pc who changes commands or
doesn't do them, the worker who can't get it straight or who is always on a
tea break.
In an area where suppression has been very heavy for long periods
people become degraded beings. However, they must have been so before
already due to track incidents.
Some thetans are bigger than others. None are truly equal. But the degraded
being is not necessarily a natively bad thetan. He is simply so PTS and has
been for so long that it requires our highest level tech to finally undo it
after he has scaled up all our grades.
Degraded beings are about 18 to 1 over Big Beings in the human race
(minimum ratio). So those who keep things going are few. And those who will
make it without the steam of the few in our orgs behind them are zero. At
the same time, we can't have a world full of them and still make it. So we
have no choice.
And we can handle them, even when they cannot serve, at higher levels.
This is really OT data but we need it at lower levels to get the job
done.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.rd
Copyright � 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 18 APRIL 1967
Remimeo
Staff
Students
RELIGIOUS PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS PRACTICE
(HCOB of 21 June 1960, "Religious Philosophy
and Religious Practice" Revised)
Scientology is a religion by its basic tenets, practice, historical
background and by the definition of the word "religion" itself. The
following will help clarify the philosophical and practical aspects of
religion.
Religious practice implies ritual, faith-in, doctrine based on a
catechism and a creed.
Religious philosophy implies study of spiritual manifestations;
research on the nature of the spirit and study on the relationship of the
spirit to the body; exercises devoted to the rehabilitation of abilities in
a spirit.
Scientology is a Religious philosophy in its highest meaning as it
brings man to Total Freedom and Truth. Our Confessional relieves the being
of the encumbrances which keep his awareness as a being limited to the
physical aspects of life.
Scientology is also a Religious practice in that the Church of
Scientology conducts basic services such as Sermons at Church meetings,
Christenings, Weddings and Funerals.
Scientology does not conflict with other Religions or Religious
Practices as it clarifies them and brings understanding of the spiritual
nature of man.
Scientology has amongst its members people of all the major faiths,
including many priests, bishops and other ordained communicants of the
major faiths.
Scientology's closest spiritual ties with any other religion are with
Orthodox (Hinayana) Buddhism with which it shares an historical lineage.
But even here the relationship is based mainly on friendship and the
recognition of the Being as a Spirit rather than on any organizational
ties.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jt jp.cden
Copyright � 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JUNE 1967
Remimeo
EVIDENCES OF AN ABERRATED AREA
1. Bad memory in that area.
2. Comes up with wrong answers for that area which give
3. PTPs on that subject (since one's answers are wrong).
4. ARC Breaks on that subject (as the trauma gives the opportunity for B
P Chg).
5. Is emotional on the subject (continuous B P Chg).
6. Can't confront its subject matter (as represents painful experience).
7. Is ill in the body part or part of existence which was injured.
8. His mest in that area is "sick" (enmested), as degraded by trauma.
9. Is inattentive on that subject.
10. Has perception lapses on things similar to the objects in the
traumatic area.
11. Detests or ignores or can't have the objects similar to those in the
traumatic experience.
12. Acts irrationally on the subject that is uncleared.
13. Is regarded as odd on that subject (not normal behavior).
14. Resents any criticism of self regarding the subject or area.
15. Ridicules the subject or object.
16. Cannot understand similar objects or experiences.
17. Commits overts on the subject or object.
18. Justifies any overt committed.
19. Thinks critical thoughts of the subject or object.
20. Dwells on the subject or object continuously.
21. Desires to get subject or object out of mind.
22. Wants processing for the subject, area or object.
23. Reacts on the needle when any near subject word is mentioned.
24. Reacts on the Tone Arm when any close version of the word is
mentioned.
25. Becomes ill when invalidating the subject or object.
26. Has withholds concerning subject or object.
27. Doesn't want to discuss subject or object.
28. Alters data about the subject or object.
29. Tells lies concerning the subject or object.
30. Subjects pc got low grades on, can't understand.
31. And most important of all, attempts to stop things in that area and
uses innumerable methods, covert and overt to do so.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :jp.cden
Copyright � 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 AUGUST 1967
Level IV
and up
Remimeo
Scn Execs
THE SUPREME TEST
THE SUPREME TEST OF A THETAN IS HIS ABILITY TO MAKE THINGS GO RIGHT.
This of course is a rather savage and brutal datum for it thrusts aside
all justification, reasonableness, excuses and even does not take into
account the size or obstacles of the opposition.
But please note that the datum is not "are things all right around him"
as this is a passive test and could mean only that he was simply sitting
still.
Whether things are currently all right or not is beside the point. The
thetan who is making things go right may be tackling a mountain of
confusion and of course things are not all right because what he is
attacking is mainly wrong. It is whether or not he is making things go
right in spite of "hell or high water" that is the test.
Many beings live lives of quiet correctness without ever once making
anything do anything. Things around them just happen to be orderly. The
social system props them up. But someday-bang-the society gets into a
turmoil which knocks out the props. THEN we see that there were too few
present who could MAKE things go right and that is the end of the society.
Thus died all old civilizations. Their people lived in a system correctness
and things went right only so long as nothing was going wrong. Then one day
things go wrong. These sophisticated but weak beings never were able to
MAKE things go right and so the whole society collapses.
One might also ask, "What is meant by right?"
This would be forwarding a purpose not destructive to the majority of
the dynamics.
--------------
Aberration is by definition "a crooked line". It is from the Latin
aberratio, "a wandering from" and from the Latin errare, to wander or to
err.
A sane person thinks, looks and sees in straight lines. Black is black,
white is white. The aberrated person looks toward black and wanders off in
his gaze to something else and makes the error of saying it is "grey".
You can consider aberration in a passive way (supinely, of no force or
action). A person is sane or not sane. He thinks straight or crookedly.
Now consider aberration in a forceful way. A person looks, then an
opposing force to him pushes aside his gaze or distracts it. But the really
sane, forceful person looks right on through and past the opposition and
sees what is there anyway.
Let us take real action. Mr. Q rolls a ball from A toward B. En route
Opposition X pushes the ball aside toward C. Mr. Q then shoves the ball
toward C and says the reason he did not arrive properly at B was because
......
Mr. S rolls a ball from A toward B. Opposition X diverts the ball
toward C. Mr. S pulls the ball back into line and despite, over and through
Opposition X arrives at B anyway.
You can see that Mr. Q in the first example is willing to be aberrated or
pushed aside or at least does not contest it enough. Mr. Q is aberrated.
Mr. S on the other hand was not willing to be diverted and went right
on to B. Mr. S is not aberrated.
Now society, being mainly suppressive, observes that Mr. Q never has
much commotion around him. True, he never arrives and gets nothing done,
but he isn't noisy so he is "okay".
Mr. S on the other hand makes an awful row and bashes Opposition X on
the head and snarls his way onward toward B. Society says he is a bad
fellow because he has fusses. Of course he also gets something done. But in
a decadent society men are measured by how pleasant they are, not how
effective they are, so Mr. S is regarded as a bit "mad". YET when trouble
comes it is only the Mr. Ss who will save the day while the Mr. Qs all give
up and die.
There is another point here, however. That is purpose. The difference
between one thetan's forward thrust and another's is PURPOSE, validity of.
A madman can also go from A toward B relentlessly where B is a totally
undesirable and destructive point. But in actual practice, real madmen
never really arrive at the B they wanted to arrive at. A madman only goes
toward but never really arrives. So he only makes everything go wrong.
B must be a desirable point not destructive to a majority of the
dynamics for rightness to occur.
So there is the savage and bare datum:
THE SUPREME TEST OF A THETAN IS THE ABILITY TO MAKE THINGS GO RIGHT.
People who explain how wrong it is all going and who have reasons why
and WHO AREN'T PUTTING IT RIGHT are the real crazy people in the universe.
The only ones crazier than they are are the ones who are quite happy to
have everything fail and go wrong with no protest from them. And the only
ones even worse are those who work endlessly to make things go wrong and
prevent anything from going right and oppose all efforts instinctively.
Fortunately there are a few around who DO make things go right in spite
of everything and anyone.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.cden
Copyright � 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1967
Applicable Levels
Internes
Remimeo
REMEDY B
Remedy B in The Book of Case Remedies MUST NOT BE RUN TO LIMIT THE PC
TO THIS LIFE.
The way to do this remedy is BY LISTING. It is a process of Level III.
One asks for subjects or practices similar to Scientology. He LISTS the
answers. He makes a complete list, not too short, not too long, and the
item on it. Usually the correct subject or practice gives a Blowdown.
The pc sometimes cognites at this point and good indicators come in
strongly.
If this does not spectacularly occur, one asks for the misunderstoods
(not the misunderstood words) the pc might have on this subject. This
probably cleans it all up IF YOU GOT THE RIGHT ITEM ON THE LIST.
Remedy B has been run lately in a manner to limit it to this life. That
is an error. The pc never has done anything in this life that aberrated
him. The subject on which Scientology is hanging up is almost always in a
past life. Hence it is reached only by generalized listing.
You don't ask, in Remedy B, for misunderstood WORDS in the found
subject as these would be in Hottentot, Arabic, lingua spacia or some
outlandish tongue the pc has no memory of.
As a comment, why can't people just understand a process and do it
without goofing it. Remedy B has been rendered wholly ineffective by the
misinterpretation it has received.
Remedy B is a vital process and if run and run right as above it cures
the slow Academy student.
So let's do it do it do it and without goofs, huh?
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.cden
Copyright � 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[pic][pic]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 SEPTEMBER 1967
General
Non Remimeo
The following report from Yvonne Gillham is of interest:
"Dear Ron,
Coming from Hull to here I found that when I started to feel sea-sick
and when I indicated to myself that I was PTS and had some SP on my sea
track restimulated, it completely blew, and I never had it again.
When I indicated this to Pooky, Thok and Craig it had the same effect
on them. I gave the info to Haskell, who was doing review at the time, and
he had similar success.
All sickness is PTS, etc, so it follows that sea-sickness would come
under this too.
Love,
Yvonne."
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.bh
Copyright � 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
LRH TAPE LECTURES
20 September 1967
** 6709C20 SPEC LECT Ron's Journal 1967
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 OCTOBER 1967
Remimeo
CLEAR CHECKS AND RE-CLEAR CHECKS
(Reference HCO PL 13 Sept 67)
"Clear Check or a Re-Clear Check is done exactly per HCOPL 13 Sept 67,
"Clear Check Outs".
The first step, CC materials to FN, is a folder inspection. If no FN
was noted in the CC folder, the point is rehabbed if it exists. Standard
Rehab-date time or times, etc. Materials not run to FN is a flunk.
The second step requires the TA between 2 and 3. Proper cans giving
full hand contact must be used. Solo cans are NOT used. The meter and cans
must be checked out before the check by placing a 5000 ohm resistor between
the cans, and then a 12,500 ohm resistor. The resistor is clipped to the
cans, not the leads.
Use sensitivity 5 on the Clear and Re-Clear Check.
In rehabbing the grades keep in mind HCO B 11 Feb 66, "Free Needles,
How to Get Them on a Pc". That is, if a grade does not rehab to FN, go on
to the next grade, etc, until you have an FN. Then pick up those that you
left. The one really keyed in will hold down the others.
You do HCO Bs 30 June 65, 21 July 65, 2 Aug 65, 21 Oct 65 exactly.
Listing and dating each and every release on a grade. REMEMBER that a pc
may have gone release more than once on a given process, so check for it.
You get in all steps and do a proper job of it, getting the pc happy about
it before leaving the grade. When you are done you will have isolated the
out grades, if any. Such a pc goes to Review to get them put in.
You must have down that the grade was RUN. "Have you been run on ARC
Breaks, yes, FN, that's it", is incorrect. See 21 Oct 65. What processes
were run?-list them-find which went release on, etc. Standard tech.
N.B. Straight wire, secondaries, engrams, and Grade Va do not need to
be run. Their absence does not constitute a flunk.
However, if they were run and the pc did not go release, they would
naturally have to be completed. But, this is only done IF they were run
previously.
Some pcs have not been run on Grade V due to ED on old SH grads. Point
is, are they whole track engram releases? If not, handle any by-passed
charge. DO NOT run Power. Do not run Power on anyone who has run the CC
materials.
So, on such a pc as falls under this ED, when you get to where you
would be rehabbing Grade V, you instead just locate his old track
processes, like Helatrobus, Fac One, etc, and find out if he went release.
You use your 27 Sept 65 bulletin here-what did the pc look at that got the
release-what keyed out. This determines whether or not he's whole track
engram release.
For example, pc ran on old Advanced Procedure and Axioms process of go
to a moment of occlusion in this lifetime. Bang, he went whole track, a
picture of two anthropoids showed up in an electronics incident. The key-
out gave the pc a release lasting 31/2 years. On rehab, when this
electronic was spotted again, there was a great resurgence and FN.
During these grade rehabs the TA may go below 2 or above 3. This is OK, you
continue the rehabs as you usually would.
After rehabs are all done, any out grade is run to FN in Review,
excluding those listed above.
A person pending an S & D does not receive his check until the S & D
has been completed on the person and Ethics clearance has been given on it.
A Clear who acquires an Ethics record of a Crime level obviously is a
misdeclare, and must be put on the usual lines and get a Re-Clear Check,
then a complete Review to get in the out grade or grades. This Ethics
record must be accurate and proven, not just some chit written which may or
may not be true. It is a PROVEN record resulting from a Hearing, Board of
Investigation, or Comm Ev. If the record is in question, it must be cleared
up before revoking a Clear Certificate.
Failure to pass a Re-Clear Check by TA position is meaningless
technically because upper Levels key in after Clear and will move the TA
all over the dial and can tighten the needle (tighten, not scratchy). So do
not withdraw the Certificate. Continue the check, do rehabs, and get in any
out grades in Review. Exams does the Check.
You get a person cleaned up on whatever you found out so that he can
then pass a Check.
A person who flunks a Clear Check or Re-Clear Check does NOT run the CC
materials to another FN before getting another check. If, however, the
flunk was because the CC materials had not been run to FN, he would of
course do so before another check.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :jp .rd
Copyright � 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[HCOPL 13 September 1967, Clear Check Outs, OEC Volume 5, page 148,
referred to above, is cancelled by HCO PL 9 January 1968, Cancellation of
HCO Policy Letter of 12 Sept 1967 and HCO Policy Letter of 13 Sept 1967,
OEC Volume 5, page 154.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 OCTOBER 1967
Remimeo
CLAY TABLE TRAINING
PURPOSE: 1. To make the materials being studied real to the student by
making him DEMONSTRATE them in clay.
2. To give a proper balance of mass and significance.
3. To teach the student to apply.
The student is given a word or auditing action or situation to
demonstrate. He then does this in clay, labeling each part. The clay SHOWS
the thing. It is not just a blob of clay with a label on it. Use small
strips of paper for labels. The whole demonstration then has a label of
what it is.
On the checkout, the student removes the overall label. The student
must be silent. The examiner must not ask any questions.
The examiner just looks and figures out what it is. He then tells the
student who then shows the examiner the label. If the examiner did not see
what it was, it is a flunk.
Clay table must not be reduced to significance by the student
explaining or answering questions. Nor is it reduced to significance by
long-winded labels of individual parts. The clay shows it, not the label.
The clay demonstrates it. The student must learn the difference between
mass and significance.
For example, the student has to demonstrate a pencil. He makes a thin
roll of clay which is surrounded by another layer of clay-the thin roll
sticking slightly out of one end. On the other end goes a small cylinder of
clay. The roll is labeled "lead". The outer layer is labeled "wood". The
small cylinder is labeled "rubber". Then a label is made for the whole
thing: "pencil". On checkout, the student removes "pencil" before the
examiner can see it. If the examiner can look at it and say, "It's a
pencil," the student passes.
It might also be noted that checkouts on bulletins must also ask for
demonstrations. Use paper-clips, rubber bands, etc. The examiner should ask
questions that require an ability to apply. Give the student a situation
and have him tell you how he would handle it.
Questions about what is rule "a" do not detect the glib student. Long-
winded explanations on clay table put it back into significance, prevent
the student from learning to apply, and prevent the student from getting
the proper balance of mass, and do not blow confusion.
All checkouts must keep in mind that the purpose is application, not
just getting a checksheet complete.
If clay table training is not brightening that student up, then the
above is NOT being done. Someone is in such a rush that real learning is
being put aside for the sake of speed.
This student has to audit with his materials. Don't let him fall flat
by lousy checkouts and lousy demonstrations. A well done clay demo, which
actually does demonstrate, will produce a marvellous change in that
student. And he will retain the data.
LRH jp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1967 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 NOVEMBER 1967
Remimeo
REVIEW AUDITORS
BOOK OF CASE REMEDIES
REVISION OF REMEDY A, REMEDY B, AND S AND Ds
(Note: To be reprinted for insertion in every
copy of The Book of Case Remedies. )
This bulletin is to be inserted in and changes The Book of Case
Remedies PROCEDURES for Remedy A, Remedy B and S and Ds (Search for and
Discovery of Suppressives).
Recent analyses made of Qualifications Divisions Departments of Review
and of the flow of students and pcs through the Saint Hill org show:
1. The KEY processes so far as orgs are concerned are Remedy A,
Remedy B and S&Ds.
2. Auditors need direct mechanical technology to do these three
processes effectively.
REMEDY A
Remedy A locates the MISUNDERSTOODS a person has in Scientology.
Originally it read "Misunderstood words". Words of course will emerge in
the general run of misunderstoods.
REMEDY A is done only by LISTING. It must not be done verbally alone.
It is a Level III process.
The listing question is "In the subjects of Dianetics or Scientology
who or what has been misunderstood?"
The item is found on the list and given to the student. That is all.
There is no other step.
The rules of listing all apply.
If the student won't have the item it is not correct and the list must
be straightened up with the general auditing rules that govern listing.
REMEDY B
The form of this process is changed. It is done by three lists. These
three may only be done by formal LISTING and the general tech of listing as
governed by Level III tech.
The lists make the form of an I
[pic]
LIST 1B
This is done to locate what in the Scientology PT is giving trouble. It
is done as a list and the item is found.
The listing question is
"In your studies of Dianetics and Scientology who or what are you
having trouble with? "
The item is found and given to the student.
This step is governed by all the tech of listing.
LIST 2B
The item found on List 1B is now listed in order to find the past track
subject similar to what is giving trouble in present time.
The listing question is
"In your past, who or what was similar to ............(item found in
List 1B)?"
It is highly illegal to limit the question to this lifetime.
All the rules of listing apply.
The item is found and given to the student.
LIST 3B
The third list of the process is now done.
The listing question is
"Who or what was misunderstood in ..........(the item found on list
2B)?"
The listing is covered by the general tech of listing as found in Level
III.
The item is found and given to the student.
This completes the Remedy B.
If a floating needle occurs any time during the process with good
indicators thoroughly visible in the student the process is concluded at
that point.
The process is used on anyone having trouble studying Dianetics or
Scientology. The trouble, as it doesn't clear up with Remedy A, is coming
from some prior subject.
More than one of these can be done if all steps are done for each one.
S & D
Search and Discovery of Suppression is called an "S and D". It locates
the suppressives on the case.
I have several times undercut (gotten processes that reach deeper) on S
& Ds.
The earliest process asked merely who might have been suppressive to
the pc. This is still valid but I have found 2 flaws in it.
1. The auditor does not do a listing type S & D at all but just
chattily brushes it off.
2. The list from this question contains an actual suppressive that
is passed right over.
Therefore I undercut the question and obtained much better results
because the new question reached deeper.
The new question was "Who or what might have suppressed you?"
Then I recalled an even deeper question. This was "What purpose has been
suppressed?" This was given to Qual Div SH some time ago. It would have 2
lists. The first is for the purpose as above and the second would be "Who
or what suppressed ......(purpose found)?"
For some reason, probably because no one did 2 lists, this undercut was
neglected.
Therefore I researched further and developed what we will now use as an
S & D.
It is one of these killer processes. It is VERY strong. So it isn't to
be carelessly done.
If you get a wrong item on an S & D YOU CAN MAKE THE PC ILL. So one has
to do an S & D right and follow all the rules of listing as given in Level
III tech.
Also I find now that when a list item found is a generality (multiple
subject, not specific such as "dogs" or "the public") the list is simply
not complete. One does not have to settle for a generality and then list
the generality. He will find that the pc will eventually list the specific
non-general item anyway. Of course one can also do a represent list of a
general item found if that seems best.
The real question for an S & D was established only when I found a
purpose all Suppressives have in common and is a very fundamental effort in
suppressives. This effort by suppressives, when found, then permitted me to
form the question.
The key S & D question is:
"Who or what has attempted to unmock you?"
Unmocking (an effort to reduce or make disappear) is the primary effort
of suppressives.
Therefore the listing question on test delivers up items totally
overlooked by the earlier types of S & D.
The question needs to be cleared carefully for non-Scientology. If it
has to be rephrased, watch out as the meaning may vanish. "Tried to make
nothing of you" might substitute but at this writing only unmock has been
tested and a question for others than educated Scientologists will be
developed and issued and made part of the enclosure for the book.
This S & D question must be done by LISTING only and with great care to
follow Level III Listing tech as it, being powerful, will backfire on the
pc if done carelessly and a wrong item is found.
The item is found by listing and given to the pc, which is the end of
the process. If a generality results it may be represented. But listing
continued will give the same result of a single item. A general item must
not be given to the pc as the final result.
This process will now be standard review S & D.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.cden
Copyright � 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B is modified by HCO B 28 November 1967, The Key S & D Question,
page 210.]
LRH TAPE LECTURES
16-18 November 1967
* 6711C16 SO Watch, Quarter and Station Bill (WQSB)
* 6711C18 SO A Talk to Saint Hill and World-Wide Ethics Officers
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 NOVEMBER 1967
Student Hat All Students
Remimeo
All Courses
OUT TECH
If at any time a supervisor or other person in an org gives you
interpretations of HCOBs, Policy Letters or tells you, "That's old. Read it
but disregard it," or gives you a chit for following HCOBs or tapes or
alters tech on you or personally cancels HCOBs or Policy Letters without
being able to show you an HCOB or Policy Letter that cancels it, YOU MUST
REPORT THE MATTER COMPLETE WITH NAMES AND ANY WITNESSES ON DIRECT LINES TO
THE INTERNATIONAL ETHICS OFFICER AT WORLD WIDE.
The only ways you can fail to get results on a pc are:
1. Not study your HCOBs and my books and tapes.
2. Not apply what you studied.
3. Follow "advice" contrary to what you find on HCOBs and Tapes.
4. Fail to obtain the HCOBs, books and tapes needed.
There is no hidden data line.
All of Dianetics and Scientology works. Some of it works faster.
The only real error auditors made over the years was to fail to stop a
process the moment they saw a floating needle.
---------------
Any supervisor or executive who interprets, alters or cancels tech is
liable to the assignment of a Condition of Enemy. All the data is in HCOBs
or Policy Letters or on tape.
---------------
Failure to make this mimeo known to every student carries a $10 fine
for every student from which it is withheld.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.cden
Copyright � 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The above HCO PL was revised and reissued on 18 July 1970, a copy of which
is in Volume VII, page 115. It was also revised for the Standard Dianetics
Course as HCO PL 8 May 1969, Issue IV, OEC Vol. 4, page 239.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 NOVEMBER 1967
(Modifies HCOB 9 Nov 67)
Remimeo
The key S & D question is:
"Who or what has unmocked you?"
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :jp.rd
Copyright �1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 DECEMBER 1967
Remimeo
LIST HANDLING
By using a list such as the Green Form Review of 13 October 1966 to
handle a case, one handles each item that reads before going on with
assessment.
There are two ways to use an assessment list.
(a) Direct assessing of the whole list to obtain data and find what
to do.
(b) Assess down the list only until something reads, then handle
that. Then when it's handled, continue on down from it to the next
read, handle that, etc.
The pc's attention often hangs up when his trouble is by-passed by a
full list assessment without handling.
If in handling an item you get an FN you don't then go on assessing the
list.
LRH:jp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1967 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
* 6711C30 SO Crew Training
** 6712C10 SO Form and Manner of Keeping Watches
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 DECEMBER 1967
Remimeo
Star Rated on All Qual
Personnel and on Exec
Secs and Secs
QUAL SENIOR DATUM
The Senior datum of Qual is that:
QUAL NEVER NEVER NEVER TAKES THE ORDER OR DIRECTION OF ANY OTHER
DIVISION OR STAFF MEMBER ON WHAT TO DO TECHNICALLY WITH A STUDENT OR
PC.
Qual only really comes into action when other divisions and staff of
other divisions have failed. So if they knew what to do the person would
not be turning up in Qual for tech remedies. So if Qual takes their orders
of what to do it will also fail.
This datum originated at SH when Qual, in a collapse, was found to be
obediently doing what Div 4 and Dept 3 ordered on students and pcs. It was
getting no results. I analyzed the situation and over a period of a couple
of weeks worked on it. The result was the above datum and the GREEN FORM.
Qual always does its own analysis and its own internal routings
independent of other directions. It can use any process ever released and a
Review auditor must be able to do them.
The GREEN FORM must be added to from time to time as new difficulties
are found due to advancing technology or new errors developed by poor
training.
A student sent by Tech Sec for Cramming may be routed instead by Qual
to case repair if that is what is needed.
The keynote of Qual is CORRECTION. This of course applicable to
diagnosis as well.
NO OTHER DIVISION MAY CHIT QUAL FOR REFUSING TO OBEY THEIR DIRECTIONS
REGARDING WHAT TO DO WITH STUDENTS OR PCS.
Other divisions are assembly lines. Qual is an individual approach.
Qual's Review only gets flat ball bearings-which could not or would not
roll on the assembly line of Div 4.
People can't be sent to Qual for "disagreements checks" "sec checks" or
other stated actions as these are an attempted diagnosis and will normally
be found to be the wrong process.
Qual is the students' and pcs' friend. A last refuge when other doors
close.
AND cases must leave Qual and students must leave Qual WITH THE WHOLE
THING HANDLED in a way that will STAY HANDLED. Qual has no Qual Div for the
Qual Div. When it goes irresponsible and lets an unhandled case or student
out, then that person HAS NO PLACE TO TURN.
I know how bad a failed Qual case can be because when I'm in an org,
having no part of the org to go to (unless the Chaplain) they come to me. I
usually find (a) that
some imaginary rule has stopped the person's progress or policy has been
used to stop or (b) that Qual was obedient to some other division and (c)
always that Qual has either not been approached or has failed when it was.
So the senior datum of Qual is important.
----------------
There is another datum in Qual that is very important. And that is:
NO AUDITOR MAY BE EMPLOYED IN QUAL WHO CANNOT SUCCESSFULLY LIST AND
ASSESS FLAWLESSLY WITHOUT ANY ERRORS.
All you have to do to wreck Qual is put an auditor in it who is not
letter perfect in ALL the tech of listing and assessing. (Some isolated
summary is not enough-all the original tapes and all the original HCOBs
must be studied to make an auditor able in listing and assessing. It is the
weakest applied point in our tech-too many can't or don't learn how to do
it. But a Qual auditor MUST be a shark on it.)
One can say that the health of an org depends on Qual finally handling.
The key processes which keep an org healthy are new (67) style Remedy A,
Remedy B and S & Ds and the GREEN FORM. These are listing and assessing or
assessing processes. Thus the vital tech is listing and assessing. So Qual
auditors have to be carefully trained to do these perfectly.
At this writing Qual is being streamlined into a new fast flow pattern.
This policy still applies and in 2068 will still apply and in 200068 as
well.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :jp. cden
Copyright � 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 JANUARY 1968
(Cancels HCO B 16 August 1966, "LIST 1A S & D")
Remimeo
Academies, Level
III & above
HGC Auditors,
III & above
Franchise, Level
III & above
________________________
Pc's name
________________________
Date
________________________
Auditor
LIST L4A
FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS,
S & Ds, REMEDY A, REMEDY B, ETC
1. DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK? (ARE YOU UPSET?)
(If this question reads establish if the upset is due to a break in
Affinity, Communication or Reality and then having established which
one by meter [A, R or C] locate by meter and indicate to the pc the by-
passed charge.)
(Do not go on further until the ARC Break has been vanished. The pc
might also have a PTP, etc, so continue on when the ARC Break question
is null or has been handled.)
2. DO YOU HAVE A PRESENT TIME PROBLEM?
(If this reads, handle by any quick problems process.)
3. IS A LIST INCOMPLETE?
(If this reads find out what list and handle.)
4. HAS A LIST BEEN TOO LONG?
(If so, find what list and get the item off from it by nulling with
"Suppress", the nulling question being "Has____been suppressed?" for
each item on the overlong list.)
5. HAVE WE TAKEN THE WRONG ITEM OFF A LIST?
(If this reads put in Invalidate and Suppress on the list and null as
in 4 above and find the right item.)
6. HAS AN ITEM ON A LIST BEEN DENIED YOU?
(If this reads find what it was, clean it up with supp & inval and give
it to the pc.)
7. HAS AN ITEM BEEN PUSHED OFF ON YOU YOU DIDN'T WANT?
(If so, find it and get in supp & inval on it and tell the pc it wasn't
his item and continue the original action to find the correct item.)
8. HAVE YOU INVALIDATED A CORRECT ITEM FOUND?
(If so, rehab the item and find out why the pc invaled it or if
somebody else did, clean it up and give it to the pc again.)
9. HAVE YOU THOUGHT OF ITEMS THAT DID NOT GET PUT ON THE LIST?
(If so, add them to the correct list.)
10. HAVE YOU BEEN LISTING TO YOURSELF OUT OF SESSION?
(If so, find out on what question and try to write a list from recall
and get an item and give it to the pc.)
11. HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN SOMEBODY ELSE'S ITEM?
(If so, indicate to pc that it was not his item. Don't try to find
whose it was.)
12. HAS YOUR ITEM BEEN GIVEN TO SOMEBODY ELSE?
(If so, find if possible what item it was and give it to the pc.
Don't try to identify the "somebody else".)
13. HAS IT BEEN AN OVERT TO PUT AN ITEM ON A LIST?
(If so, find out what item and why.)
14. HAVE YOU WITHHELD AN ITEM FROM A LIST?
(If so, get it and add it to the list if that list available. If not,
put item in the report.)
15. HAS A WITHHOLD BEEN MISSED?
(If so, get it.)
16. HAS AN ITEM BEEN BY-PASSED?
(Locate what one.)
17. HAS AN ITEM BEEN SUPPRESSED?
(If so, null by use of the suppress button or just have pc tell you
if he can.)
18. HAS AN ITEM BEEN ABANDONED?
(If so, locate it and get it back for the pc and give it to him.)
19. HAS AN ITEM BEEN PROTESTED?
(If so, locate it and get the protest button in on it.)
20. HAS AN ITEM BEEN ASSERTED?
(If so, locate what item and get in assert button on it.)
21. HAS AN ITEM BEEN SUGGESTED TO YOU BY ANOTHER?
(If so, get it named and the protest and refusal off.)
22. HAS AN ITEM BEEN VOLUNTEERED BY YOU AND NOT ACCEPTED?
(If so, get off the charge and give it to the pc, or if he then
changes his mind on it, go on with the listing operation.)
23. HAS THE ITEM ALREADY BEEN GIVEN?
(If so, get it back and give it again.)
24. HAS THE ITEM BEEN FOUND PREVIOUSLY?
(If so, find what it was again and give it to pc once more.)
25. HAS AN ITEM NOT BEEN UNDERSTOOD?
(If so, work it over with buttons until pc understands it or accepts
or rejects it and go on with listing.)
26. WAS NULLING CARRIED ON PAST THE FOUND ITEM?
(If so, go back to it and get in suppress and protest.)
27. HAS AN ITEM BEEN FORCED ON YOU?
(If so, get off the reject and suppress. And get the listing action
completed to the right item if possible.)
28. HAS AN ITEM BEEN EVALUATED?
(If so, get off the disagreement and protest.)
29. HAS EARLIER LISTING BEEN RESTIMULATED?
(If so, locate when and indicate the by-passed charge.)
30. HAS AN EARLIER WRONG ITEM BEEN RESTIMULATED?
(If so, find when and indicate the BPC.)
31. HAS AN EARLIER LISTING ARC BREAK BEEN RESTIMULATED?
(If so, locate and indicate the fact.)
32. DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK BECAUSE OF BEING MADE TO DO THIS?
(If so, indicate it to pc.)
33. IS THERE SOME OTHER KIND OF BY-PASSED CHARGE?
(If so, find what and indicate it to pc.)
34. WAS THERE NOTHING WRONG IN THE FIRST PLACE?
(If so, indicate it to pc.)
35. HAS THE UPSET ALREADY BEEN HANDLED?
(If so, indicate it to pc.)
LRH:jp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B is amended by HCO B 15 December 1968, L4A-For Assessment of All
Listing Errors, page 285.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo HCO BULLETIN OF 9 JANUARY 1968
Tech Personnel
Qual Personnel
Students MONEY PROCESS
The command of the Money Process is:
MOCK UP A WAY TO WASTE MONEY.
This is run until a person can have money.
Also one may add to the Money Process, Clay Table all Org money flows.
All to Free Needle.
LRH :jp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
** 68....C.... SPEC LECT Talk to EC WW on RS at Southampton
** 6801C05 AO-1 Fast Flow and Inspection Before the Fact
** 6801C12 AO-2 Those Who Will Put Things Right
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 13 JANUARY 1968
Remimeo
S & Ds
There are three types of S & D (Search and Discovery). These are used
to nullify the influence of Suppressive persons or things on a case so the
person will be able to be processed and will no longer be PTS (a Potential
Trouble Source). People who are PTS became that way because of suppression
by persons or objects. Insanity is also remediable by S & Ds where the
person can be processed.
These are all LISTING processes and if the auditor is not well-trained
and good at the technology of listing, not only will no good result occur
but the pc (given a wrong item, overlisted or underlisted, or audited over
an ARC Break or PTP) can be made ill.
Pcs who become ill are always to a greater or lesser degree PTS.
These questions should not be shown to a pc as they may start him self-
listing.
The "type" is determined by the 1st letter of the key word in the
listing question.
S & D TYPE U
"Who or what has attempted to unmock you?"
Where this does not communicate, use "Who or what has tried to make
nothing out of you?" A very bad off case may respond best to "Who or what
has unmocked you?"
This (above) is the standard and most used S & D.
S & D TYPE S
"Who or what are you trying to stop?"
This works on all cases to a greater or lesser degree. It is
particularly useful on a case that is giving a great deal of trouble, gets
small reads or is rather suppressive. This should work on the insane also
as the point where a qn (thetan) becomes insane is the point where he
begins to generally stop things. I looked for years for the exact point
where a qn ceased to be sane and became insane on any given subject and
fmally found that it was the exact moment he became dedicated to trying to
stop whatever it was.
S & D TYPE W
"Who or what are you trying to withdraw from?"
This is the action after a failure to stop has occurred.
In administering these, the best order would be Type W, Type S and then
Type U, if you are going to give them all to the same pc in a row.
Any or all can be given to the same pc.
S & Ds can be given more than once to the same pc.
Properly listed the results are magical. If they are not magical, then
listing tech is badly out and should be restudied from ALL materials and
tapes on the subject.
Errors are located and repaired by the recent new L4A (HCOB of 9
January 1968).
LRH:jp.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JANUARY 1968
Remimeo
Sthil Staff
Sthil Students
Franchise
STARTING OF PRECLEARS
All raw meat Preclears (one who has never had Scientology processing),
before being run on Level Zero, should be run on ARC S/W, Secondaries and
ENGRAMS. This, then, gets their basic levels in.
On the Dianetic Courses running ARC S/W, Secondaries and ENGRAMS comes
as the last requirement after the Course Supervisor is satisfied that the
TRs 0 to 4 are in on the Student.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.rd
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JANUARY 1968
Remimeo
S & Ds
S & Ds BY BUTTON
The most certain way to handle a pc with an S & D is to assess for the
type to give first.
With the pc on the meter, say, "Unmock" (or "Make nothing of") "Stop"
"Withdraw from" "Suppress" "Invalidate" (or any of the buttons used in old
Problems Intensives). Then take the one that read largest and put it in the
Question "Who or what has attempted to________you?" or "Who or what are you
trying to_______?"
When you have listed the question and found the item and given it to
the pc, you can take the above list, with the one used omitted, and take
the largest read now on the remaining words and put that in the question
and get another item for it.
So long as you can get one of the buttons to read, you can get an item
by doing an S & D with it.
CAUTION: Do not continue to do S & Ds beyond a floating needle.
CAUTION: Do not list an S & D button if the question for the list does
not read.
S & Ds BY ASSESSMENT FOR QUESTION
You can also do an S & D by assessing for a button to use in an S & D
question.
This is done by asking the question:
"What are they trying to do to you?"
Get the pc to list it, find the item and then use it in an S & D
question.
This works on any case but always works best on cases that haven't
responded to S & Ds previously.
Fit the resulting item in the question "Who or what is trying
to______you?"
PURPOSE S & Ds
A Purpose S & D By Assessment for Question can be done by first listing
"What are you trying to do?" or "What have you tried to do?" You test these
two questions for the largest read, then you list the one that reads best.
When you have the item of "What are you trying to do" or "What have you
tried to do" you fit it into the S & D Question "Who or what have you
failed to_______(item found)?" or "Who or what have you tried to_______?",
the two questions tested for largest read and then listed for an item.
CAUTION: The question must make sense and be answerable. Don't change
the wording of the item. Change the question into a sensible one.
This form of S & D can give an Effect question as the only possible
question.
If the item found on the first list " trying to do" won't word
causative, word it by effect-"Who or what has tried to you ?"
The whole attempt of this S & D is to find the person or thing that has
blunted the purpose of the pc.
--------------
All these S & Ds do not set aside the standard S & D Types W, S and U.
"Type U" is the basic S & D. They are for use mainly when the pc has had a
long Review history or a bad Ethics history, or is insane or suppressive.
BUT using them does not evaluate the pc as down tone. They give rather
magical effects on anyone.
The Purpose S & D is from earlier research and is very magical on
Artists. It has the liability of having to be done sensibly, being a sort
of goals assessment plus an S & D. Sometimes the goals assessment ("What
are you trying to do") is magical enough to produce a floating needle. If
so, don't ever go past it to the second question that uses the goal.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jp.cden Founder
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[For further data on F/N during listing see C/S Series 43, Volume VII, page
278.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 12 MARCH 1968
Remimeo
MISTAKES, ANATOMY OF
In the presence of Suppression, one makes mistakes.
People making mistakes or doing stupid things is evidence that an SP
exists in that vicinity.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jc.cden
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
** 6801C17 SO Weather
** 6801C26 AO-4 Ron's Talk at 4th Graduation on RS (Apollo)
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 18 APRIL 1968
Remimeo
Qual Divs
Rev
AOs
OT Study
Materials
NEEDLE REACTIONS ABOVE GRADE IV
In doing Green Forms or Analysis Lists on any Clears (but not in
nulling) or doing them on most cases above 5 and some cases below it, there
are 2 different E-Meter needle phenomena which have to be given attention:
1. As a Clear's postulates read as a surge, usually fairly long
(over 1"), "No" can read if the pc says it to himself as an answer to a
question asked.
A read, therefore, does not mean invariably "yes" or that the question
is charged. All it means is that the Meter has read.
The Auditor must now find out what the read was before determining he
should do something about that portion of the Green Form or List. One
doesn't just assume the read was "yes".
One asks about the read as a general rule, not assuming at once the
thing asked was charged.
Example-
Auditor: "Do you have a missed withhold?" Meter surges.
Auditor: "What was that?"
Pre OT: "I thought No I don't."
Auditor: "Ok. Do you have a missed withhold?"
Pre OT: "No."-Meter didn't read.
Auditor: "Anything suppressed-asserted-protested-invalidated.
Ok that's clean."
Ticks (1/8 inch) often mean something is there. A Pre OT's postulates
have greater length when they surge.
It is not important how you handle this phenomena of postulate or to-
oneself comment by a high level case. It is important that the Auditor does
not hang the case with a wrong adjudication of what's wrong by thinking
every surge means "yes", or that the question is charged because it surges.
A question is charged only if it won't clean up with buttons until the
action itself is taken.
A Pre OT, unlike pcs below Grades I or II, usually recognizes what is
wrong as soon as it is mentioned. He or she is more aware.
2. A response like a brief dirty needle on a Pre OT means "No"
always.
So there is a certain and trustworthy negative to be had on a Pre OT.
A real dirty needle is constant and continues. The same small jerky
needle action on a person Grade 5 or above means "No!" or that the question
is negative.
On pcs below 5 it means a withhold or an ARC break or almost anything
and is of course continuous.
LRH:jc.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 APRIL 1968
(HCO Pol Ltr of 9 April 1968, amended and reissued)
Remimeo
Qual Div Hats
Tech Div Hats
HGC PC REVIEW AUDITING FORM
WHEN THE REVIEW AUDITOR RECEIVES A PC FOR REVIEW, HE INSTANTLY AND
IMMEDIATELY GETS THE PC INTO SESSION AND HANDLES THE FOLLOWING FORM.
(The Auditor goes down the Form and handles each item as he goes along.
He does not assess first and then, later, handle the items that read. The
Form is ended on a Free Needle. It is done in the same style as L4A, HCO
Bulletin 9 January 1968. This Green Form is handled as the first standard
action and is done on a meter and significant TA is noted on the line on
which it occurred. The list is in order of importance.)
NAME DATE TIME__________
NAME OF AUDITOR________________________
1. FOLDER IN HAND LAST AUDITOR'S NAME_________________
2. CONTAINS BEGINNING ASSESSMENT FORM _______________________
3. PC OR PRE OT ROUTED INTO REVIEW AT CHARGE __________________
PC OR PRE OT SENT BY EXAMINER________________________________
4. ARC BREAK
SESSION ASSESSMENT___________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
ENVIRONMENT__________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
4. (b) NO AUDITING ________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
5. IGNORED ORIGINATIONS_________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
6. MISSED WITHHOLDS_____________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
CLEAN__________________________________________________________
6. (a) OVERTS______________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
7. PRESENT TIME PROBLEM_________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
EVALUATION____________________________________________________
INVALIDATION __________________________________________________
CLEAN__________________________________________________________
8. MISUNDERSTOOD WORD OR SYMBOL _____________________________
________________________________________________________________
CLEAN__________________________________________________________
9. COMMITTING CONTINUOUS PT OVERTS ___________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
CLEAN__________________________________________________________
10. CLEANED CLEANS_______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
a. SOMETHING THAT ISN'T THERE ________________________________
________________________________________________________________
b. TRYING TO PUT SOMETHING WHERE THERE IS NOTHING_________
________________________________________________________________
c. FALSE ASSERTION_____________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
d. ASSESSED BEYOND RIGHT ITEM________________________________
________________________________________________________________
e. WRONG DATE_________________________________________________
f. INCOMPLETE LIST_____________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
g. OVERLIST_____________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
h. LOWER LEVELS UNFLAT _______________________________________
________________________________________________________________
i. LOWER LEVELS OVERRUN______________________________________
________________________________________________________________
j. LOWER LEVELS NEVER RUN____________________________________
________________________________________________________________
k. HAS A POWER PROCESS BEEN LEFT UNFLAT?____________________
________________________________________________________________
l. HAS A POWER PROCESS BEEN OVERRUN?________________________
________________________________________________________________
m. FALSE ATTESTATION__________________________________________
n. UNTRUE ASSERTS ABOUT CASE ________________________________
o. TOLD A LIE____________________________________________________
p. WASN'T SURE_________________________________________________
q. STUCK PICTURE ______________________________________________
r. ALL BLACK ___________________________________________________
s. MISUNDERSTOOD TECH________________________________________
t. MISUNDERSTOOD CASE CONDITION_____________________________
u. EXPERIMENTING______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
v. ALTERING TECH ______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
w. DOING SOMETHING ELSE WITH TECH __________________________
________________________________________________________________
x. HAVE YOU TYPED, HANDWRITTEN OR TAPED COPIES OF ANY CONFIDENTIAL
MATERIALS? _____________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
11. PROCESS LEFT UNFLAT__________________________________________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
PROCESS LEFT UNFLAT__________________________________________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
PROCESS LEFT UNFLAT__________________________________________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
PROCESS LEFT UNFLAT__________________________________________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
12. PROCESS OVERRUN _____________________________________________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
PROCESS OVERRUN _____________________________________________
DATE OF SESSION _______________________________________________
13. NON-STANDARD PROCESSES _____________________________________
________________________________________________________________
14. BAD AUDITING COMM CYCLE_____________________________________
15. CODE BREAKS___________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
16. HIDDEN STANDARD (WHAT WOULD HAVE TO HAPPEN FOR YOU TO KNOW
SCIENTOLOGY WORKS) ___________________________________
________________________________________________________________
SPOTTED _______________________________________________________
17. PC AND DRUGS (TAKING ANY DRUGS)____________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
18. ALCOHOL_______________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
19. ENOUGH SLEEP _________________________________________________
ENOUGH FOOD (BREAKFAST)_____________________________________
(LUNCH)________________________________________________________
(DINNER) _______________________________________________________
20. MIXED THERAPIES (ANY OTHER TREATMENT IN PROGRESS) ________
________________________________________________________________
21. CONNECTED TO A SUPPRESSIVE PERSON__________________________
________________________________________________________________
22. CONNECTED TO A SUPPRESSIVE GROUP___________________________
________________________________________________________________
23. HERE TO GET DATA FOR SOMEONE ELSE___________________________
24. HERE BECAUSE SOMEONE ELSE DEMANDED IT ____________________
25. FORMER RELEASE _______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
26. FORMER THETAN EXTERIOR______________________________________
27. SELF AUDITING DURING INTENSIVE ______________________________
28. BEING AUDITED BY SOMEONE ELSE DURING INTENSIVE OTHER THAN HGC
AUDITOR_____________________________________________
29. CRIMINAL RECORD OR CRIMES FOR WHICH YOU COULD BE
ARRESTED______________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
30. INSANE ASYLUM HISTORY_______________________________________
SHOCK TREATMENT HISTORY____________________________________
31. HERE TO BE CURED OF SOMETHING NOT MENTIONED______________
________________________________________________________________
32. UNPAID DEBTS TO ORGS_________________________________________
33. KNOWLEDGE OF A CRIME AGAINST SCIENTOLOGY_________________
34. WHAT WOULD HAPPEN IF SCIENTOLOGY WORKED ON EVERYONE___
________________________________________________________________
35. ANYTHING UPSETTING ABOUT THIS REVIEW______________________
36. HAS ANYTHING BEEN SUPPRESSED?______________________________
37. HAS ANYTHING BEEN INVALIDATED?_____________________________
38. HAS ANYTHING BEEN RUSHED?__________________________________
39. HAS ANYTHING BEEN MISSED?___________________________________
40. PC STATEMENT OF THE TROUBLE AS IT IS NOW____________________
41. READS I COULD NOT CLEAN UP___________________________________
42. BOOK OF CASE REMEDIES (IF PC NOT SOLVED BY THIS POINT)______
________________________________________________________________
43. OTHER ACTIONS CASE OFFICER HAD TO TAKE_____________________
________________________________________________________________
44. FALSE REPORTS_________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
FINISH TA POSITION FINISH TIME_________
TOTAL TA DIVS DURING REVIEW TOTAL TIME _________
PC TO ETHICS________________________________________________________
PC TO HGC __________________________________________________________
RECOMMENDATIONS_________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
DATE CASE OFFICER SIGN____________________
EXAMINER FINALLY DIRECTS
TO ETHICS TO HGC _________________________
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jc.rd
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The earlier HGC Pc Review Auditing Form, HCO PL 13 October 1966, Issue
III, page 184, was amended and reissued as HCO PL 26 January 1968 which
made the following changes: the beginning explanatory text and Numbers 1,
3, 11 and 12 were changed to read the same as the above HCO PL; Items a-q
were added to Number 10, which in the above issue became f, g, e, k, l, m,
n, o, p, q, r, s, t, u, v, w, x, respectively.
The 26 January 1968 issue was amended by HCO PL 15 March 1968, same
title, which changed Number 10 to read the same as the above HCO PL.
A further amendment was made by HCO PL 9 April 1968 which changed
Numbers 7 and 6 (a) to the text in the above HCO PL.
An additional amendment, HCO PL 19 April 1968, added Number 4 (b)
above.
The above issue was amended by HCO PLs dated 16 December 1968 (which
changed the title to Green Form), 15 May 1969, 7 September 1969, 7 April
1970, and 8 August 1970, all of which were done by staff, not LRH.
A further revision was issued on 17 September 1974 which was revised by
HCO PL 7 April 1970RA, Revised 29 September 1974, Green Form, which is in
Volume VIII, page 321.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 MAY 1968
Remimeo
DIANETIC COURSES
STUCK PICTURES
A picture is stuck because of-
(a) An effort to withdraw from it or something in it.
(b) An effort to stop or stop something in it.
(c) A stop-withdraw combination.
(d) An effort to suppress the picture or something in it.
(e) An effort to invalidate the picture or something in it.
(f) A protest against the picture or its content.
(g) An effort to hold on to the picture.
(h) An ARC Break about the picture.
(i) A Present Time Problem about the picture.
(j) An overt picture of which the stuck one is the motivator.
(k) Too late on the chain of similar pictures.
Long before one gets to (k) it should have blown.
One should have had good luck running engrams himself before being very
expert on others.
The above also applies to secondaries.
Engrams which go solid when you try to run them are too late on the
chain, really.
If you run too far back you get a preclear into masses he can't easily
handle.
A pc should never be forced into or through engrams. If he has a
struggle he should be running locks.
Reality on engrams increases in ratio to the charge taken off the case.
In handling the above (a) to (k) you use (a) to run through until the
needle doesn't react, then (b) through. Then (c) through. And so on. One at
a time.
Although I say stuck picture, you can use the above on any engram,
particularly if one "hangs up" in some portion.
Good running.
LRH:jc.pw.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 MAY 1968
Remimeo
UPPER INDOC TRS
Following are the Upper Indoc TRs 6 to 9 inclusive.
Number: TR 6
Name: 8-C (Body Control)
Commands: Non-verbal for first half of training session. First half of
coaching session, the student silently steers the coach's body around the
room, not touching the walls, quietly starting, changing and stopping the
coach's body. When the student has fully mastered non-verbal 8-C, the
student may commence verbal 8-C.
The commands to be used for 8-C are:
"Look at that wall." "Thank you."
"Walk over to that wall." "Thank you."
"Touch that wall." "Thank you."
"Turn around." "Thank you."
Position: Student and coach walking side by side; student always on coach's
right, except when turning.
Purpose: First part: To accustom student to moving another body than his
own without verbal communication. Second part: To accustom student to
moving another body, by and while giving commands, only, and to accustom
student to proper commands of 8-C.
Training Stress: Complete, crisp precision of movement and commands.
Student, as in any other TR, is flunked for current and preceding TRs.
Thus, in this case, the coach flunks the student for every hesitation or
nervousness in moving body, for every flub of command, for poor
confronting, for bad communication of command, for poor acknowledgement,
for poor repetition of command, and for failing to handle origination by
coach. Stress that student learns to lead slightly in all the motions of
walking around the room or across the room. This will be found to have a
great deal to do with confronting. In the first part of the session student
is not allowed to walk coach into walls, as walls then become automatic
stops and the student is then not stopping the coach's body but allowing
the wall to do it for him.
History: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in Camden, New Jersey in October 1953,
modified in July 1957 in Washington, D.C., and the commands were modified
in HCO Bulletin of 16 November 1965, Issue II.
Number: TR 7
Name: High School Indoc.
Commands: Same as 8-C (control) but with student in physical contact with
coach. Student enforcing commands by manual guiding. Coach has only three
statements to which student must listen: "Start" to begin coaching session,
"Flunk" to call attention to student error, and "That's it" to end the
coaching session. No other remarks by the coach are valid on student. Coach
tries in all possible ways, verbal, covert and physical, to stop student
from running control on him. If the student falters, comm lags, fumbles a
command, or fails to get execution on part of coach,
coach says "Flunk" and they start at the beginning of the command cycle in
which the error occurred. Coach falldown is not allowed.
Position: Student and coach ambulant. Student handling coach physically.
Purpose: To train student never to be stopped by a person when he gives a
command. To train him to run fine control in any circumstances. To teach
him to handle rebellious people. To bring about his willingness to handle
other people.
Training Stress: Stress is on accuracy of student performance and
persistence by student. Start gradually to toughen up resistance of student
on a gradient. Don't kill him off all at once.
History: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in London, England, in 1956.
Number: TR 8
Name: Tone 40 on an Object.
Commands: "Stand up." "Thank you." "Sit down on that chair." "Thank you."
These are the only commands used.
Position: Student sitting in chair facing chair which has on it an ashtray.
Coach sitting in chair facing chair occupied by student and chair occupied
by ashtray.
Purpose: To make student clearly achieve Tone 40 commands. To clarify
intentions as different from words. To start student on road to handling
objects and people with postulates. To obtain obedience not wholly based on
spoken commands.
Training Stress: TR 8 is begun with student holding the ashtray which he
manually makes execute the commands he gives. Under the heading of training
stress is included the various ways and means of getting the student to
achieve the goals of this training step. During the early part of this
drill, say in the first coaching session, the student should be coached in
the basic parts of the drill, one at a time. First, locate the space which
includes himself and the ashtray but not more than that much. Second, have
him locate the object in that space. Third, have him command the object in
the loudest possible voice he can muster. This is called shouting. The
coach's patter would run something like this: "Locate the space." "Locate
the object in that space." "Command it as loudly as you can." "Acknowledge
it as loudly as you can." "Command it as loudly as you can." "Acknowledge
it as loudly as you can." That would complete two cycles of action. When
shouting is completed, then have student use a normal tone of voice with a
lot of coach attention on the student getting the intention into the
object. Next, have the student do the drill while using the wrong commands-
i.e., saying "Thank you" while placing in the object the intention to stand
up, etc. Next, have the student do the drill silently, putting the
intention in the object without even thinking the words of the command or
the acknowledgement. The final step in this would be for the coach to say
"Start" then anything else he said would not be valid on student with the
exception of "Flunk" and "That's it". Here, the coach would attempt to
distract the student, using any verbal means he could to knock the student
off Tone 40. Physical heckling would not be greater than tapping the
student on the knee or shoulder to get his attention. When the student can
maintain Tone 40 and get a clean intention on the object for each command
and for each acknowledgement, the drill is flat.
There are other ways to help the student along. The coach occasionally
asks, "Are you willing to be in that ashtray?" When the student has
answered, then, "Are you willing for a thought to be there instead of you?"
Then continue the drill. The answers are not so important on these two
questions as is the fact that the idea is brought to the student's
attention. Another question the coach asks the student is, "Did you really
expect that ashtray to comply with that command?"
There is a drill which will greatly increase the student's reality on
what an intention is. The coach can use this drill three or four times
during the training on Tone 40 on an Object. As follows: "Think the thought-
I am a wild flower." "Good."
"Think the thought that you are sitting in a chair." "Good." "Imagine that
thought being in that ashtray." "Good." "Imagine that ashtray containing
that thought in its substance." "Good." "Now get the ashtray thinking that
it is an ashtray." "Good." "Get the ashtray intending to go on being an
ashtray." "Good." "Get the ashtray intending to remain where it is."
"Good." "Have the ashtray end that cycle." "Good." "Put in the ashtray the
intention to remain where it is." "Good." This also helps the student get a
reality on placing an intention in something apart from himself. Stress
that an intention has nothing to do with words and has nothing to do with
the voice, nor is it dependent upon thinking certain words. An intention
must be clear and have no counter-intention in it. This training drill,
Tone 40 on an Object, usually takes the most time of any drill in Upper
Indoc, and time on it is well spent. Objects to be used are ashtrays,
preferably heavy, coloured glass ashtrays.
History: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in Washington, D.C., in 1957 to train
students to use intention when auditing.
Number: TR 9
Name: Tone 40 on a Person.
Commands: Same as 8-C (Control). Student runs fine, clear-cut intention and
verbal orders on coach. Coach tries to break down Tone 40 of student. Coach
commands that are valid are: "Start" to begin, "Flunk" to call attention to
student error and that they must return to beginning of cycle, and "That's
it" to take a break or to end the training session. No other statement by
coach is valid on student and is only an effort to make student come off
Tone 40 or in general be stopped.
Position: Student and coach ambulant. Student in manual contact with coach
as needed.
Purpose: To make student able to maintain Tone 40 under any stress or
duress.
Training Stress: The exact amount of physical effort must be used by
student plus a compelling, unspoken intention. No jerky struggles are
allowed, since each jerk is a stop. Student must learn to smoothly increase
effort quickly to amount needed to make coach execute. Stress is on exact
intention, exact strength needed, exact force necessary, exact Tone 40.
Even a slight smile by student can be a flunk. Too much force can be a
flunk. Too little force definitely is a flunk. Anything not Tone 40 is a
flunk. Here the coach should check very carefully on student's ability to
place an intention in the coach. This can be checked by the coach since the
coach will find himself doing the command almost whether or not he wants to
if the student is really getting the intention across. After the coach is
satisfied with the student's ability to get the intention across, the coach
should then do all he can to break the student off Tone 40, mainly on the
basis of surprise and change of pace. Thus the student will be brought to
have a greater tolerance of surprise and a quick recovery from surprise.
History: Developed in Washington, D.C., in 1957 by L. Ron Hubbard.
Purpose of these four training drills, TR 6, 7, 8 and 9, is to bring about
in the student the willingness and ability to handle and control other
people's bodies, and to cheerfully confront another person while giving
that person commands. Also, to maintain a high level of control in any
circumstances.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:js.cden
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCOB has been corrected per BTB 22 May 1971R, TR-8 Clarification,
which added the first sentence in TR-8 Training Stress above. ]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 MAY 1968
CORRECTED & REISSUED MARCH 1974
Remimeo
(Only change is in this type sty/e)
OVERT-MOTIVATOR SEQUENCE
DIANETICS COURSES
LEVEL TWO
SOLO AUDIT
OT SECTIONS
There was an important discovery made in 1952 on the subject of engrams
which did not get included in "Book One", Dianetics: The Modern Science of
Mental Health.
This was the "Overt-Motivator sequence of ENGRAMS".
AN OVERT, in Dianetics and Scientology, is an aggressive or destructive
ACT by the individual against one or another of the 8 dynamics (self,
family, group, Mankind, animals or plants, MEST, Life or the Infinite).
A MOTIVATOR is an aggressive or destructive act received by the person
or one of the dynamics.
The viewpoint from which the act is viewed resolves whether the act is
an overt or a motivator.
The reason it is called a "Motivator" is because it tends to prompt
that one pays it back-it "motivates" a new overt.
When one has done something bad to someone or something one tends to
believe it must have been "motivated".
When one has received something bad, he also may tend to feel he must
have done something to deserve it.
The above points are true. The actions and reactions of people on the
subject are often very falsified.
People go about believing they were in an auto accident when in actual
fact they caused one.
Also people may believe they caused an accident when they were only in
one.
Some people, on hearing of a death, at once believe they must have
killed the person even though they were far away.
Police in large cities have people turn up and confess to almost every
murder as a routine.
One doesn't have to be crazy to be subject to the Overt-Motivator
sequence. It is not only used on him continually by others, it also is a
basic part of his own "case".
There are two extreme stages of Overt-Motivator phenomena. One is a
person who gives up only motivators (always done to him) and the other is
the person who "has done only overts" (done to others).
In running engrams you will find
1. All overt engrams that hang up (won't audit easily) have also a
motivator engram as the same or different incident.
2. All motivator engrams that hang up have an overt engram in the
same or different incident.
The two types of engrams then are OVERT Engrams and MOTIVATOR Engrams.
Example of Overt Engram-SHOOTING A DOG.
Example of Motivator Engram-BEING BITTEN BY A DOG.
The rule is that the SUBJECT MATTER MUST BE SIMILAR.
They can be in different points in time.
When you can't run out (erase) a dog bite engram, why then you find the
"shoot dog" engram.
PSYCHOSOMATIC ILLS OR ABERRATIONS THAT DO NOT RESOLVE BY RUNNING ONE
SIDE, USUALLY RESOLVE BY FINDING AND RUNNING THE OTHER.
When you can't erase an engram about shooting a dog, why then there's a
bitten by dog.
It's all very simple really. There are always two sides to the coin. If
one won't run, you try the other.
BASICS
Finding the basic engram on a chain also applies to finding the basic
overt or basic motivator engram.
Engrams then hang up (won't run out) when
(a) The other type needs to be run and
(b) The one found has earlier engrams on it.
NONEXTANT ENGRAMS
An "engram" sometimes didn't exist. A pc can be trying to run being run
over by a car when he never was. What needs to be done, when the incident
won't run, is get the pc's incident of running over somebody. It also
works in reverse. A pc can be trying to run an engram of running over
somebody when he was in fact only run over himself and never did run over
anyone.
So BOTH engrams can exist and be run or only one side exists and can be
run or with a heavy foul-up on overts and motivators, one side can be non-
factual and won't run because only the other side exists.
It is easy to visualize this as a matter of flows. An overt of course
is an Outflow and a motivator is an Inflow.
SECONDARIES
It may never have been said that secondaries always sit squarely on
incidents of actual pain and unconsciousness.
Also secondaries can exist on the overt-motivator sequence pattern just
as in engrams.
This is the cause of frozen emotions or "unemotional" people. Also some
people complain they can't feel anymore.
This works out by overt-motivator sequence. A person in grief over loss
(grief is always loss) who then can't run it has caused grief and that
overt-secondary can be run.
Also a person misemotional over causing grief has been caused grief. It
works both ways with ALL POINTS ON THE TONE SCALE.
The last is a newer discovery and wasn't known to early Dianeticists.
The Overt-Motivator Engram phenomena did not receive adequate
dissemination. The principle applied to secondaries has not before been
released. It is basically Dianetic Engram running that resolves all cases
in the end so one had better be pretty good at auditing Engrams and
Secondaries, Motivator and Overt both.
LRH:jp.nt.cdenjh L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968, 1974 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 MAY 1968
Remimeo
COACHING
In order to help you to do the best you possibly can in the course as
far as being a coach is concerned, below you will find a few data that will
assist you:
1. Coach with a purpose.
(a) Have for your goal when you are coaching that the student
is going to get the training drill correct; be purposeful in
working toward obtaining this goal. Whenever you correct the
student as a coach just don't do it with no reason, with no
purpose. Have the purpose in mind for the student to get a
better understanding of the training drill and to do it to the
best of his ability.
2. Coach with reality.
(a) Be realistic in your coaching. When you give an
origination to a student really make it an origination, not
just something that the sheet said you should say; so that it
is as if the student was having to handle it exactly as you say
under real conditions and circumstances. This does not mean,
however, that you really feel the things that you are giving
the student, such as saying to him, "My leg hurts." This does
not mean that your leg should hurt, but you should say it in
such a manner as to convey to the student that your leg hurts.
Another thing about this is do not use any experiences from
your past to coach with. Be inventive in present time.
3. Coach with an intention.
(a) Behind all your coaching should be your intention that by
the end of the session your student will be aware that he is
doing better at the end of it than he did at the beginning. The
student must have a feeling that he has accomplished something
in the training step, no matter how small it is. It is your
intention and always should be while coaching that the student
you are coaching be a more able person and have a greater
understanding of that on which he is being coached.
4. In coaching take up only one thing at a time.
(a) For example: Using TR 4, if the student arrives at the
goal set up for TR 4 then check over, one at a time, the
earlier TRs. Is he confronting you? Does he originate the
question to you each time as his own and did he really intend
for you to receive it? Are his acknowledgements ending the
cycles of communication, etc. But only coach these things one
at a time; never two or more at a time. Make sure that the
student does each thing you coach him on correctly before going
on to the next training step. The better a student gets at a
particular drill or a particular part of a drill you should
demand, as a coach, a higher standard of ability. This does not
mean that you should be "never satisfied". It does mean that a
person can always get better and once you have reached a
certain plateau of ability then work toward a new plateau.
As a coach you should always work in the direction of better and more
precise coaching. Never allow yourself to do a sloppy job of coaching
because you would be doing your student a disservice and we doubt that you
would like the same disservice. If you are ever in doubt about the
correctness of what he is doing or of what you are doing, then the best
thing is to ask the supervisor. He will be very glad to assist you by
referring you to the correct materials.
In coaching never give an opinion, as such, but always give your
directions as a direct statement, rather than saying "I think" or "Well,
maybe it might be this way," etc.
As a coach you are primarily responsible for the session and the
results that are obtained on the student. This does not mean, of course,
that you are totally responsible but that you do have a responsibility
toward the student and the session. Make sure you always run good control
on the student and give him good directions.
Once in a while the student will start to rationalise and justify what
he is doing if he is doing something wrong. He will give you reasons why
and becauses. Talking about such things at great length does not accomplish
very much. The only thing that does accomplish the goals of the TR and
resolves any differences is doing the training drill. You will get further
by doing it than by talking about it.
In the training drills the coach should coach with the material given
under "Training Stress" and "Purpose" on the training sheet.
These training drills occasionally have a tendency to upset the
student. There is a possibility that during a drill a student may become
angry or extremely upset or experience some misemotion. Should this occur
the coach must not "back off". He should continue the training drill until
he can do it without stress or duress and he feels "good about it". So,
don't "back off" but push the student through whatever difficulty he may be
having.
There is a small thing that most people forget to do and that is
telling the student when he has gotten the drill right or he has done a
good job on a particular step. Besides correcting wrongnesses there is also
complimenting rightness.
You very definitely "flunk" the student for anything that amounts to
"self-coaching". The reason for this is that the student will tend to
introvert and will look too much at how he is doing and what he is doing
rather than just doing it.
As a coach keep your attention on the student and how he is doing and
don't become so interested in what you yourself are doing that you neglect
the student and are unaware of his ability or inability to do the drill
correctly. It is easy to become "interesting" to a student; to make him
laugh and act up a bit. But your main job as a coach is to see how good he
can get in each training drill and that is what you should have your
attention on; that, and how well he is doing.
To a large degree the progress of the student is determined by the
standard of coaching. Being a good coach produces auditors who will in turn
produce good results on their preclears. Good results produce better
people.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:js.cden
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
INTRODUCTION
to
SCIENTOLOGY ETHICS
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published July 1968
Introduction to Scientology Ethics by L. Ron Hubbard was published at Saint
Hill Manor in answer to a demand for a manual for learning and applying the
Scientology Ethics system, which had proved to be so tremendously workable.
L. Ron Hubbard says, "All that Ethics is for-the totality of the reason for
its existence and operation-is simply that additional tool necessary to
make it possible to apply the technology of Scientology.
"Man does not have that purpose for his law or his justice. He wants to
squash people who are giving him trouble.
"That is not the case with Scientology Ethics, which, having the above
purpose, is a fabulously successful activity."
In this manual Ron gives the principles and formulas of the Scientology
Ethics system. He draws an easy-to-recognize picture of the person who can
be trusted and the one who cannot be trusted. He gives the exact formulas
to be used to better any condition (operating state) in which a person
finds himself. He gives a Code of Offenses and Penalties; and then an
essay on Rewards and Penalties in which he introduces a "seemingly obvious
law" which explains "the whole decay of Western government": "When you
reward down statistics and penalize up statistics you get down statistics."
He goes on to show why and how to "reward the up statistic and damn the
down"-a new and honest look. Finally, he shows how, once you get things
going in the right direction, you maintain this upward trend.
This Ethics system can be applied in any area of your life-business,
marriage, family, personal-with startlingly good results.
72 pages, hardback with dust jacket, glossary. Available from your nearest
Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct from the publishers:
Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V,
Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications Organization U.S., 2723 West
Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 AUGUST 1968
Remimeo
CLASS III, SOLO VI & VII, ACADEMY AND SHSBC
REQUIRED REVIEWED FOR SOLO AND VII
(Compiled from earlier HCOBs and TAPES of
the early 60's to give the exact stable data)
THE LAWS OF LISTING AND NULLING
(Star Rate. No attestations
allowed, clay and demos required)
The following laws are the ONLY important rules of listing and nulling.
If an auditor doesn't know these he will mess up pcs thoroughly and
awfully. An auditor who doesn't know and can't apply these is not a Level
III auditor.
LAWS
1. The definition of a complete list is a list which has only one
reading item on list.
2. A TA rising means the list is being overlisted (too long).
3. A list can be underlisted in which case nothing can be found on
nulling.
4. If after a session the TA is still high or goes up, a wrong item has
been found.
5. If pc says it is a wrong item it is a wrong item.
6. The question must be checked and must read as a question before it is
listed. An item listed from a non-reading question will give you a
"Dead Horse" (no item).
7. If the item is on the list and nothing read on nulling, the item is
suppressed or invalidated.
8. On a suppressed list, it must be nulled with suppressed. "On ....has
anything been suppressed."
9. On an item that is suppressed or invalidated the read will transfer
exactly from the item to the button and when the button is gotten in
the item will again read.
10. An item from an overlisted list is often suppressed.
11. On occasion when you pass the item in nulling, all subsequent items
will read to a point where everything on list will then read. In this
case take the first which read on first nulling.
12. An underlisted and overlisted list will ARC break the pc and he may
refuse to be audited until list is corrected, and may become furious
with auditor and will remain so till it is corrected.
13. Listing and nulling or any auditing at all beyond an ARC Br
without handling the ARC Break first such as correcting the list or
otherwise locating it will put a pc into a "sad effect".
14. A pc whose attention is on something else won't list easily. (List
and null only with the rudiments in on the pc.)
15. An auditor whose TRs are out has difficulty in listing and nulling
and in finding items.
16. Listing and nulling errors in presence of Auditor's Code violations
can unstabilize a pc.
17. The lack of a specific listing question or an incorrect non-standard
listing question which doesn't really call for item will give you more
than one item reading on a list.
18. You cease listing and nulling actions when a floating needle appears.
19. Always give a pc his item and circle it plainly on the list.
20. Listing and nulling are highly precise auditing actions and if not
done exactly by the laws may bring about a down tone and slow case
gain, but if done correctly exactly by the laws and with good auditing
in general will produce the highest gains attainable.
NOTE: There are no variations or exceptions to the above. (Does not
alter 5A Power procedure.)
A failure to know and apply this bulletin will result in the assignment
of very low conditions as these laws, if not known or followed, can halt
case gain.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :jp js.cden
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 AUGUST 1968
Remimeo
LEVEL II
CHANGE OF COMMANDS
OVERT-MOTIVATOR SEQUENCE
IMPORTANT
(This HCOB takes precedence over all other
tapes and HCOBs on overts)
Whereas it is workable to ask for "What have you done" and "What have
you withheld", it is NOT the Level II Grade II process any longer.
The original work on this used the overt-motivator sequence and the
commands are
"What have you done?"
"What has been done to you?"
There is a third "leg" which is
"What has another done to another?"
which can be used and if not used may stick as a flow.
This is a problem in flows. (I) Inflow, (2) Outflow, (3) Cross Flow.
Therefore the only commands to be used to clean up overts are three in
number. They are run one at a time to floating needle on the process (not
F/N on each leg).
"What has been done to you?"
"What have you done?"
"What has another done to another?"
(By drawing three symbols
[pic]
an auditor can put his pen on each as it is asked and so keep his place.)
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :jp.js. cden
Copyright �19 68
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 AUGUST 1968
Remimeo
LEVEL III
IMPORTANT-STAR RATED
R 3 H
(Takes precedence over all other HCOBs & Tapes)
The way to handle the ARC Breaks of a case with R3H as the process for
Level III is:
1. Locate a change in life by listing to a blowdown. Use that period.
"What change has happened in your life" is a version of the question.
2. Get it dated.
3. Get some of the data of it (don't run as an engram) so you know what
the change was.
4. Find out by assessment if this was a Break in
Affinity
Reality
Communication or
Understanding
and have the pc examine that briefly.
5. Taking the one found in (4) find out by assessment if it was
Curious about__________
Desired_______________
Enforced______________
Inhibited______________
That is all there is to it.
That was the research process.
It works like a bomb.
To make sure it works well, get in the rudiments before you do it.
-------------
It has been said that you can do this several times on a pc beyond a
floating needle on one. I have not verified this.
-------------
Doing Know-Unknown-Curious, etc. first is definitely wrong. ARC is
dominant. ARC is done first as above. Understanding is the composite of ARC
and so is added to ARC as U in (4) above.
LRH:jp.s.cden L. RON HUBBARD
copyright �1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
THE
PHOENIX LECTURES
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published August 1968
The Phoenix Lectures is a selection of the celebrated lecture series given
by L. Ron Hubbard in Phoenix, Arizona, between May and December, 1954,
tapes of which became known as the "Professional Course of July, 1954."
It begins with a fascinating three chapter description of the philosophical
and historical background of Scientology, followed by the considerations,
theory and mechanics behind instruction. Seven chapters detail and
thoroughly cover the Four Conditions of Existence (As-isness, Alter-isness,
Isness and Not-isness).
The first fifty Axioms of Scientology, which any student of Scientology is
expected to thoroughly absorb, are each individually described and
explained. Although these Axioms are selfevident truths, they are not so
thoroughly self-evident that they leap out of the page and introduce
themselves to you. You have to introduce yourself to them, and the four
chapters on the Axioms of Scientology greatly assist this process. In
addition to the axioms on time, a whole chapter is devoted to this subject.
Of particular interest to auditors are the chapters on Two-Way
Communication and the Present Time Problem, Opening Procedure of 8-C,
Opening Procedure by Duplication, Viewpoint Straightwire, Remedy of
Havingness and Spotting Spots in Space, Description Processing, and Group
Processing. Ron ends off with an intriguing chapter on the application of
Scientology to one's everyday life.
A companion work to these Professional Course Lectures was the August,
1954, Auditor's Handbook later expanded into The Creation of Human
Ability).
336 pages, 2 drawings, hardcover with dust jacket, glossary. Available from
your nearest Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct from the
publishers: Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6, 1608
Copenhagen V, Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications Organization
U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 AUGUST 1968
Remimeo
Sea Org
QUALS
REHAB & CORRECTION
You can correct a pc or Pre OT half to death.
For instance the practice of rehabbing up to Grade II if it has been a
week or two or more since the pc made Grade II in order to run III is a bit
bonkers and serves as an Invalidation. You're going to get any upset anyway
in the rudiments so why the rehab?
At SH lower grades are rehabbed before Power only when the pc had the
lower grades elsewhere as the grades aren't to be trusted and that's for
Power only. And only when there's no good report available.
Doing a Green Form "every day" on a pc or Pre OT may shove up Qual
stats but it's actually an overrun of Green Forms. They go to F/N on the
Green Form and to do another WITHOUT ANY REAL TROUBLE having occurred is
asking for it.
Sec Checks can be overrun and overdone. By-passing 2 or 3 Floating
Needles on a Sec Check is bad business.
Doing Disagreements Checks and S & Ds wholesale on pcs and Pre OTs
eventually winds them up in a ball.
Outnesses can usually be spotted by folder inspection by a good Case
Supervisor.
When Remedy Bs and S & Ds are done by auditors who haven't got the Laws
of Listing recent HCOB down by heart and use it will generally mess up more
pcs than they will help.
Qual corrects. But it can get into over-correction and then invalidate
the pc's or Pre OT's levels, fill his folder with bad lists, etc.
If any organization, any Qual, at this writing had its folders fully
gone over by a competent Case Supervisor who KNEW his Laws of Listing, knew
his auditing, I guarantee that Org's stats would soar, not just Qual's. And
having for once and all straightened out the folder then cease to correct
things that would better be handled by the next Grade or Section.
When over-correction has been present YOU STRAIGHTEN OUT THE BLUNDERS
IN THE FOLDER not just maul the pc around some more. And when you have the
folder straight you mark it up to that point as remedied and after that
only handle the pc when there's something really gone wrong with him.
At the present writing I am organizing the Class VIII Course to make
Class VIII auditors. These are essentially Case Supervisors and crack
standard tech people who can straighten out folders and pcs and Pre OTs.
Looking over old Qual case folders I see they are desperately needed.
But keep the fact in view, don't correct a pc who needs no correction.
Don't rehab and Remedy him to death. Get him onto the next level or section
and let him have his wins.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.ei.cden
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 AUGUST 1968
Remimeo
Class VIII
All Orgs
OUT TECH
After Standard Tech is out for just so long in an org, Scientology
ceases to have any meaning.
Squirrel processes and repairs wind the staff up in a ball, enturbulate
the field and cause a general lethargy and trouble.
Ethics then goes in hard or it all goes up in smoke.
There is only one Standard Tech! It contains only a few dozen processes
and actions. It was not complete before 1966. Students study mainly the
Research Line. Standard Tech consists of the exact grade processes and Case
Repair.
Some still look for magic buttons that resolve a case all at once. Some
can't duplicate what they read and hear.
They need the broad body of knowledge.
BUT the actual application of Dian & Scn today contains only a few
dozen STANDARD INVARIABLE SIMPLE actions and processes.
When these are not used, when opinion enters, it's all gone.
STANDARD TECH ALONE RESOLVES ALL CASES.
No matter how bright, the other processes and new inventions of someone
else (a) work only on a few and (b) are efforts to solve one's own case by
auditing others.
To let Standard Tech go out is an act of Treason as Scientology then
loses all meaning in an org.
This is why I am teaching a Class VIII Course.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH-jp.ei.bh
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 AUGUST 1968
Issue II
Remimeo
FO
DRUGS
(Note: Drug taking has become very common
in the West, pushed by psychiatrists.)
It is possible to come off drugs without convulsions.
Drugs essentially are poisons. The degree they are taken determines the
effect. A small amount gives a stimulant. A greater amount acts as a
sedative. A larger amount acts as a poison and can kill one dead.
This is true of any drug. Each has a different amount. Caffeine is a
drug. So Coffee is an example. 100 cups of coffee would probably kill a
person. 10 cups would probably put him to sleep. 2 or 3 cups stimulates.
This is a very common drug. It is not very harmful as it takes so much of
it to have an effect so it is known as a stimulant.
Arsenic is known as a poison. Yet a tiny amount of arsenic is a
stimulant, a good sized dose puts one to sleep and a few grains kills one
dead.
But there are some drugs which have another factor. They directly
affect the reactive bank. Marijuana (pot), peyote, morphine, heroin, etc.
turn on the pictures one is stuck in. And they turn them on too hard to
audit out.
LSD-25 is a psychiatric drug designed to make schizophrenics out of
normal people. It is evidently widely distributed by psychiatrists. It
looks like cube sugar and is easily made.
Drugs are considered valuable by addicts to the degree that they
produce some "desirable effect".
But they are dangerous to those around because a person on drugs
(a) has blank periods
(b) has unrealities and delusions that remove him from PT
(c) is very hard to audit.
Thus a drug taker can be holding a boat alongside, go into one of his
blanks, think he is on Venus and let go.
A drug taker left on watch may go blank and miss a menacing situation
and not handle it because he is "somewhere else".
Giving an order to a drug taker can be grim as he may simply stand and
stare at one. He ARC breaks anyone with it.
It takes about six weeks apparently for LSD to wear off. After that a
person can be audited. But it ruins his case to a marked degree as it
builds up ridges which don't as-is well.
A drug or alcohol burns up the Vitamin B1 in the system rapidly. This
increased speed of burning up B1 adds to his "happy state". But now his
system is out of B1 so he goes depressed.
To avoid convulsions take lots of B1 daily when coming off drugs.
And wait for six weeks before one is audited.
And then lay off. It's a pretty poor trick on those who are dependent
on one and get let down.
LRH:jp.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 AUGUST 1968
Remimeo
(Corrected & reissued 10 June 1975
as contained a misprint in para 4)
DRUG DATA
LSD-25 is a colourless, odourless, tasteless and virtually undetectable
derivative of a rye mould called ergot. The use of sugar cubes as a medium
was discontinued several years ago. Dosage is fantastically small, 50 to
1000 micrograms per dose, so capsules and tablets are used to reduce
evaporation. Price varies from 3 to 7 dollars and it is only sold on the
black market. Prior to 1964 the drug was administered by psychologists and
psychiatrists. However, it is now illegal for them to do so. Despite its
illegal status, LSD is very popular among teenagers and college students.
An entire sub-culture of psychedelic (mind-manifesting) posters, light
shows, and electronic music has emerged on the West Coast. Most of the Pop
music has hidden drug references. A recent survey indicated that over 50%
of the students graduating from the Los Angeles City School System had
tried either LSD or marijuana.
Marijuana is the most popular of the psychedelic drugs. One ounce may
be readily purchased for $10 and will furnish 30-50 cigarettes or "joints".
A smoker quickly progresses from the one ounce "lids" to purchasing a
"brick" or "kilo". This is a kilogram (2.2 lbs) and sells for $75 to $150.
Marijuana may be easily identified. It has a strong characteristic odour
which is similar to fresh hay or wet, freshly cut grass. Smoking some tea
leaves, rolled up into a cigarette will give you a good stable datum for
identifying marijuana odour. Marijuana may be physically identified as a
green or greenish brown tobacco with varying amounts of brown stems and
small round seeds.
Hashish, like marijuana, comes from the female hemp plant, Cannabis
sativa. When matured, the plant is hung upside down and resins collect
which are dried into hashish. One gram of hashish sells for $10 and will
supply 10 to 30 "hits" or periods of being "high". Hashish is brown, tan,
or black and is usually kept in tin foil. Users of both hashish and
marijuana will have bloodshot eyes while under the influence. Someone under
LSD may be identified by very dilated pupils.
Peyote "buttons" are several inches in diameter and come from the
peyote cactus of S.W. America. The pure form of the drug is a synthetic
(white) or natural (brown) powder called mescaline. A beefed-up version of
this drug was recently made available but was, as of June 1968, unnamed.
Another new drug is STP. This drug is much more powerful than even LSD.
As of June 1968, STP was waning in use as people found its results too
unpredictable.
One other drug worth mentioning is DMT. This drug is smoked or injected
and has immediate effects which end in about an hour. It may be identified
by an odour similar to moth balls and is either a white powder or soaked
into a medium such as pot or tobacco.
Marijuana is basically a very mild drug which creates euphoria. Also it
has the unpleasant consequence of distorting the senses of the user to the
point that people on "trips" have been known to open the door of a car
going 80 mph and step out "since they could walk faster".
The remaining psychedelic drugs are much more powerful and will
strongly influence a pc.
It was found in L.A. that over a period of several months (4-6) every
single income slump was traced to the accidental acceptance of one or more
drug (LSD, etc)
users into the Academy and/or HGC and traced as well to the spreading waves
of chaos in attempts to handle their "disagreements" with the tech, demands
for special handling and no case gain.
The "trips" that a drug user goes on tend to produce stuck points on
the track with much fixation of attention on that area. Bad "trips" tend to
act like Super Engrams collapsing the track at that point.
Users of drugs cannot as-is, do not get TA, nor do they have
cognitions.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rdjh
Copyright � 1968, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 31 AUGUST 1968
Remimeo
Case Supervisor Hat
WRITTEN C/S INSTRUCTIONS
It is a High Crime for a Case Supervisor not to WRITE in a preclear's
folder what the case supervised instructions are and a High Crime for an
auditor to accept verbal C/S instructions.
To commit this crime causes:
1. Extreme difficulty when doing a folder error summary as there is no
background of what was ordered and why.
2. Gives the auditor leave to do anything he likes as not in writing.
3. Is open to misduplication and can cause squirrel processes to be run
and so mess up a preclear with Non-Standard Tech.
Any C/Supervisor found guilty of this from this date is to be removed
as this could only be considered a deliberate attempt to mess up preclears.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.ts
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 SEPTEMBER 1968
Remimeo
Cl VIII
SUMMARY OF HOW TO WRITE AN AUDITOR'S REPORT,
WORK SHEETS AND SUMMARY REPORT, WITH SOME
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
AUDITOR 'S REPORT
An Auditor's Report should contain:
Date
Name of Auditor
Name of Pc
Condition of Pc
Length of Session
Time Session started and ended
T/A at beginning and end of Session
Rudiments
What process was run-LISTING THE EXACT COMMANDS (often forgotten by
most Auditors)
Time of Start and End of Process
Whether Process is flat or not Any F/Ns
WORK SHEETS
A Work Sheet is supposed to be the complete running record of the session
from beginning to end. The Auditor should not be skipping from one page to
another but should just be writing page after page as the session goes
along.
A Work Sheet is always foolscap, 8 x 13 inches, written on both sides and
each page is numbered. Pc's name is written on each separate sheet.
A Work Sheet may be in 2 columns depending on how big the writing is of the
Auditor.
When the session is completed, the Work Sheets are put in proper sequence
and stapled with the Auditor Report Form on top from beginning to end of
session.
T/A and time notations should be made at regular intervals throughout the
session.
When making a list on a Pc:
1. Always mark a read as it reads-F. LF. BD.
2. Always circle the reading item. Mark if indicated to the Pc with IND.
3. Always when extending a list put in a line from where it has been
extended, e.g.
Item Joe
Shoes
Socks
______________________ extended
Sky
Wax
Pigs, etc, etc.
NOTE: When you repair an old auditing session you always write on the old
auditing report and W/sheets in a different coloured pen with the date of
the report.
When running various processes in a session, mark each F/N clearly, noting
time and TA.
SUMMARY REPORT
A Summary Report is written exactly as per HCO B 14 June 1965-
Pc's Name
Auditor's Name
Process Run TA Time
Goals and Gains
Aspects of Running Process
Ethics
Suggestions.
Two gross goofs I have noticed since case supervising folders on the RSM is
that Auditors have not been turning in Ethics cases to the MAA. In one
instance, a Pc was audited by 2 Auditors in 2 different sessions, got a R/S
on crimes against Scientologists and M/W/Hs and neither Auditor turned the
Pc in to Ethics. This is not the only instance. The second thing is that
Auditors are very evaluative of the Pc's case as indicated by their
comments on the Summary Report. This is incorrect; this report is used
simply as an exact record of what happened during the session. It is not up
to the Auditor to evaluate the Pc's Case, this is the Case Supervisor's
job. The Auditor may suggest what is to be run, at which time the Case
Supervisor will review the session, what was run, how the Pc went in
relation to what was being run and then give his directions.
------------------------------
Auditor Report Forms or W/sheets are never re-copied. The Auditor
should always read over his W/sheets before turning in folder to the Case
Supervisor and, if any words or letters are missing or cannot be read, they
should be written in with a different coloured pen.
If these rules are followed it will make the Case Supervisor's job much
much easier and Auditor's Reports more valuable.
To add the obvious, it is a CRIME to give any session or assist without
making an Auditor's Report or to copy the original actual report after the
session and submit a copy instead of the real report. Assist Reports that
use only contact or touch assists may be written after a session and sent
to Qual.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH jp.ei.ts
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
POINTS ON CASE SUPERVISION
1. Check your orders to find out if auditor did them.
2. Check to see if commands correct and if pc's reaction was expected
reaction for those commands.
3. Check any list and find out if there was mislisting.
4. Advise against a background of Standard Tech.
5. Order any errors corrected or get the case on further up the grades.
6. Beware of over-correction.
7. Beware of false, pessimistic or over-enthusiastic auditor reports.
They are detected by whether the case responded to usual actions as
they all do.
8. Beware of talking to the auditor or the pc.
9. Have implicit confidence in Standard Tech. If it is reported not
working the auditor's report is false or the application terrible but
not reported.
10. Above all else hold a standard and NEVER listen to or use unusual
solutions.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.ts
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
Don't force a pc who is ill. The whole intention when auditing a pc who
is sick is making him well.
If overts, or M/W/Hs don't read, even though he is nattering, then they
are not available to be run right then.
A preclear who is not well cannot look, his havingness is down and he
must be handled permissively-always.
The mechanism of RELEASE must be well understood to make an ill person
well. They plunge down the track madly on any excuse. They require much
lighter auditing than they stand up to when well.
LRH:jp.ts L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
CHECKING FOR FALSE READS
When you check for earlier auditor false reads on a GF or rudiment type
read:
When follow-up of the read seems to bog down, get nowhere and
when pc has no answers.
When the pc protests, seems ARC Broken by the read or seems
resigned.
When the pc starts to explain how the thing has been run before.
When there is protest or inval.
LRH:jp.ts L. RON
HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 SEPTEMBER 1968-1
ADDITION OF 28 FEBRUARY 1975
Remimeo
Class VIII
(This is an amendment of HCO B 10 Sept 68, "Green Form, S &
D, Remedy B". NOTE: Original HCO B 10 Sept 68 is changed in
distribution to Solo C/S Crse and is not cancelled as it
contains vital data for the Solo C/S.)
GREEN FORM, S & D
It was found in C/Supervising aboard the RSM that the following
additives had been entered and are not altogether correct.
1. "Green Form to Free Needle." Not necessarily correct. It may or
may not. Each item on the Green Form is independent of the rest.
However it can be a serious blunder to continue a GF past an F/N. I
have seen TAs then rise.
The only time you would ever do this (go past an F/N on a Green Form)
would be when GIs were not in and the pc still felt he was in
trouble. In this case the F/N is probably an ARC Brk needle and an
ARC Break should be checked.
2. "S & Ds to F/N" (WSU). Not necessarily true. You stop as per
listing rules.
LRH:jp.nt.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968,1975 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
FALSE READS
False Reads are handled by checking back any that are false to when
they were first "seen" by an auditor.
Sometimes a false read goes on and on, never cleans because there
wasn't anything there in the first place.
Find when and where somebody thought it read when it didn't. Can ask,
"Who said you had an______reading when you didn't have one?"
Also check Protest, Invalidate and Suppress to clean up a false read.
LRH:jpts L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
CASE SUPERVISOR DATA
A Case Supervisor should watch for Ethics record of pcs who have been
C/Sed.
If they fall on their head, get into low conditions, the folder should
be reviewed.
Most probably the auditor did not do what was ordered and, if folder
looks okay, chances are the auditing report is false as something is wrong
or pc would not be in trouble.
LRH:jp.ts L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class IV
OVERRUN PROCESS
The Process "What has been overrun?" is used when pc has a chronically
high T/A.
It is run by taking each reading item and getting the time or times it
was released. Run each to clean needle or F/N.
The item is taken up as it reads and the releases in it rehabbed. Then
the next item is listed and handled the same way.
More than one F/N can be attained on the list as the items are
different subjects.
Each item as rehabbed is taken as far as it will go. It does not
necessarily F/N. It must not be over rehabbed.
The odd phenomena of high TA "F/Ns" must be looked for and tell you
when an item is rehabbed enough. Eventually after many are rehabbed a real
and normal F/N will occur with TA between 2 & 3. TA action will then have
ceased.
LRH:jp.rw.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Class IV has been added to the mimeo distribution of this HCO B per HCO B
10 December 1968, Correction.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 SEPTEMBER 1968R
REVISED 31 JANUARY 1975
Remimeo
Class VIII
SIX ZONES OF ACTION
There are 6 zones of action in Class VIII:
1. Auditing for Grades "obtains real case gain".
2. Repair of misaudited Grades.
3. Setting up cases to run a Grade.
4. Case Supervising the auditing of Grades.
5. Case Supervising the repair of misaudited Grades.
6. Case Supervision of setting up cases to audit Grades.
Each of these is a separate skill and must be learned.
Each has its precise and invariable actions and these must be learned.
There are no others.
A student's reality must be able to embrace that there are no others.
His grip on tech must be so exact that he doesn't flub Standard Tech and so
begin to look for unusual solutions in any of the six above actions.
A good C/S is bound by the Case Supervisor's Code and a good C/S does
not use 2 (two) or 5 (five) above as an excuse to give assists. Assists
have no part in Class VIII skills which depend wholly on the grades for
case advance.
A pc released at Zero will of course soon begin to have problems. He
goes to the next grade, not to Review for an assist.
No one grade solves the whole case. That's why there are grades.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rs.nt jh
Copyright � 1968, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII C/S
ETHNICS
A Case Supervisor must watch Ethnics (customs) oddities and changing
fashions because one race has different mores than another and changing
fashions bring in new methods of degradation, i.e. Drug Rehab was not
necessary in 1950, but is vitally necessary in 1968.
Sex was not a button in Ancient Greece and is the total subject of
Freudian analysis in 1894.
For the 1930 period, C/S would have to pay attention to rehabbing
periods of time pc went "release" when drinking.
What you are looking for and what must be handled is euphoria caused by
some external stimuli.
This not only may be but must be rehabbed in many cases before they
even begin to move.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.ts
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
C/S
GROSS CASE SUPERVISION ERRORS
1. Ordering unnecessary repairs.
2. Trying to use repair processes to get case gain instead of
getting the pc onto the next grade.
3. Not writing down C/S instructions, but giving them to an
auditor verbally.
4. Talking to the auditor re the case.
5. Talking to pc re his case.
6. Falling to send pc to examiner if you're unsure why his folder
has been sent up
7. Being reasonable.
8. Not having enough Ethics presence to get his orders followed.
9. Issuing involved repair orders.
10. BIGGEST GC/SE for C/S is not to read through the pc folder.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :jp.ts
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 SEPTEMBER 1968
Remimeo
EXAMINER'S FORM
(This is the only Examiner Form for Pc and Pre OT
Routing in SHs, AOs and SO.)
Date_______________________
Name of Pc_________________________________
Last Grade attained___________________________
Pc's statement _________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
TA ___________________________
STATE OF NEEDLE_________________________
EXAMINER ROUTES: To C/S___________________
To MO___________________
Back to Post___________________
______________________________________
Signature of Examiner
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.eijh
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO PL was revised by HCO PL 30 September 1968, Issue II, Examiner's
Form, which added blanks for the following text: "Qual Div (place)", "Time"
and, after "Last Grade attained", "(or) Grade being attested". It also
added two boxes labeled "Before Session" and "After Session". This PL was
then revised by HCO PL 9 May 1969, which was revised and replaced by HCO PL
26 January 1970, Issue III, both titled Examiner's Form, neither of which
were written by LRH. These were revised by HCO PL 8 March 1971, Examiner's
Form which is printed in Volume VII, page 193]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 SEPTEMBER 1968
Remimeo
L&N Chksht
Class VIII
(Reissued 8 May 72
with extended distribution)
Old lists are NOT TO BE COPIED. They are to be corrected in their
original form but using a different coloured pen to show what has been done-
always date new uses of these lists also using the same colour pen as used
for renulling or addition to them.
When listing you always note down F, BDs, SF, LF, etc, next to the
items. This is done AS YOU LIST.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.nt.rd
Copyright � 1968, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Original distribution was simply "Class VIII".]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 SEPTEMBER 1968
Remimeo
Class VIII
REVIEW, ORDERING PEOPLE TO
Ordering people to Review for rehab or Review of grades when they are
not ethics cases and no outness is found in the folder acts as an
Invalidation of gains and can react seriously on a case.
It must cease.
A specific folder outness or a chronic low conditions case are the only
reasons to review grades.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.ts
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 SEPTEMBER 1968
Remimeo
Class VIII
GLEE
When you see glee on some fellow on a post, realize it's because he
doesn't understand what he's doing.
He's ignorant about something and above that is confusion and above the
confusion you see glee.
People who make fun of a serious needful action or duty just don't dig
it, that's all.
There are remedies. There's instruction or Remedy B. And these should
be used.
But this glee is nevertheless a kind of insanity. Freud mentioned that
people who couldn't understand something sometimes giggled in an
embarrassed kind of way. I rarely take any data from him but in this case,
he was right. It was a good observation.
However, he had no cure for it.
You can get a whole area into a kind of glee when they don't grasp what
they are doing.
If you see somebody in glee, get a Remedy B run on them in Qual.
Glee is a special kind of embarrassed giggling. You'll know it when you
see it.
LRH :jp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 SEPTEMBER 1968
Remimeo
Class VIII
CCHs NOT GRADE I
Anyone rehabbing CCHs as a Level I process has skipped Grade I as CCHs
are only preparatory.
Pcs apparently being evaluated for as how would they know they were a
"problems release" on CCHs.
They really need a standard problems process.
LRH:jp.ei.cden L. RON HUBBARD
copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B was cancelled by HCO B 17 June 1970, Issue III, Cancellation of
HCO Bs that Conflict with Full Lower Grades, which was not written by LRH
and has been cancelled by BTB 10 December 1974, Issue VII, Cancellation of
Bulletins-1970. BTB 10 December 1974, Issue V, Cancellation of Bulletins-
1963-1968, confirms the above HCO B 22 September 1968 as cancelled.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1968
(Reissued 22 January 1972 as "Remimeo")
Remimeo
DRUGS & TRIPPERS
Any case that won't run or won't rehab is probably a "tripper", meaning
somebody who has taken drugs.
Standard practice for anyone who has ever taken drugs or even alcohol
is to rehabilitate the moments of releases in these.
Drugs (or alcohol) give an enforced moment or period of release. It is
surrounded in mass.
LSD, marijuana (pot, hashish), peyote, opium, ether (in operations),
nitrous oxide (laughing gas in dental operations), weird "biochemical"
compounds used by "psychiatrists", Benzedrine, solid alcohol (canned heat),
alcohol, turpentine, gasoline, witch herbs of various kinds, and even
certain rays, in this lifetime and on the back track, could have caused a
moment of release.
Death does also but it's a bit steep to rehab.
In a rehab session, or before such a this lifetime one is audited on
grades, the moments of release should be rehabbed.
The C/S directs this to be done before a rehab of ARC Straight Wire.
Such releases usually need rehabbing only once.
Tough rehabbing and probably all "Black Vs" probably trace to these
chemical "releases" .
They are deadly because they give the sensation of release while
actually pulling in mass.
When "All black" reads on a GF one of these chemical release periods is
probably in restim.
These "Chemical releases" give us a lot of trouble unless (a) detected
and (b) rehabbed.
Such pcs often withhold the fact (non-acceptable or discreditable
datum) quite madly and thus make detection difficult unless directly asked
for on a hard to run case.
Such persons can also be a mess on III if the chemical period rehabs
aren't done.
Delusory or dub-in cases also sometimes trace to chemical "releases".
Painkillers, tranquilizers or morphine can also be explored where no
"drug taking" is traced.
All the above come under the heading of forceful exteriorization and
can inhibit the act of exteriorization on V.
Such pcs are a bit blank, irresponsible or detached.
Each TYPE of chemical which produced "release" must be rehabbed and it
is best to count how many times released on each type.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.mes.rd
Copyright �1968, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Original distribution was
simply "Class VIII".]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1968
Remimeo
All Students
Saint Hill Courses
NEW RUDIMENTS
(This HCOB cancels HCOB 3 July 65)
The Class VIII technique is floating the needle on rudiments before
doing a new grade, power or rehabs.
1. "Do you have an ARC Bk?"
(If the question reads handle with ARCU and CDEI.)
2. "Do you have a present time problem?"
(If this reads handle by any quick problems process.)
3. "Has a withhold been missed?"
(If so, get it.)
Remember that on each of these questions, if they don't blow, they can
be traced back to an earlier ARC Bk, problem or withhold.
If no F/N occurs, then the auditor uses a Green Form or a List (such as
L4A) to
produce one.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.ei.cden
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
CLASS VIII COURSE LECTURES
Flagship Apollo
24 September-15 October 1968
In 1968, in order to markedly upgrade the standard of application of
Scientology Technology, L. Ron Hubbard called leading auditors to Flag from
around the world, and personally trained them in exact standard practical
application from ARC Straightwire through to OT processes.
Thus a higher level of application of Scientology Technology was
heralded in by emphasizing that exact and invariable application of
Standard Tech produces results on all cases.
** 6809C24 SO Class VIII-1: Welcome to the Class VIII Course.
An Introduction to Standard Tech
** 6809C25 SO Class VIII-2: What Standard Tech Does
The list of Class VIII lectures continues on pages 260-265, 268, and
271, in chronological sequence with the written material of the time.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 25 SEPTEMBER 1968
(Reissued broadly 5 Oct '72)
Remimeo
SHSBC Class Vl
Class IV
GF-40XRR CHECKSHEET
CONTINUOUS PT OVERTS
A listing question used to handle the continuous present time overt
question on the Green Form is:
"What are you trying to prevent?"
This is listed and follows all listing and nulling rules and lists to
one item reading.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.nt.rd
Copyright � 1968, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Original distribution was simply "Class VIII, Confidential".]
CLASS VIII LECTURE
26 September 1968
** 6809C26 SO Class VIII-3: The Laws of Case Supervision
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1968
Issue II
Remimeo
All Dianetic
Courses
ARC STRAIGHT WIRE
(Corrects HCO B 30 June 1962 and also
in the HDA Course book. Corrects p. 102
[soft-cover edition] of Self Analysis.)
(Paste over HDA Course page 15.)
(Corrects earlier HCO B of same date & title.)
The correct commands for ARC Straight Wire, as researched and as
successful in test in cracking even neurotic cases, with one command added
to modernize it, were and are:
Recall a time that was really real to you.
Recall a time you were in good communication with someone.
Recall a time you really felt affinity for someone.
Recall a time you knew you understood something.
Run ONLY on a Meter.
Run ONLY to Floating Needle and NOT beyond. (Don't abruptly cut pc's
Comm.)
A true fact is that ARC always must precede an ARC Break.
Also ARC = Understanding and Time.
A = Space and the willingness to occupy the same space of.
R = Mass or agreement.
C = Energy or Recognition.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.ei.rd
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
CLASS VIII LECTURE
27 September 1968
** 6809C27 SO Class VIII-4: Standard Tech Defined
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 SEPTEMBER 1968
Remimeo
Class VIII
DIANETICS
The most incredible part of the auditing period preceding Sept 1968 was
that auditors, calling themselves such, actually could forget, mislay and
abandon secondary and engram running as a skill.
A secondary or engram can key out or key in at will. They don't stay
out, which makes a release a release. The very definition of Release is
based on this fact. A Clear has nothing to key in again. A Release does.
When you only straight wire a secondary or engram THAT IS RECURRING
(restims because of environment) you don't get a lasting result.
This lifetime secondaries and engrams should be nun to F/N, not coaxed
to F/N by a recall process.
Anybody can run a secondary or engram. It's pie.
The only liability in running them in chains was omitted from the
Dianetic Auditor's handbook for some reason. It's in Book One.
IF A SECONDARY OR ENGRAM GOES SOLID OR WON'T DISCHARGE, you find the
earlier similar one and run it. Give it only two times through if it is
going solid, then try earlier. Finally Basic will emerge and run cleanly.
Miracles are contained in this action. But a modern (pre Sept 68)
auditor never thinks to check it even. They just straight wire or get it
recalled to F/N. And think they've done it.
A recent death loss will not really resolve unless the secondary is run
properly and completely.
There are 2 F/Ns available-one by key-out, one by erasure. Don't run a
keying out process to F/N and then run it. Run it in the first place if
it's a serious recent
secondary or engram.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.rd
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
CLASS VIII LECTURES
28-29 September 1968
** 6809C28 SO Class VIII-5: The Standard Green Form and
Rudiments
** 6809C29 S0 Class VIII-6: Mechanics of Techniques and Study
Matter
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 SEPTEMBER 1968
Remimeo L&N Chksht
Class VIII
(Reissued 8 May 1972 with
extended distribution)
LISTS
When doing a correction of lists in a folder to get the correct item
and clean the folder up, these rules apply-
1. Get one F/N per type of list. Example: 3 S & Ds type U are in the
folder-you get the item on the first S & D and an F/N-leave the other
two.
2. You can get F/Ns on S & D types WSU, Rem Bs old, new and environment.
But only on each type.
3. To go for any more on one type is dangerous and should not be done.
This whole procedure should be done only if ordered by the C/S.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.nt.rd
Copyright � 1968, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The original mimeo distribution of this HCO B was simply "Class VIII".]
CLASS VIII LECTURES
30 September-2 October 1968
** 6809C30 SO Class VIII-7: Case Supervisor Do's and Don'ts-
The Total Rationale and Background of Auditing
** 6810C01 SO Class VIII-8: Certainty of Standard Tech
** 6810C02 SO Class VIII-9: Laws of Listing and Nulling
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 OCTOBER 1968
Remimeo
Dianetic
Course Students
Level 0 Students
NEW RUDIMENTS QUESTIONS
These questions are of interest to Dianetic and Level 0 Students. They
were submitted by SO Cl VI Students while studying Level 0 materials when
the New Rudiments were issued cancelling Model Session HCO B 3 July 65.
Q. Are we allowed as Level 0 Auditors to audit a pc from ARC S/W through
0 in one session?
A. Yes. ARC Straight Wire, Secondaries to Engrams and Level 0. All in
one session.
Q. Do we do new ruds at beginning of ARC S/W and again at Level 0?
A. Only when a break of session has intervened.
Q. Is the current Model Session-
1. This is the session
2. New Ruds l, 2, 3
3. This is the process-clear commands
4. That's it / F/N?
A. Yes, pretty well.
Q. What are we permitted to use as Level 0 Auditors when doing the new
rudiments to handle ARC breaks, PTPs, M/W/Hs?
A. Itsa and earlier similar Itsa-only.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.ei.cden
Copyright �1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B was cancelled by HCO B 17 June 1970, Issue III, Cancellation of
HCO Bs that Conflict with Full Lower Grades, which was not written by LRH
and has been cancelled by BTB 10 December 1974, Issue VII, Cancellation of
Bulletins-1970. BTB 10 December 1974, Issue V, Cancellation of Bulletins-
1963-1968, confirms the above HCO B 3 October 1968 as cancelled.]
CLASS VIII LECTURE
3 October 1968
** 6810C03 SO Class VIII-10: Assists
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 OCTOBER 1968
Class IV
RUDS
Pcs (and students) often don't know one rudiment from another. They
call PTPs ARC Brks and all sorts of weird answers. ARC Brks become PTPs,
etc.
They do NOT KNOW what the question is.
Therefore on a green pc or student it is best to clear the commands.
And it is VITAL to teach what these mean and do them in clay on an VIII
Course.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.ts
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 OCTOBER 1968
Class VIII
ARC BREAK NEEDLE
If you run ARC Breaks with the pc nattery which means really, M/W/Hs,
you will for sure get an ARC Break needle and Bad Indicators.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.ts
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
CLASS VIII LECTURE
7 October 1968
** 6810C07 SO Class VIII-11: Assessments and Listing Basics
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 OCTOBER 1968
Class VIII
(SH, ASHO)
ASSESSMENT
Assessment means the locating on a prepared list, one item.
Listing and Nulling means the pc lists.
The laws of listing and nulling apply only to LISTING and nulling. It
IS auditing.
The actions of assessment do not apply to listing and nulling and never
have.
Assessment is from a prepared list. It was done around 1960. It still
is used. It has its own actions.
But as the prepared lists as in Pre-have become bulky, I then developed
a NEW action where the pc listed.
DO NOT apply the rules of assessment as in the E-Meter book to Listing
and Nulling.
These are two different actions entirely.
The key is that a list for assessment is always from a list prepared by
the auditor or from an HCO B as in "7 resistive cases".
S & Ds, Remedy Bs, etc, are LISTED by the pc and follow the LAWS of
listing and nulling.
This is assessment, a list prepared by the C/S or auditor, not the pc.
To get a clue to what happened, the C/S prepares a list:
Lions X
Big Game / X
Cats X
Felines / X
Tigers X
Bearers X
Trucks X
Elephants X
Killing F / LF BD
Camping X
Then the auditor nulls it to ONE item.
This is then prepchecked or done on an L1 as a subject.
When you list and null the pc gives the list.
Who got shot? Me X X
Joe X X
Bearers F / / X
Elephants X X
Tigers LF BD / F X
The auditor nulls this (Xes and second action noted).
TWO items are now reading so the auditor EXTENDS the list-
Ext
______________
IND The White Hunter F / LF BD
The Dog X
And then the auditor renulls the WHOLE list (second X, etc) and only
one item stays in which is a complete list. That is the item. It is given
to pc.
LRH :jp.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968
Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B was revised by HCO B 20 August 1970, Two Complete Differences-
Assessment Listing and Nulling, which is cancelled by BTB 20 August 1970R,
Revised and Reissued 19 August 1974, same title.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 OCTOBER 1968
Class VIII
ASSESSMENT: LX1
When an item assesses out, it is assessed on the preclear's own
definition.
You don't look up what assesses out, except when a preclear does not
understand the item on a list. Then you clean the misunderstood and
REASSESS as the misunderstood cooked the list.
Looking up an assessed item from an LX1 acts as an invalidation. LX1
items must not be invalidated as LX1 uncovers a sort of invalidation chain.
However, if you have assessed an item and then find that the preclear
does not understand it, then get the word defined and renull the list.
In running any item found by assessing from a prepared list, never get
the preclear to define it unless he does not understand it whereupon you
have to clear the word and reassess the list. If you find it and the
preclear does not query its meaning, do not then get the preclear to define
it. If you do get him to define it, the process being used with the item
will not work too well.
In running recall on an LX1 item, it is not necessary to have the
preclear run it aloud if the preclear is doing the command. Running recall
in this fashion is not a comm process.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.rd
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard [Original distribution was "Class
VIII, Confidential"; it is no
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED longer a confidential issue.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 OCTOBER 1968
Remimeo
Case Supervisor Hat
CASE SUPERVISOR-FOLDER HANDLING
Analyzing Folders
Go back in the folder to the session where the Preclear was running
well and come forward from it doing a folder error summary.
Reviewing Folders
In reviewing a folder, the first thing to do is to look at the CS to
see if it was done
Use the Summary Sheet to get the Auditor's attitude.
Use the Auditor's Report Form to get the time of processes.
Read and take all your data from Worksheets and compare it to and see
that CS was complied with and ensure Standard Tech was applied.
If you can't read the reports, send it back to have the Auditor over-
print illegible words. Never try to case supervise (CS) an illegible
worksheet as you'll only run into headaches.
The After Session Examiner's Report gives you the first clue of how
suspicious you should be in examining the folder and whether or not
auditing reports contain falsities.
Standard Tech
You're never led by anything into departing from Standard Tech. The
only reason it doesn't work is that it hasn't been applied.
The main question of a Case Supervisor is:
WAS IT APPLIED?
If you follow this exactly, you'll never miss.
LRH:jp.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
** 6810C08 SO Class VIII-12: More on Basics
** 6810C09 SO Class VIII-13: Ethics and Case Supervision
** 6810C10 SO Class VIII-14: Auditor Attitude and the Bank
** 6810C11 SO Class VIII-15: Auditor Additives, Lists and Case
Supervising
** 6810C12 SO Class VIII-16: Standard Tech
** 6810C13 SO Class VIII-17: The Basics and Simplicities of
Standard Tech
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 OCTOBER 1968R
REVISED 1 JANUARY 1976
Remimeo
Auditor 43
Class VIII
THE AUDITOR'S CODE
In celebration of the 100% gains attainable by Standard Tech.
I hereby promise as an Auditor to follow the Auditor's Code.
1. I promise not to evaluate for the preclear or tell him what he should
think about his case in session.
2. I promise not to invalidate the preclear's case or gains in or out of
session.
3. I promise to administer only Standard Tech to a preclear in the
standard way.
4. I promise to keep all auditing appointments once made.
5. I promise not to process a preclear who has not had sufficient rest
and who is physically tired.
6. I promise not to process a preclear who is improperly fed or hungry.
7. I promise not to permit a frequent change of Auditors.
8. I promise not to sympathize with a preclear but to be effective.
9. I promise not to let the preclear end session on his own determinism
but to finish off those cycles I have begun.
10. I promise never to walk off from a preclear in session.
11. I promise never to get angry with a preclear in session.
12. I promise to run every major case action to a floating needle.
13. I promise never to run any one action beyond its floating needle.
14. I promise to grant beingness to the preclear in session.
15. I promise not to mix the processes of Scientology with other
practices except when the preclear is physically ill and only medical
means will serve.
16. I promise to maintain Communication with the preclear and not to cut
his comm or permit him to overrun in session.
17. I promise not to enter comments, expressions or enturbulence into a
session that distract a preclear from his case.
18. I promise to continue to give the preclear the process or auditing
command when needed in the session.
19. I promise not to let a preclear run a wrongly understood command.
20. I promise not to explain, justify or make excuses in session
for any Auditor mistakes whether real or imagined.
21. I promise to estimate the current case state of a preclear only by
Standard Case Supervision data and not to diverge because of some
imagined difference in the case.
22. I promise never to use the secrets of a preclear divulged in session
for punishment or personal gain.
23. I promise to see that any fee received for processing is refunded
following the policies of the Claims Verification Board, if the
preclear is dissatisfied and demands it within three months after the
processing, the only condition being that he may not again be processed
or trained.
24. I promise not to advocate Scientology only to cure illness or only to
treat the insane, knowing well it was intended for spiritual gain.
25. I promise to cooperate fully with the legal organizations of
Dianetics and Scientology as developed by L. Ron Hubbard in
safeguarding the ethical use and practice of the subject according to
the basics of Standard Tech.
26. I promise to refuse to permit any being to be physically injured,
violently damaged, operated on or killed in the name of "mental
treatment".
27. I promise not to permit sexual liberties or violation of the mentally
unsound.
28. I promise to refuse to admit to the ranks of practitioners any being
who is insane.
Auditor:__________________________
Date: ____________________________
Witness: Place: ___________________________
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1968, 1976
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The 1 January 1976 revision changed item 23 and added items 26, 27 and 28
which had earlier been issued as HCOPL 2 November 1968, Auditor's Code-Add
to Pol Ltr 14th October AD18.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 OCTOBER 1968
Remimeo
METER POSITION
YOU MUST NEVER NEVER NEVER HAVE YOUR METER IN A POSITION WHERE THE
PRECLEAR CAN READ THE TA.
To do so can cause the pc worry about his TA position and take his
attention off his case.
It violates Clause 17 of the Auditor's Code.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :jp.ei.rd
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 OCTOBER 1968
Issue II
Remimeo
DEFINITION OF RECALL
The definition of Recall as given in the Scientology Dictionary is
incorrect.
Recall means just that. It is for present time remembering something
that happened in the past. It is not re-experiencing it, re-living it or re-
running it.
Recall does not mean going back to when it happened. It simply means
that you are in present time, thinking of, remembering, putting your
attention on something that happened in the past-all done from PRESENT
TIME.
Returning is the word used to go back and re-experience an incident.
LRH:ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
** 6810C14 SO Class VIII-18: The New Auditor's Code
** 6810C15 SO Class VIII-19: An Evaluation of Examination-
Answers and Data on Standard Tech
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 OCTOBER 1968
Remimeo
Supervisor's
Course
SUPERVISOR'S DUTY
The duty of the Supervisor of a Course consists of:
The Communication of the data of Scientology to the student so as to
achieve acceptance, duplication and application of the technology in a
standard and effective manner.
LRH:ja.an.ls.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 18 OCTOBER 1968
Remimeo
SH
ASHO
AOs
Orgs
PROCESSING SEQUENCE
The correct order in which Sub-zeros, Grades and OT Sections are
administered is:
ARC Straight Wire
Secondaries
Engrams
Grade 0
Grade I
Grade II
Grade III
Grade IV
Grade V
Grade VA
Grade VI
Clearing Course
OT I
OT II
OT III
OT IV
OT V
OT VI
LRH:jp.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 OCTOBER 1968
Class VIII
THE PURPOSE OF CLASS VIII
In Class VIII Tech no longer is hopefully applied. Auditing is no
longer gauged only against result. There is no more "auditing is what you
get away with" at VIII.
A flawless, invariable administration of processes with flawless TRs,
using ONLY the basics, is Class VIII.
The purpose is to administer Tech without variables, using only highly
standardized processes and actions, using only a flawless TR approach, all
within the new Auditor's Code.
The impact of this action produces 100% results. It produces
fantastically fast results. And it produces more result than has ever
before been attained.
Using the Class VIII standard C/S approach there are no bogged cases.
The first thing a student on Class VIII has to learn is that there IS
an exact right way to do auditing, an exact right way to solve cases.
If he grasps this, can do this, can select the correct VIII C/S and get
it exactly applied, the result can be achieved.
It is too simple for many to grasp at once.
The ultimate comedy is a student who arrives at course offering
"improvements". He is confessing that he's never applied Scientology
straight and has often failed on pcs.
The cycle of the decline of an auditor is: (a) he fails to apply the
missing bit of Standard Tech, (b) he then has an "unsolvable" case before
him, (c) he then dreams up some unusual solution, (d) every so often his
unusual solution improves that one pc a bit, (e) he now tries to apply it
to all pcs, (f) he thereafter consistently fails.
A student also has a cycle of decline: (a) he recognizes his basics,
(b) someone invalidates his correct data, (c) he ceases to see what the
basics are, (d) he muddles along.
In Class VIII we bring the basics back in and reinforce them until the
auditor will do them and nothing else.
From this we get a "magical" high velocity case gain curve upwards on
all cases.
The beginning Class VIII auditor often has the idea that the result of
the session is what he will be gauged by. This is NOT true. We know what
the result of Standard Tech will be when flawlessly administered. We are
not "waiting to see". We are not experimenting. There are no different or
difficult pcs.
The student on VIII is gauged by the flawless handling of the session
and his admin. If the pc does not arrive at the examiner in good shape then
we know
(a) The auditor goofed
(b) The TRs stank
(c) The Auditor's Code was probably not followed
(d) The auditing report is probably false
(e) The C/S was probably botched up in being given
(f) The session control was bad.
You see we know what Standard Tech does. It's up to the auditor to
learn to be UNCOMPROMISINGLY STANDARD.
When we have brought about this frame of mind and standard rendition in
the auditor we have made a Class VIII. Until we do, we have not.
The purpose of the course, then, is to produce an uncompromising zealot
for Standard Tech whose reality is such that he will not do or tolerate
sloppy rendition.
This can be defeated by lousy beginning auditing on the course, by an
incompetent Supervisor who invalidates the students' basics or by a C/S who
fails to use Standard Tech C/S on a course.
To throw a Class VIII Course out of line and defeat its purpose while
supervising or C/Sing gives an automatic Treason assignment.
People who really don't understand it are in a muddle of confusion
anyway. This blows off as basics go in. You just keep putting basics in and
they get unconfused.
There is something here in Standard Tech. It is the exact Auditor's
Code, the exact TRs, the exact processes, the 100% result. It can be
learned, it can be done.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :jp.ts
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 OCTOBER 1968
Remimeo
FLOATING NEEDLE
Floating needles (F/Ns) are the end phenomena for any process or action
with the pc on two cans. It is one of the most important rediscoveries made
in years. It was known but lost by auditors.
It is the idle uninfluenced movement of the needle on the dial without
any patterns or reactions in it. It can be as small as 1" or as large as
dial wide. It does not fall or drop to the right of the dial. It moves to
the left at the same speed as it moves to the right. It is observed on a
Mark V E-Meter calibrated with the TA between 2.0 and 3.0 with GIs in on
the pc. It can occur after a cognition blowdown of the TA or just moves
into floating. The pc may or may not voice the cognition.
It, by the nature of the E-Meter reading below the awareness of the
thetan, occurs just before the pc is aware of it. So to give a "That's it"
on the occurrence of the F/N can prevent the pc from getting the cognition.
A "floating needle" occurring above 3.0 or below 2.0 on a calibrated
Mark V E-Meter with the pc on 2 cans is an ARC Broken Needle. Watch for the
pc's indicators. An ARC Broken Needle can occur between 2.0 and 3.0 where
bad indicators are apparent.
Pcs and pre-OTs OFTEN signal an F/N with a "POP" to the left and the
needle can actually even describe a pattern much like a Rock Slam. Meters
with lighter movements do "pop" to the left and R/S wildly for a moment.
One does not sit and study and be sure of an "F/N". It swings or pops,
he lets the pc cognite and then indicates the F/N to the pc preventing
overrun.
When one OVERRUNS an F/N or misses one, the TA will start to climb. The
thing to do is briefly rehabilitate it (rehab it) by indicating it has been
by-passed and so regain it.
The F/N does not last very long in releasing. The thing to do is end
the process off NOW. Don't give another command.
It coincides with other "end phenomena" of processes but is senior to
them.
An F/N can be in normal range and still be an ARC Brk Needle. The thing
which determines a real F/N is Good Indicators. Bad Indicators always
accompany an ARC Break Needle.
On an ARC Brk Needle, check for an ARC Brk. If the TA then climbs, it
was a real F/N so you rehab it quickly.
A one hand electrode sometimes obscures an F/N and gives false TA. If
used, use
higher sensitivity and get the TA from 2 cans when needed.
LRH:ja.ei.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[HCO B 7 May 1969, Issue V, Floating Needle, is a revision of this HCO B
for use on the Dianetics Course only.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 OCTOBER 1968R
REVISED 31 JANUARY 1975
Remimeo
Class VIII
TEACHING THE CLASS VIII
As the teaching of basic data restimulates confusions which are then
dramatized by throwing the course off line, the teaching of the Class VIII
as follows is hugely vital.
The teaching of the SO VIIIs is laid down on these simple principles.
1. The data on tapes and Bulletins is studied without alter-is,
interpretation or addition by the SO VIII student.
2. Well done and other folders are studied by the individual student.
3. No lecturing or additional interpretation by Supervisors.
4. The student audits only when he has completely passed on 1. and 2.
above. He is then given a rope and is permitted to audit. He must not
audit before he has completed his checksheet at least once.
5. Things the student is weak on are done in clay.
6. The student is disciplined for bad auditing goofs. He may also be
taken off auditing and made to do his checksheet again.
7. The student has to have well dones on sessions and 100% on his final
in order to pass.
8. Any student question is answered by referring to the HCO B, folder or
tape.
9. A rigid invariable schedule is precisely adhered to.
10. Checksheets and tapes and folders are gone through in the sequence
laid down by the checksheet and not randomly out of sequence.
If this is made difficult then the programme must be cut back to the
bare bones of the original above.
The teaching of standard tech must also be standard. Therefore the
above MUST be adhered to completely.
LRH: rs.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1968, 1975 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 OCTOBER 1968
Class VIII
Dianetic OT EXTERIOR
Internship
The datum is ONLY-when a pc goes exterior you cease to audit or he will
go back in.
Audit again when he goes back in.
LRH :jp.ka.rd L RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 NOVEMBER 1968
Class IV
Class VIII
HIGH TA
There are TWO methods of taking a TA down that is HIGH. 4.0 is a high
TA.
One is the routine process of "What has been overrun?", HCOB 17 Sept
'68. It is not used as a rudiment. It is for chronic high TAs.
There is another one also. It is quite different and is run
differently. It is not a listing process.
It is the simple question "Has anything been overrun?"
It is used at session start or after a break when the TA is found to
have risen mysteriously to 4.0 or above.
It requires a clever auditor. First, he notices the TA is at 4.0. Then
he gets the pc to answer "Has anything been overrun?" If the pc says
something and the TA comes down, that's it. The TA may only come down to
3.5. But that's it.
Then one puts in a rud. Unless of course the answer to "Has anything
been O/R?" was "Ruds" or "Asking for ARC Brks". One would then indicate
this as BPC and the TA should come on down.
This action is just getting the TA down so one can audit.
Don't expect ruds to pull down a 4.0 TA.
And NEVER start a main action with the TA high expecting the main
action will get it down. The main action hasn't got it up.
Overrun of the main action or of any action past F/N will cause the TA
to rise. One knows why that is and simply indicates the by-pass of an F/N
and down comes the TA.
Calling for "Has anything been overrun?" is VERY simple. You don't ask
"How many times, etc." You just get it spotted and down comes the TA.
If the pc says something in answer and the TA doesn't come down, the
auditor says, "No". The pc searches about and gives another. If it's not
that the auditor says "No". The pc says something else and down comes the
TA and the auditor says, "Good, that's the overrun." And then the auditor
carries on with his session actions.
The commonest cause of a TA flying up in a break is the process went
F/N out of session and the intention of the auditor to continue it sends it
up.
Note a Real HOT Auditor who really knows his basics can float a needle
on this with one shot.
LRH:jp.rw.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[In the original issue, the second sentence of the second paragraph was:
"It is a formal listing process." This has been deleted per HCO B 10
December 1968, Correction, which also states, " 'What has been overrun?' is
used to handle the chronically high TA and is run as per HCO B Sept 17,
1968, Overrun Process."-LRH. The only other text in HCO B 10 December 1968
adds "Class IV" to the distribution of both the above and HCO B 17
September 1968.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 NOVEMBER I 968R
REVISED 31 JANUARY 1975
Remimeo
Class VIII
CASE SUPERVISOR
CLASS VIII
THE BASIC PROCESSES
There are several processes which are unlimited. These are very
valuable to the Case Supervisor.
There are many processes which are limited. These must be traced as not
having been done before the C/S orders them done.
LIMITED PROCESSES
The basic Grade Processes tend to produce Overrun if repeated once
done. This is very true of Power and R6EW.
Rehab of Grade Processes can be done far too often. Rehab of Grades
should be limited to once just before Power and once in the OT IV Rundown.
And that's it.
S & Ds are more or less limited to one of each type.
About one Remedy B on Dianetics and Scientology and one New Style is
about it.
In general a list question for listing and nulling is a one-shot
affair. Lists are very fast actions requiring skilled auditing and should
not be handed out carelessly.
As a rule any of the above are limited because when repeated they can
drive the TA up into overrun.
UNLIMITED ACTIONS
The most unlimited action is the running of engrams. So long as one
uses different subjects one has an unlimited action, the only limitation
being the subject of the engrams. This should not be repeated. A Case
Supervisor only has to be alert that the chain on the subject has not been
run.
This is fortunate because running engrams also produces the most case
gain.
Secondaries rank with engrams on this unlimited sphere except that
secondaries depend for their force on the engrams underlying them and if
you run too many secondaries the pc drops into engrams anyway.
Recall processes (where recall means only remembering) are unlimited,
the only limitation being the subject. You can only run "recall Subject A"
for each flow. Then you have to have another subject.
There are to be very exact three flows for each Recall subject, three
flows for the same subject as secondaries, three flows for the same subject
as engrams.
Let us take "eating" as a fictitious subject for example. Here is the
practical list of obtainable F/Ns.
RECALL
1. Recall yourself eating.
2. Recall another eating.
3. Recall another (watching, making) another eat.
SECONDARY
1. Find and run a secondary or chain of being emotional about eating.
2. Find and run a secondary or chain of another being emotional about
eating.
3. Find and run a secondary or chain of another being emotional about
another eating.
ENGRAM
1. Find and run an engram (moment of pain and unconsciousness) or chain
of being eaten.
2. Find and run an engram (moment of pain and unconsciousness) or chain
of eating another.
3. Find and run an engram (moment of pain and unconsciousness) or chain
of another eating another.
You could order or do all these on one pc. (Providing "eating" read
well on the meter in the first place.)
But to run a new "Recall" or "Secondary" or "Engram" you would have to
avoid the subject already run. You'd have to find a new subject.
These three flows and three actions are possible on any one subject
that reads. Each is taken to floating needle. The TA would only rise if you
overran any of the one actions or if you again tried to get it done on a
new C/S action.
The use of this is interesting. We can find that the pc in some old C/S
was run through his operation and still has a somatic. A skilled Case
Supervisor knows he can get rid of the somatic by running the remaining
flows. It is common to run the motivator engram and find the pc still has a
somatic. So you run the overt on the same subject. If he still has it you
can run the third flow of another doing it to another.
These lingering somatics used to be a bad thing, and were often a
mystery. The engram (or recall) went to F/N but the pc still had a somatic.
The answer is of course to order the other flow run. And the somatic will
vanish.
The dub-in case has a wholly one-sided flow and is trying to run the
other side! He will obsessively seek to run the opposite flow to the one he
should be running. He can have too heavy a "motivator" and be seeking
wildly to run false overts to explain having been hit so hard. So he dubs
in overts.
Or he has committed some wild overt, intentional or unintentional and
is trying to get false motivators. This can even go into the third flow
where a person sees a man hit and tries to run being hit or hitting whereas
he wasn't a party to either.
(You solve this by assessment when you spot dub-in, or just by
observing which side is dubbed. You order the other flows run or at least
checked to see where the real charge lies.)
These actions, then, are limited only by subject.
This does not mean that you can't get a high TA suddenly on them. You can
accidentally order the same subject as was ordered once before.
Or wrong ownership can cause the TA to act up in a peculiar way that
looks like an overrun. However, earlier incidents of a similar kind usually
get this handled on down to F/N. In fact this crops up and is handled on
lower grade pcs more often than you think.
The PREPCHECK is another unlimited action. Once more it is the subject
that limits it.
Not in practice but in theory, on one subject you could Prepcheck, run
3 recalls, three secondaries and three engrams each to F/N. However it gets
dicey in practice as the pc protests sometimes.
And it is protest of doing it too often after all that pushes the TA
up.
Havingness is probably not limited.
The ruds questions if not done in the same day tend to be unlimited.
The TA going up on ruds is pc protest coming from cleaned cleans or false
reads. Or he gave you his ARC Brks and now you're asking for more. Ruds,
therefore are handled in moderation always. You don't for instance "fly a
rud" when the pc comes into session with an F/N. The TA will go up in
protest or down in overwhelm.
If you put in all ruds to F/N, waited an hour and put in all ruds to
F/N again the TA would either soar or drop below 2.0, depending on how the
pc looked at it.
Assessing prepared lists is unlimited so long as the items are varied.
Doing L1C or L4BR or other such lists is unlimited SO LONG AS YOU DON'T
BYPASS THE FIRST F/N ON THAT LIST IN ANY ONE SESSION.
The GREEN FORM is of this nature. You can do a large number of "GFs" on
pcs providing they are each time done to the first F/N. And providing you
don't permit any listing and nulling. And providing enough time has gone by
to let new data be available. 2 GFs in one day would be fatal. Two in a
week risky.
The Itsa Earlier Itsa approach to ruds and GF is safe and in general
Itsa Earlier Itsa is unlimited.
As soon as you let an auditor introduce any other process than Itsa
Earlier Itsa on a form you get problems as he is stacking up potential
overruns on limited processes. If each time an auditor had a Problem
reading on a pc he ran a process, you'd soon have an overrun situation
going. Itsa Earlier Itsa is unlimited.
ARCU, CDEINR appears to be unlimited for ARC Brks.
"WHO nearly found out" is unlimited for Missed W/Hs. But have a care
here. In the OT sections pre-OTs often have plain withholds that have no
overt connected with them, so withholds is always okay to use especially
"In the last session_____" or "In Auditing_____ ".
The approach here is:
"In auditing has there been an ARC Brk?" ARCU CDEINR.
"In auditing has there been a problem?" (not "PTP") Itsa
Earlier Itsa.
"In auditing has there been a withhold?" Itsa Earlier Itsa.
Suppress and "Has anyone said you had a_____when you didn't" are always
used in Rudiments, past sessions or current.
You can only fly all ruds with the use of Suppress and False reads ("Has
anybody said____").
Auditors who have to get into GFs in "flying a rud" either don't know
an F/N when they see one or haven't any skill in using Suppress and False.
These are all unlimited actions with the reservations as noted.
THE PROBLEM OF THE C/S
The main problem of a C/S comes about in trying to use the key law:
"Reality is proportional to the amount of charge off."
A fat review folder, a rollercoaster case, a pc who never gets out of
this life, a pc who runs stubbing his toe yesterday as an engram, a pc who
dubs in, are alike overcharged cases.
To "send" one over the top requires lots of light charge off.
The worse off the case, the lighter you handle it. Older practices
matched a violent case with violence and never did win at all. They wound
up with murder as the "best possible solution".
The problem is to get off lots of charge without going very deep on
heavily charged cases. Then they eventually come out right.
You hold off main actions as long as you can and just work to get
charge off. Then you eventually get deep enough to really shove a major
action at them.
For instance, by carefully preparing a case for a "full IV rundown"
with lots of preparatory actions you get an OT every time.
It seldom occurs to people that a lot of cases get the highest gains on
the TRs of auditing only and the lower grade processes are far too steep
and when run on them the pc on Communication Grade Zero does not stop
stammering or doesn't cease to be shy. Zero was run on him too soon.
You see a fabulous gain on some person doing TR 0. Or "just talking to
an auditor to F/N".
Study blows charge.
Some persons (the insane) would have to rest for a week or two to stand
up to a mild chat.
Some other person could start at Grade IV and do just fine.
So the only variable a C/S has is how charged up is a case. The cases
all react to the same things, the same actions. But they differ in the
amount of "charge".
Determining and lightening the charge is the problem of the C/S.
There are Personality, IQ and E-Meter tests that give an idea of how
charged up the case may be.
The thick folder, the times in Review, the thickness of a single
session report are of great use.
These things only say that some cases are more charged up than others.
So the C/S has the actually infinite variety of ways he can apply the FEW
actions described above in unlimited processes.
Then he has the QUALITY of the charge he can remove. He can do 7 cases
over and over so long as he removes the last one run from the new list to
be assessed (as the list would F/N on the item just handled).
He can comb the area of a pc's environ and with a synonym dictionary
compile dozens of different lists. It isn't hard to find what recurring
problems a pc has. These can go into lists for assessment and Prepcheck or
II or each to F/N of 3 recalls or even 3 engrams on higher level cases.
Think processes are also unlimited. And have 3 flows.
There may be other such unlimited actions.
A C/S is also limited by what his auditors can do. And is wise to stay
within their training framework.
So you see what's standard. The ACTIONS, the Auditing. The subjects
used in these ways can be very wide.
All you really have to be sure of is that the subject reads on the
meter and that the way it's handled on the pc doesn't overwhelm the pc and
that's the size of it.
The Grades are already laid out like a carpet.
You set up the case to run them.
If the case is set up for the Grades then you really get wins wins
wins.
Some Case Supervisor, dazzled by the vast scope you can get from a pc
being set up for OT IV overlooks the fact that he can set up pcs for wins
on ARC Straight Wire that will look very dazzling to the pc.
If the auditor flunks a C/S and can't get it going, the repair action
would be (for non-rud sessions) one of the following-
1. Assess Upset, Problem, Not disclosing something, Unable to say
something, Ignored, Didn't understand. (Be careful not to get an item
because pc couldn't dig it.)
2. Handle what read with Itsa Earlier Itsa
or
1. Assess Auditors, Auditing, Dianetics, Scientology, Sessions,
Organization, Books.
2. Prepcheck
or
1. Have pc explain why he doesn't want auditing and gently slide into
Itsa Earlier
Itsa
or
1. Assess 7 cases in an expanded list of each rud, omit grades or 1.
Green Form to 1st F/N.
Be sure questions phrased so pc understands them.
So far as Sub-Zeroes go, you have to be very ready to send the pc to Review
for the remedies. And you have to be ready to realize that each of these
Sub-Zeroes is a grade and that some pcs just aren't set up for them.
So you do your review actions before the pc gets in over his head.
This is where the Personality Analysis, IQ, and meter test are
invaluable.
The worse off these come out, the more you work to set the pc up.
It even goes down as low as:
1. Pc to handle environment before auditing
or
1. Pc to eat better for a week
or
1. Pc to rest a week before first session or
1. Pc to take care of physical illness or injury before auditing
followed by, some time later, 1. Notice that object to F/N, or 1. Have
pc find something in room that is really real to him to F/N.
-----------
So you see that all auditing is built of the same stuff-the Code, the
Actions, the smooth TRs.
Standard C/Sing is the use of these actions. Setting pc up for the
Grades.
A C/S can appear very clever indeed. His cleverness is composed of just
the things you find here and in the way he finds ways to use them.
He orders auditing in accordance with where the pc is on the grades. He
hoards his grades until he is sure they fly the pc. And that is good
C/Sing.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: rs.rd
Copyright � 1968, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
LRH TAPE LECTURE
1968 (specific date unknown)
** 6811C .. SPEC LECT Ron's Journal 1968
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 NOVEMBER 1968
Remimeo
Academy
SHSBC
CLEARING COMMANDS
ALL LEVELS
You never let the pc off the cans in Standard Tech.
The pc can go release on the subject of the process without the process
being run.
Therefore, while clearing commands never let the pc off the cans. The
Auditor opens the dictionary to the correct page for the pc to read.
(This HCO B does not alter or change HCO B 14 Nov 65, "Clearing
Commands".)
LRH:ldm.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B is amended by BTB 2 May 1972R, Revised and Reissued 10 June
1974, Clearing Commands, which gives the rules of clearing commands. ]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 DECEMBER 1968
Class IV
Class VIII
CORRECTION
HCO B 1 Nov 1968, High TA, and HCO B 17 Sept 1968, Overrun Process-
Mimeo Distribution is to be corrected to read:
Class IV
Class VIII.
HCO B 1 Nov 1968, High TA, para 2, 2nd sentence "It is a formal listing
process" is to be deleted.
"What has been overrun?" is used to handle the chronically high TA and
is run as per HCO B 17 Sept 1968, Overrun Process.
LRH: pq.idm.rw.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 DECEMBER 1968
Remimeo
(Amends HCO Bulletin of 9 January 1968, "List L4A")
(ITEM 6 CORRECTED 12 FEBRUARY 1969)
L4A
FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS
PC's NAME AUDITOR DATE__________
1. DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK? (ARE YOU UPSET)
(If the question reads, establish if the upset is due to a break in
AFFINITY, REALITY, COMMUNICATION or UNDERSTANDING, by assessment.
Indicate what read to the Pc. Take the one found and fit into the
following buttons, CURIOUS ABOUT_____, DESIRED_____,
ENFORCED_____INHIBITED_____. Indicate the by-passed charge to the Pc.
Check ARC Break question, if reads, ask for earlier similar ARC Break.)
2. DO YOU HAVE A PRESENT TIME PROBLEM?
(If this reads, handle with Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)
3. IS A LIST INCOMPLETE?
(If reads, find out what list and complete it, give the Pc his item.)
4. HAS A LIST BEEN LISTED TOO LONG?
(If so, find what list and get the item off from it by nulling with
suppress, the nulling question being: "On____has anything been
suppressed?", for each item on the overlong list. Give the Pc his
item.)
5. HAVE WE TAKEN THE WRONG ITEM OFF A LIST?
(If this reads, put in Suppress and Invalidated on the list and null
as in 4. above and find the right item and give to the Pc.)
6. HAS A RIGHT ITEM BEEN DENIED YOU?
(If this reads, find out what it was and clean it up with Suppress
and Invalidate and give it to the Pc.)
7. HAS AN ITEM BEEN PUSHED OFF ON YOU YOU DIDN'T WANT?
(If so, find it and get in Suppress and Invalidate on it and tell Pc
it wasn't his item and continue the original action to find the correct
item.)
8. HAD AN ITEM NOT BEEN GIVEN YOU?
(If reads handle as in 6.)
9. HAVE YOU INVALIDATED A CORRECT ITEM FOUND?
(If so rehab the item and find out why the Pc invalidated it or if
somebody else did it, clean it up and give it to Pc again.)
10. HAVE YOU THOUGHT OF ITEMS THAT YOU DID NOT PUT ON THE LIST?
(If so, add them to the correct list. Renull the whole list and give
the Pc the item.)
11. HAVE YOU BEEN LISTING TO YOURSELF OUT OF SESSION?
(If so, find out what question and try to write a list from recall
and get an item and give it to the Pc.)
12. HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN SOMEBODY ELSE'S ITEM?
(If so, indicate to the Pc this was not his item. Don't TRY to find
whose it was.)
13. HAS YOUR ITEM BEEN GIVEN TO SOMEONE ELSE?
(If so, find if possible what item it was and give it to the Pc.
Don't try to identify the "somebody else".)
14. HAS A RELEASE POINT BEEN BY-PASSED ON LISTING?
(If so, indicate the overrun to the Pc, rehab back.)
15. HAS A RELEASE POINT BEEN BY-PASSED ON THE QUESTION ONLY?
(If so, indicate the overrun to the Pc and rehab back.)
16. HAS IT BEEN AN OVERT TO PUT AN ITEM ON A LIST?
(If so, find out what item and why.)
17. HAVE YOU WITHHELD AN ITEM FROM A LIST?
(If so, get it and add it to the list if that list is available. If
not put item in the report. )
18. HAS A WITHHOLD BEEN MISSED?
(If so, get it, if descreditable ask "Who nearly found out?")
19. HAS AN ITEM BEEN BY-PASSED?
(Locate which one.)
20. WAS A LISTING QUESTION MEANINGLESS?
(If so, find out which one and indicate to the Pc.)
21. HAS AN ITEM BEEN ABANDONED?
(If so, locate it and get it back for the Pc and give it to him.)
22. HAS AN ITEM BEEN PROTESTED?
(If so, locate it and get the protest button in on it.)
23. HAS AN ITEM BEEN ASSERTED?
(If so, locate it and get in the assert button on it.)
24. HAS AN ITEM BEEN SUGGESTED TO YOU BY ANOTHER?
(If so, get it named and the protest and refusal off.)
25. HAS AN ITEM BEEN VOLUNTEERED BY YOU AND NOT ACCEPTED?
(If so, get off the charge and give it to the Pc, or if he then
changes his mind on it, go on with the listing operation.)
26. HAS THE ITEM ALREADY BEEN GIVEN?
(If so, get it back and give it again.)
27. HAS AN ITEM BEEN FOUND PREVIOUSLY?
(If so, find what it was again and give it to Pc once more.)
28. HAS AN ITEM NOT BEEN UNDERSTOOD?
(If so, work it over with buttons until Pc understands it or accepts
or rejects it and go on with listing.)
29. WAS AN ITEM DIFFERENT WHEN SAID BY THE AUDITOR?
(If so, find out what the item was and give it to the Pc correctly. )
30. WAS NULLING CARRIED ON PAST THE FOUND ITEM?
(If so, go back to it and get in Suppress and Protest.)
31. HAS AN ITEM BEEN FORCED ON YOU?
(If so, get off the reject and Suppress and get the listing action
completed to the right item if possible.)
32. HAS AN ITEM BEEN EVALUATED?
(If so, get off the disagreement and Protest.)
33. HAD EARLIER LISTING BEEN RESTIMULATED?
(If so, locate when and indicate the by-passed charge.)
34. HAS AN EARLIER WRONG ITEM BEEN RESTIMULATED?
(If so, find when and indicate the by-passed charge.)
35. HAS AN EARLIER ARC BREAK BEEN RESTIMULATED?
(If so, locate and indicate the fact by Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)
36. DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK BECAUSE OF BEING MADE TO DO THIS?
(If so, indicate it to the Pc, check the question if reads. Get
earlier similar Itsa.)
37. IS THERE SOME OTHER KIND OF BY-PASSED CHARGE?
(If so, find what and indicate it to Pc.)
38. WAS THERE NOTHING WRONG IN THE FIRST PLACE?
(If so, indicate it to Pc.)
39. HAS THE UPSET BEEN HANDLED?
(If so, indicate it to the Pc.)
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldm.rw.ei.cden
Copyright �1968, 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The correction of 12 February 1969 was to change the word "WRONG" to
"RIGHT" in Item 6.
The above Bulletin was amended on 8 August 1970, Volume VII, page 119,
and the title changed to L4B-For Assessment of All Listing Errors. This
amendment changed Item 1 to "WAS THE LIST UNNECESSARY?" and Item 2 to "WAS
THE ACTION DONE UNDER PROTEST?". It also added the following: after Number
15, " 16. HAVE YOU GONE EXTERIOR WHILE LISTING?"; after Number 36, "38. HAS
THIS LIST CORRECTION BEEN OVERRUN?"; and as a last item after Number 39,
"42. HAS A LIST PROCESS BEEN OVERRUN?". The items from 16 on were
renumbered to accommodate the additional items.
This List was further amended on 18 March 1971, Volume VII, page 200,
with no change in the title. This amendment added an item at the beginning:
"1. DID YOU FAIL TO ANSWER THE LISTING QUESTION?". All the previous items
remained unchanged except for their numbers being increased by one. The
handlings for these added items were the same as is given for them in HCO B
15 December 1968 REVISED, Revised 2 June 1972, L4BR-For Assessment of All
Listing Errors, which can be found in Volume VIII, page 138.
The first issue of L4 was contained in HCO B 5 July 1963, ARC Break
Assessments, Volume V, page 306.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 DECEMBER 1968
Remimeo
(Note: This data is turned out as an HCO B and a Pol Ltr [issued as each
one] as may apply very broadly in both the OEC and Level IV or above
Courses.)
THE THIRD PARTY LAW
I have for a very long time studied the causes of violence and conflict
amongst individuals and nations.
If Chaldea could vanish, if Babylon turn to dust, if Egypt could become
a badlands, if Sicily could have 160 prosperous cities and be a looted ruin
before the year zero and a near desert ever since-and all this in SPITE of
all the work and wisdom and good wishes and intent of human beings, then it
must follow as the dark follows sunset that something must be unknown to
Man concerning all his works and ways. And that this something must be so
deadly and so pervasive as to destroy all his ambitions and his chances
long before their time.
Such a thing would have to be some natural law unguessed at by himself.
And there is such a law, apparently, that answers these conditions of
being deadly, unknown and embracing all activities.
The law would seem to be:
A THIRD PARTY MUST BE PRESENT AND UNKNOWN IN EVERY QUARREL FOR A
CONFLICT TO EXIST.
or
FOR A QUARREL TO OCCUR, AN UNKNOWN THIRD PARTY MUST BE ACTIVE IN
PRODUCING IT BETWEEN TWO POTENTIAL OPPONENTS.
or
WHILE IT IS COMMONLY BELIEVED TO TAKE TWO TO MAKE A FIGHT, A THIRD
PARTY MUST EXIST AND MUST DEVELOP IT FOR ACTUAL CONFLICT TO OCCUR.
It is very easy to see that two in conflict are fighting. They are very
visible. What is harder to see or suspect is that a third party existed and
actively promoted the quarrel.
The usually unsuspected and "reasonable" third party, the bystander who
denies any part of it is the one that brought the conflict into existence
in the first place.
The hidden third party, seeming at times to be a supporter of only one
side, is to be found as the instigator.
This is a useful law on many dynamics.
It is the cause of war.
-------------
One sees two fellows shouting bad names at each other, sees them come
to blows. No one else is around. So they, of course, "caused the fight".
But there was a third party.
Tracing these down, one comes upon incredible data. That is the
trouble. The incredible is too easily rejected. One way to hide things is
to make them incredible.
Clerk A and Messenger B have been arguing. They blaze into direct
conflict. Each blames the other. NEITHER ONE IS CORRECT AND SO THE QUARREL
DOES NOT RESOLVE SINCE ITS TRUE CAUSE IS NOT ESTABLISHED.
One looks into such a case THOROUGHLY. He finds the incredible. The
wife of Clerk A has been sleeping with Messenger B and complaining alike to
both about the other.
Farmer J and Rancher K have been tearing each other to pieces for years
in continual conflict. There are obvious, logical reasons for the fight.
Yet it continues and does not resolve. A close search finds Banker L who,
due to their losses in the fighting, is able to loan each side money, while
keeping the quarrel going, and who will get their lands completely if both
lose.
It goes larger. The revolutionary forces and the Russian government
were in conflict in 1917. The reasons are so many the attention easily
sticks on them. But only when Germany's official state papers were captured
in World War II was it revealed that Germany had promoted the revolt and
financed LENIN to spark it off, even sending him into Russia in a blacked
out train!
One looks over "personal" quarrels, group conflicts, national battles
and one finds, if he searches, the third party, unsuspected by both
combatants or if suspected at all, brushed off as "fantastic". Yet careful
documentation finally affirms it.
------------
This datum is fabulously useful.
In marital quarrels the correct approach of anyone counseling, is to
get both parties to carefully search out the third party. They may come to
many reasons at first. These reasons are not beings. One is looking for a
third party, an actual being. When both find the third party and establish
proof, that will be the end of the quarrel.
Sometimes two parties, quarreling, suddenly decide to elect a being to
blame. This stops the quarrel. Sometimes it is not the right being and more
quarrels thereafter occur.
Two nations at each other's throats should each seek conference with
the other to sift out and locate the actual third party. They will always
find one if they look, and they can find the right one. As it will be found
to exist in fact.
-------------
There are probably many technical approaches one could develop and
outline in this matter.
There are many odd phenomena connected with it. An accurately spotted
third party is usually not fought at all by either party but only shunned.
Marital conflicts are common. Marriages can be saved by both parties
really sorting out who caused the conflicts. There may have been, in the
whole history of the marriage, several, but only one at a time.
Quarrels between an individual and an organization are nearly always
caused by an individual third party or a third group. The organization and
the individual should
get together and isolate the third party by displaying to each other all
the data they each have been fed.
Rioters and governments alike could be brought back to agreement could
one get representatives of both to give each other what they have been told
by whom.
SUCH CONFERENCES HAVE TENDED TO DEAL ONLY IN RECRIMINATIONS OR
CONDITIONS OR ABUSES. THEY MUST DEAL IN BEINGS ONLY IN ORDER TO
SUCCEED.
This theory might be thought to assert also that there are no bad
conditions that cause conflict. There are. But these are usually REMEDIAL
BY CONFERENCE UNLESS A THIRD PARTY IS PROMOTING CONFLICT.
In history we have a very foul opinion of the past because it is
related by recriminations of two opponents and has not spotted the third
party.
"Underlying causes" of war should read "hidden promoters".
There are no conflicts which cannot be resolved unless the true
promoters of them remain hidden.
------------
This is the natural law the ancients and moderns alike did not know.
And not knowing it, being led off into "reasons", whole civilizations
have died.
It is worth knowing.
It is worth working with in any situation where one is trying to bring
peace.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:rw.rd
Copyright � 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 JANUARY 1969
Remimeo
DRUGS AND "INSANITY"
NON-COMPLIANCE AND ALTER-IS
I have been doing some research on drug cases and takers which has shed
some interesting light on this and also insanity.
The basic equation is apparently:
WHEN THREATENED WITH UNMOCKING A THETAN MOCKS UP OBSESSIVELY.
Actually the datum is a small bit from OT VIII data, being part of
energy creation.
It applies too well at lower levels, however, to leave it in such a
stratosphere.
It explains for instance why a pc, challenged by an "auditor" who is
breaking the Auditor's Code, gets such a solid reaction in the reactive
bank.
Threatened by an apparent effort to destroy him instead of letting him
find the truth, the pc reacts by mocking up hard below his awareness level.
This does not, of course, make him insane. It just sticks him a bit in the
session.
Drugs (LSD, marijuana, alcohol, whatever) produce a threat to the body
like any other poison. The threat is to the body. The thetan reacts by
mocking up.
Of course what he mocks up is some engram, secondary or combination of
fancy and fact. He can do this in some cases, so hard that it becomes more
real (and safer) than present time.
Thus, under threat, he goes out of present time.
Now comes the next bit which is important as a new discovery:
HIS TIME TRACK IS NOT THEN BEING MADE UP WHOLLY OF PRESENT TIME EVENTS.
IT IS A COMPOSITE OF PAST TRACK, IMAGINATION AND PRESENT EVENTS.
Thus, right there before your eyes he, apparently in the same room as
you are, doing the same things, is really only partially there and
partially in some past events.
He seems to be there. Really he isn't "tracking" fully with present
time.
What is going on to a rational observation is not what is going on to
him.
Thus he does not duplicate statements made by another but tries to fit
them into his composite reality. In order to fit them in, he has to alter
them.
We therefore have the real basis of alter-is.
He may be sure he is helping one REPAIR the floor but in actual fact he
is hindering the actual operation in progress which really consists of
CLEANING the floor. So when he "helps one" mop the floor he introduces
chaos into the activity. Since he is REPAIRING the floor a request to "give
me the mop" has to be reinterpreted as "hand me the hammer". But the mop
handle is larger than a hammer handle so the bucket gets upset.
As a thetan can mock up an infinity of combinations, there would be an
infinity of types of reactions to drugs. There would also be an infinity of
types of insanity.
What is constant is that he is NOT RUNNING IN THE SAME SERIES OF EVENTS
as others.
This can be slight, wherein the person is seen to make occasional
mistakes. It can be as serious as total insanity where the events apparent
to him are completely different than those apparent to anyone else. And it
can be all grades in between.
It isn't that he doesn't know what's going on. It's that he perceives
something else going on instead of the Present Time sequence of events.
Thus others appear to him to be stupid or unreasonable or insane. As
they don't agree in their actions and orders with what he plainly sees is
in progress "they" aren't sensible. Example: A group is moving furniture.
To all but one they are simply moving furniture. This one perceives himself
to be "moving geometric shapes into a cloud". Thus this one "makes
mistakes" "alter-ises" "non-complies". As the group doesn't see inside him
and only sees another like themselves, they can't figure out why he "balls
things up so".
Such persons as drug takers and the insane are thus slightly or wholly
on an apparently different time track of "present time" events.
A drug may be taken to drive a person out of an unbearable PT or out of
consciousness altogether.
In some persons they do not afterwards return wholly to Present Time.
A thetan can also escape an unbearable PT by dropping into the past,
even without drugs.
The penalty is running into obsessive mocking up to counter the threat
of being unmocked.
The answer is to erase the engrams and reactive mechanisms.
As all this out-of-PT is unknowing, it is aberrative. Things one is
doing that one knows one is doing are not aberrative.
The drug taker and the insane alike have not recovered present time, to
a greater or lesser degree. Thus they think they are running on a different
time track than they are, which, unknowingly and out of the past, they are,
to a greater or lesser degree, mocking up.
These are the underlying facts in odd human behaviour.
ENTURBULATION
Thus we get an explanation of enturbulation as well.
As what is going on according to the perception and subjective reality
of such a person is varied in greater or lesser degree from the objective
reality of others, such a person enturbulates the actual environment.
What is really going on is not what is going on for them.
Orders, then, are not complied with, other things happen and people
around such a person have their own consecutive events disrupted. This
causes enturbulation.
The non-compliance, alter-is and upsets from a person who is out of
present time
and (what is new about this) who is running on a different series of events
than those going on for the rest cause general enturbulation.
This is why it takes two additional staff members to handle the routine
goofs of such a person. They are forcing events to run more or less
normally against the counter effort of a person with a delusory time track.
We have all known such a person, many more than one, so it is not
uncommon in the current civilization. The sudden non sequitur remark, out
of context. The blank stare when given an order or a remark-behind these
lies a whole imaginary time track which we jar into and accidentally
disrupt.
EXTERIORIZATION
In OT sections we sometimes hear of a person who is "exterior" and so
can't be audited any more.
The symptoms of the person have not changed. So he still has
aberrations.
The answer is to clear the word exteriorization with them. They often
are exterior into a never-never non-extant universe. Or exterior in a past
death.
When the word is cleared with them, they often don't really say what
was going on. They experience a strange reaction and change.
If one then runs a bit of objective havingness, they come into present
time.
This applies only to exteriorized cases who can't be audited because
they are "exterior". And yet aren't all right casewise.
The usual course is to just handle the case by Standard Tech. They
eventually come right.
DANGEROUS ENVIRONMENT
Anyone forced into a dangerous environment tends to either go fully
into PT or retreat from PT.
The only ones who suffer from it afterwards are those who don't move on
up the track as life goes on but stay there, retreated from a long gone
present time or stuck in a moment of the past.
This is done, of course, because of pictures mocked up obsessively
under the threat of unmock.
When you understand the condition you can't be fooled by it and think
such people are there with you when they are not.
Auditing of course resolves this.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: sdp.ei.rd
Copyright �1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 JANUARY 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
Class IV
SUB-ZEROS-TRIPLE GRADES
LOWER LEVELS-TRIPLE GRADES
________________________ ________________________
Auditor Pc Name
_____________________________ _____________________________
Case Supervisor Date
Note: This HCOB is to be used ONE FOR EACH PC as a check sheet for that pc
and belongs in his/her folder. IT IS DONE DURING session, not filled in
after.
Triple Grades depends upon the three primary flows: Out-Flow, In-Flow,
and Cross-Flow. These are designated respectively: F1, F2, and F3.
Each Grade is now followed by a Havingness process. Processing deletes
unwanted mass. Havingness restores the mass "desired" and eventually brings
one up to not needing it. Each grade is complete when its Havingness
processes have been run to FN after all flows of all processes here listed
for that grade have been run each to FN.
___________________________________________
TRIPLE RUDS RUN
in earlier session To FN_________
Auditor's
Initials
Rud flown this session To FN_________
STRAIGHT-WIRE TRIPLE
SW F1: Recall a time that was really real to you.
Recall a time you were in good communication with someone. )
To FN_________
Recall a time you really felt affinity for someone.
Recall a time you knew you understood someone.
SW F2: Recall a time that was really real to another. )
Recall a time someone was in good communication with you. )
To FN_________
To FN Recall a time someone really felt affinity for you. )
Recall a time another knew he/she understood you.
Auditor's Initials
SW F3: Recall a time that was really real for others. )
)
Recall a time another was in good communication with others. )
) To FN_________
Recall a time another really felt affinity for others. )
)
Recall a time another knew he understood others. )
Havingness: SWH F1: Look around here and find some
thing that is really real to you. To FN_________
SWH F2: Look around here and find some
thing that would really be real to
another. To FN_________
SWH F3: Look around here and find some
thing that would be really real to
others. To FN_________
DIANETIC SECONDARIES TRIPLE
RECALL STEP: SR F1- Recall losing something. To FN_________
SR F2- Recall another losing something. To FN_________
SR F3- Recall others losing something of
another's. To FN_________
Havingness: (1 process) SRH Notice that________. To FN_________
INCIDENT STEPS:
IS F1: "Locate an incident where you lost something."
1. Date the incident.
2. Move pc to the incident with the exact command "Move to
(date)."
3. "What is the duration of the incident?"
4. "Move to the beginning of the incident at (date)." Wait
until meter Flicks.
5. "What do you see?" (If pc's eyes are open, tell pc first,
"Close your eyes.")
6. "Move through the incident to a point (duration) later."
7. Ask nothing, say nothing, do nothing (except observe meter
or make quiet notes) while pc is going through the incident. If
the pc says anything at all, just acknowledge and let him
continue, using this exact command softly "Okay, continue."
8. When the pc reaches the end of the incident say only "What
happened?" When pc has finished talking, give a final
acknowledgement.
9. Repeat exactly and only 2 through 8.
10. After the second and subsequent runs through an incident
check "Has the incident become more solid?" with the pc.
Auditor's Initials
11. Continue the above until:
a. The pc spots an earlier incident, or
b. The pc gets no change on a run through the incident from
the run just before, or
c. The incident becomes more solid or fails to discharge.
12. If a, b, or c above occurs: "Locate an earlier similar
incident."
13. Then 1 through 9. To
FN_________
IS F2: "Locate an incident of you causing another loss and
misemotion."
1. Date the incident.
2. Move pc to the incident with the exact command "Move to
(date)."
3. "What is the duration of the incident?"
4. "Move to the beginning of the incident at (date)." Wait
until meter Flicks.
5. "What do you see?" (If pc's eyes are open, tell pc first,
"Close your eyes.")
6. "Move through the incident to a point (duration) later."
7. Ask nothing, say nothing, do nothing (except observe meter
or make quiet notes) while pc is going through the incident.
If the pc says anything at all, just acknowledge and let him
continue, using this exact command softly "Okay, continue."
8. When the pc reaches the end of the incident say only "What
happened?" When pc has finished talking, give a final
acknowledgement.
9. Repeat exactly and only 2 through 8.
10. After the second and subsequent runs through an incident
check "Has the incident become more solid?" with the pc.
11. Continue the above until:
a. The pc spots an earlier incident, or
b. The pc gets no change on a run through the incident
from the run just before, or
c. The incident becomes more solid or fails to
discharge.
12. If a, b, or c above occurs: "Locate an earlier similar
incident."
13. Then 1 through 9. To
FN_________
IS F3: "Locate an incident of another causing others loss and
misemotion. "
1. Date the incident.
2. Move pc to the incident with the exact command "Move to
(date)."
3. "What is the duration of the incident?"
Auditor's Initials
4. "Move to the beginning of the incident at (date)." Wait
until meter Flicks.
5. "What do you see?" (If pc's eyes are open, tell pc first,
"Close your eyes.")
6. "Move through the incident to a point (duration) later."
7. Ask nothing, say nothing, do nothing (except observe meter
or make quiet notes) while pc is going through the incident.
If the pc says anything at all, just acknowledge and let him
continue, using this exact command softly "Okay, continue."
8. When the pc reaches the end of the incident say only "What
happened?" When pc has finished talking, give a final
acknowledgement.
9. Repeat exactly and only 2 through 8.
10. After the second and subsequent runs through an incident
check "Has the incident become more solid?" with the pc.
11. Continue the above until:
a. The pc spots an earlier incident, or
b. The pc gets no change on a run through the incident
from the run just before, or
c. The incident becomes more solid or fails to
discharge.
12. If a, b, or c above occurs: "Locate an earlier similar
incident."
13. Then 1 through 9. To
FN_________
If the pc drops into the underlying engram chain on any secondary
Flow being run, before FN on the chain, continue down the engram chain to
FN and note the fact on this check sheet so that that engram Flow will not
be run again in error. After FN on that engram chain, take up the next
remaining secondary Flow.
Havingness:
ISH F1: Tell me something you could touch. To FN_________
ISH F2: Tell me something another could touch. To FN_________
ISH F3: Tell me something another could get others to touch.
To FN_________
DIANETIC ENGRAMS TRIPLE
NO RECALL STEP
INCIDENT STEPS:
E F1: "Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness."
1. Date the incident.
2. Move pc to the incident with the exact command "Move to
(date)."
3. "What is the duration of the incident?"
4. "Move to the beginning of the incident at (date)." Wait
until meter Flicks.
Auditor's Initials
5. "What do you see?" (If pc's eyes are open, tell pc first,
"Close your eyes.")
6. "Move through the incident to a point (duration) later."
7. Ask nothing, say nothing, do nothing (except observe meter
or make quiet notes) while pc is going through the incident.
If the pc says anything at all, just acknowledge and let him
continue, using this exact command softly "Okay, continue."
8. When the pc reaches the end of the incident say only "What
happened?" When pc has finished talking, give a final
acknowledgement.
9. Repeat exactly and only 2 through 8.
10. After the second and subsequent runs through an incident
check "Has the incident become more solid?" with the pc.
11. Continue the above until:
a. The pc spots an earlier incident, or
b. The pc gets no change on a run through the incident
from the run just before, or
c. The incident becomes more solid or fails to
discharge.
12. If a, b, or c above occurs: "Locate an earlier similar
incident."
13. Then 1 through 9. To FN_________
E F2: "Locate an incident of you causing another pain and
unconsciousness. "
1. Date the incident.
2. Move pc to the incident with the exact command "Move to
(date)."
3. "What is the duration of the incident?"
4. "Move to the beginning of the incident at (date)." Wait
until meter Flicks.
5. "What do you see?" (If pc's eyes are open, tell pc first,
"Close your eyes.")
6. "Move through the incident to a point (duration) later."
7. Ask nothing, say nothing, do nothing (except observe meter
or make quiet notes) while pc is going through the incident.
If the pc says anything at all, just acknowledge and let him
continue, using this exact command softly "Okay, continue."
8. When the pc reaches the end of the incident say only "What
happened?" When pc has finished talking, give a final
acknowledgement.
9. Repeat exactly and only 2 through 8.
10. After the second and subsequent runs through an incident
check "Has the incident become more solid?" with the pc.
Auditor's Initials
11. Continue the above until:
a. The pc spots an earlier incident, or
b. The pc gets no change on a run through the incident
from the run just before, or
c. The incident becomes more solid or fails to
discharge.
12. If a, b, or c above occurs: "Locate an earlier similar
incident."
13. Then 1 through 9. To
FN_________
E F3: "Locate an incident of another causing others pain and
unconsciousness. "
1. Date the incident.
2. Move pc to the incident with the exact command "Move to
(date)."
3. "What is the duration of the incident?"
4. "Move to the beginning of the incident at (date)." Wait
until meter Flicks.
5. "What do you see?" (If pc's eyes are open, tell pc first,
"Close your eyes.")
6. "Move through the incident to a point (duration) later."
7. Ask nothing, say nothing, do nothing (except observe meter
or make quiet notes) while pc is going through the incident.
If the pc says anything at all, just acknowledge and let him
continue, using this exact command softly "Okay, continue."
8. When the pc reaches the end of the incident say only "What
happened?" When pc has finished talking, give a final
acknowledgement.
9. Repeat exactly and only 2 through 8.
10. After the second and subsequent runs through an incident
check "Has the incident become more solid?" with the pc.
11. Continue the above until:
a. The pc spots an earlier incident, or
b. The pc gets no change on a run through the incident
from the run just before, or
c. The incident becomes more solid or fails to
discharge.
12. If a, b, or c above occurs: "Locate an earlier similar
incident."
13. Then 1 through 9. To
FN_________
Havingness:
EH F1: Look around here and find something you like. To
FN_________
EH F2: Look around here and find something another
would like. To FN_________
EH F3: Look around here and find something another could get
others to like. To FN_________
Auditor's Initials
LEVEL 0 TRIPLE
O-OF1 "What are you willing to talk to me about?" ) To
FN_________
"What would you like to tell me about that?"
O-OF2 "What are you willing for another to talk to you about?" )
To FN_________
"What would you like him/her to tell you about that?"
O-OF3 "What is another willing to talk to others about?" )
To FN_________
"What would he like to tell others about that?"
OA-F1 (Auditor chooses person by asking pc who it would be
difficult to talk to.)
"If you could talk to ______ (chosen subject), what would
you talk about?" ) To FN_________
"All right, if you were talking to ______about that, what
would you say exactly?"
OA-F2 (Auditor chooses someone pc wouldn't like to listen to.)
"If______could talk to you, what would he talk about? " ) To
FN_________
"All right, if______was talking to you about that, what
would he/she say exactly?"
OA-F3 (Auditor chooses two people antagonistic to each other.)
"If another could talk to (two antagonistic persons)
what would he/she talk about?"
) To FN_________
"All right, if another was talking to (two antagonistic
persons) about that, what would he/she say exactly?"
OB-F1 (Auditor chooses subject pc would have difficulty
talking about.)
"What are you willing to tell me about ?" ) To
FN_________
"Who else could you say those things to?"
OB-F2 (Auditor chooses subject pc would find it difficult to
hear another talk about.)
"What are you willing to have someone else tell you
about ? ) To FN_________
"Who else could he or she say those things to?"
OB-F3 (Auditor chooses subject pc would have difficulty having
others discuss.)
"What are you willing to have someone tell others
about_____?" ) To FN_________
"Who else could another say those things to?"
Auditor's Initials
Havingness:
OH F1: What solid could you understand? ) To FN_________
OH F2: What solid could another understand? ) To
FN_________
OH F3: What solid could another get others to
understand? ) To FN_________
LEVEL ONE TRIPLE
1-F1 "What problem have you had with someone?" ) To FN_________
"What solutions have you had for that problem?"
1-F2 "What problem has another had with you?" ) To FN_________
"What solutions has another had for that problem?"
1-F3 "What problem has someone had with another?" ) To FN_________
"What solutions have they had for that problem?"
Havingness:
1H F1: a. Point out something desirable. To
FN_________
1H F2: a. Point out something another would find
desirable. To FN_________
1H F3: a. Point out something another could get
others to desire. To FN_________
LEVEL TWO TRIPLE
HCO B 5 August 68, "Level II-Change of Commands", is amended as these
Flows will now be run separately.
2-F1 "What have you done?" To FN_________
2-F2 "What has been done to you?" To FN_________
2-F3 "What has another done to another?" To FN_________
Havingness:
2H F1: Tell me a Flow you could be interested in. To
FN_________
2H F2: Tell me a Flow another would be interested in. To
FN_________
2HF3: Tell me a Flow another could get others
interested in. To FN_________
LEVEL THREE TRIPLE
3-F1 1. Locate a change in life by listing to Blowdown:
"What change has happened in your life?"
2. Get it dated.
3. Get some of the data of it (don't run as an
engram) so you know what the change was.
Auditor's Initials
4. Find out by assessment if this was a Break in
Affinity
Reality
Communication or
Understanding
and have the pc examine that briefly.
5. Taking the one found in "4" find out by assessment if it
was
Curious about _________
Desired_______________
Enforced______________
Inhibited______________ To FN_________
3-F2 1. Locate a change by listing to Blowdown:
"What change has happened in another's life?"
2. Get it dated.
3. Get some of the data of it (don't run as an engram)
so you know what the change was.
4. Find out by assessment if this was a Break in
Affinity
Reality
Communication or
Understanding
and have the pc examine that briefly.
5. Taking the one found in "4" find out by assessment if it
was
Curious about _________
Desired_______________
Enforced______________
Inhibited______________ To FN_________
3-F3 1. Locate a change by listing to Blowdown:
"What change has happened in others' lives?"
2. Get it dated.
3. Get some of the data of it (don't run as an engram)
so you know what the change was.
4. Find out by assessment if this was a Break in
Affinity
Reality
Communication or
Understanding
and have the pc examine that briefly.
5. Taking the one found in "4" find out by assessment if it was
Auditor's Initials
Curious about _________
Desired_______________
Enforced______________
Inhibited______________ To FN_________
Havingness:
3H F1: What is unknown about that (room
object )? To FN_________
3H F2: What doesn't another know about that
(room object)? To FN_________
3H F3: What about that (room object) could some-
one make unknown to others? To FN_________
LEVEL FOUR TRIPLE
4-F1 List, "In this lifetime what do you use to make others
wrong?" Null to the Service Fac.
Run it in brackets:
"In this lifetime how would______(Service Fac)
make you right?"
"In this lifetime how would_______make others
wrong? "
"In this lifetime how would_______help you
escape domination?"
"In this lifetime how would_______help you
dominate others?"
"In this lifetime how would_______aid your
survival?"
"In this lifetime how would_______hinder the
survival of others?" To FN_________
4-F2 List, "In this lifetime what does another use to make
you wrong?" Null to Service Fac.
Run it in:
"In this lifetime how would_______make others
right? "
"In this lifetime how would_______make you
wrong?"
"In this lifetime how would_______help others
escape domination?"
"In this lifetime how would_______help others to
dominate you?"
"In this lifetime how would_______aid their
survival? "
"In this lifetime how would_______hinder your
survival?" To FN_________
Auditor's Initials
4-F3 List, "In this lifetime what does another use to make
others wrong?" Null to Service Fac.
Run it in:
"In this lifetime how would______make another
make himself right?"
"In this lifetime how would______let another
make others wrong?"
"In this lifetime how would______help another
escape domination?"
"In this lifetime how would______help another
dominate others?"
"In this lifetime how would______aid another's
survival? "
"In this lifetime how would______hinder the
survival of others?" To FN_________
Havingness:
4H F1: Tell me a Flow you know something about. To
FN_________
4H F2: Tell me a Flow another could know some-
thing about. To FN_________
4H F3: Tell me a Flow someone could get others to
know about. To FN_________
LRH: ldm.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
copyright �1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B was cancelled by HCO B 17 June 1970, Issue 111, Cancellation of
HCOBs that conflict with Full Lower Grades which was not written by LRH and
was cancelled by BTB 10 December 1974, Issue VII, Cancellation of Bulletins-
1970. BTB 10 December 1974, Issue Vl, Cancellation of Bulletins-1969
confirms the above HCO B as cancelled.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 25 JANUARY 1969
Remimeo
TARGETS & COMPUTERS
It is interesting to note that my new developments on Targets and
Purposes in recent HCO Pol Ltrs are possibly adaptable to COMPUTER
PROGRAMMING. Meaning they apply to and could make a new level of Computer
action and usefulness.
LRH:ldm.ei.rd L. RON
HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 25 JANUARY 1969
Remimeo Issue III
Class VIIIs (Hold and send with 24 Jan 1969)
May be issued
to Lower Level
Auditors
Class IV in
Academies and
SHSBC
TRIPLE LOWER GRADES
(Corrected Issue)
Running Them
Providing certain actions are done, Triple Grades are easy to run.
Triple Grades means handling 3 of available flows, the 3 major ones,
self to another, another to self, another to others.
The HCOB 24 Jan 69 is written to be used as part of the C/S and pc's
folder.
It is checked off and used DURING the session. An HCOB goes in each
pc's folder for use.
The main danger is auditing a pc who has no clue what auditing is and
letting him get all butchered up too far up the grades before it is caught.
Therefore the pc really ought to get a brief indoctrination by
attending a Comm Course for TRs and get an idea of it.
Also only Triple Ruds should be run on him AND NO MORE in the second
session.
Then the C/S can see how it is going and do Triple Grades in the 3rd
session.
You can even order simply the Triple Rud of an ARC Break in the second
session.
You should just order 2 way comm in the first session plus White Form
anyway.
YOU DON'T SIMPLY LET A GREEN PC AND GREEN AUDITOR or a green pc and a
good auditor loose on triple grades in the first session.
Auditor Confusion
An auditor can get lost trying to follow triple grades (first thing I
learned about auditors and triple grades). He misses flows.
Example: Pc on secondaries flow I drops into engrams. Auditor audits
out engram. Now the auditor can goof by running the other two flows as
engrams too. He would thus skip 2 processes-the other two secondary flows.
It is correct to finish the engram he dropped into and THEN run the other
two secondary flows. And then the other 2 engram flows.
MAKE THE AUDITOR USE THE HCOB for that pc on every process as he runs
it. He should not be reading the Commands to the pc from it however.
Clearing Commands
Don't clear the Commands of all ruds and then run them, or of all
processes and then run them. You'll miss F/Ns.
Commands of one process are cleared just before that process is run.
Don't Overrun
It can be fatal to overrun a leg of triple grades and then not clean it
up before going on.
So order your auditors to stop if an overrun looks suspicious (TA going
up) and check it. And then if still not sure to send it back for C/S.
Don't let the auditor go on and butcher up all the grades above the
goof.
Listing
The laws of Listing are a MUST. If a list goes oddly-too long or TA
rises-make the auditor check with C/S. And don't let him go on.
Out Ruds
Be sure ruds are cleanly in on Triple Grades before letting an auditor
take off and run them.
Old Pcs
Any pc, or pre OT, can be run on the missing legs of the lower grades.
But not Power after clear.
There is not yet Triple Power. There aren't triple OT sections. There
are just Triple grades.
Tight C/Sing
Small errors must be caught by C/Ses, not let go by.
Keep a tight, exact control.
Invalidated Auditors
An auditor (or a C/S for that matter) who begins to goof has collided
with a stop on his purpose to help people and set them free.
Therefore all you have to do is two way comm his earlier purpose into
view and the stop usually blows.
If it doesn't, a routine patch up session remedies it.
In Triple grades there are more chances for goofs that then go on and
more chances for gain.
So up your precision.
LRH:sdp.ei.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B was cancelled by HCO B 17 June 1970, Issue III, Cancellation of
HCO Bs that Conflict with Full Lower Grades, which was not written by LRH
and was cancelled by BTB 10 December 1974, Issue VII, Cancellation of
Bulletins 1970. BTB 10 December 1974, Issue Vl, Cancellation of Bulletins
1969, confirms the above HCO B as cancelled and gives as a reference HCO B
3 February 1969, Triple Grades-Flows, on the following page.]
6902C02 LECTURE R-Factor Talk to Registrars
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 FEBRUARY 1969
Remimeo
TRIPLE GRADES
FLOWS
There are a great many potential flows. These are covered in greater
detail in earlier work.
In Triple Grades the following are the only flows used:
[pic]
Or
In an introverted (going into) type process
1 A for Self
1 B for Another
1 C for Others
Or
A mix of the two.
As the patterns of an individual are in actual fact the same in all
cases, it is the type of process rather than the type of pc which regulates
the flows.
Intensity of one or more "legs" of the flow will be found to vary from
pc to pc. One pc has a strong inflow, weak outflow and very weak others
flow. Another has a strong outflow. Another is all wrapped up in others
with no real attention to self.
The wording of the STANDARD commands of Triple Grades (Subzero and
Lower Levels) takes care of these imbalances. No further attention is
necessary by the auditor.
The auditor will find that all this reflects on his work sheet by
different lengths of time to run different flows.
By FLOW is meant an impulse or direction of energy particles or thought
or masses between terminals.
It is essentially a 3 terminal universe in actual fact. The discovery
of this led to Triple Grades.
There is more data on the 3 terminal universe in material on the THIRD
PARTY LAW. This is not necessarily important-either the 3rd Party Law or
that it's a 3 terminal universe-to the auditor in running the processes of
Triple Grades. He should however have some idea of flows. Very intricate
and numerous flows can be isolated. Triple is the fundamental and what is
used in normal auditing.
LRH: sdp. ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 FEBRUARY 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
TRIPLE GRADES
Firm Policy on Triple Grades
NOT to be violated
Triple Grades when released will be run on HGC pcs and Qual only by HGC
and Qual Auditors under Class VIII supervision.
Triple Grades are NOT taught in the Dianetics Course. They are NOT run
by Dianetic students on pcs. Triple Grades do NOT change the Dianetics
Course. Dianetic Course auditors are forbidden to run Triple Grades. They
change NO checksheet on Dianetics Course.
Triple Grades are NOT taught on Levels Zero, I, II or III. They are NOT
run by students on these levels. Triple Grades do NOT change Level 0, I,
II, III checksheets. Auditors of these classes (0, I, II, III) do not use
and are forbidden to use Triple Grades on their own pcs.
CLASS IV
Triple Grades are taught and are added to the checksheet of Level IV.
They may be audited by Class IV auditors on their pcs only under the direct
supervision of a Class VIII auditor.
HGC auditors and Qual auditors traditionally have been understood to
have a right to audit any authorized process under proper supervision.
Therefore when auditing under the direct supervision of a Class VIII
auditor HGC and Qual auditors briefed on Triple Grades starrate can run
them.
CLASS V
A Saint Hill Level V checksheet must have all data on flows added to it
and all Triple Grade data.
A Saint Hill Class V may audit, when trained on the new checksheet,
Triple Grades on his own pcs or without further supervision. In an org he
would of course get Class VIII supervision.
-------------
Note therefore that Lower Level auditors and Lower Level courses
continue as always with single sub-zeroes and single grades both as to
training and practical up to but not including Level IV.
--------------
Note that the remaining two flows of the sub-zeroes and lower grades
CAN BE PUT IN on a pc before or even after Power.
You rehab the single grade (by counting times released) and then run
its other two flows.
You rehab the next single grade and run its other two flows. The
sequence is
rehab the grade, run its other two flows. Don't rehab all grades and then
put in each other two. This also applies to sub-zeroes.
The best time to do this is BEFORE POWER.
The advantage of Triple Grades is
1. Greatly increased gain per level.
2. Enormously increased stability for the gains of lower grades.
If and when Triple Power is worked out if it is ever issued, this HCOB
still applies.
The exact commands of Triple Grades and the form used on each pc for
them are the subject of another HCOB.
Policy is firm that a separate Triple Grade form is used for each
separate pc and included in his folder.
LRH:ldm.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 FEBRUARY 1969
Remimeo
MEDICAL DOCTORS
LRH ED 86 INT 22/2/69
If orgs train any medical doctors they must be trained on the following
basis:
1. They are NOT twinned with a layman but only with another
medical doctor.
2. They are enrolled in a DIANETICS course only and told to
perfect the use of that in their work.
3. They are courteously treated.
SEMINARS
In addressing any group of medical doctors keep it in the field of
DIANETICS.
Discuss Dianetics from the viewpoint of Communication with body areas
to assist circulation and the mental image picture as a means of continuing
shocking experiences.
Any lecturer to medical doctors should do a fast review first of
Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health and stick with it only.
LRH:ldm.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 MARCH 1969
Remimeo
Class VIII
Level IV CASE GAIN
Tech Sec
Qual Sec COMPLETING LEVELS
Anyone who interprets "the real gains of a case consist of going up the
levels" (which is true and was stated in order to prevent over-review) as
meaning that the level a case is on is not to be conclusive or put the pc
into good case condition, has a tech alter-is going.
The registrar can use "You need the next level" but when Tech or Qual
buy this as an excuse not to run levels right or to get gains on any given
level it's time to look this fact over HARD.
ANY LEVEL IS ITSELF CAPABLE OF STABLE CASE GAIN. If a level does not
THEN THE CASE IS LOUSED UP ON EARLIER LEVELS and is a standard case of
someone with a lower level out! This is all covered in Class VIII.
This is true of ARC Straight Wire and OT VI alike. The rule holds.
Any level is capable of giving a stable case gain and if it does not
THERE IS SOMETHING VERY WRONG with the way it or an earlier level was run.
To chase a pc on up the levels to cure an outness on earlier levels is
idiocy. It is WASTING AUDITING. It is a shabby excuse for not setting a
case up to be audited or auditing badly.
To solve an earlier out tech situation one does not "give the next
level".
If a pc ends up at Level II (or OT II) without a stable gain attained
then the set-up of the case or the handling of it is SOUR.
This is the most elementary situation in case repair.
ANY LEVEL is capable of case gain and of being stable, the pc feeling
good, etc. The drive to get the next level is very natural but when it
becomes obsessive to get a case gain then it isn't the next level that's
needed.
ARC Straight Wire is more tech than Man ever had before. It produces a
stable gain. This is true of every level on up.
We have just had a PreOT whose case at every level "was going to be
solved by the next level". People kept saying he "needed the next level" to
solve his case. Bull. He got all the way to OT II before I caught wind of
it. He "had to have OT III" to solve his case according to the Qual Sec.
That case probably never made ARC Straight Wire! One or more earlier
levels or ruds or 7 cases are out. That's the trouble with that case.
If you now let him go on to OT III he'd cop it.
The tech you are handling is capable of giving spectacular gains at
every level. If it does not then the case has missed somewhere, comes under
7 resistive cases or out ruds or one or more missed or overrun levels.
This is one of those things which seems to have been going around
("needs the next level to solve his case") for some time without my finding
out about it. Sure they need their next level. But do they have their
levels up to where they are? If they aren't in good shape at the end of any
one level then there's a miss on the case and it must be repaired by
standard tech.
LRH:hk ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 12 MARCH 1969
Remimeo
Class VIII
Class Vl
AUDITOR'S REPORT
TRIPLE GRADES
The Administration in Triple Grades does not require that one copy off
all the processes onto the Auditor's Report Form.
One uses HCO B of 30 Jan 69, "Triple Ruds" and HCO B 24 Jan 69, Sub-
Zeroes and Lower Levels Triple Grades. The F/N obtained on each is marked
on these HCO Bs. The fact is noted on the Auditor's Report Form that one
has marked on the HCO Bs. "See TG HCO B" and "Done up to ISF2".
One then puts in the comments appropriate to the Auditor's Report Form.
One makes up a Summary Sheet, usually as it applies.
During auditing one keeps his worksheet in PT as the session progresses
with comments, time and TA.
One does not put the command on the W/S. One puts the number of the
process as taken from the HCO Bs such as "SWF 1".
One NEVER writes up the worksheet after the session from notes. One
never copies the worksheet into "more readable form" from "notes taken in
session". A worksheet is the worksheet.
If the W/S has illegible words, one does two things:
1. After the session prints in in red the illegible word just
above it.
2. Learns how to write more clearly faster.
Admin must not be used to stop or slow a pc.
The reason for Admin is so a Case Supervisor can read the whole session
and so be able to handle or get repaired any outness, so that another
auditor can pick up where the last one ended off and so that at some future
time any early goof can be traced.
Be fully honest in an auditing report. Don't try to look good, by
covering up goofs. You can bar a pc from repair by a false auditing report.
An evaluative auditing report is one which gives color to a session
rather than facts.
Do a good informative report that can be used to C/S or review
sessions.
L RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 12 MARCH 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
Class VIII
Tech Secs
Qual Secs
PHYSICALLY ILL PCS
AND PRE OTS
(with a note on Drugs)
One can very easily go to extremes on mental illness vs physical
illness.
One school says all trouble comes from physical illness.
Another says it all comes from mental illness.
The psychiatrist mixes the two and says all mental illness is physical.
It is time every auditor, particularly Class VIIIs, took a hard look at
this area.
The body is capable of having physical illness, acute (momentary) or
chronic (continual). Broken bones, pinched nerves, diseases can any of them
occur to a body independent of any mental or spiritual action.
The mind or spirit can predispose the illness or injury. By this is
meant a person can be distraught and have an accident, or decide to die and
get a disease.
But the disease or injury when he's got it is a body circumstance and
responds best to skilled medical (ordinary usual, put on a tourniquet, set
a bone, give a shot) treatment.
On a sick or injured person, you can reduce the time of healing or
recovery by removing the spiritual or mental upset, providing the person
can be audited, but usually after effective physical treatment. The facts
are real enough. Auditing a person with a broken leg after it is set and he
is comfortable, to remove the engram of the accident or treatment and the
earlier "reason" he or she was distraught or had the accident, can improve
the bone knitting time by as much as 2/3rds by actual test. This would be
six weeks down to two weeks.
But the bone has to be set!
A body is a biological object. It has all manner of internal
communication systems and organized interrelated functions.
Now if you tried to audit a preclear when he was acutely ill, you would
find him hard to audit, confused and distracted and unable to follow
commands. He may become overwhelmed easily. He certainly is not likely to
respond properly. Because the body is sending all sorts of pain or
discomfort messages and confusions, it is very much in his way. Two things
are going on at the same time-his case as a spiritual being, his body as a
distracting pain or sensation object.
The pc assigns the body to his case or his case to his body.
You have to get the body out of the attention area to some degree
before anything helpful usually occurs by way of auditing.
Now let us take the pc with a long term illness. He has been sick with
something since the age of 8. He really doesn't know he's sick physically.
He blames it all on his own case.
In a lot of cases we audit him and he has enough relief to then get
physically well. For he was mentally or spiritually suppressing his body.
These successes (and they are numerous) could cause us to do an all mental
concentration and lead some to insist all illness was from the mind. This
makes some make the mistake of omitting physical examination and treatment
in all cases. Certain schools of healing in the past got the entire field
in disrepute by assuming and stating and acting on just that.
When you find a pc who does not easily respond, whether he answers up
to 7 cases "Physically ill" or not, you sure better get him to the nearest
clinic for a thorough physical examination including head and spine X-rays
and get him examined pathologically. For you will usually find he is
physically ill, in suppressed pain or discomfort. There are cures for a lot
of these things now and not requiring "exploratory" operations either.
Don't throw away all the grades of auditing on him. He's sick.
Physically.
That's why you do a White Form. A long history of accident and illness
should prepare you to be alert and to send him to a clinic if his response
to auditing is the least bit poor.
Then when you have the physical side of it in hand, audit him at assist
level.
When he is well give him his grades.
Don't force auditing into physical healing. It works much of the time.
Special types of auditing (running out injuries, etc) assist healing
markedly. That doesn't mean you should avoid all medical treatment!
"Failed cases" are medically ill or injured cases. Without exception.
So why fail. There are medical doctors and clinics. There are standard,
usual treatments. You don't have to buy "exploratories" and questionable
actions. These are done only when the medical doctor can't find out either.
When this impasse occurs, start doing assists or look for engrams.
There are some bizarre or strange postoperative (after operation) or
post injury (after injury) conditions which do surrender miraculously to
auditing. A suppurating incision (operation cut that remains open and
unhealing), a bone that will not heal after having a plate put on it, such
things usually surrender to auditing. These facts should be used but they
do not contradict that medical treatment was needed in the first place.
The psychiatrist is an example of the other extreme to spiritual
healing. Instead of "all mind" he is saying "all physical".
Holding either extreme produces failures.
The psychiatrist got into his "all physical" by a sensing that insanity
symptoms seemed to resemble persons in pain or delirium.
In these cases the stress of physical suffering is pouring back into
and overwhelming the mind.
After considerable study on this, I realized that an error could have
been made out of a statement "all insanity is physical".
This is probably the case in the large percentage of the insane. But
from this one cannot then say "all mental trouble is physical" because that
can be demonstrated as not true. We see it as easily as in a case of a
person falling ill on the receipt of bad news, who then gets good news and
gets well. The great Voltaire, on his deathbed, received news that he had
been awarded the Legion of Honor, after a lifetime of being scorned by
Authority. He promptly got up, put on his clothes and went down to receive
the award.
In the case of insanity having physical causes, one could discover
this, say it and be promptly misunderstood in this way. The sufferer is in
a general agony from a nerve long ago crushed. This actual pain is
distributed from its point of concentration to the whole of the nervous
system. The person cannot think, looks dazed, cannot work or
act. An operation removes the pressure causing the condition. The person is
then "sane" in that he can perform the actions of life.
After a few successes of this nature, the psychiatrist leaps to the
conclusion all mental trouble is physical. He teaches some student saying
"all mental trouble is physical". The student goes off, tries to figure it
out, dreams up a special insanity virus or "genes" or a special illness
called "insanity". He then resorts to all manner of odd and often brutal
treatments. By cutting or shocking a nerve channel one can stop the pain
messages but such actions lay in new complications which usually terminate
in premature if not immediate death or injury.
This tells one why tranquilizers (psychotropic drugs) make a patient
rational or at least able to function for a short while. They too have
their side effects. Usually all they do is, like aspirin, reduce the pain.
Patients do not always know they hurt. They suppress the pain or
sensation. It seems normal to them or "life". When they receive a
distressing experience or have an accident they cease to suppress and may
go "insane", which is to say, become continuously overwhelmed by pain or
unwanted sensation. They cannot think or act rationally. They may even be
insane only during periods of the day or month that coincide with the time
of the accident. But they are in physical distress.
As they cannot eat or sleep, their condition worsens by exhaustion and
they may go into various states including a deathlike motionlessness or
actually die.
The CORRECT ACTION ON AN INSANE PATIENT IS A FULL SEARCHING CLINICAL
EXAMINATION BY A COMPETENT MEDICAL DOCTOR.
He may find disease, fractures, concussion, tumours, or ANY COMMON
ILLNESS which has escaped treatment and has become chronic (perpetual). He
should keep looking until he finds it. For it is there. NOT some "insane
germ" but some ordinary recognizable illness or physical malfunction.
The WRONG THING is to cut nerves or subject the person to more pain.
Electricity can force a nerve channel to flow or paralyze it. That is
probably why it seems to work sometimes. But it cures nothing and more
often confirms the insane condition and certainly fills the patient with
dread and terror, injures him and shortens life.
The problem in insanity is often how do you keep the patient from
injuring himself or starving or dying before he can be examined by a
competent medical doctor in a properly equipt clinic.
This is done by rest, security, feeding, under drugs if necessary.
A patient can be "built up" by various biochemical compounds, diathermy
and other mild means that add to his stamina.
Treatment of what really troubles him such as continual sensation from
a once broken leg which was never set, a broken spinal disc or such
pathological ills as disease, can then be treated properly and corrected.
Recovered from the treatment, the patient will be found not to be
"insane" any longer.
Auditing can then occur, any and all engrams (traumas) erased and the
person's recovery will be greatly accelerated.
Of course the real target of auditing is the improvement of the ability
to handle life, greater intelligence, reaction time and other benefits.
Like the spiritual healer of another age who said all was mind and
forbade physical healing, the practitioner who says all is body and scorns
mental healing is an extremist.
Each of these is at the opposite ends of "Aristotle's Pendulum". Each
has seen
with his own eyes a few remarkable cures. Thus each is confirmed in his
belief and will hotly argue and even attack others who do not share his or
her extreme view.
The truth, as is usually found, lies in between.
There is no "insanity virus". Even heredity remains unproven since
families perform similar actions, are prone to similar physical ills and
they also mentally pattern or copy each other. Either physical or mental
facts can similarly prove that "insanity runs in the family" when it seems
to do so. Thus "hereditary insanity" is an apparency which gives rise to
the folk tale.
There is the spiritual identity of man, the mind, the thetan, call it
what you will.
There is the physical body of man and that, even if cellular, is still
material or physical or whatever you call that.
Proponents of both extreme illnesses are likely then to go off on an
erratic course of search and research as the truth includes both and when
you do include both you then begin to add up successes toward the desirable
100% of the physical sciences in result.
One cannot call either extreme more than an art. And the proponent of
the purely physical does not have a "science" just because sciences are
also physical.
One has a science only when one can predict and attain uniform results
by the application of its technology.
It was very natural for the psychiatrist to think he had a foe in
Scientology as all he had to hear was "spirit" and he was off. Since that
has been his opposite "foe" for a long time.
To heal Man one has to realize he is dealing with two things-the spirit
and the body. When a preclear comes to us because he wishes to be
physically cured of a real current illness or malfunction, we do not serve
him well if when we see he does not respond to auditing we do not require a
full physical clinical study of his body until a real illness is found and
treated.
If we already know he is ill we should call in the doctor. And we
should limit auditing to assists.
This is also a case of crossed purposes. We are trying to give him
greater capability and freedom. He is only trying to stop hurting.
Go ahead, sign them up. But at the first smallest clue (like the White
Form) that he is being audited only to get well, we should have in good
contact a medical doctor or clinic who is friendly and does not do unusual
things to people and get the preclear diagnosed to really find what is
wrong with him, get it cured if it is medically feasible and then, with a
physically well pc, give him his auditing.
If this is done routinely, another benefit will also occur. The
preclear so audited will not again become ill easily and will retain his
very real auditing gains when he has these.
We are good enough to often get by. The ability of the body to get well
often asserts itself when a preclear is given auditing, since the source of
perpetuation (continuance) is removed from the illness and it changes.
Letting a pc, who has a badly set continually painful bone go on up the
grades is doing him a disservice. He probably will not attain or retain his
gains.
The stable datum on which I operate as a case supervisor is that if a
pc does not get good gains quickly I want to know (and will find) what is
physically injured or ill about him before I go on letting him be audited.
The X-ray machine and other clinical actions become a must. For he is in
suppressed pain and each time he gets a change, he puts on full stops as it
started to hurt. He won't get the same gain again and tomorrow the same
process or type of process won't work. He stops the pain if it starts to
hurt
and puts a new stop on his case. This is true of those cases who really
have a physical illness.
Slow gain, poor result is a physically ill pc.
The exercise of these points requires judgement for a person can be
given treatments which will not heal him. Where this is the case, and the
treatment seems too damaging or uncertain, treat the pc on this routine:
1. Rest
2. No harassment
3. Food
4. Mild sedatives.
When the person seems well, audit him.
The truth of the above definition of "insanity" can be experienced
easily with no great stress. To have a headache or toothache is sometimes
quite distressing and distracting, making one gloomy or inactive. Taking an
aspirin cheers one up and he can work.
That is in fact the basic mechanism. It is why tranquilizers work.
This is why old-timers thought they had to cut nerves to "cure" the
insane. But that's like fixing the telephone exchange by throwing a hand
grenade into the switchboard. You may get no more complaints but you sure
don't have a telephone any more. Which, I suppose, is the basic way to stop
all complaints. Nobody can ring up even if the house were on fire!
Drugs such as marijuana are craved only when the being "needs them" to
stop undesirable physical pain or sensation. Then they backfire, causing
more distress than they cure.
Some pcs, taken off marijuana for a few weeks, can be audited. Some
can't. Those who then can't be audited are in pain whether they consciously
realize it or not. In their "unconscious mind" (below their self-
suppression) they hurt.
So those who can't be audited well when taken off some drug like
marijuana should be gotten to a good clinic and given "the works". A
competent medical doctor will find the broken bone, the disease, the
diabetes. Give it a medical cure.
Then audit the pc by Standard Tech, checking resistive case lists, etc
all over again.
Pcs don't always know they're ill.
Mental upset aggravates physical discomfort. Physical discomfort
aggravates mental unrest.
So play it safe.
A slow case who doesn't respond well to very usual approaches has
something else wrong with him physically.
Don't be an extremist.
Your job after all is to do the most you can for the pc.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.ldm.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 MARCH 1969
Remimeo
POLITICS
Here is a scale taken from Excalibur from memory. Excalibur was an
unpublished book written in the very late 1930s. Only fragments of it
remain.
By placing it against the Tone Scale developed at the end of 1950,
certain current political philosophies are better estimated. By then
looking up these tone characteristics in Science of Survival much can be
learned and the ideologies are thus made easier to predict or handle.
REPUBLIC 3.0
DEMOCRACY 2.5
SOCIAL DEMOCRACY 2.0
FASCISM 1.5
COMMUNISM 1.1
ANARCHISM 0.0
The cycle of a nation goes on a descending spiral down this scale.
Those two tones apart are not likely to fight. Those a tone apart fight
seldom. Those a half tone apart are in continual conflict.
As this was worked out before World War II it is quite remarkable to
see how true it has held. And how each one has taken something from its
neighbors.
I will not go into what lies above democracy except that Man is trying
with his ideologies to solve mainly the problem of succession. History has
seen other government forms work far more ideally than those named but in
none of these could one guarantee succession of the beneficial rule. Thus
adherents to all forms of ideology can be made to agree that "benign
monarchy" is an excellent form of government. But they discard it because a
truly good benign monarch is not necessarily succeeded by one in the next
reign.
Few governments exist in pure form. (Note there are no major
governments at this writing above Social Democracy.)
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jk.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 APRIL 1969
Revised 14 May 1969
Remimeo
DIANETIC ASSISTS
(Include in Medical Series)
The Use of Dianetics to the Medical Doctor
There is everything to be said for correct medical treatment in the
handling of the sick and insane.
"Insanity" is most often the suppressed agony of actual physical
illness and injury.
To "treat" this agony with shock and "brain operations" is a Nuremberg
type offense and is indictable as mayhem or manslaughter.
The medical treatment of "insanity" requires sure awareness by the
patient of his whereabouts and present time. These are usually quite
unbearable so he has sunk into the past to escape the agony of the present.
The TOUCH ASSIST given to such injured persons permits healing to occur
by restoring the person to the present and his whereabouts to some degree.
Healing after medical treatment might not occur rapidly if the "insane"
or chronically ill person remains in the past, unable to confront the
present.
Thus the touch assist speeds and often permits healing after medical
treatment and sometimes in minor injuries and illness permits the doctor to
accomplish healing without further treatment.
There is the TOUCH ASSIST, the CONTACT ASSIST and the AUDITING ASSIST.
The touch assist done as described elsewhere brings the patient's
attention to injured or affected body areas. When attention is withdrawn
from them, so is circulation, nerve flows and energy which for one thing
limits nutrition to the area and for another prevents the drain of waste
products. Some ancient healers attributed remarkable flows and qualities to
the "laying on of hands". Probably the workable element in this was simply
heightening awareness of the affected area and restoring the physical
communication factors.
The CONTACT ASSIST is remarkable when it can be done. The patient is
taken to the area where the injury occurred and makes the injured member
gently contact it several times. A sudden pain will fly off and the injury
if minor lessens or vanishes. This is again a physical communication
factor. The body member seems to have withdrawn from that exact spot in the
physical universe.
The restoration of awareness is often necessary before healing can
occur.
The prolongation of a chronic injury occurs in the absence of physical
communication with the affected area or with the location of the spot of
injury in the physical universe.
The AUDITING ASSIST is done by a trained auditor using an E-Meter.
It consists of "running out" the physically painful experience the person
has just undergone, accident, illness, operation or emotional shock. This
erases the "psychic trauma" and speeds healing to a remarkable degree if
done properly.
In addition to assists there is Dianetic auditing of an acutely ill
person which handles the current and past illnesses and injuries by erasing
the "physical trauma".
The last is a skilled activity. Practitioners who have the idea such
things do not have causes will of course fail to locate the causes.
A sickness can be composed, let us say, of a headache, a nausea, apathy
and weariness.
Such a sickness may be bizarre, without medical reason.
By first getting the patient to find and say what shock occurred when
the sickness began, getting when, and getting it recounted, the "illness"
will lessen, the emotional state will alter-called a "release of affect".
By then finding an earlier similar instance and getting that one dated
and recounted a further release of affect may occur.
If the good indicators, smiles, etc, do not occur in the patient, one
again asks for an earlier incident, dates it and gets it recounted.
The phenomena of "floating needle" on the E-Meter should not be
bypassed on a physically sick person. If it occurs, regardless of when, and
the patient is smiling and suddenly free from symptoms, one at once desists
with further auditing on that subject and at that time.
If no floating needle and a full release of symptoms occur, one then
traces back the remaining symptoms. Let us say the headache is now gone due
to recounting times of emotional duress. But the patient is still slightly
nauseous. One traces the nausea to earlier or other incidents. It will
vanish when found and dated.
The apathy vanished somewhere along the way but weariness remains. One
traces the weariness to another or other incidents.
In short one handles each manifestation of the bizarre illness until
all symptoms are gone and the patient is happy and cheerful.
Needless to say all this requires a skilled auditor but the skill can
be acquired in a Dianetic training course.
The important thing is not to tell the patient what caused it, but to
let him tell you. Otherwise the symptom suppresses.
The approach in any of these assists is quiet, gentle, permissive,
never forcing the patient, speaking only the words required to do the
process.
The temporarily insane by reason of emotional shock, where no medical
illness exists, should be permitted rest and should then be handled by an
assist as above or normal Dianetic auditing. Most often, rest and no
further harassment result in a return to sanity in a short time such as a
few days, but not in a terror atmosphere such as a psychiatric asylum where
the patient is in the risk of being hurt or killed. Electric shock prolongs
the condition and brain surgery is of course not treatment but murder as at
best it deprives the person of his coordination and at worst shortens his
life. The occasional and rare brain tumour is of course an exception but
this is a medical not a psychiatric matter, no matter what manifestations
the person exhibits. Most medically ill people do exhibit symptoms of
mental derangement at some stage of their illness.
The acceleration of healing of medical illness or injury such as broken
bones or
the aftereffects of delivery or operations can be accomplished by the
Dianetic auditing of the resulting trauma soon after full medical treatment
or attention. The improvement factor is about 1/3 the normal time of
recovery by some thousands of test cases.
Such auditing is done by a usual Dianetic procedure.
In addition to the above assists there is regular Dianetic auditing
which handles chronic discomforts and prevents future illness as well as
improving the state of well-being of a person.
The mechanisms of the mind revealed in Dianetics are of great use to
the field of medicine.
They are easy and quick to apply.
About one month's training is all that is necessary to acquaint an
otherwise educated and intelligent person with the fundamentals and skills
necessary to assists.
Considerably more time of course is necessary to train a skilled
Scientology auditor, but this is not the subject of this paper.
There is no conflict of interest between any healing profession and
Dianetics. Dianetic materials and papers are fully available.
There is a conflict between Dianetics and political practices such as
psychiatry since electric shock, brain operations and general degradation
of the person may prevent the patient's recovery by Dianetics.
As answers exist now for insanity there is no reason to continue
Medieval or Fascist solutions to the problem of the psychosomatically ill
or the insane and we are doing everything in our power against fantastic
opposition to end the torture and killing of the insane regardless of the
politically "desirable" ends envisioned by some groups.
Dianetics, like any other true treatment, like aspirin or penicillin,
was originally designed to handle the apparent basic cause of psychosomatic
illness. The first research was intended to help allied prisoners of war
degraded by the Japanese and Chinese prison camps and who after VJ day were
transferred to Oak Knoll Naval Hospital. Later, in 1954, in a much more
advanced state of development, Dianetics was successfully employed to
eradicate the results of allied prisoners of the Korean war who had been
subjected to Russian brainwashing. The subject has been improved, made
easier to teach and apply and its results bettered continually over a total
period of 29 years. It has in 1969 been fully updated as Standard
Dianetics. It is very successful and is in very broad use over the world.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:cp.an.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 APRIL 1969
(Reissued and corrected 26 May 1970)
Remimeo
Dianetic Course
D of Ts
D of Ps
Class VIIIs
NEW PRECLEARS
The Workability of Scientology
The "training" of a new preclear (never before audited) has long been a
subject of know-how amongst auditors but has not actually been covered
previously.
The conditions of a new preclear are these:
(a) Doesn't know what is supposed to happen.
(b) May be under the stress of being embarrassed to talk to
someone.
(c) May have preconceived ideas of how he is supposed to respond to
the auditor (such as psychoanalytic "free association" where he
just talks, etc).
(d) May be waiting for some magical effect entirely independent of
his own participation (as in getting a "shot" from a doctor).
It is too much to ask of a being to:
1. Talk to another intimately about himself,
2. Fumbling with a new activity while
3. Confronting his own bank.
Possibly he has never done any of the three before and to ask him to do
them all at once .........well!
All cases are started in their lowest ability level since they have not
had it increased. Whereas they may be quite well off as human beings, they
do not know how well off they might become.
The wrong thing to do is to enforce their improvement with a sales talk
or evaluation on how well they did in the session.
And it is wrong to go on auditing them while they essentially remain in
mystery.
The correct solution to all these difficulties is to assign the pc to
do a PE Course if it includes TRs and to have the pc do the TRs before
being audited.
We probably should have a set of poster type pictures put up in a PE
area as follows:
Picture of an auditor with a meter in front of him, profile view, "This
is an AUDITOR. He does not invalidate, criticize or evaluate for the
preclear."
Picture of an E-Meter, "This is an E-METER. It is used to verify the
preclear's gain and register when each separate auditing action is ended."
A picture of a being, a silhouette showing no features, "This is YOU, a
PRECLEAR, a spiritual being who is now on the road to becoming clear, hence
preclear."
Picture of an auditor with a meter and a shadowy preclear. "This is a
SESSION. The auditor and the preclear locate, step by step, any mental
blocks to increased ABILITY AND FREEDOM."
A picture of a down point to the left and a road going up high to the
right. At the down point is SUCCUMB. At the up point is SURVIVAL. Some
figures are on the line, they are the auditing session interspersed with a
small figure of somebody studying. A big arrow parallels the line pointing
up. "Scientology AUDITING and STUDY are the road to ABILITY and FREEDOM."
A picture of the Grade Chart simplified, modernized to show sub-zeros
plainly and including OT Levels. "Freedom is reached by going up through
the GRADES of auditing."
A picture of the classes of auditors all the way to Class VIII
including the PE Course, etc and where taught. "Ability and gain are
achieved by TRAINING."
A series of pictures of a caved-in person who gets better and better in
subsequent higher pictures. "Scientology processing obtains continual
IMPROVEMENT."
A picture of a body, a thetan. "You are a SPIRITUAL BEING, not a body
or an animal, as you will discover in processing."
A picture representation of each of the dynamics from I to 8 including
the R6 god with an arrow paralleling them on a slant upwards. "There is
more to LIFE than personal suffering and trouble." The picture of the R6
god used is the "Old Man" symbol as used on the covers of various Dianetics
and Scientology Publications.
A picture of a sunburst with Scientology written in its centre,
"Scientology reveals the natural laws of life. You CAN know the answers."
This set prominently displayed in an org in a long panel from left to
right, with a sign over it, "You have come to the right place," and a long
arrow indicating the sequence, will do an awful lot to answer a preclear's
questions. At the end of the panel a sign, same size, saying "See the
Registrar, Room " will also direct the preclear.
The preclear should be signed up, if he is a preclear, and with the
money paid, sent to a PE Course.
If this is not feasible, he at least should be first assigned to do
TRs.
A preclear information sheet can also be compiled giving him data
commonly asked.
A preclear's dictionary which includes all terms used in processes and
their definition should also be given to him.
If the preclear seems not to be improving even as early as the TRs, a
white form of case and health history should be very carefully done,
including narcotics.
If he is on narcotics he must come off them and have been off them for
a while (in Los Angeles they say six weeks), before resuming his auditing.
If on resuming auditing the preclear still does not gain despite 7
cases, a careful and full medical clinical examination should be ordered as
the preclear is medically ill in some previously unsuspected fashion. This
is covered in HCO B 12 March 1969, "Physically Ill Pcs".
Should this not prove to be the case, or if the pc does not get well then
apply the HCO B of 2 April 1969, "Dianetic Assists", an auditing assist as
given in that HCO B.
Above all, don't let unnecessary stops occur on this line for pcs who
just sail through.
In a recent glance over the case folders of some stalled or
"chronically ill" pcs I found the main sin was simply "No Auditing"
occurring in the following ways:
Case 1-3 case supervision directions carefully and correctly advised
but NONE OF THEM DONE. No other auditing was done either. Then a fourth
case supervision direction on top ignoring the folder and advising
something else but that was not done either.
Case 2-Preclear chronically doing badly. Was being "audited" but hadn't
a clue. Was not up to talking to an auditor at all. (I ordered TRs and the
auditor did them, the pc bloomed and went on up the grades splendidly.)
Case 3-Pc all crippled up from old injuries. In the folder I found no
C/Ses there had been done as ordered. Also found the pc had sneaked his
folder and done some wild self auditing before auditing could be done.
(Ordered HCO B 12 March 1969, Touch Assists and then medical treatment to
set a long time broken back.)
Case 4-Pc told the auditor in the session she had a secondary sitting
right there and was in it. And although had bad indicators in, the auditor
just ended the session.
Case 5-Pc ordered in for a Review, was given the cans, the auditor said
"That's it", pc went off in mystery.
Case 6-Pc shaking and fevered but no physical illness according to
doctor. Auditor A did an S & D. Pc still not well. A few weeks later
illness recurred. I got hold of the pc, asked when the shaking had begun,
found an engram where the pc had been withholding being cold, ran it, pc
totally recovered. The incident had occurred only a day before Auditor A's
session. Had Auditor A merely asked what had been going on he would have
found it at once, run it and that would have been that. It was only an
auditing assist that was needed which is why I wrote HCO B 2 April 1969,
"Dianetic Assists". It hadn't ever occurred to me that auditors wouldn't
use the principle of engram running to handle a pc who hurt.
So it adds up to the fact that just not doing auditing is a fundamental
error. That's what's meant by "no auditing" in the 7 Resistive Cases of a
Class VIII. Auditing just wasn't used to handle the pc. "No Auditing."
The NEW pc who hasn't a clue what auditing is is apt to get a lot of
"No auditing". So you teach him what to expect by posters, a PE, TRs.
The troubled pc who is all introverted with a real physical or mental
problem had jolly well better get it handled, as in the "Physically Ill
Pcs" HCO B 12 March 1969 or with Dianetic Assist as per HCO B 2 April 1969.
You don't just sail on up the grades and throw them away.
If you ever get an area that thinks Dianetics and Scientology don't
work (which is about as silly as saying there is no gravity) then:
(a) You have an area that has been infiltrated and the tech
performance perverted; or
(b) You have a person around who is terrified that it will work and
others grown more powerful will now destroy him (which surrenders
casewise to "Physically Ill Pcs" or the top Power Process used
first followed by sub-zeros and grades); or
(c) You have a narcotic-silly area and are not making them
desist before auditing or handling their past addiction by running
out its engrams; or
(d) You have an area that just isn't auditing at all; or
(e) You are not handling new pcs as we used to and as recommended
in this HCO B.
As a final remark, I have seen a person get "audited all the way to the
top" who wasn't ever audited at all. As a comment this is pretty bad but a
close check revealed that a large percent did not even know the content or
action of a key grade below where they were supposed to have "arrived".
They had zero indoctrination as a pc and had not ever made even the sub-
zero of ARC Straight Wire.
So lay this down, Case Supervisors and auditors all, as a firm cast-in-
concrete rule:
IF YOUR PC DOES NOT OBTAIN A TOTAL REALITY ON HAVING HAD GAINS BEYOND
HIS EXPECTATIONS, AUDITING HAS NOT BEEN DONE IN THE FIRST PLACE OR THE PC
IS ON DRUGS OR PHYSICALLY ILL.
I look at it this way, auditing is terribly simple. Turn me loose with
an E-Meter and a pc and up the line he comes. If he doesn't or can't
respond he's seriously ill. If he's that ill that he can't be audited he
needs medical treatment. And when he's had that, back to the meter and I'll
show you a shining pc.
You say, yes, that's you. You know and can do it.
Sure, sure, sure. But anyone who has studied his meter, his books and
bulletins can do it just as easily. If the pc answers his questions and IF
HE DOES AUDIT.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:cp.el.dz.ka.rd
Copyright � 1969, 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 APRIL 1969
Remimeo
Dianetics Course
FUNDAMENTAL AUDITING
For some years it has not been appreciated fully that the ability to do
DIANETIC AUDITING is the true fundamental background of a Scientology
auditor.
For many years, 1950 onward, a Dianetic auditor was proudly capable of
resolving mental and physical problems by his ability to find and run
engrams and secondaries.
The Dianetic auditor had no other skill or tools than his understanding
of mental image pictures, as locks, secondaries and engrams and the time
track.
With these tools he produced many miracles. Broken bones healed in two
weeks instead of six, withered limbs restored, burns vanished, swellings
reduced visibly to nothing, lives wrecked by grief and loss recovered,
women lost their aging wrinkles and sought-after abilities returned.
The percentage of win was above 50%, which is double that of former
approaches.
The use of the E-Meter and my development of R-3-R increased this
percentage.
Dianetic training was usually one month in length and attained a high
percentage of successful graduates who could attain excellent results.
Dianetics operates at the level of the human being and is addressed
mainly to the body and mind. It does not attempt and should not be confused
with the end product of Scientology which is spiritual freedom. The end
product of Dianetics is a well, happy, high IQ human being.
Dianetics is itself and has its place. When one can handle Dianetics so
as to make people well and happy, one can then begin to think of and work
on the higher aspects of Scientology.
To attempt to obtain the results of Scientology by applying only
Dianetics is in fact a confusion of objectives.
The Dianetic auditor, whether the "very best people" behind governments
like it or not, is the natural inheritor of all mental healing.
Working in conjunction with bona fide physical healers such as the
actual practicing medical doctor, the Dianetic auditor, with only the
skills taught on the Dianetic Course, could all but eradicate psychosomatic
illness and mental illness on this planet. Tens of thousands of cases in
Dianetics show this is no idle boast. The recent breakthrough showing most
insanity is common physical illness untreated, adds up to making such an
objective a fact.
The Scientology auditor is all too often balked by the fact that his
preclear comes to him already ill. His preclear is below being a well human
being. That is part of the gradient. If the Scientology auditor is not also
a good Dianetic auditor he tends to ignore the fact that his preclear is
not yet up to being a well human being.
Applying Grade Processing the Scientology auditor has already skipped a
grade-a well human being. He therefore fails to understand that his
preclear is simply seeking to escape as a thetan the gradient of being a
well being.
The role of Dianetics, let us face it, is that of a healing science. It
is the most
advanced mental science man has. It should not be skimped or scanted.
A good Dianetic auditor can handle the bulk of psychosomatic illness
and speed the healing of ordinary illness or make it possible for the
person to recover. Mental aberration as such can be handled in Dianetics if
it works in conjunction with other valid branches of physical healing.
There is then a demarcation between Dianetics and Scientology. The
Dianetic auditor's skills reach up to and include a well, happy human
being. This is in excess of man's hope for any mental science.
The Scientology auditor is working for increased ability and spiritual
freedom. And that is far in excess of any dream of accomplishment man has
had including Buddhism.
When we get a sick human being being handled to make him spiritually
free we get a confusion and are likely to fail.
The Scientology auditor who is also a good basic Dianetics auditor can
make that being well enough, using Dianetics and available healing skills,
to succeed with Scientology objectives.
But it has become plain, particularly in the last few months when I
have been sorting out materials to communicate them better, that there is a
vast difference between Dianetics and Scientology.
A Dianetic preclear is one who is being processed toward the objective
of a well and happy human being. A Scientology preclear is a well, happy
human being who is being processed toward total ability and spiritual
freedom.
Those two definitions should be well learned. It will prevent much
confusion and some failures.
When I hear of a preclear "getting his Grade IV to get rid of his
headaches" I really groan.
A preclear "getting his Grade IV" obviously never got his Dianetic
auditing and the auditors who audited him were mixed up.
I would never never never audit a pc on grades if I found before me a
sick person. I would simply change gears, get busy with good old Dianetics
and use physical healers if necessary to get a well, happy pc before me.
Then I would go on with grades.
Scientology objectives are so far above anything man has any hope for
that he at once thinks of them as healing activities. They are not.
Dianetics is the healing activity.
Therefore all Dianetic course materials are refined with that objective
fully in view. And when a Scientology auditor finds himself with a Dianetic
preclear on his hands and if that auditor learned his Dianetics well, then
he will apply Dianetics and when the preclear is ready for it, only then
will he apply Scientology.
Any Scientology failures are totally owing to the auditor not learning
his Dianetics in the first place.
So have at it and get a hatful of healing wins as a Dianetic Auditor.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jk.aap
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 APRIL 1969
Issue II
(Corrected and reissued)
Remimeo
Dianetics Course
DIANETICS COURSE AUDITING REQUIREMENTS
In conjunction with the expansion of its curriculum, the auditing
requirements of a Dianetic student for certification are as follows:
25 hours total session time as an auditor.
This auditing must include the following:
A. Touch Assists.
B. Contact Assists.
C. Changing the life of someone who has lost a loved one by
running the secondary or chain to GIs.
D. Running straight engrams of former injuries.
E. Auditing assists on ill pcs, taking and tracing down every
manifested symptom to its engramic incident or chain.
F. Doing TRs with pcs and indoctrinating them as pcs.
The 25 hours must contain one or more remarkable cases demonstrating
changes in the physical condition or well-being of a preclear.
Without these auditing actions and a total certainty Dianetics works as
demonstrated in the cases he handles, no student enrolling on a Dianetics
Course after receipt of this HCOB may be certified as a Hubbard Dianetic
Auditor.
Any checksheet issued after receipt of this HCOB for the Dianetics
Course must include:
1. HCO Pol Ltr of 6 April 69
2. HCOB 6 April 69
3. This HCOB (6 April 69 Issue II)
4. HCOB 28 Feb 69
5. HCOB 7 Feb 69
6. HCOB 12 Mar 69
7. HCOB 2 April 69
8. HCOB 5 April 69
These are in addition to the existing HDA checksheet.
HCOBs or Pol Ltrs after this date relating to Dianetics are to be
included on new checksheets issued to students.
An HDA is requisite to Level Zero Academy enrollment.
REASONS WHY
The reason Scientology auditors occasionally fail is that they seek to
use grades to make pcs well. Grades are a route to spiritual freedom and
greatly increased ability. Auditing a pc on grades who has not yet attained
physical well-being as a human being is an oversight only by one not
trained in and uncertain about Dianetics. A Dianetic auditor would use
Dianetics to handle the lack of well-being of the pc.
A Scientology auditor who is also skilled in Dianetics would not make
the mistake of doing Grade or Level auditing on a temporarily or
chronically ill pc. He would shift off to Dianetics, run the secondaries or
engrams necessary to resolve the physical difficulty and then go on with
Scientology auditing.
Sometimes a Scientology auditor who has not become adept at Dianetics
goes through his whole training thinking grades will accomplish physical
healing, auditing sick pcs and wondering why "Scientology does not make
them well" without ever realizing he is at cross purposes. He is trying to
make Scientology do with grades or remedies what is done easily with
Dianetics.
A person can go all the way up the grades and into the OT sections
always looking only to "get well" and miss the entire thing, whereas a
remarkably little skilled application of Dianetic auditing would have long
ago resolved it. Persons who "don't make OT" are only persons who didn't
make Dianetics.
It is vital then to give the Dianetic auditor total certainty of his
dominance in the field of making people recover and making them into well,
happy human beings before he then starts them off into the upper very
valuable vital areas of Scientology grades.
Most of the persons who want auditing are afflicted by discomfort and
unhappiness if not illness.
Since the two subjects were for a long while researched as one, some
early materials are crossed. Usually materials after 1952 apply mainly to
Scientology. But during this later period (as witness R-3-R and current
advances) Dianetics has also been advanced.
The skill of the Dianetic Auditor is no small thing. It is worth
attaining as itself. I myself, when called on to handle the ailing, pick up
my meter and go to work and in an hour or two have a miraculous recovery.
When I don't, which is seldom, I get the pc examined clinically and find he
or she has a broken skull or back or a gallstone or some remediable thing.
After this is fixed up, I once more audit them and they finally emerge as
bright, well human beings.
And I do not use in all this anything that is not contained in the
Dianetics course.
My percentage is 100%. And so can yours be.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:cp.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo
Class VIIIs HCO BULLETIN OF 16 APRIL 1969
Dianetic Auditor's
Checksheet
Tech Sec
Ds of T HEALTH FORM, USE OF
Ds of P
As one needs a guide to know what to audit on a case, the Dianetic
Health Form is an essential auditing action.
Also, some cases do not know they have recovered. It is Scientology
that addresses improved awareness, not Dianetics. Dianetics accomplishes an
eradication of the unwanted condition and when it is gone it is gone. The
pc will not again mention it in many cases and it would be an error to
hammer him about being better now.
Therefore a second Health Form gives a comparison. The somatics and
pains not mentioned in the second which were in the first can be considered
to be gone.
A second form done later gives the auditor and (when a Case Supervisor
is also on the case) the Case Supervisor an indication of the actual
improvement. A few days, weeks or months can elapse between giving the
form. This gives an indication of improvement. Any number of Health Forms
can be given.
One of the old problems of Dianetics was that the pc recovered from his
arthritis fully and then only nagged the auditor about a new symptom. It
wasn't that the pc had to have an illness (only the 19th century
psychologist believed that it was no use to cure anything as the patient
just got something else). The fact is that the symptoms of the pc are
several, not just one.
You take up and audit each symptom or complaint, one after the other.
This is a new advance in Dianetics-that a preclear's illness or upset
has more than one source. His illness or upset is a composite.
You audit the most available symptom first. Then find the next one and
audit it, then the next, etc.
The symptom in which the pc is most interested is the one to do first.
You run its secondary or engram or chain and it vanishes.
Then do the one in which he is now interested and run its secondary or
engram or
Now find the next symptom, etc.
Sooner or later the pc will have tremendous good indicators, be
smiling, happy.
That's the time to quit. Right there. Until then, keep finding and
fully erasing the latest symptom the pc has.
This can be done with or without a meter. The meter makes it easier.
The biggest read on an item given on the Health Form is the one to audit
first.
One finds "an incident which could have caused that", dates it loosely,
runs it as an incident without pushing hard, gets an earlier similar
incident and runs that, or even a third or fourth earlier similar (each
time earlier) incident until a floating needle or the pc indicates the
thing is gone.
Then one finds out what may now be bothering the pc and does the same
action on it.
Sooner or later the pc will become bright, happy, symptom free.
Symptoms are pains, emotional feelings, tiredness, aches, pressures,
sensations, unwanted states of the body, etc.
The only point where an auditor may get a hang-up is when he encounters
an earlier wrong diagnosis. Someone told the pc he had heart trouble and
the pc gives that as a symptom but doesn't really have one. When such a
puzzle comes up you look for allies (other people) who had heart trouble
(or whatever the thing was) or you find out from the pc and meter if it was
a wrong diagnosis.
If you are auditing without a meter, you take the pc's interest as the
indicator. You audit the symptom in which he is interested and cease to
audit it when it is gone.
You can use whatever is given on the original Health Form that was done
until the form is no longer valid or until the pc's good indicators are in.
When the pc brightens up, that's the end of that Health Form. A new one
must be done WHEN THE PC IS AGAIN FEELING BAD, TIRED OR WORRIED.
The purpose of any session or series of sessions is to get the pc
feeling well and happy.
Sometimes the pc's condition is obvious and the engram equally obvious.
The pc has just had a child. The delivery of it and any earlier similar
engram is of course audited at once. Any recent experience is so handled.
If a pc wants no auditing and yet is ill or miserable, one finds out
why he doesn't want to be audited by getting him to explain (when he will
become auditable) or one finds and runs as secondaries, engrams or chains
bad experiences with treatment.
If the pc doesn't recover at all, then the Auditor's Code has been
violated or the engrams were overrun or not run long enough to erase or the
pc was very ill medically and should have had a medical examination first.
But even with poor auditing it is rare for a pc not to recover.
Of course, the more skilled (follows the Auditor's Code, knows his
meter, knows his Dianetics) the Auditor is, the more certain recovery
becomes.
The worst crime is overwhelming the pc by telling him what's wrong, not
letting him tell you.
The Health Form is of very great assistance in handling all this. The
use of it is as follows:
1. The Auditor sits down with the pc (usually the pc on a meter) and
explains he's going to do a Health Form and try to help the pc.
2. The Form is completed.
3. The Auditor picks out by meter or by asking the pc which symptom he
has his attention on.
4. The Auditor finds an incident that had that symptom in it, dates it
and runs it as an incident.
5. The incident (and symptom) erases or the Auditor finds an earlier
similar incident, etc, dates it and erases it until the incidents and
symptoms are gone.
6. A new symptom is located on the Health Form by meter or pc's
interest.
7. Steps 4 and 5 are repeated.
8. A new symptom is located on the Health Form or by pc's
complaint.
9. Steps 4 and 5 are repeated.
10. We go on doing this until the pc is suddenly well, smiling and happy
and at that moment we at once desist.
11. We tell the pc that is the end of the session. Note if several
sessions were required to do the above, we start each new one by
telling the pc it's started and end each session by telling the pc the
session is ended.
Each session is written down as it is done and preserved for future
correction or use.
The basic Health Form follows as part of this HCO B. Individual copies
are made
out for each pc and left in his case folder.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
DIANETIC HEALTH FORM
11 April 1969
______________________________ ____________________
Name of Pc Date of Form
______________________________ ____________________
Name of Auditor Place of session
This form is done by the Auditor with a Pc. It is not Metered.
1. Visible physical defects
_____________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
2. Physical disabilities
________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
3. Perception
difficulties_______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
4. Past illnesses _____________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
5. Past operations____________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
6. Any current illness_________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
7. Any continual pains ________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
8. Any occasional pains _______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
9. Any continual aches________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
10. Any occasional aches_______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
11. Any continual unwanted sensations____________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
12. Any occasional unwanted sensations___________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
13. Tiredness-continual_______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
14. Tiredness-occasional______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
15. Emotional tone by pc statement
_______________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
15. (a) Any fears _____________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
15. (b) Chronic worries ________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
16. Emotional tone by auditor's
inspection__________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
17. Any disability payment or
pension_____________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
18. Any familial history of insanity
_______________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
19. Any venereal infection in the
past______________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
20. Any venereal infection in the
present___________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
21. Any rash_________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
22. Overweight ______________________________________________________
23. Underweight _____________________________________________________
24. Eye Colour_______________________________________________________
25. Any tint in eye whites ______________________________________________
26. Pimples _________________________________________________________
27. Glasses _________________________________________________________
28. Colour Blindness__________________________________________________
29. Hearing _________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
30. Nasal Trouble_____________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
Throat Trouble____________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
31. Sick or disabled family members______________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
32. Perception trouble in
family__________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
33. Earlier allies or close friends
_________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
34. Husband or wife physical
troubles_____________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
35. Attitude toward illness
______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
36. Attitude toward treatment____________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
37. Earlier physical examination
discloses__________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jk.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 APRIL 1969
Remimeo
Dianetics Chksht
Class VIIIs
Dianetic Auditors
DIANETIC CASE SUPERVISION
Dianetics is done differently than Scientology in that its auditors are
trained up to HDA only. Therefore they do not have various skills you will
find in a Scientology Auditor. Even when they become a Scientology Auditor,
Dianetics is still done as Dianetics.
Therefore the Case Supervisor supervising folders done by Dianetic
Auditors must not expect or require any of the following:
1. RUDIMENTS, they came in long after Dianetics.
2. MODEL SESSION, this was invented 11 years after Dianetics.
3. TRIPLE FLOWS.
4. WITHHOLDS PULLED.
5. PTPs handled (Present Time Problems).
6. ARC BREAKS patched up.
In short knowledge and skill above and beyond the training received on
a new Dianetics Course is not to be expected.
There are also things in Book One we no longer use such as Repeater
Technique, looking for phrases to explain conditions.
We use Dianetics as it was re-worked in the early 60s and as currently
being presented.
If it isn't on the checksheet of the Dianetics Course, then we don't
demand it.
We do demand some skill with a meter and what a floating needle is.
If a Dianetic pc gets in trouble we send him to Qual for a review. In
this review, all Scientology skills (but no grades) can be done.
In review he can get in his rudiments, etc.
It is very worthy of note that in Reviewing Dianetics or in doing
Dianetic auditing ONE CAN RUN OUT BAD SESSIONS AS AN AUDITOR OR PC BY USING
R-3-R ON AUDITING SESSIONS OR THERAPY.
If we keep Dianetics to Dianetics we will again achieve the miracles of
which it is capable.
Dianetics has been refined greatly. But it is all there on the
checksheets now. There is no hidden data line.
It is far less complex today than it was in 1953, for instance, and
much more effective. But it is still Dianetics. It is a technology that
runs and erases locks, secondaries and engrams and their chains.
It should be case supervised and done with that fully in mind.
An HDA is an HDA. He can do what he can do.
And it's marvellous.
LRH:jk.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 APRIL 1969
Remimeo Issue II
Qual Secs
Class VIIIs
Dian Auditors
Tech Secs
Ds of T
Ds of P
DIANETIC CASE FAILURES
The foremost failure of Dianetics on cases, by actual inspection, is a
failure to do Dianetics.
It may sound peculiar or too obvious to say that. But this fact has to
be stressed since it was found to be the leading reason for non-recovery.
Even this has its degrees of error.
1st is just NO auditing. A case wasn't audited at all. No session, no
auditor, no auditing. Complaint, "I'm a Scientologist I still have awful
headaches." Sounds real incriminating. The FACT is in this question "Did
anybody run the engram?" "No, just grades."
Dianetics wasn't used at all.
The next degree is starting in on a lock, secondary, engram or chain of
them and not completing it to erasure. Running the pc through one engram
once with no good Indicators or erasure and then calling it a session is
really no auditing. Next session you must complete the action started.
The next degree is to get rid of one chronic somatic or sensation and
then fail to carry on when the pc has others too.
The most recent discovery I made was that an illness has several
sources expressed each one as a different sensation, ache, pain or emotion.
EVERY ONE OF THESE IS OUT OF A MENTAL IMAGE PICTURE OR THE SERIES OF THEM
CALLED A CHAIN.
The degree of omission in applying Dianetics is that one did not take
up each separately stated or assessed symptom and erase its source-that
particular mental image picture.
The vast majority of Dianetic cases I have case supervised now have
this in common-NO AUDITING in one or more instances outlined above.
Really it's kind of "corny" as an error. It is so "corny" that people
try to make more of it than simply the patient or engram didn't get
audited.
"She still has her headaches."
"Did you find and audit the mental image picture of the experiences
which had head injury in it?"
"No."
"Well did you give her a session?"
"Yes. "
"What did you run?"
"I did Power on her."
"Then you didn't give her a Dianetic session."
"Oh, no. Dianetics is old, we don't do that anymore. She still has her
headaches. . . . ."
POW!
LRH:jc.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 APRIL 1969
Remimeo
Class VIIIs
Dian Auditors
Tech Secs DIANETICS vs SCIENTOLOGY
Qual Secs
Dian Checksheet
Dianetics is Dianetics and Scientology is Scientology.
They are separate subjects. They have in common certain tools like the
E-Meter, TRs and auditor presence. But there it ends.
Dianetics addresses the body. Scientology addresses the thetan. While
a thetan can produce illness, it is the body that is ill.
Thus Dianetics is used to knock out and erase illnesses, unwanted
sensations, misemotion, somatics, pain, etc. Scientology and its grades are
never used for such things.
Scientology is used to increase spiritual freedom, intelligence,
ability, to produce immortality.
To mix the two has been a very bad error.
Dianetics came before Scientology. It disposed of body illness and the
difficulties a thetan was having with his body. This was a Present Time
Problem to the thetan. In the presence of a PTP no case gain results (an
old discovery).
When a thetan has body discomfort or upset solved, he could then go on
with what he really wanted which were the improvements to be found in
Scientology.
Mixing the two practices in any way produced and will produce no real
case gain. Scientology grades will only occasionally get rid of body ills
and Dianetics will not achieve real spiritual freedom.
Used within their own areas they both each one separately achieves that
for which it was intended. Dianetics can make a well body, Scientology can
make a recovered thetan.
So you don't use Scientology remedies or Scientology Case Supervisor
procedures to run Dianetic sessions. High Tone Arm, ARC Breaks, etc are not
even considered in Dianetic Auditing.
Dianetics was researched in 1932, '38, '45, '48, '49, '50, '51, '52 to
name the principal early years. It was redeveloped in 1962 and '63 when I
made R-3-R discoveries and re-released. And it was finally realized as per
this HCOB in 1969 after further research.
I found that Dianetics had been forgotten for a dozen years and was
being given a light brush-off as a course and that auditors and pcs were
trying to use Scientology grades to handle body ills such as headaches,
chronic somatics and so on.
Man's usual PTP is his body. So if one gave him gold ornaments he'd try
to use them to cure his aches and pains.
Thus Dianetics was forgotten and unused and Scientology was being made
to attempt cures. Thus they were, both subjects, busily being made to fail
to some degree.
Dianetics as it now exists is so simple, so elementary and so broadly
applicable to the body that it requires a real effort to complicate it or
make it unworking. Keep the two separate in both application and use.
Recognize them as two entirely distinct and separate subjects with
widely different uses.
LRH:jc.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 APRIL 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
Usual Dn Dist
Dian Checksheet
AOs
SOMATICS AND OTS
If a preclear or pre OT has physical difficulties, bad perception
trouble, illness or physical disability HE HAS NO BUSINESS GETTING GRADES
POWER CLEARING OR OT LEVELS.
HE
NEEDS
DIANETICS
Once that is completely understood it will end any and all "failures".
The Dianetics he needs is fully contained in the new Dianetics
checksheet.
Using Scn auditing and grades to handle common Dianetic problems is to
audit a pc over a Present Time Problem.
The big PTPs a thetan has are his body.
A thetan is a thetan and he wants spiritual freedom and ability.
A body is a body.
Scientology = thetan rehabilitation.
Dianetics = body improvement.
All Dianeticists and Scientologists, all pcs and pre OTs should be
informed of this.
Using Scn to help the body and Dianetics to help the thetan is a mix of
practices and the misuse of both.
Even the applications are different.
In Scn you handle PTPs, ARC Breaks, Missed Withholds that occur in
sessions.
In Dianetics you erase the session or incident in which they occurred.
Dianetic processing uses a Meter, R3R and assists and TRs. It also uses
an understanding of what the subject is for. It erases locks, secondaries
and engrams or their chains. That's exactly what it does and what is done
with it. The mental image picture is the source of continued pain,
somatics, bad perception or illness. This subject has to be DONE, actually
used These data in this paragraph are the total essentials of Dianetics. It
is taught, case supervised and used as Dianetics.
The thetan, scales, ARC, exteriorization, ability, freedom, the grades,
clearing, and OT levels are the sole province of Scientology.
Earlier writings tend to overlap and intermingle the two subjects.
Because one was not permitted to heal, that being frowned on in some
countries, Dianetics tended to be suppressed and was lost sight of.
Scientology began to be made to try to do Dianetic work.
We can now cleanly separate the two and so obtain enormously increased
case gains.
LRH:jc.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 APRIL 1969
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class VIIIs
Qual Secs
Tech Secs
Dianetics
BASIC DEFINITIONS
ERASURE is the action of erasing, rubbing out, locks, secondaries or
engrams.
A LOCK is a mental image picture of an incident where one was knowingly
or unknowingly reminded of a secondary or engram. It does not itself
contain a blow or a burn or impact and is not any major cause of
misemotion. It does not contain unconsciousness. It may contain a feeling
of pain or illness, etc, but is not itself the source of it. Example: One
sees a cake, feels sick. This is a lock on an engram of being made sick by
eating cake. The picture of seeing a cake and feeling sick is a lock on (is
locked to) the incident (unseen at the moment) of getting sick eating cake.
When one finds a lock it can be run like any other mental image picture.
A SECONDARY is a mental image picture of a moment of severe and
shocking loss or threat of loss which contains misemotion such as anger,
fear, grief, apathy or "deathfulness". It is a mental image recording of a
time of severe mental stress. It may contain unconsciousness. When it is
restimulated by a similar but lighter experience another mental image
picture is recorded which becomes a lock on the secondary and serves to
keep the secondary alive. A secondary is called a secondary because it
itself depends upon an earlier engram with similar data but real pain, etc.
AN ENGRAM is a mental image picture which is a recording of a time of
physical pain and unconsciousness. It must by definition have impact or
injury as part of its content.
It is of the very greatest importance that a Dianetic auditor really
grasp what these things are. Otherwise he won't know what he is doing or to
what.
Now because he isn't seeing his preclear's pictures an auditor can
become very careless about them and not handle them correctly.
If an auditor doesn't really know what these things are (erasure,
locks, secondaries, engrams) he cannot of course hope to handle them for
the preclear.
The basic Dianetic errors are just not knowing what these are and that
they are there to be handled and that these and these alone cause
psychosomatic ills.
Once one has a full grip on these definitions he can then and only then
hope to do anything with them for the preclear.
If the auditor is going to handle the aches, pains, unwanted sensations
and psychosomatic illnesses of the preclear, it requires that he fully
grasp these basic definitions.
Literally millions of complications can stem from the simple fact that
a preclear records experiences in mental image pictures and that these
thereafter can affect HIS BODY adversely.
Once one really understands that mental image pictures are all there is
in the preclear's "mind" one has understood the total of aberration. There
is NOT something else there. No "id", no "ego". There are only mental image
pictures.
These, if you use the exact procedures of Dianetics, can be found and
erased.
When the unwanted locks, secondaries and engrams are erased the
preclear will be rid of the physical disabilities of which he complains and
will be well physically.
SOMATIC-means essentially body sensation, illness or pain or
discomfort. "Soma" means body. Hence PSYCHO SOMATIC or pains stemming from
the mind.
MISEMOTION-Anything that is unpleasant emotion such as antagonism,
anger, fear, grief, apathy or a death feeling.
This is the entire breadth of Dianetics today.
In Scientology we deal with the thetan, the being who is the individual
and who handles and lives in the body. This is beyond the scope of today's
Dianetics.
If a preclear is well physically made so by Dianetics and any required
physical medication or nutrition, he can then embark on Scientology, the
increase of his abilities and spiritual freedom.
If a preclear who is being audited or has been audited on Scientology
Grades becomes ill one DOES NOT TRY TO MAKE HIM WELL BY GIVING HIM NEW
HIGHER GRADES. That has been an error of great magnitude. Instead ONE
REVERTS TO DIANETIC AUDITING until the pc is well and only then continues
with Scientology.
This is correct procedure because it works.
People "come into Scientology" to cure their headaches. Somebody starts
them off on Grade auditing, several Grades later they still have their
headache. It is a continual Present Time Problem to them and the auditor.
It sometimes vanishes during Grade Processing. This gives an unfortunate
win.
The right thing to have done was give the person DIANETIC AUDITING,
until he or she no longer had headaches and then begin to audit the person
on Grades so as to put them well above ever again getting headaches.
Continual headaches come from mental image pictures retained by the pc
of having a head crushed or shot off or hit. That is an engram. It actually
had to happen. It is NOT imaginary or delusion. The proof is that when the
auditor finally erases the engram the recording of the injury is gone and
the headaches will not again occur.
The preclear often is unable to confront the actual engram at once. He
offers one a LOCK, a time when he had a headache. One "runs" this lock (one
always runs whatever is offered, you don't force the pc) and finds after
putting the preclear through it a couple of times that IT IS GETTING MORE
SOLID or it simply isn't erasing. One finds an earlier recording. This
possibly turns out to be a secondary. The pc had a moment of loss and cried
and also had a headache.
This secondary may or may not erase. If it does one leaves it of course
as finished. But if it does not erase and isn't erasing after a couple of
times through it, one then asks for an earlier one.
One probably would then get the actual engram, a recording of a time
when the head was actually injured.
One runs this and after a couple of times through, finds it isn't
erasing and so goes earlier for another engram.
This one erases.
When it erases the whole chain of headaches ALSO erases.
And that is the end of the pc's headaches period.
One then inquires after other somatics or sensations and handles them
the same
It is all done by using the technique called R-3-R without variation.
Since these recordings contain mainly other-determinedness (pictures of
others doing things) the auditor always has more control over the
preclear's mental image pictures than the preclear does. Thus the pictures
do what the auditor says. This point too must be grasped by an auditor or
he will be waiting on the preclear to act or move in time.
The TIME TRACK is the consecutive record of mental image pictures which
accumulates through the preclear's life or lives. It is very exactly dated.
PLEASURE MOMENTS are mental image pictures containing pleasure
sensations. They respond to R-3-R. One seldom addresses them unless the
preclear is fixated on some type of "pleasure" to a point where it has
become highly aberrated.
BLACK FIELD is just some part of a mental image picture where the
preclear is looking at blackness. It is part of some lock, secondary or
engram. In Scientology it can occur (rarely) when the pc is exterior,
looking at something black. It responds to R-3-R.
INVISIBLE FIELD is just a part of some lock, secondary or engram that
is "invisible". It like a black field responds to R-3-R.
PRESSURE SOMATIC is, in Dianetics, considered to be a symptom in a
lock, secondary or engram, simply part of the content.
Whatever, the symptom pain sensation, whatever, it is from either the
body directly (such as a broken bone, a gallstone or immediate physical
cause) or is part of the content of a mental image picture-lock, secondary
or engram.
The Dianetic auditor does not audit ideas or think. He is handling
mental recordings. Ideas are in them. Ideas come out of them. But think is
no longer part of Dianetics.
In Dianetics we handle locks, secondaries and engrams.
KEY IN is the action of recording a lock on a secondary or engram.
KEY OUT is an action of the engram or secondary dropping away without
being erased.
FLOATING NEEDLES occur when a key-out occurs or when an engram is
erased.
When one keys out (rather than erases) an engram, the preclear can
always, in life, get a key-in of the engram again and so become ill as
before. This does not mean one should overrun a floating needle. It does
however point out that you can key out an engram without running it and at
once key it back in again and run it.
An example is getting the date. One gets a floating needle. It is
better to leave it at that. But also realize the incident that hasn't been
run is still there.
MULTIPLE ILLNESS-means the preclear is physically uncomfortable or ill
from several engrams of different types all restimulated. One runs one
somatic chain at a time, running each new symptom that is assessed or
stated by the preclear.
CHAIN means a series of recordings of similar experiences. A chain has
engrams, secondaries and locks. Example-Head injury chain in the sequence
encountered by an auditor and run by R-3-R-sporting goods display window
seeing it (lock), losing a bat (secondary), hit in the head with a bat
(engram). The engram is the earliest date, the secondary a later date, the
lock the most recent.
By using somatics to trace back (meaning discomforts, complaints,
sensations, aches, pains) and by staying on the chain of only one somatic
(i.e. headaches) you get back down the single chain without dispersing all
over the place into different chains. Thus one runs the chain of one
particular somatic or discomfort or complaint down to key-out or erasure
before doing the next somatic or discomfort or complaint.
AUTOMATIC BANK-When a pc gets picture after picture after picture all
out of control. This occurs when one isn't following an assessed somatic or
complaint or has chosen the wrong one or one which the pc is not ready to
confront or by overwhelming the pc with rough TRs or going very non-
standard. Some pcs turn up in their first session with automatic banks. The
thing to do is carefully assess the physical complaint for longest or best
read and gently handle that chain well.
BASIC-This is the FIRST experience recorded in mental image pictures of
that TYPE of pain, sensation, discomfort, etc. Every chain has its basic.
It is a PECULIARITY and a FACT that when one gets down to the basic on a
chain (a) it erases and (b) the whole chain vanishes for good. Basic is
simply earliest.
UNBURDENING-As a basic is not at once available on any chain one
usually unburdens it by running later engrams, secondaries and locks. The
act of unburdening would be digging off the top to get at the bottom as in
moving sand. As you run off later incidents, the ability of the preclear to
confront it also increases and basic is easy to run when finally contacted.
BASIC BASIC-This belongs in Scientology. It is wholly beyond the scope
of Dianetics. It means the most basic basic of all basics and results in
clearing. It is found on the Clearing Course. If contacted or run before
the pc was brought up through the Scientology Grades, he wouldn't be able
to handle it anyway as experience has shown. So this is part of
Scientology, not Dianetics.
VALENCE is the form and identity of the preclear or another, the
beingness. We are not much concerned with this in Dianetics today. It is
handled in Scientology.
ALLY-A person from whom one had sympathy and was dependent upon.
ASSESS in Dianetics means choose, from a list or statements, which item
or thing has the longest read or the pc's interest. The longest read will
also have the pc's interest oddly enough.
If you know these definitions COLD so you don't have to mutter them or
memorize them but just KNOW them, you will really get results with
Dianetics.
The biggest failure in training auditors was their faulty grasp of what
they were addressing and their additive think.
The discoveries of Dianetics were basic and vital and opened a wide new
unexplored frontier.
These words were assigned to things arbitrarily. They had to be. Man
had not had any notion of these things before so they had no names and had
to be assigned names.
The names were chosen because they didn't also mean something else in
another field of science.
The terms are therefore IMPORTANT and what they mean and the things they
name must be grasped before success can attend any auditing.
Any failures of Dianetic auditors were not the failures of Dianetics.
The persons attempting to audit others didn't KNOW what these things were,
essentially the lock, the secondary, the engram, erasure and key-out.
So these are essential to any training or use of Dianetics.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jc.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 APRIL 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class VIIIs DIANETICS
Qual Secs
Tech Secs ERASURE
HOW TO ATTAIN
If you run a lock, secondary or engram through TWICE and it does not
erase, you ask for an earlier similar incident related to the somatic being
handled.
If a mental image picture goes more solid on the second pass through,
an earlier similar incident must be found.
Eventually you will find a basic incident that will erase. It will be
the earliest on the chain.
Follow the somatic, not the narrative content.
If handling an assessed headache you ask for "an earlier headache or
head pain".
Don't ask for narrative chains such as "an earlier fight with your
mother".
The rule is invariable-IF IT ISN'T ERASING OR IS GOING MORE SOLID AFTER
TWICE THROUGH GET AN EARLIER INCIDENT RELATING TO THE ASSESSED SOMATIC AND
RUN IT.
This was a very essential part of R-3-R but was somehow omitted from
some
descriptions of the procedure.
LRH:jc.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 APRIL 1969
Issue III
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class VIIIs
Qual Secs
Tech Secs
PAST LIVES
The reason the first Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation had trouble
was that its board of directors attempted to stop past lives from being
run.
When a group seeks to forward only what is currently acceptable it of
course stalls all progress.
Further it is dishonest to suppress or fail to reveal scientific
discoveries.
Disagreeing with the Law of Gravity could give one some very bad falls.
Pre-Dianetic mental studies customarily threw out anything that did not
agree with their pet theories or would be "unpopular" with authorities.
Such was the dishonesty practised in the humanities that the whole
field had fallen into brutal hands. Dianetics had to encounter the Dark Age
atmosphere which then prevailed, complete with torture and murder of the
insane.
The facts are that what the auditor believes has little to do with the
preclear's reality. If a practitioner challenges or demands proof of a
patient's data the patient becomes ill-that is the bald fact of it. It's
part of the Auditor's Code.
As far as past lives are concerned, if you don't run mental image
pictures from past lives when they come up on a chain, the preclear will
not recover.
A pathetic case of this occurred in early research. A girl crippled by
polio was able to throw away her crutches after my first session. And would
have become entirely well except that she recalled seeing and hearing
Lincoln give his Gettysburg address. Her mother condemned her for such
nonsense. The girl's lameness was confirmed and perpetuated by this and by
a psychotic father who raved at me for daring to suggest such things. I
didn't suggest anything. In auditing the girl she suddenly came up with
being at Gettysburg listening to Lincoln.
Seems a bit cruel to condemn a young girl to a lifetime of lameness
just to satisfy a fixed idea.
The weird idea is that one only lives but once.
We have several times traced the graves of pcs in a special project and
they usually came up correct. One pc was very upset to find his friend has
failed to erect the fitting paid for tombstone, substituting a common slab,
possibly to pocket the difference.
Some pcs have been so overwhelmed in the past by some great figure that
they go into his valence in that life. This often throws discredit on past
lives.
I recall one girl who had been every famous figure in history who when we
got her in valence turned up to have been only a victim to them. The great
generals and politicians of history, it must be sadly remarked, aren't
easily distinguished from mass murderers.
But even famous figures are somewhere.
Past lives as a subject is made distasteful, possibly purposely, by
some who, by fearing to have been a nobody and seeking status, talk loudly
to others about having been Napoleon, Julius Caesar and Brutus all at the
same time.
In a society which tries to hide in the current identity or seeks to
mortalize everyone and make people only animals the subject of past lives
can be a difficult one socially.
The truth in auditing is, IF YOU DON'T RUN THE INCIDENTS GIVEN BY THE
PC HE DOESN'T GET WELL.
One spectacular recovery of an insane woman occurred when she ran an
incident as a lion who ate her keeper. Freudian work hadn't been able to
crack the case. The alienist at the sanitarium kept her in with trying to
explain how it was all delusion (the current technique pre-Dianetics). A
Dianetic Auditor found and ran it and she became sane at once and stayed
so.
It is NOT the auditor's role to handle the philosophic or social
aspects of incidents. To chide a pc for having an anti-social engram or a
record of a crime or to challenge his data or refuse him his past life will
bar his road to recovery and is itself a crime.
It will be found that Man is basically good. Only his aberrations are
bad. When you run out his engrams he becomes social and reverts to being
good.
Auditing is auditing. Audit what the pc has to audit. Leave the social
aspects of the case to others. It's not the auditor's job.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jc.ldm.aap
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 APRIL 1969
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class VIIIs, etc
DIANETIC USE
Why Dianetics fell out of use had nothing to do with its workability.
It has worked and well since 1950.
In some areas, mainly the US, it was illegal to heal or cure anything.
There was even a law in California giving 25 illnesses that were against
the law to cure. The "Better" Business Bureau in the US even issues
pamphlets that state that "You can always tell a fake healer because he
says he can cure something".
Why a civilization would make it illegal to cure illness can only be
explained by some vested interest making more money out of people being
sick than getting people well.
There existed a continual threat to anyone who helped their fellows.
The ability of Scientology to bring about spiritual freedom therefore
received the concentration of effort by organisations.
Lately public opinion has turned heavily against these suppressive
groups and the public discovery that illegal seizure, torture and murder
was the hidden activity of political psychiatric groups has lost these
people their support.
It was overlooked that spiritual healing of the body has not been
illegal and that Dianetics used for pastoral counseling is completely
legal.
It is a sobering thought that the only effective technology of
psychosomatic healing-Dianetics-could be suppressed out of full usage.
One is handling the effect of the spirit on the body. Therefore even
Dianetics is spiritual healing and as such is far from illegal.
Man should not be kept ill just to let a few have a monopoly.
In almost all other countries than the US there is no restriction on
healing despite monopolistic efforts to make one.
Another reason Dianetics was for some time out of use was that it was
believed it had been superseded by Scientology which it never was in fact.
Dianetics can be done with no reference whatever to Scientology or its
techniques.
People who have given up through illness are also prone to want to
leave. Instead of confronting their illness it is easier to try to get away
from it. Thus such people are in a hurry to be free and prefer Scientology.
But if they have a sick body, it is a present time problem and inhibits
attaining the spiritual freedom they seek.
The correct procedure is to make them well wherever possible with
medical treatment and to handle their psychosomatic illnesses with
Dianetics and then, before any further abuses by life can occur, to raise
their ability and secure their freedom with Scientology. This is the
correct use of Dianetics. It is the remedy for psychosomatic illness.
The basic use of Dianetics is to make a well body and to augment physical
treatment.
Any injurious experience can be erased by Dianetics. It is very easy to
use and if one wants people well and happy it should be used at every
occasion.
A person has an operation. This should be followed soon after by the
erasure of the engram of the experience by R-3-R and the usual Dianetic
auditor actions. The healing time will be greatly speeded and often healing
will occur where a relapse might have followed.
A woman has a child. The engram of delivery should be run out soon
after. The result of doing so is very spectacular. There is no "postpartum
psychosis" or dislike of the child and no permanent injury to the mother.
It is in fact best to audit the mother both before and after the delivery,
which gives one fast relatively painless childbirth and quick recovery.
Recovery from disease under treatment is speeded by Dianetic auditing.
Where the incident of the break is, with any chain, run out, a broken
limb will heal (by X-ray evidence) in two instead of six weeks.
Some patients who are not responding to medical treatment who are then
given as little as a touch assist will then be found responsive to the
medical treatment. An auditor giving the person a Dianetic session will
more or less ensure that the medical treatment will now work.
A person who is accident prone when audited usually loses this unwanted
characteristic.
Many "insane" recover from their symptoms when given proper medical
treatment, rest, no harassment and then good mild Dianetic processing. They
become and remain normal people without relapse.
Chronic, which is to say, long-term illnesses cease when audited by
Dianetics and then medical treatment, which was earlier ineffective.
Whole classes of "mentally retarded" children have been made more
normal by teachers in London County Council schools using relatively
unskilled Dianetics.
Tiredness, unwanted sensations, bizarre pains and aches, bad hearing or
sight also routinely respond to Dianetic processing.
The sickness and death rate of persons who are part of Dianetic groups
is only a small fraction of that of other groups.
Pilots audited with Dianetics, by a test involving a whole squadron,
went without a single even minor accident for the following year.
Scientists audited with Dianetics have greatly improved intelligence.
Dianetics raises IQ as a side product to usual auditing, at a rate of about
one point of IQ per hour of processing.
Withered limbs, skin blotches and rashes and even blindness and
deafness have all responded to Dianetics.
Possibly the point which counted most against Dianetics in the early
attacks on it was that it did a vast array of things. The truth was, it
actually did them. When you have the answer to the human mind as in
Dianetics of course anything caused by the mind can be remedied.
It is very much easier to train a Dianetic auditor than a Scientology
auditor. It requires only about a month to make a Dianetic auditor who is
sufficiently conversant with the subject to get results. This too was used
against Dianetics as the psychiatrist of that day claimed he himself needed
twelve years of study to do psychiatry. Of course when the public found out
that the product of these twelve years of study was killing the "insane"
and increasing their number the argument became silly.
The spectacular personal gains which were available in Scientology were
so great they tended to obscure the very real use and value of Dianetics.
Further, a Scientology executive trained and processed beyond the need
of body help tended to forget that much of the public out there first had
to be helped out of their physical misery before they could attempt
anything like personal gain.
You use Dianetics much the way you would use any remedy.
When a fellow is burned you audit out the burn.
When a woman loses a loved one you audit out the loss.
When a young man can't finish his schooling you audit out his unhappy
school experiences.
Dianetics is for USE. There is not a lot of admin about it. It isn't
something you use after bowing down three times to Chicago. You just USE
it.
A Dianetic auditor who sees someone sick and who doesn't get him
treatment and then audit him is just not humane.
Woman going to have a baby-get out the meter and audit her into shape
for it. When she's had it, run out the delivery.
Fellow burns his hand, break out the meter.
Dianetics is the answer to human suffering. USE it.
Ideas build up to halt the use of Dianetics such as "once you have a
floating needle on engrams you don't run them any more--". That's silly. An
F/N on a chain can be called the end of that chain. But not of Dianetics on
the case.
I am not trying to make anyone wrong by reintroducing the real use of
Dianetics. I myself had not realized how separate and vital it was as a
technology until recently. I was engaged for many years researching and
completing Scientology. I had not noticed and had not said that Dianetics
must be preserved and used in all cases of psychosomatic illness or in
physical suffering.
Yet, during all this time when I had to handle illness, I did not use
Scientology. I used good old Dianetics.
Now I have refined it and made a better statement of it and made it
easier to use and I trust it will be used for what it was intended and that
Scientology grades will be relieved of the burden of attempting to heal
physical illness, a use for which it was never designed.
Scientology is a vital practice in itself. It places a person above any
further illness or suffering. But he has to be made well first.
People will ask, "Deafness? Now what special process is needed in
curing deafness ......?"
This is one of the modern refinements of Dianetics. One runs whatever is
assessed for the preclear. He doesn't decide to cure somebody of deafness.
He handles the illness that reads. Maybe it will be deafness.
You have one single procedure covering all cases and that is R-3-R and
the steps of HCOB 16 Apr 69. You audit what reads when assessed. The whole
of the person's complaints, if you just keep on going with HCOB 16 Apr 69,
should eventually vanish.
Having gotten the pc well by medical care and Dianetic auditing, then
start out with Scientology. If he gets sick again before many grades,
revert to Dianetics, handle it and then when he is well, resume Scientology
where you left off.
Never run a Scientology grade to make a pc well or cure something. It's
a misapplication.
By using Dianetics as readily as you use shoes you can make and keep
people well. You don't worry about overruns, rudiments or anything else.
You just use R-3-R even to correct ARC Breaks and PTPs and bad auditing.
By then correctly using Scientology we can make the person a far better
being.
We now have STANDARD DIANETICS.
We have developed Scientology STANDARD TECH.
Both are now valid as themselves.
They do not cross.
Dianetics for the body.
Scientology for the spirit.
USE BOTH.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :jp.aa
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 APRIL 1969
Issue II
Dn Checksheet
Class VIIIs
Qual Secs
Tech Secs
DIANETIC RESULTS
Every once in a while you get a Scientology result while running
Dianetics. Also, sometimes you get a Dianetic result while auditing
Scientology.
This tends to keep the two distinctly different subjects confused with
each other.
A preclear, after Dianetic auditing, tells the Examiner he is exterior
and feeling fantastically bright. This is a Scientology result.
Sometimes a Scientology preclear after attaining a grade will state
that it has healed his terror stomach. This is a Dianetic result.
There is nothing whatever wrong with this except that it gives an
auditor an invitation to confuse the subjects and think they are the same.
The clue is CONSISTENCY.
Dianetics only rarely exteriorises a preclear.
Scientology only occasionally handles a terror stomach. In fact a
person whose terror stomach wasn't handled by Dianetics and its R3R can go
all the way to OT VI sometimes with it. He doesn't get rid of the terror
stomach and he doesn't (since he had a present time problem all the way)
make OT VI either.
If it is a body pain, sensation, somatic, illness, disability, the
subject to use is Dianetics.
If it is a gain in ability and beingness that is the purpose, the
subject to use is Scientology.
After many years of handling cases this emerged as a very factual fact.
Dianetics is Dianetics, Scientology is Scientology. If you mix them they
attain limited results.
This is so true that when you use all the prohibitives and Never Nevers
of Scientology in doing Dianetics, Dianetics also fails.
See these two subjects as clearly separate. They each have their own
Case Supervision orders. You don't use Scientology Case Supervision orders
in case supervising Dianetics. And you don't use the Dianetic rules on
Scientology.
One addresses the body, the other the thetan. They both go by their own
rules.
There is also STANDARD DIANETICS as rigidly taught and adhered to, so
Dianetics is not sloppy Scientology either.
Dianetic results are a well body and a being happy with it.
Scientology results are a free, powerful and immortal being.
They can and do achieve their proper end results but only when used
properly, separately and as themselves.
LRH:ja.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 APRIL 1969
Remimeo
Dianetics
Checksheet etc.
SOMATICS
You must run only by somatic, not by narrative. Narrative means "Falls
down stairs" "An earlier fight with brother". By somatic is meant a pain or
ache sensation and also misemotion or even unconsciousness. There are a
thousand different descriptive words that could add up to a feeling. Pain,
aches, dizziness, sadness-these are all FEELINGS. Awareness, pleasant or
unpleasant, of a body is what we are trying to run in Dianetics.
All chains are held together by one similar feeling. That is a new
discovery. Chains are not held together by narratives or personnel or
locations. They are held together by FEELINGS. Thus we ASK FOR AND FOLLOW
DOWN ONLY FEELINGS. Those can be aches, pains, sensations, misemotion-any
FEELING.
This brings to light a further discovery. One never assesses medical
terms or symptoms.
An engram contains pain and unconsciousness. All right. Then its basic
would be a physical duress not a symptom resulting from that duress.
Example: The pc says "headache". You assess headache, you try to run
"headaches" and all you ever get is times a pc had a headache. Well, the
headache is a symptom caused by a head injury. The engram must have
contained a shot in the head or a crushed skull or some actual injury. The
word "headache" would describe only how the head feels later when the
engram occasionally goes into restimulation.
So you would get only locks and secondaries to audit and only by chance
and an alteration by the pc of the command to find an earlier headache
would you ever get to an engram in which the head was crushed or injured.
"Headache" is the result of a head injury, and it doesn't describe the
injury which, in engram form, is now giving the pc headaches.
Take the medical term Arthritis. You could ask for arthritis and get
only visits to the doctor or times in a wheel chair. The physical injury
contained in the engram causing the arthritis is not described.
Alcoholism would present the same problem. If the pc listed and the
auditor assessed "Alcoholism" we would only get times when he was drunk,
not the engram causing the symptom which might contain "Feeling very dry".
Therefore one has more than one column on a Health Form. One would give
the physical disability or complaint. The second would be Pc's Description
of the FEELING. We would land the real engram every time, not only its
locks or secondaries. (It is quite all right to run locks and secondaries
as it is necessary to unburden the chain and increase the pc's confront,
but chains always end up in a basic engram at the bottom and if you don't
get and erase that then the chain will key in again. )
In asking for list items one puts down only what the pc says. That's an
invariable rule. But when the pc says some mere symptom like "headache" or
medical term like
"arthritis" the auditor writes it down but also asks, "What is the feeling
of that?" or some such question and writes what the pc then says AND ONLY
ASSESSES THE FEELING STATED.
Example: Pc says a complaint is "SINUSITIS". The auditor writes it
down. But asks also for the feeling of it. The pc says, "A burning
sensation in the nose." In assessing the list the auditor does not call out
"Sinusitis." He says, "A burning sensation in the nose." And marks down its
meter read.
If the auditor took and assessed only "SINUSITIS" and then asked for
incidents of sinusitis he would get only locks and secondaries-times when
the engram was in restimulation. And he would rarely get the real basic and
engram that causes the symptom .
This discovery opens the door to swift "cures". But one is obviously
not treating SINUSITIS. He is looking for an incident in which there was a
"burning sensation in the nose". And after a few locks and upper engrams
he'd find and run the real injury in which the nose was burned.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jc.ldm .ei .rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 APRIL 1969
Remimeo
Dn Auditors
etc
R-3-R Restated
COMMANDS ON SECOND RUN ON AN INCIDENT
Until a full rundown is issued, this error in R-3-R as published is
corrected.
In going through an incident the second time one DOES NOT ask for date
and duration again or any description.
After the 1st time through an incident and when pc has recounted it the
auditor
A. Tells pc, "Move to the beginning of the incident."
B. "Tell me when you are there --"
C. When pc has said he is, "Scan through to the end of the
incident."
D. "Tell me what happened."
The second, 3rd, etc run through the same incident use the above or
some variation thereof.
ERASURE OR GOING SOLID
After the second time through, find out if it is erasing or going more
solid. If it is erasing go through it a third time, etc until it is erased.
Erasure is usually accompanied by a Floating Needle and a cognition
immediately afterwards.
PC INTEREST
In doing R-3-R it is necessary that (a) one chooses things the pc is
interested in and (b) one does not force a pc to run things he is
protesting being run on.
ERASING LAST INCIDENT FOUND
If you ask if there is an earlier incident and the pc says "No" you do
not just walk off from the one he was just running. You send the pc through
it again and it will erase.
COMPLETING CHAINS
If you do sloppy R-3-R and do one thing after another without getting
an F/N or an erasure, you will get the pc stuck up on the track. You
complete each chain to F/N or erasure.
F/Ns vs. ERASURE
If a LOCK F/Ns you can get earlier incidents on the same chain until
the pc actually runs the engram or chain of engrams.
While it is not always safe to pass an F/N and go earlier to the real
engram and erase it, a pc who is only F/Ned on locks will get the engram
keyed in again later. The somatic may return unless engrams are run to
erasure.
ENDING SESSIONS
An R-3-R session can be safely ended on a cognition and Good Indicators
such as a cheerful happy pc.
This doesn't mean the end of all Dianetic auditing. In the next session
another assessment will turn up more unwanted feelings.
ENDING DIANETICS
Dianetics is ended off only when a pc has become well and happy and
remains that way.
LRH:ldm.eijh L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 APRIL 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
DIANETIC FAILURES
Dianetics can be made to fail by alteration of its materials from its
precise workable application.
It is basically so simple it is hard to conceive that this could
happen.
But it has happened several times and was a contributing cause to its
lack of use in several areas for some years.
There are various ways to make Dianetics difficult. Most of these come
under three headings:
1. False information as to how it doesn't work by some vested
interest acting as a third party (see HCO B 26 Dec 68 on 3rd Party
Law).
2. Failure to provide or get studied the actual data and HCOBs.
3. Mis-instructing which enters an instructor's or examiner's
opinion or invalidation or alteration of the actual technology.
A person who pays attention to 1 and 3 and who doesn't insist on 2 is
courting failure in auditing. Many many instances exist of each of these
three being done and almost all failures one has in auditing can be traced
to one of the three reasons given above.
The failures aren't because of the pc or the bad intention of the
auditor. Believe that. They came from either not using Dianetics at all or
1, 2 or 3 above. So don't let yourself get caught in these errors given
above.
LRH:ldm.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 APRIL 1969
Remimeo
Dianetics Cksht
HIGH TA IN DIANETICS
In Scientology a high TA is always an overrun.
In Dianetics it means AN ENGRAM TOO LATE ON THE CHAIN TO ERASE IS IN
RESTIMULATION.
A Scientology auditor "rehabs" overruns.
A Dianetic auditor cures high TA by finding what engram (lock or
secondary) is in restimulation (active). This will show up as a PAIN,
SENSATION, MISEMOTION OR OTHER PRESENT TIME FEELING the pc has. In short,
just by finding the somatic by list and assessing for longest read and
running R-3-R you can cure a high TA.
You handle a TA that goes up during a session by completing the chain
exactly as in R-3-R.
The same action you do for R,3-R also cures the high TA.
By running a pc through only once each time instead of twice you leave
a later incident too charged for the pc to see an earlier incident.
By trying to erase the somatic only, not the picture ("pc no longer has
somatic") you can leave the picture partially there.
There can be an infinity of wrong ways but only one right way and the
right way is R-3-R by the book.
A high TA (4 or above) is simply the E-Meter's reaction to increased
mass. Mental Image Pictures have mass. The mass has what is called
resistance to electricity. The E-Meter measures electrical resistance. Mass
resists electricity. Thus in the presence of mental mass as contained in
mental image pictures, the Tone Arm of the E-Meter rises.
When you restimulate an engram, the E-Meter current flow has more
trouble getting through the pc and the TA rises.
When the engram (or lock or secondary) is "keyed out" (moved away) the
TA comes down and the meter needle will float.
If you find a long chain with many engrams on it and run a late engram
the TA goes up. As you go earlier, and eventually find Basic, the TA comes
down and when you erase the basic engram the TA will come down to between 2
and 3 and the needle will float.
Old disproved theory pre-Dianetics was that the E-Meter reacted to
sweat on the hands but of course a person would have to sweat and "unsweat"
to make the meter behave as it does. And the idea of "unsweating" would be
ridiculous. Palms of the hand do not go wet-dry with enough rapidity to
account for meter reaction up and down.
When you run several engrams through once or several somatic chains
without erasing any you pile up too much mass and the TA will go high and
stick.
Even if nothing is done to repair this the pc will de-stimulate (the
pictures will drop away) in from 3 to 10 days.
It is a very poor show of auditing to do R-3-R other than exactly by
the book. It is very easy to do it exactly right. The drill is simple. If
done exactly right the result is good and invariable.
LRH:clc.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 APRIL 1969
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
ASSESSMENT AND INTEREST
An assessment consists simply of calling off the items the pc has given
and marking down the reads that occur on the meter. The pc is not required
to comment during this action and it is better if he does not.
This action is called "Assessment for Longest Read". It is used mainly
in Dianetics.
There are two Scientology assessments which are differently done. These
are "Assessment by Elimination" and "Listing and Nulling". They are not
used in Dianetics. One does not mix the three types.
In Dianetic Assessment by Longest Read one uses these symbols:
X - didn't read
Tick - small jerk of needle
sF - Small Fall (a quarter to half an inch)
F - Fall (about one to 2 inches)
LF - Long Fall (2 to 3 inches)
LFBD - Long Fall followed by a "blow down" or TA motion downward.
All falls are to the right. A "BD" is a Tone Arm motion to the left
made to keep the needle on the dial.
The favoured action for an item is an LFBD and if one item on the list
does so, that is it without any further assessment.
The reason one assesses is that IF AN ITEM DOES NOT READ ON THE METER
WHEN ASSESSED IT IS BEYOND THE PC'S LEVEL OF AWARENESS.
It is very unwise and unsafe to try to run a somatic which has not read
on the list. It will be beyond the pc's reality and beyond his awareness
and will result in overwhelming him.
That an item reads guarantees that the pc will be able to confront and
erase the chain. So that an item reads well is a guarantee that the pc can
handle it and will not get in too deep for him.
The exception to this is a PROTEST read. An item, possibly already run,
is seen to read. The pc frowns. He is protesting and the meter is
registering protest, not the item. One never runs a pc against his protest.
To do so will overwhelm him and give a bad result. A protest almost never
blows down the TA.
To be sure that the item is right, one usually asks the pc if he is
interested in the item chosen.
If the pc says no, he doesn't want to run it, this is a protest read.
One then picks the second best reading item on the assessment already done
and checks that with the pc for interest. The pc will usually be interested
in it.
The pc can almost always be counted on to be interested in any item
that gives a LFBD.
One never simply asks the pc which on the list he is interested in as
"an assessment" as it will be found the pc simply chooses at random and may
choose a null item. The result may be a very unsuccessful session.
An auditor may sometimes be astonished by what reads. The pc, let us
say, obviously has a broken leg but what reads is an earache. One runs what
reads, not what the auditor knows should be run. A "know best" in an
auditor can be a fatal fault.
On a second or third assessment, items which were at first null or
reading poorly will be found to "come alive" and read well. The pc, by
being audited, has had an increase of ability to confront and, if the
auditing is standard, an increase in confidence. The result is that items
beyond his reach previously (and did not read well) are now available and
can be run easily.
The E-Meter measures the awareness depth of the pc. On things which do
not read on assessment you would find his reality poor. Things that read
well on assessment will be found to be things on which a pc has a high
reality and a high interest level.
Only if pushed to audit without a meter could an auditor assess by
interest only. There is no real excuse for it if one has an E-Meter.
Auditing without a meter is a chancy activity.
Good assessment by longest read is the best entrance to a successful
session.
The same list will serve for the next item to be run and should be used
rather than just asking the pc.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:cs.ei.rd
Copyright �1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 APRIL 1969
Remimeo
Dianetics Checksheet
AUDITOR TRUST
A pc tends to be able to confront to the degree that he or she feels
safe.
If the pc is being audited in an auditing environment that is unsafe or
prone to interruption his or her confront is greatly lowered and the result
is a reduced ability to run locks, secondaries and engrams and to erase
them.
If the auditor's TRs are rough and his manner uncertain or challenging,
evaluative or invalidative, the pc's confront is reduced to zero or worse.
This comes from a very early set of laws (Original Thesis):
Auditor plus pc is greater than the bank,
Auditor plus bank is greater than the pc,
Pc minus auditor is less than the bank.
(By "bank" is meant the mental image picture collection of the pc. It
comes from computer technology where all data is in a "bank".)
The difference between auditors is not that one has more data than
another or more tricks. The difference is that one auditor will get better
results than another due to his stricter adherence to procedure, better
TRs, more confident manner, and closer observance of the Auditor's Code.
No "bedside manner" is required or sympathetic expression. It's just
that an auditor who knows his procedures and has good TRs inspires more
confidence. The pc doesn't have to put his attention on or cope with the
auditor and feels safer and so can confront his bank better.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:cs.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
GRINDING OUT ENGRAMS
(Including notes on OTs and Dianetics)
Now and then an auditor encounters the phenomenon called (since 1950)
GRINDING.
GRINDING means going over and over and over and over a lock, secondary
or engram without obtaining an actual erasure.
The sense of the word comes from the action of using an emery wheel on
a hard substance. The substance doesn't get much smaller or thinner no
matter how long it is done.
The reason grinding occurs is that the incident is too late on the
chain. There are earlier incidents.
It is a highly undesirable action. A Dianetic Auditor who puts the pc
through an incident four or five times without erasure or appreciable
reduction is encountering "grinding". He should ask the pc to see if there
isn't something earlier with a similar somatic.
OTS AND DIANETICS
We have encountered two cases who were "OT VI" who also got into
grinding without there being anything earlier. In both these cases, they
did not want a session and were only going through it to be obliging. Both
of these "OTs" had skipped some of their grades. The proper action would
have been to review their grades, the grade known as OT III was certainly
out. When a person gets above Clear, oddities can be expected to occur when
you try to run Dianetics on them. If they really haven't made all their
grades, however, and are physically ill, the correct action is to do all
possible to handle their case by Standard Dianetics and then rehabilitate
or get done all the rest of the grades. What has happened here is that they
were using Scientology to escape an uncomfortable body that should have
been straightened out by Dianetics in the first place. The "out grade" is
in fact Dianetics, failure to use it before going on to Scientology.
You can therefore expect some of these Scientology cases who are "OT"
but haven't really made it due to out Dianetics, to run very well on
Dianetics, by the book. The action is to handle their physical complaints
with Dianetics and then rehab or get done all the Scientology grades, being
watchful for grades not done at all.
Some of these "OT" flubs, however, can be expected to "grind" and to
fail to erase engrams. They will not have wanted a session in the first
place and need a green form with particular attention to "withholds" and
thereafter a complete review of all grades, particularly completely skipped
"OT grades".
NOT FOLLOWING SOMATIC
Possibly a pc who does not go down the somatic chain but who skips from
one somatic to another could also get into grinding.
THROUGH ONLY ONCE
A pc not put through each incident on a chain twice before going
earlier could get into grinding. The pc who is run through each incident
once only before being sent earlier will certainly fail to get off enough
charge to get earlier.
NO PAST LIVES
The pc who is stubbornly refusing to go into any past lives will
certainly get into grinding as they seldom reach basic on any chain.
LRH:cs.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 MAY 1969
Issue IV
Dianetic Course
(HCO BULLETIN 21 SEPT 1965 EDITED
FOR USE ON THE DIANETIC COURSE)
THE FIVE GAEs
The five Gross Auditing Errors (GAEs) are:
1. Can't handle and read an E-Meter.
2. Doesn't know and can't apply Technical data.
3. Can't get and keep a pc in session.
4. Can't complete an auditing cycle.
5. Can't complete a repetitive auditing cycle.
These are the only errors one looks for in straightening up the
auditing of an Auditor.
If you look for other reasons, this is itself a gross goof. There are
no others.
LRH:cs.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright o1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 MAY 1969
Issue V
(Revision of HCO Bulletin of 21 October 1968.
For use on Dianetic Course only.)
Dianetic Course
FLOATING NEEDLE
A Floating Needle is the idle uninfluenced movement of the needle on
the dial without any patterns or reactions in it. It can be as small as 1 "
or as large as dial wide. It does not fall or drop to the right of the
dial. It moves to the left at the same speed as it moves to the right. It
is observed on a Mark V E-Meter calibrated with the TA between 2.0 and 3.0
with GIs in on the pc. It can occur after a cognition blowdown of the TA or
just moves into floating. The pc may or may not voice the cognition.
It, by the nature of the E-Meter reading below the awareness of the
thetan, occurs just before the pc is aware of it. So to give a "That's it"
on the occurrence of the F/N can prevent the pc from getting the cognition.
Pcs and pre-OTs OFTEN signal an F/N with a "POP" to the left and the
needle can actually even describe a pattern much like a Rock Slam. Meters
with lighter movement do "pop" to the left and R/S wildly for a moment.
One does not sit and study and be sure of an "F/N". It swings or pops,
he lets the pc cognite and then indicates the F/N to the pc preventing
overrun.
A one hand electrode sometimes obscures an F/N and gives false TA. If
used, use higher sensitivity and get the TA from 2 cans when needed.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: cs.aap
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 MAY 1969
Issue VI
Remimeo
Cl VIII
Dianetic (Revision of HCOB 1 September 1968)
Course
SUMMARY OF HOW TO WRITE AN AUDITOR'S REPORT,
WORKSHEETS AND SUMMARY REPORT, WITH SOME
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
AUDITOR'S REPORT
An Auditor's Report should contain:
Date
Name of Auditor
Name of Pc
Condition of Pc
Length of Session
Time Session started and ended
TA at beginning and end of Session
Rudiments
What Process was run-LISTING THE EXACT
COMMANDS (often forgotten by most auditors)
Time of Start and End of Process
Whether Process is flat or not Any F/Ns.
WORK SHEETS
A Work Sheet is supposed to be the complete running record of the
session from beginning to end. The Auditor should not be skipping from one
page to another but should just be writing page after page as the session
goes along.
A Work Sheet is always foolscap, 8 x 13 inches, written on both sides
and each page is numbered. Pc's name is written on each separate sheet.
A Work Sheet may be in 2 columns depending on how big the writing is of
the Auditor.
When the session is completed, the Work Sheets are put in proper
sequence and stapled with the Auditor's Report Form on top from beginning
to end of session.
TA and time notations should be made at regular intervals throughout
the session.
When making a list on a Pc:
1. Always mark a read as it reads-F. LF. BD.
2. Always circle the reading item. Mark if indicated to the Pc
with IND.
3. Always when extending a list put in a line from where it has
been extended, e.g.
Item Joe
Shoes
Socks
____________________ extended
Sky
Wax
Pigs, etc., etc.
NOTE: When you repair an old auditing session you always write on the
old auditing report and W/sheets in a different coloured pen with the date
of the-report.
When running various processes in a session, mark each F/N clearly
noting time and TA.
SUMMARY REPORT
A Summary Report is written exactly as per HCOB 17 March 1969, "Summary
Report".
Two gross goofs I have noticed since case supervising folders on the
RSM is that Auditors have not been turning in Ethics cases to the MAA. In
one instance, a Pc was audited by 2 auditors in 2 different sessions, got a
R/S on crimes against Scientologists and M/W/Hs and neither auditor turned
the Pc in to Ethics. This is not the only instance. The second thing is
that Auditors are very evaluative of the Pc's case as indicated by their
comments on the Summary Report. This is incorrect; this report is used
simply as an exact record of what happened during the session. It is not up
to the auditor to evaluate the Pc's Case, this is the Case Supervisor's
job. The auditor may suggest what is to be run, at which time the Case
Supervisor will review the session, what was run, how the Pc went in
relation to what was being run and then give his directions.
-------------
Auditor Report Forms or W/sheets are never recopied. The Auditor should
always read over his W/sheets before turning in folder to the Case
Supervisor and, if any words or letters are missing or cannot be read, they
should be written in with a different coloured pen.
If these rules are followed it will make the Case Supervisor's job much
much easier and auditors' reports more valuable.
To add the obvious, it is a CRIME to give any session or assist without
making an Auditor's Report or to copy the original actual report after the
session and submit a copy instead of the real report. Assist reports that
use only contact or touch assists may be written after a session and sent
to Qual.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.an.cs.ei.cden
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 MAY 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
Dianetics Course
TEACHING THE DIANETICS COURSE
As the teaching of basic data restimulates confusions which are then
dramatized by throwing the course off line, the teaching of the Dianetics
Course as follows is hugely vital.
The teaching of Dianetics Auditors is laid down on these simple
principles.
1. The data on tapes and Bulletins is studied without alter-is,
interpretation or addition by the student, fellow student, instructor
or supervisor.
2. Well done and other folders are studied by the individual student.
3. No lecturing or additional interpretation or evaluation by
Supervisors.
4. The student audits only when he has completely passed on 1 and 2
above. He must not audit before he has completed his checksheet three
times through.
5. Things the student is weak on are done in clay.
6. The student is sent to cramming at his own expense for bad auditing
goofs. He may also be taken off auditing and made to do his checksheet
again.
7. Any student question is answered by referring to the HCOB, folder or
tape or by explaining it is beyond the scope of Dianetic auditing.
8. A rigid invariable schedule is precisely adhered to.
9. Checksheets and tapes and folders are gone through in the sequence
laid down by the checksheet and not randomly out of sequence.
If this is made difficult then the programme must be cut back to the
bare bones of the original above.
The teaching of standard tech must also be standard. Therefore the
above MUST be adhered to completely.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :jp.an.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
CASE SUPERVISING DIANETICS FOLDERS
All a Case Supervisor looks for in Dianetics folders to advise the next
action is departure from exact Standard Dianetics procedure.
It is a very easy job providing the Case Supervisor knows his Standard
Dianetics exactly and completely.
Any time there is the most minute or flagrant departure from exact
assessment or exact R-3-R, there will be a breakdown of the results.
It is quite a tribute to the tech that this is true. And it is true.
Doing C/S recently on a very great many Dianetic cases audited by
relatively untrained auditors the following emerged in letters ten feet
high.
1. Where the auditor followed the exact procedure without
deviation the results were uniformly excellent.
2. Where the auditor deviated from the exact procedure the results
were poor or bad.
There are many, many ways an auditor can deviate from exact procedure.
There is only one exact procedure.
As a result of doing this C/S work, I would, if I were doing Dianetic
C/Sing, refuse to let an auditor audit until he had been through his
checksheet 3 times. This would save nearly all the work required of a Case
Supervisor.
When the auditor is in a fumbly state regarding the procedure and has
not drilled it until he could do it with the house caving in, the preclear
does not get good results. That is really all there is to it.
If the auditor simply observes the Auditor's Code, handles TRs and the
meter fairly well and does the assessments and R-3-R exactly as laid out,
the results will be found to be astonishingly good, even miraculous.
To correct a bad session the normal action of the C/S is to order the
offbeat actions done correctly.
EXAMPLE
A. Auditor assessed by interest only, not by read and the session bogged
down. C/S action-Reassess by longest read.
B. Medical terms and operations were part of assessment list, one was
chosen and case bogged. C/S action, order such be taken off the list
and somatics, pains, sensations, emotions only be assessed.
C. Pc was put through each incident on the chain only once and
finally bogged. C/S action, order the whole chain rerun so that pc has
been through each one twice and the earliest one found erased.
D. A basic was found and auditor told it was erasing but sent pc earlier
but pc could find nothing so left it. C/S orders the basic erased.
E. Auditor tells pc he won't run it because it "isn't an engram". C/S
action, order auditor to retrain on Auditor's Code and do Invalidation
and Evaluation in clay. Orders pc to an Scn Review, Green Form.
F. Pc very nattery to auditor. C/S orders pc to Scn Review "and be sure
to pull all withholds".
G. C/S finds his orders to complete a chain left undone with a high TA
were not done-folder mislaid or pc not routed. Pc has become ill. Order
the pc to medical treatment and the chain completed.
You see how it is. Each time the auditor violated normal simple
procedure, the C/S orders that the normal simple procedure be completed
either by first giving pc an Scn Green Form in Qual and then completing the
Standard Dianetics action or, omitting Qual (when pc not out-rud), just
getting the real Standard action done.
This is really all there is to Case Supervising Dianetic Case Folders.
The more you try to do something else than the above the further the case
will go wrong.
The Dianetic Auditor does not have to know how to do Green Forms or
rudiments and these are NOT DONE in Standard Dianetics sessions. When they
have to be done you get a Scientology Auditor to do them.
It is a serious error to mix up Dianetics and Scientology in the same
session-that is to say, to do ruds, rehab overruns, etc, etc.
The potential errors of out-ruds and all the rest are present of course
in any Dianetics session, but do not happen when exact Dianetic procedure
is used. When they do happen you send the pc to an Scn Review Auditor.
This is Case Supervision, Dianetics. It has been fully worked out by my
Case Supervising a great many Dianetic sessions to launch this new view of
Dianetics. And the above is what I found.
It drives home also the necessity of training Dianetic auditors as
precision technologists and the risk of letting people audit before they
are fully grooved in on exactly what's done in a Dianetic session.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:cs.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 MAY 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
CASE SUPERVISOR
FORMS
The two principal forms used by a Dianetics Case Supervisor are as
follows:
Dn C/S I is for new, unaudited pcs or for old ones who try to be
psychoanalytic cases or who don't catch on.
Dn C/S 2 is for cases who have or have not been given a Medical
Examination and who have had auditing.
SEA ORGANIZATION
STANDARD DIANETIC C/S NO. 1
________________________ _____________________
Preclear Date
1. Work with TRs on the pc until he has a good idea of auditing.
2. Explain what a meter does ("Registers interest and charge").
3. Explain what is an F/N.
4. Define mental image pictures, locks, secondaries, engrams so he
understands them.
5. Define Chains.
6. Define Erasure.
7. Return folder to me. __________________________
CASE SUPERVISOR
SEA ORGANIZATION
STANDARD DIANETIC C/S NO. 2
________________________ _____________________
Preclear Date
1. Make a list of any occasional or current illnesses, unwanted
sensations, aches, pains, disabilities, tiredness feelings, emotions,
fears, dislikes.
2. Assess for longest read.
3. Compare with pc's interest (don't audit it unless pc agrees that's
it).
4. Do R-3-R on it.
5. If it goes more solid or is not erasing after going through it twice,
go earlier, asking for "an earlier incident with similar (somatic,
ache, pn, etc)".
6. Erase basic on the chain.
7. End off on that chain if you get an F/N or an erasure.
8. Reassess, repeat the R-3-R on new chain.
9. End off session only on very pronounced GIs (GOOD INDICATORS).
10. Return folder to me.
__________________________
CASE SUPERVISOR
LRH:cs.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Exec Secs
Tech Sec (Tech Div) (Qual Div)
All Tech Hats (Replaces HCO B of 27 July 1966, same name)
All Qual Hats
Dianetic Course
METER TRIM CHECK
E-Meters can go out of trim during a session because of temperature
changes.
Thus even if the meter is properly calibrated and reads at 2.0 with a
5,000 ohm resistor across the leads and 3.0 with 12,500 ohms, by the end of
the session a pc can be apparently reading below 2.0 because the meter is
off trim.
The following meter procedure is therefore to be followed AT THE END OF
EACH SESSION (AFTER GIVING "THAT'S IT"):
1. DON'T MOVE THE TRIM KNOB
2. PULL OUT THE JACK PLUG
3. MOVE THE TA UNTIL THE NEEDLE IS ON "SET" AT THE
SENSITIVITY YOU WERE USING IN THE SESSION
4. RECORD THE TA POSITION AT THE BOTTOM OF THE AUDITOR'S
REPORT FORM AS: "Trim Check-TA = . . ."
5. IF YOUR METER IS KNOWN TO BE OUT OF CALIBRATION (as in
Para 2 above) RECORD ALSO: "Calibration error- on meter = 2.0
actual" at the bottom of the form.
LRH:lb-r.cs.an.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 MAY 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
FORCING A PC
Forcing a pc to go on being audited upsets the pc and his case and will
often result in low TA (below 2) and will give the pc a heavy loss.
There is no excuse for it.
It invalidates the pc's cause.
LRH:an.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 13 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
PECULIARITIES
When you run into pc peculiarities or odd pc phenomena in Dianetic
auditing that get in the road of R-3-R, DO NOT try to solve it by going non-
standard or getting inventive. It will be fatal.
The operating rule is end off the session and SEND THE PC TO A
SCIENTOLOGY REVIEW.
If you are a Scientology as well as a Dianetic auditor, you may be
tempted to at once shift into Scientology. That can also be fatal.
If no Qual Div is nearby and you are a Scientology auditor also and if
no other Scientology auditor is around to give the review only then could
you attempt a "Green Form" which is used in Qual Divisions in orgs. The way
to do that is end the Dianetic session, take a break and begin the
Scientology Review Session. But this is not good. It is best to send the pc
to Qual and insist Qual actually handles.
Some odd phenomena that come under this rule follow:
Pc gets a stuck picture and can't audit the chain he should be on
because picture keeps coming in.
Pc's pictures are constantly changing, sometimes too fast to grab onto.
Pc gets a dozen pictures at once and can't run them or decide what to
run.
Field goes black and won't clear up.
Pc gets angry at auditor.
Pc very nattery about Dianetics or orgs.
On these or many more the Dianetic auditor should NEVER try to force pc
to go on or do something odd or brilliant. He should simply say, "I am
sorry. I will end this session." And does so. And sends the pc to the
nearest Qual Division.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: an.ei .rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
SICKNESS
It will sometimes happen that a pc has a session and then three or four
days later becomes physically ill.
The auditor may feel that auditing did it. It didn't. The auditing
given would have to be non-standard for this to happen, but the auditing is
not to blame.
According to my friend Dr. Stanley Lief, over a century ago Hahnemann
developed a healing technology known as homeopathy which administered
minute doses of medicine. The original theory seems to have been that the
disease or illness was still in the body and would be released. The person
would be wildly ill again and then permanently recover. This is probably a
poor statement of the whole subject of homeopathy and its basic techniques
may have worked well but have been lost.
In any event, the phenomenon has application here.
We would say that the mental image picture of the incident was stopped
at a "stuck point" and that it would "run out" of itself if it were
unstabilized.
A touch assist can do this. The person may become wildly ill after one
and then recover.
What apparently happens is that the chain of incidents becomes
unsettled and the same incident on the chain in which the person has been
stuck for a long while runs out physically. It completes itself, which is
to say, it finishes its cycle of action.
At a hospital where I studied, this was part of the things I observed.
Medicine sometimes will not work on a patient. It works on others but
not on a particular one.
If that particular one is given mental attention even as mild as brief
Freudian analysis, it will be found that medicine will now work on the
person.
This formed one of the first application discoveries I made. From it I
inferred that function monitors structure and proceeded to investigate
mental actions and reactions in the field of illness. From this came
Dianetics some years later.
Mental therapy prior to 1945 was so ineffective, consisting only of
19th Century psychoanalysis and Russian and East European psychiatry, that
no one else seems to have observed, then or now, that "mental blocks" are
able to obstruct medical treatment of a real physical nature.
The proof is that when one even reduces the mental block slightly,
medicines such as antibiotics or hormones will now be effective when they
were previously ineffective on some patients.
It is this factor which gives purely medical treatment a somewhat
random appearance. The patient is "stuck" at some point in time. Even
inadequate handling of him mentally (such as a touch assist or a poorly or
partially done session or even a "bad" session) "unsticks" the person from
the frozen or fixed "stuck" point.
One of three things can now happen:
1. The person can be treated medically for his illness with
greater effect.
2. The person in two or three days gets apparently sick or sicker
but eventually recovers and is not subject to that exact sickness
again-(it "ran out").
3. No further result is noted.
------------
These data are very useful to a Dianetic auditor or a medical doctor. A
person can be ill and the illness not surrendering to the usual treatment.
Brief mild Dianetic auditing can be done. The medicine may now work.
An auditor who specializes in keying out locks at the first F/N will
find occasionally that his preclear becomes ill in two or three days from
some occasional but longstanding illness which then "runs out" and doesn't
appear again.
An auditor who gives a non-standard, very poor session may find a
preclear occasionally becoming ill within the next three or four days. The
auditor and others blame the auditing.
Any auditing is better than no auditing.
Standard Dianetics is much more powerful than old Dianetics and should
only be done by auditors trained to do it exactly.
Sessions which are non-standard should be corrected as soon as
possible, certainly within two days or you may find the preclear beginning
to go through an illness cycle.
The cycle was waiting to complete itself for a long time. The auditing
unsettled it. It "ran out" physically because the pc was moved in time in
the incident in which he has been "stuck".
An understanding of this phenomena is necessary. It is useful data.
Audit a pc badly, audit a pc too much to F/Ns on locks only, give a pc too
many touch assists and you will find now and then that the occasional pc
becomes physically ill, runs a temperature, etc. Before blaming yourself
too much, realize the pc has often been ill in the past, that the mental
cause of it has been loosened up and manifests itself and runs out
physically. It is not fatal. That illness won't recur again as it has in
the past.
However, that it is not fatal to the pc is no excuse not to do a good
STANDARD job of auditing.
If Standard Dianetics is used WITH NO DEPARTURE from its technology and
procedure the phenomenon will not occur and no pcs experience a physical
aftermath.
STANDARD DIANETICS taught precisely, done precisely, only makes people
well.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :an.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 MAY 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
F/N AND ERASURE
It will be found that when an auditor obtains a floating needle (F/N)
on locks without erasing the basic on the chain that the manifestation or
somatics may recur in minutes, days or years. For they have only keyed out.
It is sometimes risky to audit past an F/N on the same chain. A
Scientology auditor never would audit past an F/N. A Dianetic auditor has
to recognize that the pc has only run a lock and ask for an earlier
incident.
A floating needle is also obtained by erasure of the basic on a chain.
That is the F/N one wants in Dianetics.
TONE ARM POSITION
A floating needle is valid only between 2.0 and 3.0 Tone Arm position
on a meter. Above or below that Tone Arm reading, the F/N is called an "ARC
Break" needle.
A real F/N also carries with it GOOD INDICATORS. A cheerful happy pc.
When the Tone Arm is below 2.0, the incident chain has not been erased.
When the Tone Arm is above 3.0, erasure has not occurred.
When the Tone Arm is up at 4.4 the pc has made it more solid and has
not erased the basic on the chain.
On the second time through, if the TA rises, you know there is an
earlier incident.
OVERRUN
The Dianetic Auditor is not concerned with "rehabilitation" of the
overrun. In Dianetics it only means the engram chain is in restimulation
and has not been erased.
When the basic erases, the TA will fall or rise to the area between 2.0
and 3.0 and the needle will F/N. One then stops promptly on that chain. He
can reassess and run another chain now.
COGNITION
COGNITION means a pc origination indicating he has "Come to realize".
It's a "What do you know. I........" statement.
Cognitions usually occur immediately after an erasure. They sometimes
occur while running the chain. But when they occur with very good
indicators the chain is almost always gone.
You can expect the rapid end sequence of (I) Erasure (2) F/N (3)
Cognition in a well run Standard Dianetic session.
That's all you really need to know about it in Dianetics.
LRH - an.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B was replaced by HCO B 1 August 1970, which was cancelled and
revised by BTB I August 1970R which was cancelled by HCO B 1 August 1970RA,
Revised 21 October 1974, F/N and Erasure. This latest revision is on page
117. ]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 MAY 1969
Issue III
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
CULTURAL LAG
The reason why Dianetics and Scientology were abused or even fought has
to do with what is called a "cultural lag".
This has often occurred in the history of technical developments.
An example is Dr. Semmelweis's discovery of the cause and cure of
childbed fever. For over half a century after that women still died in
agony after child-bearing. Eventually the culture caught up to it and the
illness which had accounted for a huge percentage of female deaths ceased
to exist. Dr. Semmelweis's discovery of its prevention was "ahead of its
time". Pathetically, scoffed and disbelieved, he even died to prove he was
right.
The atomic bomb was wholly feasible more than a decade before it was
"developed". No one credited it and no one put up the cash.
The radio telephone was invented and demonstrated half a century before
it was generally used.
Cultural lag occurs for many reasons.
In any field as retarded as the human sciences the emergence of
Dianetics and Scientology, full and workable and complete, is startling.
And thereby subject to disbelief.
This does not mean they aren't used and useful.
It is significant that hundreds of aerospace technicians, working with
satellites and rocketry, broadly used Scientology first. At the same time
parliaments in some socially backward countries were busy passing laws
against Scientology to protect their psychiatrists whose medieval approach
was to seize people without any process of law and castrate them and saw
out brains as a "cure" for mental illness.
In a world where governments are fighting to dominate men's minds,
mental technology is needed to protect the individual and to prevent the
enslavement of all.
So Dianetics and Scientology may be a century ahead of their times but
still they are just in time before we all go up in smoke.
Dianetics was the first practical workable easily taught science of the
mind. It has endured already 19 years and is better and more used than ever
before.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: an.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
DIRTY NEEDLE
A "dirty needle" indicates that a pc has withholds or is ARC Broken.
When a pc is to be audited on Dianetics as a student or org pc he/she
usually goes to the Examiner after a Dn C/S I (training pc) is done.
If a DIRTY NEEDLE (ragged, jerky, ticking needle, not sweeping) is seen
by the Examiner or the auditor the pc should have a Scientology Review
before Dianetic auditing is begun with an order for "GF and pull all
withholds".
LRH: an.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dn Checksheets
TRS AND DIRTY NEEDLES
When a student's pc develops a dirty needle (dn) it is caused by one of
three things.
1. The student's TRs are bad.
2. The student is breaking the Auditor's Code.
3. The pc has withholds (w/hs) he does not wish known.
The remedy for TRs is to have the student do them in clay, showing the
lines and actions of each TR. And to do more TRs with a fellow student.
The remedy for Code Breaks is to have the student define and do
Invalidation and Evaluation in clay. And to list examples of possible
upsets caused by each line of the Code.
The remedy for the pc with withholds is to send to a Scientology Review
Auditor as Scientology can handle outnesses which occur in Dianetic
sessions.
It is a safe rule in any event when a "dirty needle" occurs to send the
preclear to a Scientology Review Auditor.
It is also a safe rule to assume that the student whose pcs get dirty
needles is deficient on TRs and the Auditor's Code.
LRH:an.rd L. RON HUBBARD
copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 18 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dian Checksheet
ERASURE
Now and then a pc does not understand that he is supposed to be erasing
a PICTURE and only goes far enough to erase the somatic. Auditor says, "Is
it erasing?" Pc can't feel somatic so he says, "It's gone." Auditor puzzled
by no F/N but buys it.
What you want to know as an auditor is "Is the picture erasing?" You
can use that line to check, but not habitually.
----------------
Erasure depends in some measure on the pc getting to the BEGINNING of
the incident. Sometimes the pc keeps starting a bit late in the incident
and so does NOT get an erasure.
If you assess an item like "Dizziness after an operation" and try to
run it the pc will bog utterly as the whole operation precedes the somatic
called for and not only won't erase but also won't show as a picture.
Trying to run a somatic like "my mother's hitting me" is a narrative
incident not a somatic. It won't erase because you can't go earlier on the
somatic as it's not named. There's probably a whole chain on "a stinging
face" and chains are connected by somatic, not narrative or the same people
or incident type. FEELING makes the chain. Only chains of feelings (pains,
sensations, misemotions, etc) uniformly go down to a basic that will erase.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: an.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dian Checksheet
DRUG AND ALCOHOL CASES
PRIOR ASSESSING
Those cases which have been long and habitually on drugs and alcohol
sometimes suffer from a "SOMATIC SHUT-OFF". They appear anaesthetized
(unfeeling) and sometimes have "nothing troubling them" whereas they are on
drugs, drink and are in reality in a suppressed physical condition and
cannot cease to take drugs or drink.
One can find, in such a case, a very high TA which doesn't seem to
reduce. The TA can be brought down by auditing the drug and alcohol engrams
as a chain.
However, there is another approach.
Any such case took up drugs or alcohol because of unwanted pain or
sensation or misemotion. You can use that as a stable datum which resolves
the situation.
All it requires is a special assessment called a PRIOR ASSESSMENT. For
the person looked on drugs or alcohol as a cure for unwanted feelings. One
has to assess what was wrong before or prior to the cure.
You determine if the person is on drugs or alcohol habitually. If so
you determine which was earlier.
Now you ask for and list the pains, sensations, emotions or feelings he
or she had before taking drugs or alcohol.
In doing this assessment, you must grab the read and mark it plainly as
it occurs. If you just list and then go over the list the person may be
back in present time and, as these are now cut off by the masses of drug or
alcohol engrams on top of them, they won't read again. So you must catch
the read as the person first mentions it.
You choose the longest read and find and run the chain by R-3R as in
any other Standard Dianetic auditing.
The only difference is the assessment time period. You are listing for
a time before they went on drugs or alcohol.
The running out of the chain of unwanted feelings they had before going
on drugs or alcohol removes the reason they started taking drugs, smoking
marijuana or drinking. The compulsion to still use drugs or drink is
lessened and they can come off it.
This can also be used as a working rule to get earlier than any
"curative" activity. Almost anything which comes later is a cure for
something earlier. It could be said that the present time being is a
compound of past cures. To handle, the action would be the same as for
drugs or alcohol. List the unwanted pains or feelings before the cure and
run the longest reads by R-3R.
As there will be more than one chain involved, you of course take your
next longest read and run that next, just as in any assessment.
The general term for this type of assessment is PRIOR Assessing, not
because it is done before auditing but to determine what the pc was
suffering from before he used a harmful "cure".
LRH:an.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 MAY 1969
(HCO BULLETIN OF 16 APRIL 1969)
(Revised)
Remimeo
Class VIIIs
Dian Auditor's Chksht
Tech Sec
Ds of P
Ds of T
HEALTH FORM, USE OF
A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF AUDITING
As one needs a guide to know what to audit on a case, the Dianetic
Health Form is an essential auditing action.
Also, some cases do not know they have recovered.
It is Scientology that addresses improved awareness, not Dianetics.
Dianetics accomplishes an eradication of the unwanted condition and when it
is gone it is gone. The pc will not again mention it in many cases and it
would be an error to hammer him about being better now.
Therefore a second Health Form gives a comparison. The somatics and
pains not mentioned in the second which were in the first can be considered
to be gone.
A second form done later gives the auditor and (when a Case Supervisor
is also on the case) the Case Supervisor an indication of the actual
improvement. A few days, weeks or months can elapse between giving the
form. This gives an indication of improvement. Any number of Health Forms
can be given.
One of the old problems of Dianetics was that the pc recovered from his
arthritis fully and then only nagged the auditor about a new symptom. It
wasn't that the pc had to have an illness (only the 19th Century
psychologist believed that it was no use to cure anything as the patient
just got something else). The fact is that the symptoms of the pc are
several, not just one.
You take up and audit each symptom or complaint to erasure of its
picture, one after the other.
This is a new advance in Dianetics-that a preclear's illness or upset
has more than one source. His illness or upset is a composite.
You audit the most available symptom first until the picture causing it
is erased. Then find the next one and audit it to erasure of its picture,
then the next, etc.
The symptom which has the longest read and also in which the pc is
interested is the one to do first. You run its chain to erasure of basic
and it vanishes.
Then do the one which has the longest read (omitting the first from the
list) and in which he is interested and run its secondary or engram or
chain to erasure.
Now find the next symptom, etc.
Sooner or later the pc will have a well, healthy body, health,
stability and a sense of well-being.
One finds "an incident which could have caused that", dates it loosely,
runs it as an incident without pushing hard, gets an earlier similar
incident and runs that, or even
a third or fourth earlier similar (each time earlier) incident until a
floating needle or the pc indicates the PICTURE IS GONE (has erased).
Then one finds out what may now be bothering the pc by new assessment
and does the same action on it.
You can expect each chain to end with GOOD INDICATORS, pc smiling and
happy. It is not all done in one session.
You only end a session really when the pc is smiling and happy after an
erasure of the basic picture on the chain.
Sooner or later the pc will become bright, happy, symptom free, stable
and has a well body. Then one shifts the preclear off into Scientology
auditing to bring about maximum intelligence and ability. Symptoms are
pains, emotional feelings, tiredness, aches, pressures, sensations,
unwanted states of the body, etc.
If you are auditing without a meter, you take the pc's interest as the
indicator. You audit the symptom in which he is interested and cease to
audit it when it is gone. This however is very chancy and often fails, so
an E-Meter is recommended.
You can use whatever is given on the original Health Form that was done
until the form is no longer valid or until the pc's good indicators are in.
When the pc brightens up, that's the end of the Health Form. A new one must
be done WHEN THE PC IS AGAIN FEELING BAD, TIRED OR WORRIED.
The purpose of any session or series of sessions is to get the pc
feeling well and happy.
Sometimes the pc's condition is obvious and the engram equally obvious.
The pc has just had a child. The delivery of it and any earlier similar
engram is of course audited at once. Any recent experience is so handled.
If a pc wants no auditing and yet is ill or miserable, one finds out
why he doesn't want to be audited by getting him to explain (when he will
become auditable) or one finds and runs as secondaries, engrams or chains
bad experiences with treatment. The best answer to a difficult pc is to
send him or her for a Scientology Review and then begin Dianetics.
If the pc doesn't recover at all, then the Auditor's Code has been
violated or the engrams were overrun or not run long enough to erase or the
pc was very ill medically and should have had a medical examination first.
But even with poor auditing it is rare for a pc not to recover.
Of course, the more skilled (follows the Auditor's Code, knows his
meter, knows his Dianetics) the Auditor is, the more certain recovery
becomes.
The worst crime is overwhelming the pc by telling him what's wrong, not
letting him tell you.
The Health Form is of very great assistance in handling all this. The
use of it is as follows:
1. The Auditor sits down with the pc (usually the pc on a meter)
and explains he's going to do a Health Form and try to help the pc.
2. The Form is completed.
3. The Auditor picks out by meter or by asking the pc which
symptom he has his attention on.
4. The Auditor finds an incident that had that symptom in it, dates
it and runs it as an incident as per R-3-R.
5. The incident picture (and symptom) erases or the auditor finds
an earlier similar incident, etc until the pictures and symptoms
are gone.
6. A new symptom is located on the Health Form by meter and its
chain is erased. Each chain erased should leave the pc cheerful if
not completely well.
7. Steps 4 and 5 are repeated.
8. A new symptom is located on the Health Form or by pc's
complaint.
9. Steps 4 and 5 are repeated.
10. We go on doing this until the pc is suddenly well, smiling and
happy and at that moment we at once desist.
11. We tell the pc that is the end of the session.
Note: If several sessions were required to do the above we start each
new one by telling the pc it's started and end each session by telling the
pc the session is ended.
Each session is written down as it is done and preserved for future
correction or use.
The basic Health Form is available from orgs. Individual copies are
made out for each pc and left in his case folder when handled.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :jk.an.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
PASTORAL COUNSELLING
HEALTH FORM
Revised 22 July 1969
(Part of HCO Bulletin 19 May 1969)
This form is done by an auditor. It is metered.
Don't try to handle items as the PC gives them unless an item BDs and
the PC is interested. Otherwise assess after it is done. It also should be
reassessed for additional items to run.
If the PC gives you a medical term (e.g. Migraine Headache) as an
illness, write it down in the first column then ask PC what the somatic is
(e.g. Pain in Head), write that down in the second column and note beside
it any read. There is no rote command. Get somatics (not incidents) that
can be assessed and run.
If the PC gives you a somatic don't then ask for the feeling of it.
Just write it down in the second column with its read and carry on down the
list. If the PC gives several somatics in response to one illness, write
down each as a separate somatic. Assess only the second column. Do not
assess multiple somatics (i.e. several somatics as one item) and do not
assess items that are not somatics. Do not assess narrative items. Do not
accept or assess considerations.
Remember that an illness has more than one somatic to be audited out
before it is wholly gone.
Persons medically ill should be sent for medical exam.
Cross those off that have been run until form is completely handled.
The end product of this form is entirely to pick out what to audit.
Preclear Date ________________
Auditor Org_________________
TA position at start of Form____________________
Answer Feeling Meter Read
1. Do you have any CURRENT ILLNESS?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
2. Have you RECENTLY had any ILLNESS?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
3. Do you have any RECURRING ILLNESS?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
4. Do you have any CURRENT MISEMOTION?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
5. Have you RECENTLY had any MISEMOTION?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
6. Do you have any RECURRING MISEMOTION?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
7. Do you have any ACHES?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
8. Have you RECENTLY had any ACHES?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
9. Do you have any RECURRING ACHES?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
10. Do you have any PAINS?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
11. Have you RECENTLY had any PAINS?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
12. Do you have any RECURRING PAINS?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
13. Do you have any INJURED BODY PART?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
14. Do you have any PRESENT DISEASE?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
15. Do you have any RECURRING DISEASE?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
16. Do you have any PRESENT INFECTION?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
17. Do you have any RECURRING INFECTION?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
18. Do you have any PRESENT VENEREAL INFECTION?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
19. Do you have any RASH?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
20. Do you have any RECURRING RASH?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
21. Do you have any UNWANTED SENSATIONS?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
22. Have you RECENTLY had any UNWANTED SENSATIONS?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
23. Do you have any CONTINUING UNWANTED SENSATIONS?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
24. Do you have any RECURRING UNWANTED SENSATIONS?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
25. Do you have any TEETH TROUBLES?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
26. Do you have any other PHYSICAL CONDITION YOU WANT TO MENTION?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
27. Do you have any unwanted ATTITUDE?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
28. Is there something you wanted handled which wasn't?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Are these all the complaints? (If question reads get the additional
complaints. Mention
such things as VD in case PC is embarrased to mention them.)
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Cross off what has been run. Completely handle the form.
Add new items in subsequent sessions if PC gives them.
LRH :ldm.ei.aap L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dian Checksheet
KEEPING DIANETICS WORKING IN AN AREA
In that any Dianetics Course, starting out, has only its Course
Supervisor trained, the problems of what is used for Case Supervision and
Cramming Supervisor in Qual will arise.
Here more than any other points, alteration can enter.
Altering, doing something else, is a sufficiently serious problem to
destroy a Course and all the benefits of Dianetics in a whole area.
Early on, during the development of the Standard Dianetics Course, we
were suddenly getting case failures. These were traced by Case Supervision
to wild variations from Standard Dianetic procedure. These variations were
traced to an examiner who during student checkouts was giving "advice". As
soon as this was handled, case gains immediately resumed.
Over the many years of Dianetic use, I think we must have seen all
possible variations of auditing. "New" phenomena were often discovered and
used and eventually the whole subject wandered off into never-never land
and ceased to produce uniform results.
What has happened here in Standard Dianetics is that the exact actions
that produce results on all cases have been isolated and used as THE
procedure.
The procedure is a thin narrow walkway through a huge field of
potential alterations.
THERE ARE NO DIFFERENT CASES.
Built in to the Standard Dianetic procedure are the remedies.
For instance early Dianetics was plagued by several problems:
1. Lack of visio-an inability to see pictures. This was solved by
getting date and duration.
2. Perception shut-off. Not required in total now to produce
results. Sonic, ability to hear the sound in pictures, is not
needed at all. Impression is sufficient.
3. Somatic shut-off. Not now required to be solved but its source
(drugs and alcohol) has been discovered.
4. Rough sessions. Solved by TRs.
5. Lack of auditor judgement in diagnosis. Solved by the E-Meter.
In these years of research I have been able to wrap up these and other
things.
There have been more cases run on Dianetics than could easily be
counted. So the research data is very broad. This is no new subject. It has
been close to 39 years under research.
Thus what you are told on the Standard Dianetics Course is the essence
of all this
work and experience. There are no unsolved problems, there is only varied
application where there should not be.
The whole object of the course is to train people to get good RESULTS,
and train people to give a course that results in GOOD AUDITORS. That's the
whole thing.
We could also teach over 50,000,000 words about things that don't get
results or train auditors.
The essence of a brilliant subject is a simple subject.
Therefore anything that varies the data of a Standard Dianetics Course
can send it out into unworkability.
I've seen auditors also use "peyote" (a drug), CO2 and drugs "to help
auditing". I've seen many different meter types used. I've looked over a
thousand different ways to run a session. And I've seen all these things
fail.
The four points of greatest potential failure are
1. A Course Supervisor who interprets data and alters it in order
to satisfy some student's offbeat quest.
2. An Examiner who throws curves into data by means of
invalidating the right data.
3. A Case Supervisor who does not simply and only put the auditor
back onto the main line and who seeks to "solve" cases by altering
data.
4. An Auditor who, not knowing his data in the first place, alters
the data and, because in an altered form he fails, starts off on a
wilder alteration of data and fails harder.
Under Supervisor come the Course and Cramming Supervisor both.
So you see, that to get real Standard Dianetic results going in an area
you have to be very alert to hold the exact data line as contained in the
HCO Bs.
Where you begin to find case failures, look to 1 to 4 above and to
student failure to just simply study and drill.
For the first time you have an exact subject in the field of the
"humanities". These "humanities" for all man's history have been a mass of
superstition, bad logic, propaganda, authority and brutality. An exact
humanity is so new that it has a bit of a hard time. All the errors and
prejudices start to "blow off" when truth enters in.
Just be sure you don't lose the subject with the confusion.
Cope, make do, hold the line and you'll have a successful Dianetic
area. It's worth working toward, worth achieving.
You have only one big stable datum.
IF IT ISN'T WORKING IT IS BEING VARIED.
To get it working again, find who and what is varying it and get back
on the main line.
LRH:an.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dian Checksheet
ASSESSMENT
In all the years of auditing, listing and assessing anything has been a
weak spot in general auditing.
More goofy alterations can occur and more errors in this activity than
any other.
In Standard Dianetics if you assess the wrong item or a wrongly worded
item the case won't run, the TA goes up or the TA goes down. HIGH TA (above
3.5) is a lot of mass coming in. LOW TA (below 2) is overwhelm.
Bad TRs can cause low TA as the auditor is overwhelming the pc. Too
many times through without going earlier is the usual cause of these 4.5 to
5.5 TAs.
But both high and low TA are in some degree caused by not quite right
assessment.
Pictures going off (pc gets a black or invisible field) is also caused
by a wrong assessment.
The whole subject of assessment means PICK OUT THE THING THAT WILL RUN.
That's all one is trying to do.
As I have never had the faintest trouble listing and assessing anything
or even finding the right somatic with no meter at all, it is hard for me
to advise how to correct MISASSESSMENT or assessment errors. It just evades
my reality. The whole subject is too easy. Just too awful easy.
So my belief is that students try to put too much into it. They try to
get a pat-phrased question to ask like "What is the feeling?"
They stare (TR 0) at the pc when they should be looking at the meter.
Try TR 0 on the meter!
An old operating definition of ASSESSMENT is:
ASSESSMENT IS DONE BY THE AUDITOR BETWEEN THE PC'S BANK AND THE METER.
THERE IS NO NEED IN ASSESSING TO LOOK AT THE PC. JUST NOTE WHICH ITEM HAS
THE LONGEST FALL OR BD. THE AUDITOR LOOKS AT THE METER WHILE DOING AN
ASSESSMENT.
A clue to this is the continual misuse of the Azimuth meter. I keep
finding them with paper pasted behind the dial. This shows they aren't used
right. One bends the stand peg to get it out of the way, and writes by
looking at his pen through the glass. Then he never misses a read as the
meter is between him and the item he is writing.
One is assessing for PAINS, SENSATIONS, UNWANTED EMOTIONS, ACHES. It
can get so far out that the pc is made to say only feelings like "a going
in feeling" and never even mention a pain.
There are so many signs and indicators that it is a wrong item when it
is that I can't see how it could be missed. On a wrong item the pc has bad
indicators, the meter doesn't read, there is no pc interest. Wow. It's as
obvious as a sinking ship.
On a right item the meter reads well when the pc says it, the pc's good
indicators come in somewhat when it's announced, the pc is very interested
in running it. It's about as obvious as sky rockets.
So just given these two descriptions of the reaction to a wrong item
and a right item I should think anybody could tell them.
Rote procedure gets heavily in the road of a Dianetic assessment. The
pc gives a list, the auditor doesn't watch the reads and note them, then
the auditor commonly goes back to assess the list. By that time the charge
is off. He should have watched the meter in the first place and taken that.
Why all this assessing of the finished list. Of course when you already
have a list done by another with no reads marked on it, you have to read it
off and mark what reads. And using a list a second time you have to read it
off to the pc to see what reads.
When a student demands a rote procedure for Dianetic assessment he is
asking for trouble and is trying not to understand.
If the student simply understood that he was trying to find an item
that read well, brought in moderate GIs and in which the pc was interested
and which was usefully worded and which would run, he would have it made.
I get the feeling that Scientology listing gets all mixed up on a
Dianetic Course. There are precision Scientology listing and nulling
actions which must not be violated. These have NOTHING to do with
Dianetics. Nothing!
A Standard Dianetics list can be so sloppily done it's hard to believe.
BUT the auditor has to watch the meter and be sure he has one with the pc's
interest, worded so as to run into an engram chain.
I've seen an incredibly botched up job as finding a somatic done this
way. Pc listed, needle and TA all over the dial. Auditor picked out four
somatics. Wrote them down and called them off. None read. The auditor then
said the pc couldn't be audited on Dianetics and should be sent for
Scientology. Who is kidding who? The somatics read like mad. There was even
one with a LFBD. Yet the auditor had to go into some goofy rote procedure
or ritual and by it "discover" there were no somatics.
The errors in this operation of finding a somatic can be so corny and
so idiotic that I have to assume the auditor doesn't know or understand
what he's trying to do and doesn't even look at the meter while he does it.
Honest, this action of finding the somatic to run is SO easy to do that
only over-complication can block it.
The auditor wants to know what aches, pains, bad feelings, misemotions
the pc complains of and out of these takes the one that reads best while
the pc is saying it or it is being called off and which brings in the pc's
GIs moderately and in which the pc is interested. The somatic MUST read.
Now what's so hard about that?
It requires one looks at his meter when the pc is giving it or it is
being talked about.
There are no Scientology listing considerations in it.
Now and then the pc has a discreditable somatic and the auditor has to
coax the pc to give all.
Now and then the pc says "My LUMBOSIS" and if you ran that or any
medical term you'd only get him in doctors' offices or in hospitals, as
it's a medical term, not a somatic.
Evidently the student gets in such a sweat about finding a "right item"
that he goes up the spout on good sense.
In Scientology lists there's only ONE item. On Dianetic lists there can
be a dozen, for a Dianetic list isn't really a list. It isn't trying to
isolate the mental troubles of the pc. A Dianetic list is simply the pc's
physical aches and pains. Golly, people are notorious for discussing their
aches and pains. Why is it so hard to find one that reads well on a meter?
Well, you have to watch the meter.
That's probably the outness. Students are so socially adjusted they
keep looking at the pc, maybe even trying to look pleasant rather than
trying to read a meter.
I feel, in trying to communicate and teach how to locate what to run,
as if I am explaining where the floor is. And the people I'm explaining it
to are wondering how you look at a floor, what chant you intone while
looking at a floor and what mathematical equation you use to make sure it
is the floor. It's that kind of a thing. I say, "There's the floor. If you
stamp on it and it is there you will get a sound." And guys think, "Well,
maybe but how loud a sound and do you use the right foot or the left foot
and if that's the floor I can't find the ceiling because I have no
sextant."
All I'm trying to tell you is that when you are looking for a somatic
in the pc and hit it the meter reads well, the pc has moderate GIs when you
tell him what it is you've chosen, he is interested and it will run.
And honest to Pete, that's all there is to it. And if somebody says
there's anything else he's trying to wreck a whole course and a lot of
auditors.
I can't say it any plainer.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: cs.ei .rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dian Checksheet
DIANETICS
ITS BACKGROUND
The world before Dianetics had never known a precision mental science.
Man has used mental knowledge in the past mainly for control, politics
and propaganda.
The word "psychology" in the popular usage is synonymous with "getting
around" somebody.
In the thousands of years before 1950 there were many philosophers and
much knowledge was gathered in the field of logic, mathematics, electronics
and the material sciences.
However, due to ideologies and political conflicts, little of this
prior knowledge was ever applied to the field of the human mind.
The scientific idea of regarding as a truth only that which could be
demonstrated with a result was never really applied to the mind.
"Researchers" in this field were not fully trained in mathematics, the
scientific method or logic. They were interested mainly in their own
private ideas and in political Targets.
As an example, the only "schools" of psychology taught or followed in
the West were Russian and East German.
The primary school was that of Ivan Petrovitch Pavlov (1849-1936) a
veterinarian. Every school child and university student was required to
study Pavlov in one disguise or another. The burden of Pavlov's work is
that man is an animal and only works through "conditioning". The Western
nations overlooked the fact that this work had already destroyed several
countries including Czarist Russia, that Stalin had made Pavlov write up
his work in the Kremlin in 1928 in order to permit the control of men.
Using the mental studies of an enemy is a very dangerous thing to do.
The West at that time was run by only the "very best people" and
possibly it pleased them greatly to think that the masses they controlled
were only animals after all. That this also made them animals did not occur
to them.
Billions of dollars were appropriated by parliaments and congress to
subsidize men to "better control" their animals.
These men had no idea of healing anyone or helping anyone. Riots and
civil disorder were the only product they achieved.
Dianetics was released straight into the teeth of these heavily
subsidized Barons of the Mind with their "it takes 12 years to make a
psychiatrist" and "authority states" and "any effort to interrupt this
monopoly must be stamped out at once".
Psychology and psychiatry were state (government) subjects, pushed by
the "very best people".
They could not make their way on their own because they were contrary to
the public morals and customs. The public actually wanted nothing to do
with them.
In mental institutions torture, permanent damage and death were the
order of the day, on the basis that it did not matter if one killed people
as they were just animals anyway.
So the public was on the side of Dianetics (and later Scientology) and
the governments were on the side of the "very best people".
Press, controlled by governments and intelligence services and the
"very best people", lied endlessly about Dianetics (and Scientology).
Dianetics, a new valid mental science, was pitted against Russian and
Eastern European teachings.
Dianetics is not only the first mental science developed in the West,
it is the first mental science on the planet that uniformly produces
beneficial results.
Man is being subjected to fantastic and violent efforts to lure or
crush him into docility. This is the obvious end product of Russian and
Eastern European technologies now heavily financed and supported,
unwittingly, by Western governments.
Man's response to this is riots and civil disorder in the universities,
unions and streets. Man does not accurately trace the source of his
oppression. He is violently worried.
The government response has been more millions to psychologists and
psychiatrists to develop new means of control and oppression. What has not
worked in the past is not likely to work in the present or the future.
Czarist Russia, the entire Balkans, Poland, Germany and many more
Eastern European countries have already perished trying to use the work of
Pavlov, Wundt and others. The entire West, having "bought" the same
governing ideas, is now in turmoil and is perishing in its turn.
Dianetics refuses to be a revolutionary activity. It does not have to
be. All it has as a mission is to get itself applied.
The basic building block of a society is the individual. From
individuals groups are built. And this is the society. No society is better
than its basic building blocks.
Men are not animals.
Well men are sane men.
Dianetics, if applied to individuals in the society, brings hope, well
and sane beings.
These well and sane beings, sent on to Scientology, then become
brilliant and very able beings.
We are evolving Man to a higher state.
In this state he can better handle his problems.
We are not trying to overthrow anyone. We are not revolting against
anyone. In truth we can even make the fancied "very best people" into
actual very best people.
Dianetics was first conceived in 1930 and the developments of 39 years
have gone into producing Standard Dianetics.
Dianetics: The Original Thesis was published in 1949 in manuscript form. It
was copied in various ways, hand to hand across the world. Dianetics: The
Evolution of a Science was published in late 1949. Dianetics: The Modern
Science of Mental Health was published May 9, 1950 and has since sold
millions of copies.
In the early '50s new discoveries concerning the spirit brought us into
Scientology.
But Dianetics was never lost sight of and every little while I would
push it further ahead toward a fast, easy, 100% workability.
The present release of Standard Dianetics is a near final product.
If done exactly, it produces good, permanent results in only a few
hours of auditing.
One can train a Dianetic auditor in Standard Dianetics in from 10 days
to a month at the most, with an average of about 2 weeks.
These are very, very worthwhile advances and Standard Dianetics is
almost as great a breakthrough in 1969 as the Original Thesis in 1949.
Hundreds of thousands of hours of search and research have gone into it.
Dianetics has progressed from the pre-Dianetic period of no science of
the mind, to the existence of a real science of the mind, to a fast
accurate science simpler than any other scientific subject and of more
value to Man.
All this advance has been very hardly won, without government billions,
in the teeth of avalanches of lies and opposition.
The subject owes no allegiance to anyone but itself. It has no
commitments to anyone. It has no politics. It belongs to those who use it.
It is the only game in the universe where everyone wins.
Let's keep it that way.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: an.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dian Checksheet
AUDITING OUT SESSIONS
NARRATIVE VERSUS SOMATIC CHAINS
Now and then it is necessary to audit out the last session or an
auditing session.
One does this by R-3-R but there is a slight change in wording when
asking the pc to go earlier. One asks for an EARLIER SIMILAR INCIDENT. "Is
there an earlier similar incident?" A session, when audited, does not
always erase. Instead it has become part of a chain. Therefore one has to
run R-3-R on it and get an earlier similar incident.
The chain may go back vast amounts of time.
Whereas the pc may only have been in Scientology 3 days, before
Scientology there were other types of "sessions" such as psychoanalysis.
And before that, in Rome and Greece, dream therapy in which one was
"visited by a God". And before that-well, the chain can have a very far
back basic. One does not of course suggest ever what the earlier incident
may be. There is no telling what the pc may confuse with a session.
If one asked the pc to "locate an earlier incident with a similar
feeling" one would be on another chain entirely. Hence one asks, simply,
"Is there an earlier similar incident?" when running a session out.
Running a session out has the liability that one is running a NARRATIVE
CHAIN, a similar experience rather than a similar somatic.
One of the major 1969 breakthroughs was that chains are held together
mainly by somatics. The body condition or somatic is what keeps the chain
in association.
One can of course run "narrative incidents" by which one means similar
EXPERIENCES. "Locate an earlier time your mother spanked you." "Locate an
earlier wreck." These will run and sometimes even get to and erase a basic.
BUT they are LONG and sometimes don't ever get to basic at all and the
chain may not erase. Running only narrative incidents is what made early
Dianetics run up such fabulous numbers of hours in processing.
Somatic chains go quickly to basic and are the important chains.
Thus when we erase a chain of sessions we sometimes run into a very
long chain. Sometimes the TA goes up to 4 or 5 (particularly if the auditor
grinds). Using a wrong go-earlier command is a primary reason for trouble.
Usually if you ask simply for an earlier similar incident the pc goes
back to something that will erase and the chain blows.
But remember, asking for similar types of experience can cause trouble
in that it gets very long and basic may not appear for some time.
You can get away with running out sessions in most cases, enough to
make it a worthwhile action. But only if you ask for "an earlier similar
incident". This phrase is a workhorse phrase of auditing anyway.
The best thing to do is goof no assessments or sessions in the first
place.
LRH:an.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dian Checksheet
THE DIFFICULT CASE
Dianetic Course Supervisors can expect up to 20 percent threatened
course failures because of "case failures" meaning the student's own case.
If a student has no gains himself he is unlikely to be able to audit
well.
In HGCs, given Standard Dianetic Auditing, anything up to 25% of the
pcs will not resolve on Standard Dianetics alone.
The reason for this is that in Standard Dianetics one audits without
"Rudiments". Thus you get the pc coming in with life ARC Breaks, Present
Time Problems and Missed Withholds.
The answer is to send the preclear to a Scientology Review for a "Green
Form" (GF).
If the person comes back to Standard Dianetic Auditing and still has a
hard time of it or gives the auditor a hard time or gets sick, send the
person back to a Scientology Review with this instruction:
"Give Green Form to F/N and then assess No. 40 GF and handle."
The Class VIII will take it from there.
This should reduce course failures and HGC case failures down to the
very small percentage of those who are there for other reasons than
learning or receiving auditing.
Thus, unless the cases are handled these percentages of 20% and 25% may
occur.
Students don't have cases. But failed students do.
OT CASES
Handling the OT Case can be very tricky. Any one of these can give the
auditor trouble. But it is usually nothing much to handle unless the OT is
what we call a "False III". This is somebody who gaily went up the grades
without doing them. You don't have to know more about it than that.
Thus if a person who is OT is giving trouble being audited on Dianetics
it's better to turn him or her over to a Class VIII for routine handling on
Scientology.
Any OT who has somatics is auditable on Dianetics which he should have
had in the first place as he was using Scn grades to get rid of his
headache! Or some somatic.
If the "OT" isn't auditable on Dianetics then he's a problem for a
Class VIII and not a very tough one either.
To the HDG this is not very complex.
Audit the "OT" on Standard Dianetics. If it works okay just carry on
until he's rid of his somatics and turn him over to Qual when he's okay.
If it doesn't work, then cease Dianetics and turn him over to Qual who
will get the thing straight by the usual Class VIII remedies.
That's all you have to know about OTs in Dianetics.
LRH: an.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 MAY 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
Dian Checksheet
DIANETIC HIGH CRIMES
Aside from Auditor's Code violations there are only four high crimes a
Dianetic auditor can commit:
1. Cease to audit suddenly with the pc down the track somewhere.
2. Make a sudden evaluative remark in the middle of the session.
3. React or comment adversely on what the pc is running such as
being critical of the pc for having such an incident.
4. Force a pc to go on when he doesn't want to.
These mess up pcs quite badly and give them a great deal of trouble
afterwards.
Over the years these four actions have been observed being done from
time to time by persons trying to audit in Dianetics. They are just as bad
in Scientology but oddly, I don't recall them being done in Scientology,
only Dianetics.
Example of 1: Auditor fails to give next command or any further
commands and leaves pc hanging.
Example of 2: "Are you really interested in this session or not?"
Example of 3: "That was a horrible thing to do."
Example of 4: "Go ahead. Get into it," after pc has asked to stop.
There are countless variations of these. In I the pc volunteers it's
all sort of unreal in the incident so the auditor, instead of TR 4, just
ends session.
These are very bad things to do. They don't kill anybody. But they
surely make pcs less auditable.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:an.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 25 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dianetics
Chksht
HIGH TA ASSESSMENT
When a pc has a high TA (4.0 or above) after having one or more
sessions, it is OBVIOUS THAT THE EARLIER CHAINS FOUND WERE NOT ERASED.
What makes a TA high? A TA, in Dianetics, is high ONLY for one reason.
One or more engram chains are IN RESTIMULATION.
A high TA equals mental energy mass.
Engrams have mass in them even when they are pictures. The figures in
-the picture, the scenery, the picture have mass.
It is electrical mass.
It registers as a TA above 3.
To say that the TA is 3.3 and the picture was erased is silly. That .3
is indicating that part of the mass is still there.
This is often also true above 2.0.
When the meter needle is not floating the TA is registering mass.
Mental mass.
So when you see a TA going up, up, up you know the picture isn't
erasing but is getting more SOLID.
The solidness is visible right on the TA dial.
So to ask for a rerun when you've already ground and ground and the TA
has been up up up is silly.
The meter is already telling you there is an earlier incident as the
one the pc is in is getting more solid and is not erasing.
To assess a pc who has a high TA is a GOOF. One should be asking what
chain in an earlier session was not flattened. And flatten it. And if that
doesn't work, send the pc to Review for a "GF40 and handle".*
In Scientology a high TA means "overrun". The Dianetic auditor however
doing Dianetics does not "rehab" the F/N. He is handling why the TA does go
high. Mental mass consisting of pictures. A Scientology overrun goes by an
F/N. In the F/N movement the mass moved away. It didn't erase. If you keep
on running the same action the mass moves in again. The Scientology auditor
recovers the moment it moved off by "rehabbing the point of release". The
Dianetic auditor in doing Dianetics finds the incomplete chain, carries it
to basic and gets it GONE forever.
LOW TA
A low TA (below 2) means the pc is overwhelmed and has retreated.
[* This paragraph was deleted when this HCO B was reissued and amended as
HCO B 22 July 1969, Issue II, High TA Assessment, page 418.]
If you chop up a pc with bad TRs you may see his TA go below 2.
Also some incidents force a pc below 2, but when they are erased the TA
comes back up to F/N.
If you think you have had an erasure but the TA is below 2 at the time
of F/N, then you haven't erased any chain.
EXCEPTION
A discharged meter or one with its trim set incorrectly (2.0 = 2.0) or
a faulty meter or electrodes will give the auditor or examiner wrong reads.
One should check his meter before session for full charge and get the
pc to squeeze the cans to see if he is registering on the meter.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:an.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Class VIIIs
Qual Secs
Important
Urgent
THE VIII's NIGHTMARE
The most awful thing I think that can happen to a Class VIII Case
Supervisor is to have to try to do his job with no competent Review
Auditor.
The lack of a Review Auditor ends the trail. If the HGC squirrels and
then Review goofs up too and there's no good auditor in Review to catch
that, an VIII Case Supervisor feels licked.
Therefore the proper procedure is to take up the case with himself as
auditor, straighten it out.
And demand someone is sent to an VIII Course to be trained.
Now a new mess can occur if the person sent to the VIII Course comes
back and can't audit either.
The thing to do then is for the senior VIII in the org to ALWAYS
EXAMINE A RETURNING VIII GRADUATE AND IF HE/SHE FLUNKS telex the Second
Deputy Commodore Pacific (AOLA) and send the "graduate" back to the AO for
retraining and file a job endangerment chit on the AO Class VIII Supervisor
via his Commanding Officer of that AO.
This is the one line that must not break down.
Misteaching Tech in such a way as to fail to provide the orgs with
competent auditors is the only way I know of to destroy orgs.
We must keep Standard Tech Standard and well done.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: an.ei.jh
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Dian Checksheet
HOW NOT TO ERASE
There are two extremes a Dianetic student can go to on the subject of
erasure.
A. He can grind and grind and grind (ABCD, ABCD, ABCD, ABCD, on
and on) with the TA going up up up and never once tell the pc to go
earlier.
B. He can watch the TA come down to between 2 and 3 and go loose
on the last incident run, ask the pc "erase or solid" get a non-committal
answer and send the pc earlier. He can keep sending the pc earlier and
earlier on another chain without ever noticing he's finished the first
chain.
These are the two extreme cases. In Case A it is OBVIOUS from TA rise
that the chain has an earlier incident. In Case B it is obvious from the TA
that the chain erased.
In A the student is preventing the pc from going earlier when he
should.
In B the student is forcing the pc to go earlier when he shouldn't.
In both cases the student hasn't a clue of what an engram chain is.
It is marvelous how students demand "the exact phrase" to use as an
effort to avoid having to really understand what he is doing in auditing.
If a student hasn't a clue about what he is doing then a thousand goofy
outnesses will keep cropping up, each one requiring (a Supervisor thinks) a
special instruction. After a while you get a course text weighing one ton,
and all because the student didn't grab the basic definitions in the first
place.
A student who will do either A or B above has not grasped that an
engram chain is held in place by the basic for that chain and that basic is
the FIRST TIME and that the clue to erasure is unburdening down to first
time and erasing first time and that all picture chains are there because
the first time is there.
The student assumes one always asks "solid or erasing". Or that one
always does only what the pc says. Or some such consideration.
I would damned well never ask "solid or erasing" if I saw the TA start
to climb. I would know the TA measured mental mass and that it was
accumulating and wouldn't erase. I'd just ask for an earlier incident.
Honest, it's awful easy.
A very odd outness a student will encounter when he is so dedicated to
the exact words is the fast pc who erases before he can tell about it.
Along about no. 3 of R3R the TA blows down and the needle F/Ns.
A student who knew his business by understanding would ask, "Did it
erase?" of course. The pc would say, "It vanished," and VGIs would come in.
A fast running pc on a light chain can occasionally blow an engram by
inspection.
If it was basic for that chain, one would be committing the crime described
in B above. The pc is likely to go into another chain or a heavy protest.
So you see, there's no substitution for actually understanding what's
going on.
There's the pc, there's the bank, there's the meter needle, there's the
meter tone arm and there's the auditor, there's the procedure, there's the
report. That's all the parts there are to a session.
When one understands each one, one can audit. When one doesn't
understand some part of any of the above, he will require unusual
solutions.
Anything truly powerful is truly simple.
So a student who goofs is being complex and hasn't understood something
about one of the major parts named above.
I just saw a goofed-up session that went like this:
PC: It (the engram) happened every day for three days.
AUDITOR: ABCD.
Flunk. The auditor was so deficient in knowing about chains and first
time that he didn't tell the pc to go to the first day's engram but let the
poor pc flounder in day 3 ! And so the chain did not erase and the pc hung
up in it.
If the rule of First time is really understood, one would realize a lot
of things, even that the pc was beginning an incident half way through it
and hadn't begun to run the beginning of it so of course, no erasure. If
this happened on basic ......"There's no earlier incident" (TA high).
"Does the one we're running start earlier?"
"Hey, yes it does."
"Move to the new beginning of the incident......"
Yoicks, an erasure!
This is no invitation to depart from procedure. It's an invitation to
see procedure as an action, very precise, capable of being understood and
done, not a rote chant.
I'm sure some students are ex-medicine men who did their spells with
exactly worded chants. It's time they understood the brew in the pot !
That's the procedure-not do the commands rhyme!
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: an.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 MAY 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
Dianetics Checksheet
DIANETICS AND RESULTS
DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS
The isolated practitioner who hung out his shingle, and sought its work
all alone would have to be a "one-man band".
Let us list the basic essential "hats" he would have to wear.
Reception
Registrar
Cashier
Ethics Officer
Examiner
Case Supervisor
Auditor
Review Auditor
Public Relations Officer
If successful he would spend about 5 hours a day auditing, 2 hours
eating and 8 hours sleeping. This leaves 9 hours in which to do the
remaining "hats".
Of necessity one or more would be neglected. On that point he would
tend to cave in as a "one-man band".
It takes about 2 Admin personnel to keep a tech personnel going.
Even a group of auditors, trying to make lots of money, usually try to
do nothing but audit. It is not that they have case failures. It is that
they fail to wear the essential hats.
The best auditing results are obtained from teamwork.
A Review Auditor has to be a trained Scientologist. Lack of one means a
roughed-up pc has to be sent to the nearest org.
But there is no reason one cannot work as part of a group, even if the
others are only part-timers.
The best solution to all this is to form a DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUP
and get the essential posts on the org board held. Then the advances and
gains the group makes will be advances that are stable.
This group would of course have to have liaison with a competent
Medical Doctor or Clinic.
In the United States especially, the COUNSELORS would have to be
ministers.
A Dianetic auditor would be able to audit all day even if the whole
group only worked evenings.
Let's face it. The auditor auditing alone will have case failures. He
won't have
time to pick them up. He won't be able to get them to Qual. After a while
he will have losses and some failed cases that muddy up his neighborhood
just as other professions get.
Psychiatry and psychology failed as single practitioners not only
because they had no real tech but because they tried to work alone. This
turned them toward governments which then used them only to control
populations and there went whatever tech they might have developed.
The single practitioner theory in Dianetics failed badly as an early
Dianetics practice. Auditors that made it only attached themselves to the
rich. Others became drifters.
The answer, we have found out long since, is the group.
The full hats, organization and activities and how they interrelate are
available to Dianetic Counseling Groups. It is a wide area of interesting
development all by itself. We had to know org basics to make orgs.
A Dianetic Counseling Group can be enfranchised and made regular and
helped. It will tend to stabilize any practice area. And it will MINIMIZE
case failures.
The official position of orgs is that they cannot take responsibility
for the results obtained by single practitioners.
Auditing is a team activity.
Even if one were a medical doctor or a psychiatrist or psychologist, it
would be best to have on hand or on call the rest of the team or at least a
Dianetic Counseling Group even if one were not an integral part of it.
The purpose of auditing is healthy sane people.
The largest percentage are very grateful and very happy.
And then there are the few who, through misconducted lives, are quite a
handful to say the least.
Realism requires that auditing be a group action.
As such a group can also teach a course, it is not difficult to recruit
able people to help.
I recall in particular two pathetic cases of singlism. One was a
psychoanalyst who learned how to be an auditor and had to stop using
Dianetics as it cleaned up all his practice and he had so much trouble
finding "patients". The other was an auditor who found himself with the
whole of a war vessel's crew as pcs and no help in sight.
In either case forming a Dianetic Counseling Group, getting them
checked out on their "hats" and doing their duties even part-time would
have solved all.
One stick won't burn. One auditor cannot in truth live and work alone.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:an.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 JUNE 1969
Remimeo
Class II
Checksheets
Academy
SHSBC
PREDICTION AND CONSEQUENCES
Probably the reason overts of omission and commission are done at all
lies in Man's inability or faulty ability to predict and to realize
consequences.
Men are rather thoroughly stuck in the present and so involved with its
confusions that they rarely foresee anything and are mainly oblivious to
any consequences of their own actions or failures to act.
This gives them the appearance of being stupid.
When men become too confused to even stay in the present they slide
into the past and become "psychotic" or, at best, "neurotic".
The Russian psychologist Pavlov was acceptable in Western Universities
and governments mainly because he dealt only in stimulus and response
mechanisms. Men in universities and governments and other places from which
it is difficult to view life (since the situations are so lofty) took
psychology and psychiatry at face value. Men were animals one trained like
dancing bears. In other words these subjects were political subjects aimed
at control. There was no thought of healing anything. "Treatment" meant,
not heal or cure, but train by punishing "bad" characteristics. It is
interesting that neither subject ever listed any good characteristics. A
typical "treatment" was to punish with electric shock a "bad habit". They
would give an alcoholic a taste of liquor and shock him so that he would
feel the shock each time he thought of liquor.
This is the Russian Pavlov at work in all American mental practice
prior to Dianetics and Scientology. Needless to say a great many people
were injured for life but no one was cured of anything.
The psychiatrist and psychologist who did these things were themselves
of a criminal temperament and widely boasted they could not tell right from
wrong. The ability to tell right from wrong is the legal definition of
sanity.
The reason domineering politicians in government supported the
psychologist and psychiatrist with billions in funds and helped them
destroy any potential rival was that certain types in government conceive
it their duty to control populations. In their view populations were merely
a herd of animals to be managed and kept from committing anti-social acts
as well as milked for tax money or slaughtered.
By making a totally confusing and violent environment and stripping the
country of any constitutional safeguards the security of the individual was
undermined to a point where he had to be continually alert to immediate
threat in his environment.
This tended to pin people in close to present time. It inhibited any
future, planning for the future or any long distance consequences in the
future.
Thus Russian mental "treatment" imported into the West actually did
prevent the people from being able to predict-as they were continuously
battered by government.
Thus crime rose to a fantastic level. The citizen, pinned into
insecurity in the present by outrageous economic, governmental and social
duress, became much less able to predict and therefore became oblivious of
the consequences of his own acts.
Most "criminal" types are completely unable to predict and thus have no
fear of any consequences even when they are obvious to a more sane person.
The case that is very bad off therefore does not register on a meter.
Having no awareness of good or evil due to his low case condition there is
no apparent charge on overt acts of omission or commission, regardless of
who has been hurt.
Man is basically good.
When his level of awareness rises he begins to be able to predict and
see the consequences to himself or others of evil actions.
The more he is freed and the higher his intelligence and ability rise
the more "moral" he becomes.
Only when he is beaten down below awareness as a chronic condition does
Man commit evil actions.
It is not for nothing that soldiers have to be brutalized and stuck in
the present by threat and duress to make them commit harmful actions.
When a person's awareness is improved he is also able to predict and
can foresee consequences on the eight dynamics.
Criminal governments and brutalizing societies are poor things to have
around, they are not "clever" enough to forecast their own demise. They
engage in cold or hot wars instead of working out their problems. They buy
Pavlov and dog technology to crush "bad traits" rather than cure and heal
anyone. They work to decrease all liberty or abolish constitutional
safeguards.
True Sanity is that condition wherein one is sufficiently intelligent
to solve his problems without physical violence or destroying other beings
and yet survive happily and prosperously.
The road from insanity to sanity is a road of recognition of the world
around one, the future, and consequences of one's own actions.
Thus the principle of the overt motivator sequence will be found to
explain and its techniques remedy the brutality into which races fall.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:fas.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
LRH TAPE LECTURE
29 May 1969
** 6905C29 S0 SPEC-1 First Standard Dianetics Graduation-
The Dianetic
Program
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 JUNE 1969
Remimeo
Dian Course
Super Checksheet
Dissem Secs
Tech Secs
Qual Secs
MATERIALS, SCARCITY OF
A hidden outness and training slower downer is materials, scarcity of.
A whole course can be wrecked by lack of study materials.
Speed of Training was a major 1969 breakthrough. It takes only 2 weeks
to a month to make a competent Dianetic auditor using Standard Dianetics.
This can be greatly retarded by study material scarcity.
The best way to handle this is to have plenty of study packs, books and
clay.
Another way to handle it is to break the checksheet down into parts A,
B, C and D and issue different sections of it to a broad new course. It
does not greatly matter which one the student does first.
Material scarcity tends to equalize itself when a course enrolls every
day. You gradually get a spread-out of materials.
In past years study materials have been a continuing problem. All
possible is being done to make this easier. But as Dianetics expands it
will probably never cease to be a problem. It is a point which requires
thought and attention on the part of every group, org, Course Supervisors
and Administrators.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: ldm.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JUNE 1969
Remimeo
Dianetics
Checksheet
F/N
It is possible to get a floating needle and Very Good Indicators while
simply spotting or dating an engram.
This does not often happen. But when it does happen it occasionally
also causes trouble if the F/N is by-passed.
The criterion is to let the pc have his win.
A pc who gets
1. An F/N
2. A Cognition, and
3. Very Good Indicators
on an incident or chain has
A. Keyed it out (still there but not keyed in) or
B. Erased it by inspection or
C. Erased it by running the chain.
C is the case in by far the greatest percentage of pcs and sessions.
B is so rare that you won't find it except on clears or persons who are
nearly clear.
A (key-out) is rather common.
The auditor's problem is to tell which it is. Really it isn't much of a
problem.
Almost all of the time C is the case. One just does Standard Dianetics-
list, assessment, R3R, and you eventually get an erasure of the basic of
the chain, with an F/N, VGIs and a cognition.
When a key-out occurs, you can get an F/N, GIs and possibly a cognition
BUT THE INCIDENT THE PC WAS RUNNING HAD NO IMPACT OR INJURY IN IT. You can
by-pass the F/N in Dianetics in this case and complete the chain. If you
just leave it at that no damage is done BUT THE PC MAY KEY IN AGAIN EVEN
BEFORE HE/SHE GETS TO THE EXAMINER. Even the somatic may come back. If so,
just finish the chain. There's no real damage done. But if it WAS an engram
(contained pain and unconsciousness) and it erased and the auditor got an
F/N, VGIs and a Cognition and tried to force the pc to go earlier you can
get a very upset pc who has to be sent to Review for a Green Form.
When you get the very rare pc who, well advanced, actually blows an
engram by inspection you will know it. Such a pc already audits very fast-
hard to keep up admin-and is clear or near clear. The somatic, the lot
simply goes. If you try to push the pc into running it, some sort of fire-
fight may occur, a thing to be avoided.
If judgement of all this seems difficult, there's a safe rule: "Let the pc
have his win".
And remember that a win consists of
1. An F/N
2. A Cognition and
3. VGIs.
-------------
The main liability of pushing a pc past a win is that he may "jump
chains" and begin on another chain with no assessment. This gets him into
trouble.
If, in A above, you left it as a keyed-out lock, the pc will simply get
the same symptoms again sooner or later.
-------------
You are dealing with an exact activity in Standard Dianetics. It has no
"special cases" or "exceptions". The procedure is the procedure and it is
the procedure that gets the wins.
This matter of key-out or erasure is the only area of the subject where
judgement comes into play. And even that can be shirked by letting the pc
have his or her win.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: cs.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 JUNE 1969
(Replaces HCO B 26 June 69 Same Title)
Remimeo
Class VIII Checksheet
Dianetics Checksheet
C/S
HOW TO CASE SUPERVISE
DIANETICS FOLDERS
It is very easy to Case Supervise a Dianetics Folder and pcs being
handled by Dianetics.
One does the following:
On any new pc a Dianetics C/S 1 is ordered. If this was successful
(almost always is) a Dianetics C/S 2 is ordered.
If this is successful one does DIANETICS C/S 3 which consists of
"Reassess for longest read. If an item is found which also has pc's
interest, R3R. If no item, add to list, take longest read. R3R."
The other C/Ses are those which call for Prior Assessment to drugs,
alcohol or inability to get out of this lifetime, the remedy for pictures
in past sessions and those C/Ses (which are actually Class VIII) that send
the pc to review.
There is very little to Dianetic C/S work.
The Case Supervisor MUST be a Hubbard Dianetic Counsellor. There is no
substitute for that. One who isn't would hopelessly snarl up real HDCs or
HDGs or students aspiring to those certs.
The Dianetic C/S should really be an HDG and a Class VIII. Even so he
has to keep these techs completely separate.
One NEVER asks a Dianetic auditor in a Dianetic session to do anything
except Standard Dianetics. There are no other actions.
The C/S, in correcting an auditor, should do it positively and refer to
the Dianetic HCO B. Negative criticism, I have found, undermines auditors.
One can as easily say the same thing in a positive way. Instead of, "You
broke the Auditor's Code," one can as easily say, "Pcs must be rested
before session. See Auditor's Code."
Only in Scientology does one run triple engrams, secondaries and locks.
One NEVER gets inventive in doing a Dianetic C/S. It is all very
straightforward.
The C/S point of view in Dianetic C/Sing is that one is trying to get
Standard Dianetics done. One isn't, in Dianetics C/S, torturously laboring
to solve some difficult case.
Therefore there are only four possible actions for a Dianetics C/S to
take:
A. THE CASE THAT MAKES GAINS IS GIVEN MORE DIANETICS.
B. THE CASE THAT HAS HAD ALL POSSIBLE DIANETIC GAIN (and that is
considerable, ranging from 10 to 50 hours or more) IS SENT ON TO
SCIENTOLOGY.
C. THE CASE THAT MAKES NO GAIN DUE TO CASE "ODDITY" IS SENT
TO A SCIENTOLOGY REVIEW.
D. THE SESSION THAT IS NON-STANDARD IN AUDITING REQUIRES THE PC BE
SENT TO SCIENTOLOGY REVIEW.
It is the fantastic fact that the pc will ONLY get Dianetic wins when
receiving Standard Dianetics. Non-Standardness only once in a hundred will
give a case gain and that is a fluke. The Case Supervisor must have good
subjective and objective reality on this fact. He must therefore be the
ultimate in dictatorial martinet precision in requiring standard auditing
and assigning standard C/Ses.
There are two types of cases only that come up.
1 . The case as in A above who just goes on getting wins.
2. The case (who in life is usually chronically ill even if "up
and about") that requires a C/S to play adept Scientology Reviews
against Dianetic auditing. Such a case is "solved" by now being
sent to Review, now being sent to Dianetics, back and forth.
In D above, the pc who gets a non-standard session and is bogged at the
Examiner's is simply given a Scientology Green Form to F/N. He/she is then
returned to Dianetic auditing. This is a very usual, easy action.
In C above, the "oddity" case is easily recognizable in the folder. The
oddity consists mainly of getting Dianetic auditing, getting sick. Or in
getting auditing but not being able to follow good standard commands.
Such a case also has a history of being ill. This case also can't make
any real headway in study and messes up pcs as an auditor and can't seem to
do standard auditing.
This C case, at first glance, seems to be hopelessly difficult and
invites many to squirrel.
The case is more prevalent than one would think. It runs as high as 50%
of voluntary pcs.
It could run much higher in the wog world. One spots the case ONLY BY
THE CASE'S REACTION TO GOOD Dianetic Auditing, not by any opinion or test.
But this case isn't any real challenge to the C/S or Scientology Review
Auditor.
Underlying all this illness and inability to concentrate or study or
audit or hold case gains there is a heavily burdened chain that makes
things seem very different than they are.
There is no trick to resolving the C case.
The C/S, having seen that the person roller-coasters after Dianetic
Auditing, or can't study or can't audit, orders the person to Review for:
"GF to F/N" "Assess No. 40 GF and handle."
The Scientology auditor in Review does this. No. 40 GF is the "7
Resistive Cases".
When the Scientology auditor has done the item found, the C/S then
picks the next in line on the No. 40 GF list, then the next and, if any,
the next and orders these handled too. This assessment list usually finds
"one in". But in addition to //// there were others that read ///X, //X and
/X. THESE ARE ALSO HANDLED. All by
Standard Tech of course. And in dwindling order of reads.
Then the C/S sends the pc back to Dianetic Auditing for routine
assessments and R3R.
It is a saddening event to a C/S when the Scientology Review Auditor
lets him down. So an accomplished Class VIII on that Review Spot is worth
his weight in blessings. Lucky is the C/S who has a fine Class VIII. When
he doesn't have he orders only one action done between C/Ses and watches
like a hawk. Reviewing Reviews is a horrible waste of time, even though it
has to be done when necessary.
This C type pc will now sail along for a while in Dianetics. But don't
be amazed to have the pc roller-coaster again.
When the C type pc does you simply order again a Scientology Review and
GF to F/N and No. 40 GF and handle. And it will all come out differently
this time. And then the pc is sent back for more Dianetics.
This is what is meant by interplaying Dianetics with Scientology
Reviews for a C type case.
You will just be amazed at the eventual result in the pc. Really a
cracked case, man !
Very sick pcs are sent directly to a medico of course. And Dianetic
auditing is given along with medical treatment to get the pc off stuck
points. This is all covered in HCOBs on Medical uses of Dianetics and
includes touch assists.
The "insane" pc is given absolute rest, a secure environment and any
needful medical treatment (but never shock or surgery of the brain or
nerves, of course, since that's only depersonalization treatment).
When in better physical health the "insane" pc is given just routine
Standard Dianetics. But the sessions must be flubless and thoroughly within
the Auditor's Code as the "insane" can't stand up to any goofs or
overwhelm.
These "insane" pcs are most often simple cases of medically ill people-
gallstones, malnutrition, deficiencies in certain vitamins, broken backs-
the usual.
To undertake to audit an "insane" pc to sanity without complete
attention to the above paragraphs is adventurous in our experience. But
with these things given attention, the "insane" pc often responds
amazingly. But do not be surprised to find that the "insane" pc turns into
a C type as he comes up the scale.
The main trouble with the "insane" is that too many people around them
are completely devoted to making them even more insane and they almost
never respond to any treatment, medical or Dianetic, while kept in their
same environment associating with the same people.
Also we could say that "Hell hath no fury to match that of a cured
psychotic's associates". Usually the real crazy one is an associate, not
the "insane" one.
C/S PROCEDURE
In doing a C/S on a Dianetic folder, I usually inspect the following in
the following order:
1. The Examiner's Report to see if the pc thought it was okay and
if the Examiner's TA, needle and Indicator observation is all
right.
2. The pre-session C/S to see what was previously ordered done.
3. The session to see if the C/S was done.
4. The 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 sequence and ABCD to see if it is
Standard. I seldom read text if the session was okay at Examiner's
unless the session did not go well.
5. The F/N, Cog and GIs or VGIs at chain and session ends.
If all that is okay I give it a "well done".
If it isn't all okay I look for the 1, 2, 3, etc that was not followed
by an ABCD but by a new 1, 2, 3, 4, etc instead.
I try to find where the session went off Standard and point out the
Standard actions that should have been done.
If the pc came out of it okay, I order more Dianetic auditing.
If the pc didn't, I send the pc to Review.
If it had lots of ABCDs and ground to a high TA session end I check to
see if the auditor asked for an earlier beginning.
If the Dianetics folder is getting fat and the session was unsuccessful
I look for a possible C type pc and handle accordingly.
If the pc is reported ill, I order medical, an assist and treat the pc
thereafter as a C type.
The value of a C/S whether Dianetic or Scientology depends on his
unfailing adherence to Standard actions.
A C/S that dreams things up to try to "solve a case" by squirrel
processes is worse than no Case Supervisor at all.
The gain of cases depends on the Standard, unswerving adherence to
Standard Dianetics, to C/Sing in complete standardness and a Scientology
Review auditor who really is a flawless Standard Tech man.
The result is the result of a TEAM. To that team one also adds the
Admin team of the rest of the group doing their jobs.
Given all that, one can straighten up whole population areas and
activities and get the job done on the goal lines of Well and Happy Human
Beings and a Well and Happy Society both with greatly increased survival
potential.
C/Sing is a happy job itself. And blessed is a C/S who has good
standard HDCs and good Review auditors on his lines and a good HDG making
new good HDCs and a good AO somewhere making good new VIIIs, all backed
with orgs whose staffs know their Org Exec Course and policy.
The C/S's job only becomes unhappy and impossible when the auditors are
non-standard or the Admin people never heard of lines or policy and he
himself departs from the straight and narrow of Standard Dianetics and
Standard Tech.
The purpose of Dianetics can be accomplished smoothly and easily only
if the above are taken into account.
These C/S data are as thoroughly researched in practical application as
tech itself and are derived from hard won practical experience.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldm.cs.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JULY 1969
Remimeo
Dianetics
Checksheet
Class VIII
Course Supervisors
Cramming
Case Supervisors
URGENT-IMPORTANT
I have made a breakthrough in auditor training which eliminates failed
auditors and failed sessions and gives us 100% training success and 100% on
Dianetic sessions.
In C/Sing hundreds of Dianetics sessions I found that the auditor's
reports on failed sessions did not include any reason for the failure. In
researching this I found that only certain auditors were failing. Thus, it
was not a technical failure but an auditor failure. These folders must
therefore contain false reports or no reports on what had happened.
For all that I could see, as the Case Supervisor, New Dianetics tech
was failing on some cases.
Further investigation disclosed that things had gone on in those
sessions which were non-standard but not reported.
In developing this I discovered the golden rule:
WHEN YOU HAVE A FAILED SESSION YOU ASK THE PC WHAT THE AUDITOR DID.
In this way you discover an amazing array of flagrant outnesses. With
these you can retrain the auditor and he or she will then win every time.
We have compiled a large array of samples of outnesses found, any one
of which would have made a session fail or cause a Dianetics student not to
obtain results.
The variety can be infinite in number but the chief one is
FAILING TO GIVE THE
NEXT COMMAND.
The new auditor does not realize how serious it is to flub a command.
The pc is "down the track" and not in present time. He looks like he is
there. When he fails to get the next command or gets a wrong command he
becomes alarmed, comes into Present Time as best he can and the auditor
loses control.
Anytime a pc is made to wait, whether by a wrong command or no command
or an auditor writing too much on his work sheet, a Dianetic session
crashes.
The TA may go up or down, the chain messes up and the session fails.
Other additives or outnesses mess things up. An auditor instead of
auditing talking about other pcs or his own case, an auditor halting to
look up a word for himself, a thousand such actions can, any one, wreck a
session.
Auditing is very fast and very exact.
It is a business-like activity.
It is a technical preciseness.
When that is violated one gets failed sessions.
An auditor-student may think he knows his commands. When he is auditing
a doll he can do it. When confronted by a live pc, he needs to know the
commands so well that pc randomity does not throw him off the right
command.
I therefore developed four new Dianetic TRs. They are TR 101, 102, 103
and 104.
When a student fails to get a good result we (I) ask the pc what he
did, (2) send the student back to training, (3) send the pc to Review for a
Green Form to F/N and No. 40 GF and handle all reading No. 40 GF items, (4)
send the student to Review for a GF to F/N and a No. 40 GF and handle all
reads and three-way Failed Help, three-way Help brackets, (5) get the
student corrected on what we learned he- did wrong from the pc and (6) get
the student drilled on TRs 101, 102, 103 and 104.
We tolerate no flubbed sessions.
If a pc suffers because of a flub, we boost him way up with Review as a
case.
If a student flubs we handle him as a case and retrain.
All this has been subjected to a lot of research and proof.
And what do you know! We get 100% training wins and 100% Dianetic
session.
No failed auditors, no failed pcs.
Planet, here we come!
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :cs.ei.rd
Copyright �1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B is changed by BTB 1 December 1970R, Revised and Reissued 27
July 1974, Dianetics Triple Flow Action which gives the rule: "DIANETICS IS
RUN BY TRIPLE FLOWS ONLY. DIANETIC SINGLES IS FORBIDDEN AND IF DONE WILL BE
CONSIDERED GROSS OUT TECH AND A TECH AND QUAL HIGH CRIME."-LRH.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JULY 1969
Remimeo
Dianetics Checksheet
Class VIII
Case Supervisors
Registrars
Public Officers
DIANETICS AND ILLNESS
Although mention of this is made elsewhere in the Dianetics Course, the
facts about ILLNESS do not seem, in practice, to reach the Case Supervisors
or Dianetic Auditors.
The idea that one can always get rid of an illness by auditing ONE
chain to basic is false. Man dreams about "one-shot" cures to a point where
he could be accused of being impotent!
Here is an example: A preclear "has always wanted to get his bronchitis
handled". In Dianetics a list is made for chest or lung pains or
sensations. One is chosen and erased. The "bronchitis" is now better or
even absent for a few days. Then we have the preclear back again saying "It
didn't cure my bronchitis".
Enough cases are handled successfully by running one chain on a somatic
that people get stuck in the win.
Here is another example: The pc says he has migraine headaches. The
auditor assesses a "head pain" quite correctly and then runs out one chain.
The migraine does not occur for a week after. Then here's the pc again
saying "I've still got a headache".
All this is invalidative of the tech and the auditing. A Registrar or
Public Division hearing this tends to lose faith in the powers of the tech.
The FACT is that the illness was not properly handled or C/Sed or
audited.
In the first place a pc trying to get cured of bronchitis or migraine-
or any one of a dozen other illnesses-should be sent for a medical
examination. How do you know the bronchitis isn't tuberculosis? Or the
migraine headache isn't a fractured skull?
A "continual side pain" may be a gallstone.
In short, something which continually hurts or disables may be
structural or physical.
So, when you omit the first action (medical) in handling an illness,
you set up an auditor for a possible failure.
Many of these things can be cured medically without too much heroic
action.
If it is medical and can be cured medically, then it should be.
Also it should be audited. This lets the medical treatment work. Many
"incurable" illnesses become curable medically when they are also audited.
The second thing that gets overlooked is that AN ILLNESS IS A COMPOSITE
(composed of many) SOMATIC.
The correct auditing action on "bronchitis" or "chest trouble" or "migraine
headache" or any other continual worrisome illness is to continue to find
somatics, sensations, feelings, emotions or even attitudes in the area
affected and run their chains.
It takes more than one chain of engrams to build up an ill area.
Having found and run the "deflated feeling" of bronchitis, which was
the first best read, the C/S should order and the auditor find and run the
NEXT somatic, sensation, feeling, emotion or attitude in that area.
It is sometimes necessary to add to the list for that area of the body.
Seeing a continual or recurring illness on the Health Form the C/S and
auditor should dig out of that area every somatic, sensation, feeling,
emotion and attitude that can be made to read and run those chains, each
one to basic and erasure.
THAT is the way you handle any illness, whether continual or temporary.
The maxim is that IT TAKES MORE THAN ONE CHAIN OF ENGRAMS TO MAKE A
BODY ILL.
Continual reassessing and adding to general lists will get there
eventually providing it is done long enough. But this general approach will
find a certain number of pcs saying to Registrars, Public Officers and
friends, "I've still got my ".
It is in fact a false report. They didn't still have all of it. It is
one chain less and therefore better.
But auditing gives gains by deletion. A pc does not suffer from what
has been erased. He suffers only from that which has not yet been handled.
Some persons tried years ago to get their trouble handled, somebody or
some practice failed and after that they don't mention it at all. They
don't support the technology anymore either.
So, in handling illness, give the handling of the structural disease
side of it to the medical doctor, and thoroughly handle all the mental side
of it with auditing and everyone wins.
Any Registrar or Public Division personnel colliding with "My lumbosis
was not handled" should call this HCOB to the attention of the person, the
Case Supervisor and the auditors.
Only then can you have 100% tech.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: nt .ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 JULY 1969
Dian Checksheet
AOs
Class VIIIs IMPORTANT
Class VIII Checksheet
D of Ts
AUDITING SPEED
Almost any failure you have ever had with an auditor or in auditing
came from Auditor Comm Lags or errors.
This is a vital datum. It came to light from applying the rule-ask the
pc what the auditor did after any failed session and get it corrected in
the auditor.
SPEED is the main factor behind the mystery of a failed session.
In AUDITING OTs the speed the auditor must have is far greater than
required by just in off the street. This speed factor is the real REASON
why OTs were at first considered very hard to audit on Dianetics.
All this also applies to VIII auditing and training.
The better an auditor knows his TRs, his processes, his meter and admin
the faster he can operate.
If you train auditors only up to slow, comm laggy handling of a session
you will get a lot of mysteriously "failed sessions", ending with the TA
high and the pc very low!
A somewhat slow auditor auditing a new pc may be fast enough to get
away with it.
Put him on a person whose Dianetics is finished and some grades in, he
begins to have a few "case failures".
Now put him to auditing reviews or Dianetics on a Pre OT and all
sessions fail.
The remedy is to speed the auditor up with TRs 101, 102, 103, 104.
In assigning auditors you only dare assign fast ones to Pre OTs.
For 19 years this hidden speed factor has lain behind the vast majority
of our "failed sessions". As it never appeared on the session reports
(except as excessive admin for which the pc must have had to wait) anyone
doing D of P work or C/S work was in mystery and tended to get desperate
and even squirrel (change and invent processes).
The only other source of failure was the physically ill aspect. This
has just been verified in a series of over one hundred cases. Dianetics
combined with Scientology reviews progressed splendidly on all but about
seven and these who were then physically examined thoroughly were found to
have serious and current physical illness.
Speed and accuracy then is the stress of all training and the lack of
it is the source of all auditing failures on pcs who are not severely ill.
Even the latter respond once their purely physical illness is properly
handled.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: cs.ei.aap
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 JULY 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
Dianetics Chkst
(REISSUE OF HCO BULLETIN OF
25 MAY 1969, AMENDED)
HIGH TA ASSESSMENT
When a pc has a high TA (4.0 or above) after having one or more
sessions, it is OBVIOUS THAT THE EARLIER CHAINS FOUND WERE NOT ERASED.
What makes a TA high? A TA, in Dianetics, is high ONLY for one reason.
One or more engram chains are IN RESTIMULATION.
A high TA equals mental energy mass.
Engrams have mass in them even when they are pictures. The figures in
the picture, the scenery, the picture, have mass.
It is electrical mass.
It registers as a TA above 3.
To say that the TA is 3.3 and the picture was erased is silly. That .3
is indicating that part of the mass is still there.
This is often also true above 2.0.
When the meter needle is not floating the TA is registering mass.
Mental mass.
So when you see a TA going up, up, up you know the picture isn't
erasing but is getting more SOLID.
The solidness is visible right on the TA dial.
So to ask for a rerun when you've already ground and ground and the TA
has been up up up is silly.
The meter is already telling you there is an earlier incident as the
one the pc is in is getting more solid and is not erasing.
In Scientology a high TA means "overrun". The Dianetic auditor however
doing Dianetics does not "rehab" the F/N. He is handling why the TA does go
high. Mental mass consisting of pictures. A Scientology overrun goes by an
F/N. In the F/N movement the mass moved away. It didn't erase. If you keep
on running the same action the mass moves in again. The Scientology auditor
recovers the moment it moved off by "rehabbing the point of release". The
Dianetic auditor in doing Dianetics finds the incomplete chain, carries it
to basic and gets it GONE forever.
If the C/S cannot find the incomplete chain by folder inspection he
orders "Assess the pictures or masses pc has touched in life or auditing
and have been left unflat, get its somatic, Run R3-R".
LOW TA
A low TA (below 2) means the pc is overwhelmed and has retreated.
If you chop up a pc with bad TRs you may see his TA go below 2.
Also some incidents force a pc below 2. But when they are erased the TA
comes back up to F/N.
If you think you have had an erasure but the TA is below 2 at the time
of F/N, then you haven't erased any chain.
EXCEPTION
A discharged meter or one with its trim set incorrectly (2.0 = 2.0) or
a faulty meter or electrodes will give the auditor or examiner wrong reads.
One should check his meter before session for full charge and get the
pc to squeeze the cans to see if he is registering on the meter.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:an.nt.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JULY AD19
Remimeo
Dianetic
Checksheet
Class VIII
Checksheet AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES
Case Supervisors
Dir Tech Services
Ds of P
Ds of T
One used to hear auditors complain, "Scientologists are harder to audit
than new pcs". We know the answer to this now. It is Auditor Speed. When an
auditor complains of this, he is revealing that he is a slow auditor.
Dianetics and Scientology (demonstrated by carefully controlled tests)
greatly speed up reaction time. They also increase IQ rapidly and were the
reason colleges came off their "IQs never change".
As a person is audited he becomes quicker mentally. Also he becomes
less comm-laggy. Also he is more familiar with technology and his own case
and is less afraid of himself and his "bank".
In assigning auditors to pcs if you do not pay attention to comparable
grade levels between auditors and pcs you will have failed sessions.
Therefore it is policy not to assign an auditor whose grade and class
is less than that of the pc.
Further, a good auditor deserves a good auditor. To assign a new
student to audit a skilled and practised veteran auditor of excellent
auditing record is suppressive. The new student or new graduate would
probably be intimidated just at the thought of auditing someone who is far
more expert-this would magnify his flubs and comm lags.
Therefore it is policy to assign only good proven auditors to good
auditors.
It is a suppressive act to assign a new or poor auditor to an auditor
who has proven he can attain uniformly good results.
Slow auditors will be found successful auditing slow auditors.
This does not excuse not drilling slow auditors up to becoming fast
precision auditors.
Good auditors are valuable. They should be safeguarded, given favours
and even pampered.
Slow auditors should be drilled and given slow (new) pcs only until
their own case gain brings them, with their drills, higher case gain and
thus higher speed.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH :cs.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 JULY 1969
Remimeo
Dianetics
Checksheet
Class VIII
Checksheet SERIOUSLY ILL PCS
Class VIIIs
Dianetic Auditors
Case Supervisors
D of P
In Green Form No. 40 there is an item:
"Seriously Physically Ill".
This is handled as follows:
1. Medical Examination
2. Medical care
3. Dianetic Auditing as follows:
List all somatics and feelings connected with the illness.
Assess the list.
Run R3R.
Continue to assess the list and run R3R on items found.
Add to the list any new items connected with the illness.
The main point is to exhaust the entire list, of all reading items.
An illness contains many somatics, feelings, emotions.
As a pc who is ill is easily made an effect, the auditing sessions
should be smoothly done and each session relatively short, completing each
session on the first erasure that gives the pc an F/N and a win (Erasure,
Cognition and F/N).
The remaining items on the GF 40 are then handled.
If "Seriously Physically Ill" is not THE GF 40 item, it is still
handled but in its turn doing the above Dianetic actions.
Needless to say the item "Seriously Physically Ill" is handled by a
Dianetic Auditor.
(NOTE: No narrative or multiple items must be audited. Get them
restated.)
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:cs.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 JULY 1969
Remimeo
Class VIII
Dian Chksht ANTIBIOTICS
Ds of P
Registrars
A pc on antibiotics should be given Dianetic Auditing.
Very often antibiotics do not function unless the illness or injury is
also audited.
The basic failures of antibiotics apparently stem from a traumatic
condition which prevents the medical treatment from functioning.
When a person is medically treated for an illness, it is best to back
up the action with auditing.
Sometimes the patient is too ill to be fully audited. It is difficult
to audit someone who is running a temperature. In such a case, let the
antibiotics bring the temperature down before auditing. But if the
temperature does not come down, in the interest of the patient's recovery,
auditing should be done.
It is usually too late when the patient is in a coma. But one can still
reach a patient who is unconscious by touching the patient's hand to parts
of the bed with "Feel that (object)".
A patient will sometimes respond to commands even when "unconscious" if
you tell them to squeeze your hand to acknowledge they have done the
command.
Years ago the auditing of unconscious persons was worked out and
successfully done.
Needless to say, auditing any sick person requires the most exact,
careful auditing, strictly by the Auditor's Code.
POSTOPERATIVE AUDITING
A person who has been operated on or medically or dentally treated or a
mother who has just delivered a child should have the engram audited out as
soon as possible by Dianetic R3R.
The after-effects of anaesthetics or the presence of drugs or
antibiotics is to be neglected.
The usual action is to
1. Get them medical treatment.
2. Audit them as soon as possible on the illness or injury.
3. Audit them again when they are well.
4. Get them a Review if they seem to be showing much later after-
effects despite Dianetic auditing.
HEAVY DOSES OF VITAMIN B1, B COMPLEX and C should accompany all such
auditing actions.
SAVING LIVES
All this comes under the heading of saving lives.
At the very least it saves slow recovery and bad after-effects and
resultant psychosomatic illnesses.
Dianetics is the first development since the days of Rome that changes
and improves the RATE OF HEALING.
Dianetics is also the first development that removes traumatic barriers
from the path of healing.
Medicines and endocrine compounds quite often are effective in the
presence of Dianetic auditing which were once inexplicably ineffective in
many cases. The barrier to healing was the engram. With that removed,
healing can occur.
OBJECTIONS TO USE
Any barriers or objections to using Dianetics to assist the
effectiveness of medicine or to increase the rate of or even secure
effective recovery place the patient at risk as certainly as failing to use
antiseptics.
Such objections can be dismissed as stemming from barbaric or
superstitious mentalities or from motives too base to be decent.
It would not be possible to count the number of lives Dianetics saved
in the 19 years even before the advent of Standard Dianetics. Few human
betterment activities have been so widely successful and so uniformly
helpful as Dianetics.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldm.ei.rd
Copyright �1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 JULY 1969
Remimeo
Dian Chksht
VIII Chksht
Case Supervisors
THE "ART" OF CASE SUPERVISION
One does not in actual fact Case Supervise against results.
Case Supervision is done against the thoroughness and exactness of
technical application.
To give an auditor a well done when he has made a technical flub
(despite a good result on the pc) is to hang the auditor with a win. The
next time he does the same thing he is liable to get a resounding lose.
In looking over folders one C/Ses against Standardness of application.
The tech takes care of the rest.
For a long time, auditing was "what you could get away with". It no
longer is. It is the act of holding a standard. Only in that way does one
get 100% wins.
In assigning what is to be done with a pc or pre-OT, one seeks to keep
the case progressing or winning.
The Case Supervisor's action is to get the case audited as long as
possible! Any impulse to get the case off one's lines will be a losing one.
Cases progress in exact ratio to the amount of charge gotten off. They
do not progress by magic buttons designed just for that case.
The "sudden" big wins are the result of the accumulated effect of
getting charge off.
It is of course charge of a certain type and that type is contained in
the Case Supervisor's book, in the mechanics of Dianetics and Scientology.
Early on (using Standard Tech) the worse off (more shallow) the case
is, the faster it F/Ns. The pc is reaching no depth. An example is someone
who cannot get into or run past lives. They F/N almost at once on any
process. This does not mean they are at once "clear" or released. It means
they are like a coiled spring. When you touch them something flies off.
The Case Supervisor on such a case works hard to keep them running
Dianetics. The task is finding something to audit, not to complete pcs.
When the Dianetics Grade was missed, people F/Ned their way straight on
up to OT VI, still wondering where their headache came from.
This doesn't mean that in Scientology you by-pass F/Ns. It means that
the Case Supervisor prepares the case.
The finance statistic of orgs is assisted by attempts to stretch out
auditing and is harmed by fast brush-off "completions".
The reputation of the org is also harmed because the field fills up
with shallowly run partially solved cases.
Tech is so fast today that only now can a Case Supervisor work at
attempting to prolong a pc in auditing.
The statistic of an HGC should be the number of successful auditing
hours delivered, not the number of pcs completed.
Therefore the Case Supervisor is alert to the inability or ability of a
pc or pre-OT to go backtrack, to the number of engrams the pc runs per
chain before erasure, to the number of commands given before F/N on a
Scientology process. And by this he can gauge how arduously the case must
be worked on.
For example, on a child, a bruised finger yesterday run as an engram
F/Ns. In Scientology any grade command will also F/N on clearing it. End
result, no real case improvement.
But if you keep at it and at it and at it, gradually gradually the case
runs deeper and deeper into the past and confronts heavier and heavier
incidents.
Then, as it goes along, the case runs faster and faster, requiring far
more "commands per unit of time in session".
Finally the case begins to blow by inspection and, ideally, has what is
known as a "Clear Cognition".
Scientology, dealing with the thetan and considerations, is now able to
function with total bite.
Power and R6EW really get the pc somewhere.
The Clear and OT sections make him fly.
And you have a real OT.
That is the general Case Supervisor plan.
As the number of hours in actual auditing are now under 50 for audited
cases and under another 50 for solo, there is no use at all trying to solve
a case fast.
Solve it standardly.
The Case Supervisor book gives you a lot of things to do for certain pc
characteristics. One tries if possible to do the lot.
Applying the right C/S direction at the right time is only knowing
one's tech.
This is the basic rationale behind C/Sing. It really has no strain.
Only poor auditing can mess it up so you police that hard, do the right
direction at the right time and let tech do the rest.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldm.ei.rd
Copyright �1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 AUGUST 1969
Class VIII
"LX" LISTS
There are now three "LX" Lists:
LX3-Attitudes
LX2-Emotions
LX1-Conditions.
Originally they were called "X" because they were Experimental. They
still are to some extent so the X is retained.
These serve to isolate REASONS A BEING IS CHARGED UP TO SUCH an extent
that he is OUT OF VALENCE. When a person is out of valence he does not
easily as-is his bank.
These lists are assessed down to one item. The item is then run by 3
way recall 3 way engram (or secondary).
END PHENOMENA
We now have a new discovery. I have found that a person who is out of
valence experiences, when run on LX1 lists (and now the others above, LX2
and LX3) and 220H, a remarkable valence shift if he is run on enough items.
In one fashion or another he comments on this in session.
This is the End Phenomena of Out of Valence processes (the LX items and
220H).
It is always attained if enough items are run.
Quite ordinary cases are out of valence. If their folder gets too fat
you can assume they are out of valence. Perverts, suppressives and
critical, snide, ruthless, arrogant or contemptuous personalities are
always out of valence. A person who is in treason on the 1st dynamic is
always out of valence.
So whether GF No. 40 (h) OUT OF VALENCE reads or not, if the folder is
fat, you play safe and assess and run LX items until the person has the
Valence Cognition.
Without being coached, a person who is out of valence always has the
cognition if he is run on enough items and 220H.
USE OF LISTS
Today we run everything that reads with 2 or more strikes on an LX
List. Just as ANY read on GF No. 40 is handled, so ANY double strike is
handled on an LX List.
One does not reassess. One takes the item that stayed in, then the
items that read next best and so on down to all those that stayed in twice
before they went out.
Today you can assume safely that anyone out of valence can be put in
valence quietly and efficiently with LX items and 220H if he is audited and
if the auditing is standard.
This is quite a worthwhile development as it resolves the heavily
overcharged case. A symptom of a heavily charged case is F/Ning too
quickly to be processed well.
Using these lists on a pc is not a critical action. Even (and
especially) children are too overcharged to be easily audited.
LRH:ldm.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 AUGUST 1969
Class VIII
LX2
Emotional Assessment List Date____________________________
To be done before an LX1
Run result on 3 way Recall Pc Name_________________________
3 way Secondary
Apprehension ___________
Fear ___________
Hate ___________
Agitation ___________
Shame ___________
Blame ___________
Regret ___________
Grief ___________
Remorse ___________
Sorrow ___________
Sadness ___________
Despondency ___________
Depressed ___________
Despair ___________
Anger ___________
Rage ___________
Greed ___________
Haughty ___________
Arrogant ___________
Cold ___________
Contemptuous ___________
Hostility ___________
Resentment ___________
Antagonism ___________
Boredom ___________
Conservatism ___________
Enthusiasm ___________
Proud ___________
Elation ___________
Serenity ___________
Unemotional ___________
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: rs.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 AUGUST 1969
Remimeo
Class VIII
Class VIII Chksht
Case Supervisors
CASE FOLDER ANALYSIS, DIANETICS
There are only nine things that can go wrong in a Dianetic Session.
These are the only reasons chains do not erase or the session does not
complete with Very Good Indicators.
The first eight come under the head of auditing skill or knowledge.
They are listed in order of frequency:
1. Auditor Comm Lag (lack of speed in giving commands).
2. Flubbed Commands in which the commands are used incorrectly.
3. TRs out, either being inaudible or overwhelming or TR 4 not
handled.
4. Auditor additives.
5. Failure to call for an earlier beginning of the incident when
the pc can find no earlier incident-results in grinding and high
TA.
6. Failure to call for an earlier incident when there is one.
7. Demanding pc goes earlier when the last incident was basic,
making pc jump into another chain.
8. Misassessment (multiple item or narrative item or both or
taking an item that doesn't read or in which pc has no interest).
9. Pc has out rudiments.
--------------
Note that the first four are BEYOND THE VIEW OF THE CASE SUPERVISOR.
The largest number of session failures come under these first four.
Therefore it is routine for the Case Supervisor to have the pc asked what
the Auditor did. It is usually surprising. It will be one of the first four
listed above. It requires a retrain.
The next four are also auditor flubs but are detectable if the Case
Supervisor reads the worksheets of the session.
Therefore the Case Supervisor must know 5, 6, 7 and 8 above very well
indeed and be able to look for them. In all of these the TA goes high or
very low and the session ends up as a bust.
You can easily see 5. The pc is still on the same chain but begins to
grind ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD, the TA goes way up or down below 2 and the
auditor command "Is there an earlier beginning?" is spectacularly absent.
So the C/S tells the next auditor to get the earlier beginning of the same
incident and it will F/N, Erase and get VGIs.
6 is very easy for the C/S to spot. The pc has been given ABCD ABCD ABCD
ABCD ABCD etc and has been asked for an earlier beginning to the same
incident but hasn't been asked for an earlier incident. So the C/S tells
the next auditor to get an earlier incident.
7 is also easy for a C/S to detect from the worksheet of the session.
Before the pc got into another chain by being forced to go earlier below
basic, the TA went to a normal range, there may even be a cognition noted.
The auditor missed the potential F/N by just not putting the pc through the
basic again ABCD. Also the pc protested or had trouble when the auditor
tried to go "earlier than basic" and also may mention another somatic.
In 8, Misassessment, you can tell just by looking at the item that it
is multiple such as "A burning pain in my hair and a feeling of tension on
my hand"; that it is narrative "getting my feet wet" (where's the feeling
in that????); or after the fact of the engram "dizziness after a car
wreck". A real classic would be "A stomach ache when I was thrown from a
horse". The C/S hardly has to look at the end of the session to know it
will be no erasure, high or low TA and Bad Indicators at the Examiner.
As auditors who do these last four things have their basic definitions
madly out (such as "I never did understand what a somatic was") and as in
the first four the approach to the pc, TRs and additives need ironing out,
the C/S sends the auditor for retrain.
From the C/S point of view (and fact) the technology applied gets
uniform good results. Thus the C/S never gets reasonable.
The auditor will on retrain settle down. 100% sessions will occur
regularly when he really can audit.
PC REPAIR
The commonest C/S for a pc after a session that ends with a high TA or
a below 2 TA and/or Bad Indicators at Examiner is "To Review, GF to F/N.
Assess Auditors Auditing Dianetics Scientology Sessions Reviews Gains (or
whatever you care to add), Prepcheck. Review Auditor to (complete chain)
(check last incident for earlier beginning and complete chain) (complete
1st chain left incomplete when pc forced into second chain and then
complete second chain) (find out what was wrong in session and correct)."
Use the one in brackets that applies.
OUT RUDS
In number 9, we get several manifestations. The pc has a good looking
session yet complains to the Examiner. That is to say VGIs F/N Cog at
session end, but sour grapes ten minutes later at the Examiner's.
A pc who gets sad at session end and is or has been sad a long time and
is sad and moping or despondent is, of course, suffering from an ARC Brk
and is being audited over one and probably has had it for long duration.
The proper C/S action is "To Review, GF to F/N. Check ARC Brk Long Duration
(LD)." This last is done with Itsa earlier Itsa and ARCU CDEI by the
auditor.
The pc who is being audited over a PTP won't be making any gains. They
quickly evaporate. The C/S orders 'LTO Review. GF to F/N. Check Problems
and being audited over problems."
When a pc is a bit nasty to the auditor or Examiner, he is of course
being audited over withholds. The C/S is "To Review. GF to F/N. Then check
and pull all withholds and check if the pc has been audited over
withholds."
PHYSICALLY ILL PCS
When a pc is ill or has a history of illness you get him/her medical
attention and apply HCO B 24 July 69 which requires listing all somatics,
etc in the area and running them all by R3R.
When a pc gets ill after auditing but the sessions look alright, you
can be pretty sure that the pc is being audited over out ruds so a C/S
orders "To Review. GF to F/N. Assess GF 40 and handle any out ruds found in
that assessment first."
SPECIAL CASES
There may be some special versions of out ruds but they are all one
variety or another of out rud.
The pc himself can generate out ruds by lying to his Dianetic auditor.
It still shows up as out ruds, withholds.
One pc (out of a hundred) said uniformly that "it was getting more
solid" to escape each incident, got himself into a jump chain situation
continually and became very ill indeed. This also operated as a withhold in
session. It was not detectable in the worksheets except that the pc became
ill. It came out while flying ruds in a Review session.
But generally pcs don't act up in sessions if the auditing is
straightforward and many get better even when audited over all kinds of out
ruds.
When a C/S begins to be mystified concerning some pc, why betterment
isn't occurring-why the pc's manifestations and remarks never change-or the
pc becomes ill, then only four things need to be done. And all four should
be ordered by the C/S.
1. Medical exam and any treatment.
2. Review to straighten up all out ruds.
3. Dianetic auditing listing all somatics, etc in area and R3R on
all those that read.
And when the pc has markedly recovered:
4. Fly a rud, GF 40 and handle every item that reads fully. And
whether it reads or not treat the case as Out of Valence and run LX
3, LX 2, LX 1, each item that reads twice 3-way recall, 3-way
secondary or engram. You finish up the two or more slash items of
LX 3. Then finish LX 2, then LX 1. Somewhere along the line the pc
will change markedly before the auditor's eyes, go into his own
valence and that's as far as you go with LX lists.
The use of GF 40 is not restricted only to sick pcs. One gives any pc
whose folder gets the least bit fat the GF 40 routine and assumes he's out
of valence whether it reads or not and then sends the pc back to Dianetics.
HEALTH FORMS
There is one other flub a bit maddening to a C/S.
When the C/S says "Assess Existing lists or add" and the auditor says
no items, it is quite often an auditor flub, a special kind of 8 above-
misassessment.
One green auditor took 3 pcs in a row and could find no item, concluding
that each of the 3 pcs was done with Dianetics! It turned out that the
auditor's TR 1 was so bad the pcs couldn't hear her!
Another auditor didn't have his meter plugged in and another one was
found never to have done any meter drills.
Aside from getting the pc asked what the auditor did, which also should
be done when it's obvious there should have been an item and wasn't, the
C/S should order "Do a new Health Form" when the old list F/Ns or draws a
blank even when properly assessed.
The pc can also be sent to the Examiner to be asked if there is
anything not handled. The pc may give an area of interest. If there is one,
but it hasn't read, the C/S should send the pc to Review for GF to F/N and
probably a GF 40 and handle. Then one can get the area asked about in
Review and Suppress and Protest put in on it and back to Dianetics.
EXTERIOR
Some pcs go Exterior and of course are off auditing. This often makes
them unhappy as they are not well off yet. There are several VIII remedies
for this beyond the scope of this HCO B.
SUMMARY
I have personally C/Sed a vast number of Standard Dianetic sessions and
the above is all I had to do or know to keep them all going well.
If you look for tricky processes in Dianetics to "solve" some case, you
will make a bad error as a C/S. They all come under the above data.
Good luck.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rs.ldm.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 AUGUST 1969
Class VIII
LX1 (Conditions)
(Formerly issued to Class VIII auditors
as a research list on 5 October 1968)
Used after LX3 and LX2
3 way Recall
3 way Engrams (Refer HCO B 2 Aug 1969, " 'LX' Lists")
Date_______________________
Pc Name ___________________
Assessment for largest read.
Overwhelmed ___________
Made Wrong ___________
Forced ___________
Frightened ___________
Suppressed ___________
Crushed ___________
Oppressed ___________
Denied ___________
Overpowered ___________
Overthrown ___________
Defeated ___________
Destroyed ___________
Vanquished ___________
Wiped Out ___________
Annihilated ___________
Changed ___________
Identified ___________
Recognized ___________
Driven Out ___________
Driven Away ___________
Grief ___________
Loss ___________
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rs.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 AUGUST 1969
Remimeo
Class VIII Chksht
Case Supervisors
Class VIIIs
FLYING RUDS
To clarify how to fly ruds:
If a rud reads, you get the data and then ask for earlier until you get
an F/N.
If a rud doesn't read, put in Suppress and recheck. If it gets any
comment, natter or protest or bewilderment, put in False and clean it.
To fly all ruds you ask for an ARC Brk, if no read, put in Suppress. If
it reads take it, do ARCU CDEI Earlier ARCU CDEI Earlier until you get an
F/N. Then do the same with PTP. Then with MW/Hs.
If in starting a rud does not read or F/N even if Suppress is put in go
to the next rud until you get one that does read. Follow it earlier to F/N.
Then F/N the 2 that didn't read.
INCORRECT
To get a rud reading with or without Suppress and then fail to follow
it earlier and to continue to call it and take only reads is incorrect.
CORRECT
If a rud reads you always follow it earlier until it F/Ns.
You do NOT continue to test it with a meter and do NOT leave it just
because it fails to read again.
If a rud reads you clean it with earlier, earlier, earlier to F/N.
If a rud reads and the read is false you clean false.
There are TWO actions possible in flying ruds.
1. The rud is not out. If it didn't read you check suppress. If it
read but is in any way protested you clean false.
2. The rud is out. You get the data, you follow it earlier earlier
until it F/Ns. You do not continue to check it for reads.
GREEN FORM
This applies also to handling ruds on the Green Form.
ARC BREAK
If there is an ARC Break you get it, use ARCU and CDEI, indicate, then
if no F/N you follow it earlier, get ARCU CDEI, indicate, if no F/N you get
an earlier one on and on, always with ARCU CDEI until you get an F/N.
PTP
If you get a PTP you follow it earlier earlier earlier until you get an
F/N.
MISSED WITHHOLD
If you get a withhold you find out WHO missed it, then another and
another using Suppress. If protest you put in false. You will find these
W/Hs also go earlier like any other chain but they don't have to.
MIXING METHODS
If you get a rud read and the pc gives you one you don't then check the
read again. You get more until you get an F/N.
To get a rud answered and then check suppress and its read is mixing 1
and 2 above.
FALSE
"Has anyone said you had a ......when you didn't have one?" is the
answer to protested ruds.
--------------
Any VIII should be able to fly any rud at will. The above clarifies
HCOB and Tape data on this subject.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: Idm .ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[BTB 1 December 1971RB, Issue II, Triple Ruds Long Duration, which was
approved by L. Ron Hubbard, says, "You will see the CDEI section on
handling an ARC Break now includes No and Refused."]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 AUGUST 1969
Remimeo
Class VIII Chksht
Class VIIIs HANDLING ILLNESS IN SCIENTOLOGY
Class VIII C/S Book
Sickness is of course the result of engram chains in restimulation.
One has to ask, however, what causes restimulation to occur?
The answer is Out Ruds plus a suppressive environment or situation.
Therefore, obviously, if one wanted to really handle handle handle
sickness and do some miracles, one would use the lot of one's weapons.
Don't mistake that Dianetics (HCOB 24 July 1969) can all by itself
practically bring the dead to life to all intents and purposes and it can
be used all by itself.
However, when that doesn't work completely, then the Class VIII Case
Supervisor and well trained Scientology auditors can step in.
Let us examine the basic full dress parade routine of what Scientology
and Dianetics could be used.
1. Put in Life Ruds (as given below).
2. 3 S&Ds.
3. All somatics, sensations, emotions and attitudes in or in
regard to the sick area listed and handled by DIANETICS (HCOB 24
July 69) (which includes any medical treatment as in that HCOB).
4. A Review that flies a rud and a Scientology auditor runs the
second and third flow of each somatic found and run in the Dianetic
auditing.
Obviously this illness hasn't a chance at all. It disappears in 1. Or
in 2. Or in 3. And there aren't very many that would ever get to 4.
The system is obvious. You take away the current out ruds and the
illness can de-stimulate. You take away the suppressions and de-stimulation
is more positive.
You erase all the engrams and the source is gone.
You do the second and third flows and the overts and sympathies are
also vanished.
On ruds alone you can of course get a recurrence.
You also risk a recurrence on the S & Ds.
The motivators go on the engram chains.
The overts and sympathy for like illness goes on the second and third
flows.
LIFE RUDS
As the person with Out Ruds makes no real gain it is wise to put ruds
in "In life".
This is done with
"In life have you had an ARC Break?"
"In life have you had a Problem?"
"In life have you had a Withhold?"
If the person has had much auditing you ask after each of the "In life"
questions, "Was that present in an auditing session?"
S & Ds
The full parade for three S & Ds (as given in HCOB 19 January 1968 in
the Class VIII pack) is as follows:
3 Item S&D:
Fly a rud.
Assess
Withdraw From
Stop
Unmock
Suppress
Invalidate
Make Nothing of
Suggest
Been Careful of
Fail to Reveal
Take the 3 that read best (null to 3 items). Use the one that read most
first.
Test one of these items in these two questions to see which question
then reads best.
"Who or What has attempted to ......you?"
"Who or What have you tried to ..........?"
List the best reading question by the laws of Listing and Nulling. BE
EXACT IN FOLLOWING THOSE LAWS or you'll make the person even sicker!
Use each of the 3 this way.
Prepcheck any item that does not F/N until it F/Ns or proves not to be
the correct one in which event correct the list. If the list item does not
F/N on being found and indicated, you prepcheck it to F/N.
DIANETICS
HCOB of 24 July 69 covers the use of Dianetics in this regard.
SECOND AND THIRD FLOWS
The running of the 2nd and third flows is covered in VIII materials and
in any event is self-evident.
This rundown is what could be known as beating an illness to death.
Handling it medically and spiritually should bring home a winner every
time.
This full approach is recommended only when one has encountered a
resistive situation.
Very often a Dianetic Assist precedes all this.
Usually the Dianetic handling is done without the ruds or S & Ds.
But when you have somebody whose "lumbosis" has not surrendered to
Dianetics, you have this full approach to fall back on.
It's nice to have a full arsenal.
LRH:ldm.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 SEPTEMBER 1969
Remimeo
DAC
HDC Students
HDC Checksheet
STUDY SLOWNESS
If your course is not progressing rapidly for the class, it is highly
probable that the training rules and policies laid down in the Course
Supervisor's Course (HDG) are not being followed exactly.
If your own progress is too slow to suit you or if even on retrain you
do not feel you are making it, consult with your supervisor and
specifically ask him to make sure that all his Course Supervisor data is
being applied. Slowness could only happen if you are passing over words
without understanding them, or if you are letting other students or people
interpret data for you rather than taking exactly what it says on the
bulletins. Or it may be you do not have your own materials or you need a
Scientology Review and what they call a "Remedy A" or a "Remedy B" to clean
up the subject of study.
Dianetics and Scientology were entered into a world where the
technology of study itself was poor and had to be developed in order to
teach a precision subject. The study tech is vital and valid.
In one mass experiment the following, given for illustration here,
occurred.
A class of 15 on Dianetics, taught with all Course Supervisor policy
fully applied, the students not pre-selected for aptitude, 7 had attained
full HDG with all auditing well dones and very well dones in just under
three weeks.
The remainder were mixed with a part-time Dianetics class (31/2 hours
of study a day) of over a hundred people. In the following three months
only two had graduated. Most of the remainder were only on their first time
through at the end of three months.
A vigorous survey of this class was made and it was found that all the
things given as vital to be done regarding study were not being done and
all the things that were not supposed to be done were being done.
A qualified Course Supervisor and staff were placed in charge and the
large course began to graduate three a day almost at once.
From this you can see that there is a great deal of value in the Study
technology of Dianetics and Scientology.
Do not let your class or yourself get slowed by an out-policy course.
Good luck.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rs.ldm.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 OCTOBER 1969
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
TRIPLE FLOWS
A being has a minimum of 3 flows. By "flow" is meant a directional
thought, energy or action.
The three flows are:
Inward to oneself
Outward to another or others
Crossways, others to others.
There are many more flows possible as have been much more fully covered
in Scientology Class VI.
Examples:
Flow 1, to self, Drinking.
Flow 2, self to another or others, pc giving them drinks.
Flow 3, others to others, people giving other people drinks.
Flow 1, to self, being hit on the nose.
Flow 2, self to another, pc hitting somebody else on the nose.
Flow 3, others-others, other people hitting others on the nose.
Item Example using a proper Dn item, a pain in the arm.
Flow 1, to self, receiving a pain in the arm.
Flow 2, to another, pc giving another a pain in the arm.
Flow 3, others-others, other beings giving others a pain in the arm.
Notice that the direction of the flow does NOT change the item. Only
the direction changes.
SINGLE ITEMS
It will be found that a pc can run "single items" for quite a while.
By "single" is meant "to self" Flow 1.
This however eventually can result in a stuck flow. This is based on
the fact that a flow which runs too long in one direction can "stick". It
will not flow longer in that one direction. It now has to have a reverse
flow run.
Thus one can run a single flow item after item. But after many items
are run as single flows, a pc can get stuck and run poorly.
The answer is to run Flows No. 2 and No. 3 on the same items already
run in single flow.
One MUST begin with the first item and run each item on Flows No. 2 and
No. 3.
Example: One ran the following items on a pc single flow (to self, Flow
No. 1).
A sore jaw
Anger
A head pain
A dizzy feeling
The pc seems to be doing all right but it is time to run the triples.
So one runs
A sore jaw, Flow No. 2 R3R
A sore jaw, Flow No. 3 R3R
Anger, Flow No. 2 R3R
Anger, Flow No. 3 R3R
A head pain, Flow No. 2 R3R
A head pain, Flow No. 3 R3R
A dizzy feeling, Flow No. 2 R3R
A dizzy feeling, Flow No. 3 R3R
Now having begun triples, one of course runs all new items assessed in
triple form.
Item Flow No. 1 R3R
Item Flow No. 2 R3R
Item Flow No. 3 R3R
Each flow run is of course treated as a chain and is carried back to
its basic and erasure.
SICK PCS
Pcs who do not immediately get well on Single flows must of course be
run on the other 2 flows for each item already run.
Pcs who drop back to a sick state during auditing must be run on the
other two flows.
In actual practice where a pc does not get well promptly he is given
medical care as he was physically ill. Then he is given a Scientology
Review (Green Form to F/N and any session repair and GF No. 40 and handle
fully).
Then HCOB 24 July 69.
And then he is run on triples, putting in Flows No. 2 and No. 3 on all
items run so far. Added to this Review can be what is known as Life Ruds
and 3 S & Ds. THEN and only then is the pc put back on Dianetics and all
items are given Flows No. 2 and No. 3 and is run on triples thereafter.
The above paragraph applies to any sick pc. The sequence of the actions
in the above paragraph can be varied. One doesn't just put in triples on
the pc to "cure" him. Medical action and Scientology Review and the actions
to handle a sick pc must be done. The point for this HCOB is that the pc
MUST have all singles now done in triple and that all further items must
then be done as triples.
Since only one Command in R3R varies in triples (see Issue II of this
HCOB) ANY DIANETIC AUDITOR who has done a Starrated checkout on this HCOB
and Issue II of this date CAN DO DIANETIC TRIPLES.
Don't get complex about it such as assessing for a Flow No. 3 or
skipping around on a list or asking the pc's permission or for his interest
to do No. 2 and No. 3. It's almost impossible to go wrong doing Flows No. 2
and No. 3. There aren't any "special cases".
A Dianetic auditor SHOULD QUALIFY FOR HIS HDC doing SINGLES. There's
less chance of getting balled up. Or of pushing a wrong assessment.
Where the pc has been run on a narrative item or a multiple item, skip
it for triples.
NECESSITY OF TRIPLES
This is absolutely certain about triples: A PC MUST BE RUN ON DIANETIC
TRIPLES BEFORE HE CAN BE CALLED A DIANETIC COMPLETION.
When a pc has been called a Dianetic Completion on singles and has done
Scn triples and even OT grades HE SHOULD BE RUN ON DIANETIC TRIPLES and can
be at any time.
(See Issue II HCOB 5 Oct 69 for Dianetic Triple Commands.)
LRH-ldm.ei.d L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B is changed by BTB 1 December 1970R, Dianetics-Triple Flow
Action which says "Wherever Single Flow Dianetics is mentioned, the
statement is revised according to the following rule: 'DIANETICS IS RUN BY
TRIPLE FLOWS ONLY. DIANETIC SINGLES IS FORBIDDEN AND IF DONE WILL BE
CONSIDERED GROSS OUT TECH AND A TECH AND QUAL HIGH CRIME.' LRH"]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 OCTOBER 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
DIANETIC TRIPLES
The additional 2 flows are
Flow No. 2 Locate an Incident of your causing another (item).
Flow No. 3 Locate an Incident of others causing others (item).
Item can be preceded by "a" or "an".
When singles have been run already, take the earliest single item
always. Proceed in order of sequence run doing Flows No. 2 and No. 3 on
each. Don't skip any. Don't start later in list. Interest, etc, has nothing
to do with it. Just do it.
The remaining R-3-R Commands are used without variation.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rs.ei.rd
Copyright �1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The above HCO B was incorporated into HCO B 6 May 1970, same title, which
added the triple Dianetics "earlier" commands.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 OCTOBER 1969
Remimeo
Dianetic
Auditors
Dn Checksheet
TRIPLE ERRORS IN DIANETICS
In running triples after running single flow on several items, IT CAN
BE DIFFICULT IF THE TA IS HIGH AT SESSION START.
The correct thing to do when an auditor starts a session to run Flows 2
and 3 on a single item already run AND FINDS THE PC'S TA IS HIGH (3.5 up)
is to send the pc to Review to have his ruds put in.
The TA may not be high on the 2nd or 3rd flow about to be run at
session start but on some other chain.
The rule is simple:
WHEN STARTING A SESSION TO RUN FLOWS 2 OR 3 OF A SINGLE ITEM PREVIOUSLY
RUN IN AN EARLIER SESSION, SEND THE PC TO REVIEW FOR RUDIMENTS.
In actual practice one can sometimes muddle through and the TA will
come down and the needle F/N on the Flow 2 or 3 anyway. BUT THE AUDITOR
WILL HAVE TO BE VERY ALERT TO BLOWDOWNS, which indicate a basic has been
reached, not overrun it beyond F/N and generally run a flawless session.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldm.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The above HCO B is amended and replaced by HCO B 3 January 1970, Volume
VII, page 1, same title, which changes the fifth paragraph to read: "WHEN
STARTING A SESSION TO RUN FLOW 2 OR 3 OF A SINGLE ITEM PREVIOUSLY RUN IN AN
EARLIER SESSION, AND THE TA IS HIGH (3.5 UP) AT SESSION START, SEND THE PC
TO REVIEW FOR RUDIMENTS."]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 MAY 1969
Issue II
REVISED 12 OCTOBER 1969
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
FORCING A PC
Forcing a pc to go on being audited when the pc is refusing or not
wishing to go on upsets the pc and his case and will often result in low TA
(below 2) and will give the pc a heavy loss.
There is no excuse for it.
It invalidates the pc's cause.
The correct action is to either find out why he doesn't want to go on
or send the pc to a Scientology Review.
LRH:rs.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCOB is later edited and reissued for the HQS Course as HCOB 16
October 1971, Forcing a PC.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 12 OCTOBER 1969
Remimeo
All Dn Auditors
DIANETIC TRIPLES PLURAL ITEM
The item must be made plural on Flow 3 when one is running Triples,
i.e: "Pain in the head", as an item on Flow I and Flow 2, becomes "Pains in
their heads" on Flow 3.
STARTING WITH TRIPLES
One who is already fully qualified as an HDC or HDG who starts a new pc
can start with Triple Flow and run each item thereafter on Triples.
New items assessed on a pc already run on Triples should be run on
Triple Flow.
LRH:ldm.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B is changed by BTB 1 December 1970R, Dianetics-Triple Flow
Action, which gives the rule: "DIANETICS IS RUN BY TRIPLE FLOWS ONLY.
DIANETIC SINGLES IS FORBIDDEN AND IF DONE WILL BE CONSIDERED GROSS OUT TECH
AND A TECH AND QUAL HIGH CRIME." LRH]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 OCTOBER 1969
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class VIII Chksht
DRUGS,
ASPIRIN AND TRANQUILIZERS
I have just made a real breakthrough on the action of painkillers
(known as aspirin, tranquilizers, hypnotics, soporifics).
It has never been known in chemistry or medicine exactly how or why
these things worked. Such compositions are derived by accidental
discoveries that "such and so depresses pain".
The effects of existing compounds are not uniform in result and often
have very bad side effects.
As the reason they worked was unknown very little advance has been made
in biochemistry. If the reason they worked were known and accepted possibly
chemists could develop some actual ones which had minimal side effects.
We will leave the fact that this could be the medical biochemical
discovery of the century and let the Nobel prizes continue to go to the
inventors of nose-drops and new ways to kill and simply ourselves use it.
Biochemical tech is not up to the point at this time that it can utilize
it.
Pain or discomfort of a psychosomatic nature comes from Mental Image
Pictures. These are created by the thetan or living beings and impinge or
press against the body.
By actual clinical test, the actions of aspirin and other pain
depressants are to
A. INHIBIT THE ABILITY OF THE THETAN TO CREATE MENTAL IMAGE
PICTURES and also
B. TO IMPEDE THE ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY OF NERVE CHANNELS.
Both of these facts have a vital effect on processing.
If you process someone who has lately been on drugs, including aspirin,
you will not be able to run out the Dianetic engram chains properly because
they are not being fully created.
If you process someone immediately after taking aspirin for instance,
you probably will not be able to find or assess the somatics that need to
be run out to handle the condition. For the next day after taking the
aspirin or drug the mental image pictures may not be fully available.
In the case of chronic drug taking, the drugs must be wholly worn off
and out of the system and the engrams of drug taking must be run out in
their entirety, triple flow. If this is not done, auditing will be trying
to handle chains that aren't being fully created by the thetan.
In the case of auditing someone who has taken drugs-aspirin, etc-within
the last few hours or two or three days, the chains of engrams definitely
will be found not fully created and therefore not available.
This would all be fine except for three things:
1. Auditing under these conditions is very difficult. The TA may
be high and will not come down. One gets "erasures" at TA 4.0 with
an "F/N". Auditing errors become easy to make. The bank (chains) is
jammed.
2. The thetan is rendered STUPID, blank, forgetful, delusive,
irresponsible. A thetan gets into a "wooden" sort of state,
unfeeling, insensitive, unable and definitely not trustworthy, a
menace to his fellows actually.
3. When the drugs wear off or start to wear off the ability to
create starts to return and TURNS ON SOMATICS MUCH HARDER. One of
the answers a person has for this is MORE drugs. To say nothing of
heroin, there are, you know, aspirin addicts. The compulsion stems
from a desire to get rid of the somatics and unwanted sensations
again. There is also something of dramatization of the engrams
already gotten from earlier drug taking. The being gets more and
more wooden, requiring more and more quantity and more frequent
use.
Sexually it is common for someone on drugs to be very stimulated at
first. This is the "procreate before death" impulse as drugs are a poison.
But after the original sexual "kicks" the stimulation of sexual sensation
becomes harder and harder to achieve. The effort to achieve it becomes
obsessive while it itself is less and less satisfying.
The cycle of drug restimulation of pictures (or creation in general)
can be at first to increase creation and then eventually to inhibit it
totally.
If one were working on this biochemically the least harmful pain
depressant would be one that inhibited the creation of mental image
pictures with minimal resulting "woodenness" or stupidity and which was
body soluble so that it passed rapidly out of the nerves and system. There
are no such biochemical preparations at this time.
-------------
These tests and experiments tend to prove that the majority of pain and
discomfort does come from mental image pictures and that these are
immediately created.
Erasure of a mental image picture by Standard Dianetic processing
removes the compulsion to create it.
Drugs chemically inhibit the creation but inhibit as well the erasure.
When the drug has worn off the picture audited while it was in force can
return.
The E-Meter Tone Arm under drugs or on a drug case can go very high-TA
4.0 TA 5.0. It can also be dropped to "dead thetan" (a false clear read).
Auditing a person on drugs can obtain an "erasure" and "F/N" at TA 4.0.
But the erasure is only apparent and must be "rehabbed" (verified or
redone) when the person is off drugs.
Any habitual drug taker applying for auditing while still on drugs
should be given a six weeks "drying out" period, off drugs this whole time,
and then the drug taking (by somatic or sensation of drugs or prior
assessment to drugs-preferably both) must be run out as an early auditing
action.
A person who has taken aspirin or other drugs within the past 24 hours
or the past week, should be given a week to "dry out" before auditing of
any kind is given.
-------------
It is not fatal to audit over drugs. It is just difficult, the results
may not be lasting and need to be verified afterwards.
Chronic drug takers who have not had drugs specifically handled may go back
to drugs after auditing as they were too drugged during auditing to get rid
of what was bothering them and which drove them to drugs.
With the enemies of various countries using widespread drug addiction
as a defeatist mechanism, with painkillers so easily available and so
ineffective, drugs is a serious auditing problem.
It can be handled. But when aspirin, that innocent seeming painkiller,
can produce havoc in auditing if not detected, the subject needs care and
knowledge.
The above data will keep the auditor clear of the pitfalls of this
hazard.
To paraphrase an old quote, we used to have iron men and wooden ships.
We now have a drug society and wooden citizens.
I've been studying this for over a year and a half and have made the
breakthrough.
Drug companies would be advised to do better research.
And auditors are advised to ask any pc, "Have you been taking any drugs
or aspirin?"
The medical aspect is an understandable wish to handle pain. Doctors
should press for better drugs to do this that do not have such lamentable
side effects. The formula of least harmfulness is above.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: ldm.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
WELCOME TO THE SEA ORG LECTURES
Flagship Apollo
15-21 October 1969
** 6910C15 WSO-1 Welcome to the Sea Org: Quality of the Sea Org-What
Is a
Seaman
** 6910C16 WS0-2 Welcome to the Sea Org: Drills
** 6910C17 WS0-3 Welcome to the Sea Org: Why the Sea Org Is
Successful
** 6910C20 WS0-4 Welcome to the Sea Org: Third Dynamic Activity and
Making
Things Go Right
** 6910C21 WS0-5 Welcome to the Sea Org: It's a PR World
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 NOVEMBER 1969
(HCOB 4 Aug 69 Amended and Revised)
Issue V
Class VIII
DATE____________________________
PRECLEAR_______________________
LX 3 (ATTITUDES)
Used before LX 2
3 Way Recall
3 Way Engram
Treachery ___________
Disloyalty ___________
Helplessness ___________
Hostility ___________
Rudeness ___________
Cruelty ___________
Disobedience ___________
Rebelliousness ___________
Wastefulness ___________
Stinginess ___________
Cowardliness ___________
Dirtiness ___________
Ungodliness ___________
Wickedness ___________
Cunning ___________
Criticism ___________
Falsity ___________
Pretense ___________
Glee ___________
Laughter ___________
Mockery ___________
Embarrassment ___________
Feeling Hurt ___________
Oppressive ___________
Ridicule ___________
Good ___________
Persecution ___________
Betrayal ___________
Guilt ___________
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: ldm .rs.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 NOVEMBER 1969
Issue I
Remimeo
Class VIIIs
Dn Auditors
Dn Checksheet
Class VIII
Checksheet IMPORTANT AND URGENT
Interne
Checksheets
All Classes
CASE SUPERVISION AUDITING AND RESULTS
The whole "secret" of producing high case gain and total results with
Dianetic and Scientology auditing lies in the following:
DIANETIC RESULTS
When an auditor can produce exact auditing on Dianetics you know he can
audit.
Dianetics is a very simple, precise procedure. The major errors are
(a) misassessment (inability to use a meter usually but out TRs can
do it)
(b) taking narrative somatics and running them
(c) forcing a pc toward "earlier incident" when it required
"earlier beginning" making the pc jump chains
(d) fumbling commands
(e) out TRs.
An auditor's poor TRs and corny errors such as above will prevent
Dianetic results.
But the Standard Dianetic auditing is so simple THAT IT DEMONSTRATES
CLEANLY WHETHER THE PERSON CAN AUDIT OR NOT.
This is not true of Scientology auditing particularly VI, VII and VIII.
Here the procedure is more complex. The errors of the auditor are obscured
in the possibility of a wrong C/S or a complex pc. Thus whether the auditor
can audit or not, just as an auditor, is obscured.
Thus, with the auditor as a variable factor, the tech can look
variable.
Therefore you can lay down this rule as truth and it will be truth
until the end of time:
If a IV, V, VI, VII or VIII cannot produce invariably excellent results
his basic auditing is deficient but obscured by the complexity of material.
Therefore it is vital that an auditor be a proven result-getting
Standard Dianetic auditor before any result can be expected of him in
his/her Scientology auditing.
We have now had several dark mysteries cleared up on this subject with
many examples. For instance one auditor who had been thought a competent VI
and had
been "auditing" for years was found to be getting too many failed pcs; he
was trained up as a Standard Dianetic auditor and on his first sessions it
was found that he could not produce Standard Dianetic results; he was
vigorously groomed on his TRs which were wildly out and always had been and
made to do the very exact business-like procedure of Standard Dianetics. He
then got excellent Standard Dianetic results session after session on his
pc and could be designated as a very good Dianetic auditor. He was briefly
retreaded on his Scientology materials and at once could get terrific
results with upper level Scientology.
From this we can state without any fear of contradiction by your future
experience that:
An VIII who is not a proven Standard Dianetic auditor as well is not
dependable as an auditor no matter who trained him.
The practice of loosely certifying HDCs without total proof that they
get excellent uniform session results on Dianetic pcs can foul up the whole
field and jeopardize the entire auditing future of the student. To certify
an HDC who doesn't get provenly excellent Standard Dianetic results is an
act of treason against all that person's future pcs and all the rest of us.
If tech is "out" in an area it will be because some of the auditors,
whatever their class, are not capable of delivering simple Standard
Dianetic sessions, regardless of the level at which they are auditing. And
out tech will be compounded if the Case Supervisor is not also an excellent
HDC for he won't know the errors for which to look.
When you can really dig this and know it and get it in practice the
bulk of out tech and "failed pcs" in an area will vanish.
I know it is sometimes hard to achieve a simplicity as simple as
Standard Dianetics but when it is done, tech worries from there on up are
over.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rs.ei.rd
Copyright �1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 NOVEMBER 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
Class VIIIs
Case Supervisors
Dianetics
Checksheet IMPORTANT
Class VIII
Checksheet
Interne Chshts
CASE SUPERVISION, HOW IT GOES NON-STANDARD
Probably the No. 1 lesson that has to be learned by a Case Supervisor
without any wiggles or doubts or derails is that he can be (and must not
be) driven off standard tech by false auditing reports.
At least half the failed sessions he gets are false reports!
The auditor has not noted some of the things he did or he has noted
things that did not happen.
The person who falsifies an auditing report usually is the same person
who gets bad results. Naturally.
The report is usually not knowingly false. It does not include the data
as to why the session failed.
This leaves the Case Supervisor with an impression that standard tech
was done but that it failed. That sends him into a figure-figure and
proposing unusual solutions. This gets him into reviewing reviews, long
hours of C/Sing, backlogs and an area muddied up by "failed cases".
A Case Supervisor has to know his Standard Tech forwards and backwards.
In a correct auditing report of a failed session the answer as to why
it failed is neon light big and glaring. So the Case Supervisor corrects it
and corrects the auditor.
But that is only true of about half the failed sessions the Case
Supervisor gets. THE OTHER HALF OF THE FAILED SESSIONS ARE FALSE REPORTS.
Instead of going the route and first getting inventive and then damning
tech and taking up Yoga, the Case Supervisor MUST realize:
1. That if he himself doesn't know his Dianetics and Scientology
cold, he will certainly never be able to spot errors in its
application.
2. That standard tech-Dianetics and Scientology-are invariable in
results and that the only variables are the Case Supervisor and the
auditor.
3. That there are no "different" pcs.
4. That 50% of the failed sessions are also false reports if you
can't find in the folder why the session failed.
5. That if you can't find in the folder why the session failed or
the pc isn't doing well you get the pc asked about the session and
get data as to why it failed. (The answers and outnesses will amaze
you.)
6. That when the above fully dawn on a Case Supervisor he
becomes totally successful.
There is a sort of breakthrough a Case Supervisor makes, a sort of
crisis he passes through where the above points suddenly become glaringly
clear to him. After that he is a hard-eyed, uncompromising precisionist
that nothing gets by and whose field area gets results-results-results and
tech and stats soar.
It doesn't take too much. Given a command of the tech, Dianetics and
Scientology, he can spot easily in the worksheets why a failed session went
adrift, send it to review to be remedied and send the auditor to cramming.
But the session where the pc left session with "F/N VGIs 2.0" and
arrives at Examiner with "needle tight, 4.3, Indicators poor" and in which
all seems usual and standard... ! Hey! That's a false auditing report. It
doesn't mean standard tech doesn't work! It means a false worksheet. You
haven't got the data needed to handle or do the next C/S.
So you have somebody else ask the pc what happened in that session and
get ;t written down and get the folder back.
Man, it would knock over an elephant. Some of the things you get back!
"Well he was reading off items I guess but I couldn't hear him...." "I
asked him not to shout and he said 'I'm the auditor not you'." "I kept
trying to tell him I was exterior...." "He wouldn't accept the withhold. He
said it wasn't a withhold because he'd heard it from my wife...." "I had to
keep telling him what the next command was...." "But it wasn't a headache
that I was trying to get handled. I was vomiting during most of the
session...."
Boy, the world of Never-Never-Never that lies behind those reports
where you can't find the reason!
Suddenly, as I say, the Case Supervisor makes his own personal
breakthrough. His "I wonder what's really wrong with this pc...." turns
into, "Auditor to cramming to Review R3R commands and TR 104. Pc to Review
to Fly a rud or GF to F/N. Assess Auditor, Auditors, Commands...."
Oh, you say, we don't have an Examiner in our Franchise-listen, you
better teach your receptionist to do an Examiner form-Yes, but we don't
have a Case Supervisor or cramming-brother, are you so in love with the
buck that you'll salt out your whole area with failed cases just to get
high pay on low stats? Auditing is a TEAM action. If you can't do it as a
team action it's not Standard admin to begin with and sure as shooting your
practice or your franchise will fail in the long run.
Maybe that's the first breakthrough the Case Supervisor makes. To
realize auditing actions are team actions.
But not to get off the rails, IF YOU CAN'T FIND THE FAILURE IN THE
FOLDER GET THE PC ASKED, FOR YOU'RE LOOKING AT A FALSE IF ONLY INCOMPLETE
WORKSHEET.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rs.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 NOVEMBER 1969R
Issue III
REVISED 26 JUNE 1973
Remimeo (Revisions in this type style)
Class VIII
Class VIII
Checksheet
Course Supervisors
Registrars
Dianetic Checksheet
Dianetic Auditors
STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE
In working with a student, a Supervisor found that engrams and
secondaries gather around the subject of study and developed some material
on it which I tested and redeveloped.
He said:
"The subject of study has been abound with 'authorities' and boobytraps
forever and a day, but until Ron researched this field of human endeavour
and published his findings on tapes, HCOBs and Policy Letters, nobody has
EVER made any progress toward the resolution of study itself as a problem.
"In this very day and age we find physical punishments of students the
rule rather than the exception, and even the use of instruments like canes,
sticks, shoes and such like articles in order to 'teach' a student (create
'ARC') is accepted as normal practice.
"The phenomena of secondaries and engrams resulting thereof, which
inhibit study are not known about or completely ignored, and often handled
by a further duress.
"And many a once bright keen young student throws in his study in
despair and goes to the nearest oculist for even stronger lenses in his
glasses to help his ruined eyesight.
"THE SUBJECT, THE VERY IDEA OF STUDY ITSELF HAS BECOME
TRAUMATIC, IT IS AN AREA OF LOSSES AND PHYSICAL PAINS."
The Class VIII C/S can be audited by a Class III.
1. Fly a rud to F/N.
2. Do a Remedy A on Dianetics or Scientology. (Omit if student had
one.)
3. Do a Remedy B. (Omit if student had one.)
4. Assess: Be Trained, Be Educated, Study, Learn.
5. Prepcheck.
6. Take the item found in 4 and fit into:
7. 3 Way Recall
SF-1 Recall being forced to (item of 4).
SF-2 Recall forcing another/others to (item of 4).
SF-3 Recall another forcing another/others to (item of 4).
8. 3 Way Secondaries
SS-1 Locate an incident containing misemotion in which you were
forced to (item of 4).
SS-2 Locate an incident containing misemotion in which you
forced another/others to (item of 4).
SS-3 Locate an incident containing misemotion in which another
forced another/others to (item of 4).
3 Way Engram
SE-1 Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness in
which you were forced to (item of 4).
SE-2 Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness in
which you forced another or others to (item of 4).
SE-3 Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness in
which another forced another or others to (item of 4).
9. If the student still has trouble or feels it isn't complete,
list for the somatic, misemotion or attitude connected with
becoming informed or being taught and run R-3-R.
End of the Scn Study Intensive
-------------
DIANETIC STUDY INTENSIVE
This Dianetic Study Intensive is done simply by doing steps 7 and 8 of
the Scn C/S by a Standard Dianetic Auditor.
In this case 9 is almost certainly done.
This completes the Dn Study Intensive.
-------------
PROMOTING STUDY INTENSIVES
Any org or course has on it some slow students or students who easily
dope off while attempting to study, or students who become upset by study
or try to blow.
A Registrar should periodically obtain a list of these and see that
they are sold a Study Intensive.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldm .nt.rd
Copyright � 1969, 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The section above titled "Dianetic Study Intensive" is modified by BTB 9
August 1970R, Revised 10 June 1974, Dianetic Student Rescue Intensive.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 DECEMBER 1969
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class VIIIs
Class VIII Cksht
RISING TA
In running R3R when the pc's TA is rising after 2 runs through, the
indication is that there is an earlier incident (or in rare cases, an
earlier beginning).
One does not need to ask Erasing-solid? when he sees the TA rise as
obviously it (the incident) is going more solid. It is correct, the auditor
seeing the TA rise, simply to ask for an earlier incident and if "No" then
an Earlier beginning.
The exception is the low TA (below 2.0). If the TA is let us say at 1.6
and rises to 1.8 during or after the second run through, the incident may
well be erasing as a below 2.0 is abnormal. It will come above 2.0 only
when the chain is erased. So one DOES ask for Erasing-solid? and carries on
as usual with R3R when the TA is below 2 but rises.
L. RON
HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rs.ei.rd
Copyright � 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SUBJECT INDEX
1965 -1969
anxiety, state of, explained, 18
A APA, American Personality Analysis;
see OCA/APA
application, apply
abbreviations and symbols of Dianetics and Scien- "can't-
apply", condition of, results of and hand-
tology, 79 ling, 90
aberration(s), aberrated, defn, "a crooked line"; case
supervision is done against thoroughness and
from Latin aberratio, a wandering from, and
exactness of technical application, 424
errare, to wander or to err, 197 checkouts must
consult ability to apply, 205
considered in a passive and active way, 197 gap between
mere knowledge and application of
evidences of an aberrated area, 196 that
knowledge, 89
man is basically good, only his ~ are bad, 346 if you
can't get the technology applied then you
pc need but become aware of actual cause of an
can't deliver what's promised, 4
aberration to have it vanish, 58 ARC, defn., understanding
and time, 261
pc never has done anything in this life that aber- ARC break(s),
16, 433; see also rudiments
rated him, 199 ARC always must precede an ARC break, 261
source of, 160, 340 blows, ~ don't cause blows; M/W/Hs
do, 22
ability, accent on; see NSOL bottom of ARC breaks is a missed
withhold, 22
Ability Release, Grade IV Release, 98 commands for ~, PTP and
M/W/H, 259
acceptance level; see NSOL finding and indicating clears the
ARC break; if it
accident prone, when audited, usually loses this un-
doesn't clear on what you find, then you
wanted characteristic, 348 haven't found it, 16
acknowledgement, premature, leads to inadvertent
generalitycausing ARC break,handling of, 17
withholds, 26 handling ARC breaks with Routine 3H,
239
acknowledgements, premature, or late-or-never acks handling,
primary error, handling as an ARC break
result in same thing, pc running on and on and
when pc really has a M/W/H, 22
on, 138 Level VI ARC breaks, 18
admin personnel, takes about 2 ~ to keep a tech per- M/W/Hs
and ~, how to distinguish between, 22
sonnel going, 402 never audit an ARC broken pc
for a minute, locate
affinity = space and willingness to occupy the same
and indicate the BPC at once, 91
space of, 261 OCA/APA, only an ARC break can lower
one, 16
agreement, reality = mass or agreement, 261 occurs on a
generality or a not there, 16
alcohol; see drugs pc who seems to have a lot of ~ is a
"withholdy
ally, defn, person from whom one had sympathy and pc", not an
"ARC breaky pc", 22
was dependent upon, 343 pc will go into a sad
effect if you don't find ~ but
alter-is, defn., covert avoidance of an order, 193 instead
continue the process, 16
and degraded beings, 193 PTP or withhold, don't mistake
for an ~, 77
basis of alter-is, 193, 291 when pc doesn't change despite
skillful ~ hand
degraded beings, why they alter-is orders or don't
ling, locating and indicating, it was a withhold
comply, 193 in the first place, 22
of orders and tech is worse than non-compliance, when
something becomes unlocatable it can cause
193 an ARC break, 18
poor results and alter-is come from can't-apply, 90 ARC
break needle, 73, 145, 265, defn., floating
American Personality Analysis; see OCA/APA needle with
TA above 3.0 or below 2.0, 373
analytical mind, when it becomes aware of a point in bad
indicators always accompany, 275
the reactive mind, makes it vanish, 57 can occur
with TA between 2 and 3, 275
antibiotics often do not function unless illness or
description of ARC break needle, 176
injuryisalsoaudited,371,422 ARC Break Processes (old R4-H
renamed R-3-H),
antisocial act done and then withheld sets pc up to
Grade III Release, 95; see also Routine 3H
become "an ARC breaky pc", 22 ARC Release [1965], 96
antisocial behavior, basic reason for, 179 ARC Straight Wire can
crack neurotic cases, 175, 261
antisocial personality, 177; see also social personality; ARC
Straight Wire, commands for, 261
suppressive person;ISE art, defn., a word which
summarizes the quality of
attributes of, 177 ,178 ,179 ,181 communication, 83 ;
see also Art Series [IX487 ]
social vs. antisocial personality, 183 decline of art
forms, 85
test that declares only ~ without also being able to
fundamentals of art, 83
identify social personality would be itself a
perfectionvs. communication, 84
suppressive test, 180 why much originality can be a
liability, 83
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
artist, rehabilitating, 85, 219 audit(ed)(ing) (cont.)
as-is, person out of valence does not easily as-is his
environment influences pc's ability to confront,
bank, 426 359
as-is, users of drugs cannot as-is, do not get TA, nor
fundamental auditing, 325
do they have cognitions, 245 gives gains by
deletion, 416
aspirin, actions of ~ and other pain depressants, 443 gross
auditing errors (GAEs), five, 93, 361
aspirin, pc taking ~, handling of, 444 guiding style, 151
aspirin, that innocent seeming painkiller, can produce ill, pc
gets ill after auditing but sessions look alright,
havoc in auditing if not detected, 445 how to
handle, 430
assess(ing), assessment, 266, 388 ill pcs require light
auditing, 249
defn, locating on a prepared list, one item; listing
ill, sometimes patient is too ill to be fully ~, 422
and nulling means the pc lists, 266 incidents, if
you don't run the incidents given by
defn., pick out the thing that will run, 388 pc he
doesn't get well, 346
actions of, do not apply to listing and nulling, 266
muzzled, defn., using only TR 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4 by
auditor looks at meter while doing an ~, 388 the
text, 59
Dianetic assessment; see Dianetic assessment no-auditing,
examples of, 323
done by auditor between pc's bankand meter, 388 one
doesn't audit carefully, one audits with a
interest and ~, 357 relaxed competence that
follows the rules, 149
is not auditing unless one is Auditing by List, 76 only
auditing keys out bank, 107
listing and ~, weakest applied point in our tech, 212
overrunning auditing actions, 241
listing and nulling vs. ~, 266; see also listing and pc
must never be audited while ARC broken, 76
nulling pc will worsen after if connected to an
SP, 76
list, two ways to use, 210 post operative auditing, 422
LX1, 267 primary and secondary auditing styles,
150
never assess medical terms or symptoms, 352 purpose of
auditing is healthy sane people, 403
prepared lists; see prepared lists reduces time of
healing, 312
prior assessment, one has to assess what was wrong report,
defn., report of session given, written dur
before or prior to cure, 377 ing session,
on the session, 112
service facsimiles, 189 in correct ~ of failed
session, answer as to why
tone arm and assessment, 388 it failed is
neon light big and glaring, 449
why assessment is done, 357 results, how to get, 69, 402,
412
Why, ~ to find the Why for failed auditors and rules:
get the pc through it; what turns it on will
bogged cases, 92 turn it off; the way out is
the way through, 43
assist(s), 150 rules of auditing, eight big, 76
Auditor's Report, Crime to give assist without speed,
417
making, 364 states of being attained by ~, 61
begun by "This is the assist" and ended by "That's team
activity, 145, 402, 403, 412, 450
it", 150 Vitamin E assists auditing, 123
has a very finite purpose, 150 Auditing Assist, 318
types: Auditing, Contact, Dianetic, Touch, de- Auditing by
Lists, 41, 64, 76
scribed, 318 auditor(s)('s),
audit(ed)(ing), assignment policies, 420
aspirin can produce havoc in auditing, 445 auditing
alone will have case failures, 402
Awareness Scale and auditing, 33 bad auditor vs. dangerous
auditor, 149
basic auditing, 69 checkouts are required before
application, 156
body, attention must come off, before anything
classifications [1965], 34
helpful usually occurs by way of auditing, 312
comm cycle, roughness of auditor's comm cycle
case failure, only alter-is of routine auditing can
can prevent not only a release from occurring
cause, 27 but can prevent rehabilitation, 66,
76
case set-up for auditing, 283 confidence, auditor who
inspires, 359
comm cycle, additives on ~ not permitted, 59 control, cure
for auditor who can't control pc, 140
comm cycle, effect of fractured comm cycle on C/Ses or
~ who begin to goof, how to handle by
Ethics type case, 49 two-way comm or earlier
purpose, 306
comm cycle, to perfect muzzled auditing comm C/S uses
Summary Sheet to get ~ attitude, 268
cycle use Mutter TR, 104 cycle of decline of an
auditor and student, 273
Dianeticauditing;seeDianeticauditing Dianetic auditing
is fundamental background of
don't force auditing into physical healing, 313
auditor, 325
drugs and auditing; see drugs Dianetic auditor; see
Dianetic auditor
end product of all auditing is a floating needle dirty
needle is always caused by auditor chops,
[1965], 63, 68; see also end phenomena flubs,
etc., 148
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
auditor(s)('s) (cont.) Azimuth meter, 388
does not invalidate, criticize or evaluate for pc, 321
Ethics, auditor to, 50
flunks a C/S instruction and can't get it going,
B
remedy for, 282
forcing pc, why auditor mustn't, 369, 442 bad indicators; see
indicators, bad
may only take advice on cases from C/S, 49 bank; see reactive
mind
must know Dianetics to understand mind and basic auditing; see
auditing, basic
aberration, 160 basic basic, defn, most basic basic of
all basics and
negative criticism undermines auditors, 409 results
in clearing, 343
new auditors, 413, 420 basic of chain, defn., first experience
recorded in
pc plus ~ is greater than the bank, ~ plusbank is
mental image pictures of that type of pain,
greater than the pc, pc minus ~ is less than the
sensation, 343
bank, 359 chain is held in place by basic for that
chain, 400
pc's reality, what auditor believes has little to do
engram contains pain and unconsciousness; its
with, 345 basic would be a physical duress not
a symptom
pictures, auditor always has more control over pc's
resulting from that duress, 352
mentalimage picturesthanpc does, 342 somatic
chains go quickly to basic and are the
real auditor is when his pcs don't overtalk or
important chains, 394
undertalk but answer auditing question and B complex, Bl
and C,use of,422
happily now and then originate, 139 BD; see blowdown
results, auditorisn't getting results means either he
beginning of incident, erasure depends in some
or pc is doing something else, 91 measure
on pc getting to, 376
results, auditors are not gauged by results, but by
beginning rudiments; see rudiments, beginning
flawless application of standard tech, 273 behavior,
underlying facts in odd human ~, 292
Review auditors, 126, 399 being, states of, attained by
processing, 20, 61
speed, 417, 420 birth, auditing of, 379
staff auditor advices,49 birth, do not run prenatal or birth
engrams unless
tools, auditor has to know his tools very well to be
they come up naturally, 163
able to observe pc, 90 black field, defn., some part
of mental image picture
TRs, auditor who can't do his TRs can't audit, 138
where pc is looking at blackness, 342
TRs, auditor who chops up pc with bad TRs may black,
probable cause of "all black" on Green Form,
see TA go below 2, 419 258
unusual solutions, 49 blowdown,
who reports "it didn't work", handling of, 7, 28 defn,
when auditor has to move TA from right to
who won't hear what pc is saying, 22 left to keep
needle on dial and movement is .1
Auditor's Code [1968], 269 divisions or more then a BD is
occurring, 69
dirty needle, breaking Auditor's Code causes, 375 defn.,
tone arm motion to the left made to keep
pc, challenged by an "auditor" who is breaking ~,
needle on dial, 357
gets solid reaction in reactive bank, reason why,
auditor must not speak or move during ~, 69
291 floating needle cannot be observed during
~, 69
Auditor's Report, 246, 363 is a period of charge blowing off
bank, relief and
Crime to copy it, 247, 364 cognition to a pc while
it is occurring and for a
Crime to give any session or assist without making
moment after it stops, 69
an ~, 247, 364 blowing engrams by inspection, 400, 407
authorities, field containing the most ~ contains least blows, cause
of, 22
codified knowledge, 83 body, defn., a carbon-oxygen
engine running at a
automatic bank, defn., when a pc gets picture after
temperature of 98.6 degrees F, 124
picture after picture all out of control, 343
big PTP a thetan has is his body, 339
cause of, how to handle, 343 Dianetics addresses ~,
Scientology addresses the
awareness, thetan, 338, 339, 351
assessing the awareness levels on pc, 190 effect of
Vitamin E on body, 124
E-Meter measures awareness depth of pc, 358 mind or
spirit can predispose illness or injury, 312
healing, restoration of awareness is often necessary
must be handled to some degree before anything
before healing can occur, 318 helpful
occurs by way of auditing, 312
item which does not read on meter when assessed pc
assigns ~ to his case or case to his ~, 312
is beyond pc's level of awareness, 357 sick body is
a PTP and inhibits attaining spiritual
level of ~-that of which a being is aware, 33
freedom by Scientology, 347
Scientology addresses improved ~, 329, 378 while a
thetan can produce illness, it is the body
Axioms; see entry in full index; PXL that is ill, 312,
338
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
Book of Case Remedies used by person himself to case(s), types of
cases (cont.)
spot by-passed charge, 13 dub-in case has a
wholly one-sided flow and is
BPC; see by-passed charge trying to run the other
side, 279
bridge, the, 34 Ethics type case, effect of fractured
comm
Buddhism, Scientology's relation to, 195 cycle on, 49
by-passed charge, never audit ARC broken pc for a "failed
cases" are medically ill or injured cases,
minute even but locate and indicate ~ at once,
313
91 fast, slow and no-gain case, 103
by-passing, how to handle compulsive ~,126 heavily
charged case, symptoms of, 281, 426
low TA cases, 121
neurotic, ARC Straight Wire
can crack, 261
C OT cases on
Dianetics, 395
out of valence case, 426
cans, E-Meter cans, best type, 67 "roller-coaster" case,
109
cans, never let pc off, while clearing commands, 284
special cases, 430
can squeeze; see EMD (EM Drill 5) that can't get into or
run past lives, 424
case(s); see also preclear unusual cases, do the usual,
73
all react to same actions, they differ in amount of
which runs shallow and F/Ns easily, 424
"charge", 281 7 resistive cases, 310
does not advance, six reasons why, 91; see also
Green Form, No. 40 GF is "7 resistive
resistive, 7 resistive cases
cases", 410
don't "solve" by altering data, 387 worsening is caused
only by a PTS situation, 114
failure, only alter-is of routine auditing can cause,
worse off the case, lighter you handle it, 281
27 case supervising, case supervision, C/S, case
supervise;
gain and no case gain, see also Case Supervisor
any level is capable of giving a stable case gain,
against standardness of application, not against
310 results, 424
auditing gives gains by deletion,416 auditor
flunks a C/S instruction and can't get it
cases progress in exact ratio to amount of
going, remedy for, 282
charge gotten off, 424 basic rationale behind
C/Sing, 425
continuing overts hidden from view are cause of
Dianetics, 336, 366, 409, 411, 428
no case gain, 91,102 gross case supervision
errors, 254
criminals get no case gain, 102 how it goes non-
standard, 449
fast, slow and no-gain case, 103 points on, 248
pc audited a bit below or at his level of aware-
use Summary Sheet to get auditor's attitude, 268
ness gets case gain, 33 Case Supervisor; see also
case supervising
pc not getting gains, causes of, 91, 315, 324,
auditors may only take advice on cases from ClS,
429, 435 49
pc who makes no case gains is suppressive, 75,
biggest error for C/S is not to read through the pc
76,103; see also resistive, 7 resistive cases
folder, 254
running engrams produces most case gain, 278
correcting auditor, should do it positively and
no one grade solves the whole case; that's why
refer to HCO B; negative criticism undermines
there are grades, 252 auditors, 409
remedies, 282 Dianetics C/S, four possible actions to
take, 409
set-up for auditing, 283 false auditing reports, C/S's
response to, 50, 450
standard tech alone resolves all cases, 242 folder
handling, 49, 254, 268
state of case and ability to follow a command line High
Crime for a C/S not to write in a pc's folder
are co-ordinated, 126 what the case supervised
instructions are, 245
tests give idea of how charged up ~ may be, 281 limited
by what his auditors can do, 282
there are no different cases, 386 lives in an Ivory Tower,
145
types of cases, must watch ethnics (customs) oddities and
chang
bad off case does not register on E-Meter, why,
ing fashions, 253
405 only variable a ~ has is how charged up
is a case, 281
continuous overt case commits antisocial acts pc
gets into Ethics trouble, C/S should have folder
daily during auditing, 23 reviewed, 251
delusory or dub-in cases also sometimes trace to
plays adept Scientology Reviews against Dianetic
chemical "releases", 258 auditing, 410
Dianetic "oddity" case, 410 request for Review, 74
difficult case, 395 standard tech and C/S, 449
drug cases, characteristics of, 377 who begin to
goof, how to handle, 306
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
CCHs, 40, 118, 257 Clay Table Healing goof, 29
are processes, not drills, 40 clay table training, 205
CCH 1, 2, 3 and 4, commands and how to run, Clear, 61, 86,141
118-20 checks and re-Clear checks, 203, 204
CDEI Scale Expanded, 200 Fifth Stage Release, 87
chain(s), defn., series of recordings of similar experi- Grade
Vll-Clear, 95, 142
ences, 343 has no vicious reactive mind and operates
at total
are held together mainly by somatics, 352, 394
mental capacity, 19
basic of; see basic of chain keyed-out Clear, 19, 20,
51
engrams which go solid when you try to run them
Operating Thetan vs. Clear, 5 1, 56, 86
are too late on chain, 227 postulates of Clear read
as a surge, 220
floating needle on chain can be called end of that Release-
Clear-OT, 86,141
chain, but not of Dianetics on case, 349 road to
Clear, 19
grinding occurs because incident is too late on ~, R6 bank,
62
360 Clearing Course, do not run Power on anyone who
it takes more than one chain of engrams to build
has run CC materials, 203
up an ill area, 337, 416 coaching, rules of, 122, 233,
234
narrative chain; see narrative cognition(s), 373, defn., pc
origination indicating he
somatic ~ go quickly to basic and are important
has "come to realize"; it's a "What do you
~, 394 know. I ____" statement, 373
somatics, run one chain at a time, 343 blowdown is a
period of relief and ~ to pc while
when cognitions occur with very good indicators it
is occurring and for a moment after it stops,
chain is almost always gone, 373 69
charge(ed), don't prevent by cutting when F/N appears, 275,
all cases react to same actions, they differ in
362
amount of "charge", 281 F/N occurs most often
after a big ~,145,147
blowdown is a period of ~ blowing off bank, 69 is
rather quick, not an hour's maundering, 162
cases progress in exact ratio to amount of charge usually
occur immediately after an erasure, 373
gotten off, 424 cold (common), cause of and handling, 18
reality is proportional to amount of ~ off, 227, collective
thought agreement, result of, 6
281 command(s),
study blows charge, 281 clearing commands, 110, 265,
284, 305
symptom of heavily charged case is F/Ning too
never let pc off cans while clearing ~, 284
quickly to be processed well, 426 failing to
give the next command, 413
tests give an idea of how ~ up case may be, 281 new
auditor does not realize how serious it is to
checkouts; see also training flub a command, 413
check for application in checkouts, 205 rudiments,
important to clear the commands,
star-rated ~ required before application, 156
265
"star-rated" means 1 00~o letter perfect in knowing,
use of symbols to keep track of given, 238
understanding, demonstrating and being able to command
line, case state and ability to follow a com repeat back material
with no comm lag, 157 mand line are co-ordinated, 126
child, children, communication, defn., energy or recognition, 261;
application of Scientology to children, 30 see also
New Slant on Life
how to live with; see NSOL art and communication; see art
much time is used to flatten things on ~, 32 cycle
additives, 59
processes for, 30, 31 cycle, auditor's; see auditor's comm
cycle
church, Scientology is a religious practice in that the line,
worse off case, the less person can follow a
~ of Scientology conducts basic services such as
comm line, 126
sermons at ~ meetings, christenings, weddings
processes-Grade 0 Release, 95, 96, 98
and funerals, 195 two-way; see entry in full
index;PXL
Classification Gradation and Awareness Chart [1965], compliance,
degraded beings refuse to comply with
33 out mentioning it, 193
Class IV and V, 308 computation, service facsimile is a ~ generated
by the
Class Vl, Saint Hill HGC staff auditor is not the same
being not the bank, 173
as a Class Vl Saint Hiller, 34 "conditioning", Pavlov's
school of, 391
Class VIII, conditions, ethics; see ISE
Case Supervisor, the basic processes, 278 conditions of
existence; see NSOL; PXL
Course principles, 276 confidential materials, reason for, 105
purpose of, 242, 273 conflicts are usually remedial by
conference unless a
six zones of action in, 252 third party is promoting
conflict, 290
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
confront; see also NSOL data; see also knowledge
auditing environment influences pc's ability to ~, don't
"solve" cases by altering data, 387
359 person does not have more Scientology
data just
Dianetic item that reads guarantees pc will be able
because he is a Release, 39
to confront and erase chain, 357 security of, 105
confusion and glee, 257 teaching of basic ~ restimulates
confusion, 276, 365
confusions, teaching of basic data restimulates con- date and
duration of incident found permits an inci
fusions, 276, 365 dent to be run with
visio, 158, 386
consciousness, on death of; see NSOL dating, don't use "more"-
"less", use "greater than"consequences and prediction, related to
overts, 404, "lesser than", 191
405 dating, E-Meter dating on rehab, 66
considerationandis-ness;seePXL dating, it is possible to get F/N
and VGls while
constructive ideas are individual and seldom get broad
simply spotting or dating an engram, 407
agreement in a human group, 6 declare errors, 67, 75
Contact Assist, described, 318 definition, cycle of mis-definition,
153
continuous overt; see overt, continuous Definition Processes, 150, 151
control, cure for auditor who can't control pc, 140 degraded
bejngs~ data on, 193,194
course can be wrecked by lack of study materials, depression/
suppression and oppression are basic
406 causes of depression, 2
Course Supervisor outnesses make slow courses, 437 Description
Processing; see PXL
Course Supervisor's duty, 272 destructive actions are approved by
antisocial person,
Course Supervisor's use of Remedy A and B, 150 179
crime and criminal acts are perpetuated by antisocial Dianazene,
for radiation prevention, what it is, 123
personalities, 177, 178 Dianetic(s), 262
Crime, High; see High Crime assessment, 357, 388, 389, defn.,
choose, from a
crime, why it increases, 404 list or statements, which
item or thing has
criminal(s), the longest read or pc's
interest, 343
codes and violent punishment are not needed to by
longest read, list of symbols, 357
regulate social personalities, 182 Dianetic
misassessment, how to tell, 429
creation of, 404 prior assessment, 377
get no case gain, 102 auditing, 421; see also R3R
having no awareness of good andevil, 405 ability
to do, is fundamental background of
most ~ are unable to predict and thus have no fear
Scientology auditor, 159, 325
of any consequences, 405 C/S plays adept
Scientology Reviews against ~,
critical, only reasons a pc is critical are a withhold or
410
misunderstood word, 91 is so simple that
it demonstrates cleanly
critical, pc with withholds will be critical, natter or
whether person can audit or not, 447
blow and is out of comm, 76 original version,
done on a gradient, 162
criticism, C/S negative ~ undermines auditors, 409
procedure [1966] ,161
criticize, auditor does not invalidate, criticize or eval-
run somatics, not medical terms, 389
uate for pc, 321 run what is offered, don't
force pc, 341
C/S; see case supervising; Case Supervisor run what
reads not what auditor thinks, 358
cultural lag, 374 tone arm position and ~, 373
cure, never run Scientology grade to make pc well or
auditor(s),
cure something, 350 ability to get results is
a basic for, 448
cure, prior assessing is done to determine what pc was
are not expected to do Scientology actions, 336
suffering from before he used a harmful "cure",
don't wait on pc to act or move in time, pic
377 tures do what auditor says,
342
cycle of action, antisocial personality cannot finish,
instructions, 158
178 is not concerned with
"rehabilitation" of over cyclical and non-cyclical process ending, 101
run, 373
cyclic process, defn., repetitive process which does
locks, auditor keys out locks; what happens to
cause pc to cycle on time track, 101 pc, 372
must know Dianetics to
understand mind and
aberration, 160
D requirements, 366
skills reach up to and include
a well, happy
Danger Conditions-technical data for Review audi- human
being, 326
tors, 126 value of being Dianetic auditor
before Scien"dangerous auditor' .149 tology
auditor, 447, 448
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
Dianetic(s) (cont.) Dianetic(s) (cont.)
body pain, sensation, somatic, illness, disability,
preclear is one who is being processed toward
subject to use is Dianetics, 351 objective of
a well and happy human being,
case failures, causes of, 337, 386, 387 326
case supervision, 336, 366, 411 F/Ns on a lock, ask
for an earlier incident, 373
C/S 1 and 2 [1969], 368, 409 is supposed
to erase a picture, not only somatic,
C/S 3 [1969], 409 376
Case Supervisor, four possible actions to take,
not changing or improving, how to handle, 430
409 often is unable to confront actual
engram at
chain; see chain once, 341
Course, [1966] 158, [1969] 327, 365 repair, 429;
see also L3RD [in full index]
definitions, 340 telling there are several incidents,
take earliest,
development of, 393 401
drugs, pc on drugs lately, why Dianetics can't be
who does not resolve on Standard Dianetics
run properly, 443; see also drugs alone,
how to handle, 395
early Dianetic problems now solved, 386 results, 351
end phenomena: erasure, F/N, cognition, 373
accomplishes an eradication of unwanted con Engram Release, 175
dition, 329, 348, 378
Engrams Triple, 297 are a well body and a being
happy with it, 325,
erasure; see erasure 351
errors, 355, 366, 414, 447 changes and improves the
rate of healing, 320,
High Crimes, 396 348, 423
nine things that go wrong, 428 Dianetics
raises IQ as a side product to usual
session outnesses, examples, how to handle,
auditing, 348,420
366; see also L3RD [in full index]
medicine made effective by Dianetics, 372, 423
worst crime is overwhelming pc by telling him
"mentally retarded" children have been made
what's wrong, not letting him tell you,
more normal by Dianetics, 348
379 operations and delivery,
aftereffects of, handled
floating needle on a chain can be called end of that
by Dianetic auditing, 320
chain, but not of Dianetics on case, 349 roller-
coaster after ~ auditing, handling, 410
Grade, when Dianetics Grade was missed, people
rudiments, out, in Dianetics, 429
F/Ned their way straight on up to OT Vl, still
Scientology, Dianetics and, 160, 349, 351
wondering where their headache came from,
Dianetics addresses the body; Scientology ad
424 dresses the thetan, 325, 338
grinding, 400 greatly speed up reaction time,
increase IQ
healing profession and Dianetics, there is no con-
rapidly, 420
flict of interest between, 320 reason why
they were abused or even fought
Health Form; see Health Form has to do
with "cultural lag", 374
high TA in Dianetics, 356, 418 Secondaries Triple, 295
illness and Dianetics; see illness Secondary Release,
175
incidents, earlier beginning, 401 stuck pictures, 227
item(s), Study Intensive, 452
already run may give a protest read, 357 tone
arm, high, in Dianetics, reason for and how to
ask for pc interest, 357 handle, 356, 418
how they first are null and later read, 358 Triples,
438, 440, 441
right item indicators, 389 Flow 2 and 3
commands, 440
that an item reads guarantees that pc will be
necessity of, 439
able to confront and erase chain, 357
plural item, 442
wrong item indicators, 388, 429 TRs are TR 101,
102,103 and 104, 414
list(s), defn., is simply pc's physical aches and use of
Dianetics, 347, 348
pains, 390 for pastoral counseling is
completely legal, 347
Dianetic lists vs. Scientology lists, 390
handles locks, secondaries and engrams, 342
note reads as pc mentions items, 377, 389
must be used in all cases of psychosomatic ill "oddity" case, 410
ness or in physical suffering, 338, 349
Operating Thetan and Dianetics, 360, 395 you use
Dianetics much the way you would use
pain depressants inhibit ability of thetan to create
any remedy, 349
mental image pictures and impede electrical Dianetic
Assists, 318
conductivity of nerve channels, 443 Dianetic Counseling
Group, 402, 403
peculiarities handled by Scientology Review, 370; Dianetic
Research Foundation, first, failed as it
see also list, L3RD [in full index] wouldn't
run past lives, 345
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health, drug(s) (cont.)
some things in ~ we no longer use such as
reactions to drugs, 292
repeater technique, looking for phrases to ex-
"releases" are deadly because they give the sen
plain conditions, 336 sation of release while
actually pulling in mass,
Director of Processing's work is completely textbook,
handling of, 258
50 tone arm under drugs or on drug case can
go very
dirty needle(s), defn., ragged, jerky, ticking needle,
high, TA 4.0, TA 5.0; it can also be dropped to
not sweeping, 375 "dead thetan" (a false
clear read), 444
(brief, not continuous) on Grade 5 or above per-
tranquilizers, how they work, 314, 443
son means "no", 220 trippers, 258
causes of, 148, 375 users of drugs cannot as-is, do not
get TA, nor do
indicates pc has withholds or is ARC broken, 375
they have cognitions, 245
real dirty needle is constant and continues, 220 why
drugs are dangerous, 243
TRs and dirty needles, 375 dub-in case has a wholly one-sided
flow and is trying
disagreement, how to cure, 126 to run the other side,
279
discipline vs. reactive mind, 102 dub-in or delusory cases also
sometimes trace to
dizziness, defn., feeling of disorientation and includes
chemical "releases", 258
a spinniness, as well as an out-of-balance feel- dull,
cause of feeling dull when talking to certain
ing, 192 people, 26
DMT, a drug, description of, 244 duration and date of incident found
in engram runD of P; see Director of Processing ning
permits an incident to be run with visio,
dramatization restrained by Ethics, 102 158, 386
dreams follow a sudden loss, 18 dynamic, 1st, person in treason on ~
is always out of
drills; see also training valence, 426
are done by students to accustom them to actions
that will be necessary in doing processes, 40
condition of "can't-apply" is handled by drills, 90
E
processes are not drills; using a process as a drill
leaves it unflat on students, 40 earlier beginning, 401
drug(s), 243 Effect Scale, 200
alcohol's effects and handlings same as drug's, 243, "ego",
no such thing in mind, only mental image pic 258, 377, 386
tures, 340
aspirin, 443 "electrical" is bridge between sensation and
pain and
auditing over, 444 is difficult to classify as
either pain or sensation
caffeine is a drug, 243 when it exists alone, 192
cases, characteristics of, 377 E-Meter; see also specific
names of E-Meter reactions;
convulsions, it is possible to come off drugs with-
reads;BlEM
out convulsions, 243 ARC broken pc may not read on,
73
data on LSD-25, marijuana, hashish, peyote, assessment is
done by auditor between pc's bank
mescaline, STPand DMT, 244 and meter with
auditor looking at meter,
drive a person out of an unbearable PT or out of
388
consciousness altogether, 292 Azimuth meter, 388
"drying out" period, 322, 444 cans, best type, 67
effects of drugs, 243, 444 cans, never let pc off cans,
284
burns up Vitamin Bl in system rapidly, 243 case
that is very bad off does not register on
can cause forceful exteriorization, 258 E-
Meter, why, 405
chemically inhibit the creation of mental image
check it before session, 419
pictures and inhibit as well the erasure, dating;
see dating
444 discharged or off trim reads wrongly,
398, 419
make auditing very difficult, 443, 444 drill(s), 12,
94; see also EMD
produce a threat to body; thetan reacts by
don't use a pen to represent the needle, 94
mocking up, 291 list of ~ outnesses and
what they mean, 122
restimulation of pictures, cycle of, 444
electrode, one-hand electrode sometimes obscures
somatic shut-off is caused by drugs and alcohol,
an F/N and gives false TA, 275
386 how it works; see BIEM
handling of; see Drug Rundown [in full index] is used
to verify pc's gain and register when each
"insanity" and drugs, 291, 292 separate auditing
action is ended, 321
person looked on them as a cure for unwanted measures the
awareness depth of the pc, 357,
feelings, 377 358
prior assessing, drug and alcohol cases, 377 misuse, 66
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
E-Meter (cont.) engram(s) (cont.)
needle; see also needle characteristics by name prenatal
or birth engrams, do not run, unless they
actions; see EMD (EM Drill 12); BIEM come up
naturally, 163
ARCbreakneedle;seeARCbreakneedle reality on engrams
increases in ratio to charge
characteristics, 201 taken off case, 227
dirty needle; see dirty needle running; see also
R3R
floating needle; see floating needle date and
duration of incident found permits an
meter just falls flat when you've got a complete
incident to be run with visio, 158
list; needle goes clean, 129 engrams
which go solid when you try to run
reactions above Grade IV, 220 them are
too late on chain, 227
stage four needle; see stage four needle
most unlimited action, 278
when meter needle is not floating, TA is regi-
simplicity of, 159
stering mental mass, 418 three flows,
279
pc must not be able to see TA position on ~, 271
secondaries and engrams, 61, 86,141
reads; see read gather around subject of study, 451
sensitivity knob; see BIEM running, give spectacular
results, 159
sensitivity setting, 110,144,147 running, unlimited
action, 278
setting up; see BIEM secondary derives all its
power from an under steering; see EM Drill 21
Iying engram, 163
tone arm; see tone arm tone arm behavior on engram chains,
356
trim check procedure, 168, 369 entrapment vs. freedom; see
NSOL
trim set incorrectly gives wrong read, 398 enturbulation,
explanation of, 292
Emotional Assessment List, LX2, 427 environment,
emotional shock, insane by reason of, handling, 319 auditing
~ influences pc's ability to confront, 359
Emotional Tone Scale, 200 dangerous ~, anyone forced into,
tends to either
emotion and misemotion are closely allied to motion, go
fully into PT or retreat from PT, 293
being only a finer particle action, 192 safe and
dangerous ~, difference between, 137
emotions, frozen, or "unemotional" people, cause of,
suppressive person (SP) was one that wove a
232 dangerous ~ around pc, 136
end phenomena, floating needles (F/Ns) are ~ for any EP; see end
phenomena
process or action with pc on two cans; it erasure,
erased, erases, erasing, 376, defn, action of
coincides with other ~,but is senior, 275
erasing, rubbing out, locks, secondaries or
end phenomena of LX Lists, 426 engrams, 340
end rudiments; see rudiments, end cognitions usually occur
immediately after erasure,
engram(s), 279; see also lock; secondary 354, 373
defn., mental image pictures of pain and uncon- depends
in some measure on pc getting to begin sciousness person has
experienced, 61, 87, 142 ning of incident, 376
defn., mental image picture which is a recording of
drugs chemically inhibit creation of mental image
a time of physical pain and unconsciousness; it
pictures but inhibit as well the erasure, 444
must by definition have impact or injury as part
floating needle and erasure, 342, 354, 373
of its content, 340 how not to erase, 400
blowing by inspection, 400, 407 how to attain, 344
contains pain and unconsciousness; its basic would key out
vs. erasure, 57, 262, 342, 407
be a physical duress not a symptom resulting last
incident found, 354
from that duress, 352 picture, not only the somatic,
356, 376
delivery engram should be run out soon after, 348
Scientology rehab vs. Dianetic erasure, 397, 418
Dianetics pc often is unable to confront actual "solid
or erasing", asking, 344, 354, 400, 453
engramat once, 341 tone arm below 2 at time of
F/N, you haven't
erasure; see erasure erased any chain, 419
floating needle, it is possible to get F/N and VGls
tone arm going up, up, up means picture isn't eras while simply
spotting or dating an engram, 407 ing but is getting more
solid, 397, 418
grinding out, 360 tone arm, incidents can force pc's
TA below 2, but
have mass in them even when they are pictures,
when erased TA comes back up to F/N, 398,
397, 418
ill, it takes more than one chain of engrams to two
extremes a Dianetic auditor can go to on
make a body ill, 416, 435 subject of erasure,
400
manifestations of, 192 ethics; see also Introduction to
Scientology Ethics
nonextant engrams, 232 auditor to Ethics, 50
overt-motivator sequence of ~, 231 Case Supervisor
should watch for Ethics record of
pc should never be forced into or through ~, 227
pcs who have been C/Sed, 251
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
ethics (cont.) First Stage Released OT, defn, the person has not
codes; see Introduction to Scientology Ethics
only come out of his bank but also out of his
conditions; see Introduction to Scientology Ethics
body, 62
dramatization restrained by Ethics, 102 floating needle(s)
(F/N), 275, 362, 407
effect of fractured auditing comm cycle on Ethics basic,
F/N obtained by erasure of basic on chain is
type case, 49 F/N one wants in Dianetics,
373
is not merely a legal action, it handles whole
blowdown, ~ cannot be observed during a BD, 69
phenomena of case worsening (roller-coaster) case,
symptom of heavily charged case is F/Ning
after processing, 113 too quickly to be
processed well, 424, 426
pc is not sent to Ethics because of withholds chain,
F/N on chain is end of that chain, but not
gotten off in session, 50 of Dianetics on the
case, 349
pc's getting off another person's offenses, report
cognition, don't prevent by cutting when F/N
alleged offenses to Ethics for investigation, 50
appears, 275, 362
policies are leveled primarily at making auditing
cognition, F/N occurs most often after a big cog and training
honest and flawless, 28 nition, 145,147
PTSes and SPs must be sent to Ethics, 77 electrode,
one-hand electrode sometimes obscures
purpose of; see Introduction to Scientology Ethics an
F/N and gives false TA, 275
suppressive person dominates an area, only Ethics end
phenomena for any process or action is F/N,
actions can handle, 146 68, 275
tech, interpretation of, is an Ethics matter, 209 erasure
and F/N, 354, 373
ethnics, C/S must watch ethnics (customs) oddities good
indicators, what determines a real F/N is GIs,
and changing fashions, 253 275, 373
euphoria caused by some external stimuli must be how to get
them on a pc, 147
rehabbed, 253 indicating floating needle, 275, 362
evaluation of importances, 90 is valid only between 2.0 and
3.0 TA position, 373
evil actions, 405 lock, Dianetic pc F/Ns on a lock, ask for
an earlier
Examiner's Form, 255 incident, 354, 373
Examiner, when the Examiner does not declare a pc lock, F/N on
a lock can be by-passed on R3R, 407
and does not send pc to Certs and Awards, he occurs
just before pc is aware of it, 275, 362
sends pc to Review (he can also, instead, send
occur when a key-out occurs or when an engram is
pc to Ethics) [1965], 75 erased, 342
Excalibur, an unpublished book written late 1930s, overrunning
free needle, 143
317 if process is overrun F/N vanishes
with just one
existence, conditions of; see NSOL; PXL extra
command, 144
Expanded Know to Mystery Scale, 201 overrun past F/N
will cause TA to rise, 275,
exterior, 61, 62, 431 277
exteriorization, 293 rehab or release, don't continue
past F/N, 66
drugs can cause forceful exteriorization; un-
Search and Discovery, do not continue to do
handled drugs can inhibit ~, 258 S&Ds
beyond an F/N, 218
exterior pc who can't be audited, how to handle, 276,
releasing, F/N does not last very long in releasing,
293; see also Interiorization Rundown [in full
275
index] rudiment, don't fly, when pc comes into
session
with F/N, 280
Scientology auditor never would
audit past an
F F/N, 373
sensitivity setting and free needle,
144,147
F; see fall tone arm and F/N, 275
facsimile; see mental image picture "floating needle"
with TA above 3.0 or below
failed cases are medically ill or injured cases, 313
2.0 means pc is ARC broken, 275, 373
fall, definition of sF, F, LF, LFBD, 357 "high TA
F/Ns" during rehab, 251
false and suppress, use on rudiments, 281, 433 miss an
F/N and TA will go up, 275
false, how to ask False question, 434 overrun of any
action past F/N will cause TA to
false TA; see tone arm, false rise, 275, 277
feeling, chains are held together by one similar feel- to
see if a needle is floating the TA must have
ing, not by narratives or personnel or locations,
stopped moving down, 69
352 what it looks like, 67
Fifth Stage Release, 71, 87 flow(s),
fight, it takes a third party to develop, 288 defn., an
impulse or direction of energy particles
first dynamic; see dynamic, 1st or thought or masses
between terminals, 307
First Stage Release, 56, 61, 62, 70, 71 defn, directional
thought, energy or action, 438
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
flow(s) (cont.) grade(s) (cont.)
dub-in case has a wholly one-sided flow and is try-
release on a grade, what may be audited, 141
ing to run the other side, 279 run additional
processes of a grade until pc releases
it is type of process rather than the type of pc at
that grade, 96
which regulates the flows, 307 Triple; see Triple
Grades
Triple Flows; see Triple Flows, Dianetic Grade 0 Release-
Communication Release, 96, 98
used in Triple Grades, 307 Communication Processes, 95
which runs too long in one direction can "stick", Grade I
Release-Problems Release, 96, 98
438 Problems Processes, 95
Flow 1, 2, 3: (1) inflow, (2) outflow, (3) cross flow, Grade II
Release-Relief Release [Overt Release], 95,
238, 438 98
flying ruds; see rudiments, flying Grade III Release-Freedom
Release [ARC Release],
F/N; see floating needle 96, 98
folders, analyzing and reviewing, 268 ARC Break Processes (old R4-H
renamed R-3-H),
forcing a pc, don't, 341, 369, 442 95
forgiveness, 154,155 Grade IV Release-Ability Release [Habit
Release],
Former Release check, 73 96, 98
Fourth Stage Release, 70, 71, 87 Service Facsimiles, 95
freedom, Grade V Release-Power Release, 96, 98
end product of Scientology is spiritual ~, 325 Power
Processes, 95
entrapment vs. freedom; see NSOL sensitivity is run at 5
above Grade V, 110
Grade III Release, Freedom Release, 98 Grade VA Release-Power
Plus Release, 98, defn.,
reached by going up through the grades of audi-
142
ting, 322 Grade Vs and VAs, what they can be audited on,
38
route to freedom lies through knowledge, 2 Grade VI Release-
Whole Track Release, 96, 98, defn.,
free needle; see floating needle 142
Freud's accidental cures explained, I37 R6EW, 95
future, past and present; seeNSOL Grade VI run on new pcs means
failure, 100
Grade VII-Clear, 95, 98,142
gradient, defn, steepening or increasing
from slight to
G heavy, 162
greatness, what is greatness, 154
GAEs;seegrossauditingerrors Green Form, [1965] 52, [1966] 184, [1968]
221,
gain(s); see case gain 280, [1969] 433
game, playing the; see NSOL "all black" reads on GF, probable
cause, 258
generality, generalities, each item is independent of the
rest, 250
ARC break occurs on a ~ or a not there, 16 handling
items, 210, 250, 260
"everybody" makes a dispersal which the pc can't
"seriously physically ill", how to handle, 421
see through, 17 how and when to use, 74, 92, 395
formula to handle ARC break caused by ~,17 in HGC
[1965], 76
not there is also a ~ because it can be anywhere, nature
of its "unlimited" use, 280
18 No. 40 GF is "7 resistive cases", 410
person who speaks only in very broad ~,1 77 No. 40 is not
restricted only to sick pcs, 430
reactive bank is full of generalities which explains
"to free needle", not necessarily correct; it may or
the hard ARC breaks of Level VI, 18 may not,
250
GF; see Green Form grief is always loss, 232
glee, what it indicates, and remedy of, 257 grinding, defn, going
over and over and over and over
glib, make glib student demonstrate application, 205 a
lock, secondary or engram without obtaining
good, awareness of good and evil, 405 an actual erasure,
360
good indicators; see indicators, good Dianetic grinding, 400
Gradation Chart modernized [1965], 97 preclear who does not go
down somatic chain but
grade(s); see also level who skips from one somatic to
another could
cease to call Release by stages and call them by
also get into grinding, 360
grades, 95 reason grinding occurs is that incident
is too late
"level" and "grade" are the same but when one is on
chain; there are earlier incidents, 360, 361
a pc one has a grade and when one has a level gross
auditing errors (GAEs), five, 93, 361
one is studying its data, 20 group(s),
no one grade solves the whole case; that's why
commondenominator of~is reactive bank, 6
there are grades, 252 constructive ideas are
individual and seldom get
rehabbing grades, 143, 203, 241 broad agreement in
a human group, 6
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
group(s) (cont.) honest people have rights too; see NSOL
Dianeticgroup, essential hats,402 hormones ineffective on
patient, can be made
individuals vs. group, 6, 392 effective by
Dianetics, 371, 423
will dream up bad technology to destroy good Hubbard Guidance
Center;see HGC
technology, 5 Hubbard, L. Ron, his travels, 2
Group Processing; see PXL human behavior, odd, underlying facts in,
292
guiding style auditing, 151 human character; seeNSOL
"Guk Bomb" and Vitamin E, 123 human mind; see also NSOL
"researchers" in the field of, 391
H
I
Habit Release, Grade IV Release [1965], 96
happy, is it possible to be; see NSOL "id", "ego", no such things in
the mind, only mental
hashish, description of, 244 image pictures, 340
hats, Dianetic group, essential hats, 402 Identification, Scale of,
200
havingness, can squeeze test, 46 ill, illness,
Havingness, Remedy of, [process], and Spotting Spots
antibiotics often do not function unless illness or
in Space [process]; see PXL injury is also
audited, 422
Havingness Scale, 201 auditing reduces time of healing or
recovery, 312,
healing, 320, 326, 348
Dianetics changes and improves the rate of healing,
body is capable of having physical ~ independent
320, 423 of any mental or spiritual action,
312
don't force auditing into physical healing, 313 cycle,
pc beginning to go through, 372
profession and Dianetics, no conflict of interest,
handlingofillness,319,435
320 "insanity" is most often suppressed agony
of
reduce time of healing by auditing, 312 actual
physical illness and injury, 318, 411
restoration of awareness often necessary before is
acomposite,319,329,378,415
healing can occur, 318 it takes more than one
chain of engrams to make a
Health Form(s), 329, 332, 430 body ill, 416
get somatics (not incidents) that can be assessed mental
vs.physical,312,415
and run, 381 multiple illness means pc is
physically uncomforta procedure, 330, 379 ble or ill
from several engrams of different
run the feeling not the physical disability, 352
types all restimulated, 342
second form done later gives an indication of
preclear(s), 312
actual improvement, 378 don't always know
they're ill, 316
symptoms are pains, emotional feelings, tiredness,
don't force a pc who is ill, 249
aches, pressures, sensations, unwanted states of
gets ill after auditing but sessions look alright,
body, etc., 330 how to handle, 430
help, antisocial person can't tolerate, 179 handling of
physically ill pcs, 347, 421, 429
Help, five-way bracket on Help, 106 get a medical
examination, 313, 315, 411
help, psychotics and help, 133 require light
auditing, 249, 421
HGC statistic, 425 need Dianetics, not Scientology,
328, 339, 341
hidden standard, def~, problem a person thinks must
overts or M/W/Hs which don't read on ill pc
be resolved before auditing can be seen to have
though pc is nattering are not available to be
worked, 109 run right then, 249
is always an old problem of long duration; it is a pc
doesn't get gains, check for physical injury
postulate-counter-postulate situation, source of
or illness, 315, 316
which was suppressive to pc, 109 psychosomatic
illness, Dianetic auditor can handle
suppressives and hidden standards, 109 the bulk of,
326
High Crime(s), 156 psychosomatic ills, cause of, 340
for a C/S not to write in a pc's folder what the PTS =
illness, 165
case supervised instructions are, and for auditor
"running out" after session, 371
to accept verbal C/S instruction, 245 S&D, a bad
S&D can make a person sick, 165, 208
four Dianetic High Crimes, 396 Scientology places a
person above any further illHigh School Indoc; see TR 7
ness or suffering, but he has to be made well
high TA; see tone arm, high first, 349
Hitler, 133 sickness is a result of engram chains in
restimula homeopathy, 371 tion, 435
homo sapiens, state of, 33 sometimes patient is too ill to be
fully audited, 422
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
ill, illness (cont.) item(s) (cont.)
symptoms, source of, 337 must be made plural on Flow 3
when one is run thetan, while a thetan can produce illness, it is the
ning Triples, 442
body that is ill, 338 narrative vs. somatic items,
376
importances, evaluation of, 90 Search and Discovery, if item
turns out to be a
incident(s); see R3R group, how to handle, 114
indicators, bad, always accompany ARC breakneedle, which does
not read on meter when assessed is
275 beyond pc's level of awareness, 357
indicators, good, determine a real F/N, 275, 373 itsa,
individual, basic building block of a society is ~, 392 itsa
earlier itsa is unlimited, 280
individual, constructive ideas are individual and sel- letting
a pc itsa, 138
dom get broad agreement in a human group, 6 on and
on with no gain, cause of, 26
individuals vs. group, 6 what it is, 138,139
inflow, outflow, cross flow, 238 Ivory Tower, Case Supervisor lives
in, 145
injury; see also illness
Dianetic auditing speeds healing, 320
"insanity" is most often suppressed agony of
J
actual physical illness and injury, 318
preclear doesn't get gains, check for physical in- justice,
155; see also NSOL
jury or illness, 315
insane, insanity,
by reason of emotional shock, handling of, 319
K
glee is a kind of insanity, 257
handling of insane, I 15, 116, 314, 411 keeping Scientology
working, 4
having physical causes, 313, 411 key in, defn., action of
recording a lock on a secon "hereditary insanity" is an apparency, 315
dary or engram, 342
how to set up insane person for auditing, 314 key out,
keyed-out, defn., action of engram or secon infinity of types of
insanity, 292 dary dropping away without being erased,
342
is a being who has been overwhelmed by an actual Clear
vs. keyed-out Clear, 19, 20, 51
SP until too many persons are apparent SPs, Dianetic
auditor who specializes in keying out
115 locks, what happens, 372
most often suppressed agony of actual physical ill-
erasure vs. key-out, 342, 407
ness and injury, 314, 318 only auditing keys out
bank, 107
PT, relationship to insane and drug taker, 292 OT vs.
keyed-out OT, 51, 56
recover from their symptoms when given proper rehab,
all recovery must be by key-out, not
medical treatment, rest, no harassment and
erasure; key-outs are done by finding key-ins; it
then good mild Dianetic processing, 348 is
de-stimulation, not re-stimulation, 57
road from insanity to sanity, 405 Knowingness, Scale of, 200
there is no "insanity virus", 315 knowledge; see also data
time track of drug takers and insane, 291 application
of knowledge requires evaluation of
instruction; see training importances, examples, 90
intelligence quotient, 420 field containing the most
authorities contains the
interest, assessment and, 357 least codified knowledge,
83
interest, pc interest in R3R, 354 philosophic knowledge is only
valuable if it is true
invalidate, auditor does not invalidate, criticize or or
if it works, 1
evaluate for pc, 321 route to freedom lies through
knowledge, 2
invalidated auditors, 306 technology means methods of
application of an art
invisible field, defn., part of some lock, secondary or or
science as opposed to mere ~ of science or
engram that is "invisible", 342 art itself,
89
IQ; see intelligence quotient what is knowledge; see NSOL
is-ness and consideration; see PXL Know to Mystery Scale,
Expanded, 201
item (s),
Dianetic item; see also Dianetics
how they first are null and later read, 358
L
lists, note read as pc gives the item, 389
on a right item meter reads well when pc says laws of
listing and nulling; see listing and nulling
it, good indicators come in, pc is very inter-
level(s); see also grade
ested in running it, 389 any level is itself
capable of stable case gain,
on a wrong item pc has bad indicators, meter
310
doesn't read, there is no pc interest, 388
are designed for all cases, 27
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
level(s) (cont.) lock(s),61,86, 107, 141; seealso engram
"grade" and "level" are the same but when one is defn.,
mental image pictures of non-painful but
a pc one has a grade and when one has a level
disturbing experiences the person has experi one is studyingits
data, 20 enced; they depend for their force on secon how
to apply Level Processing, 27 daries and engrams, 61,
86, 141
to chase a pc on up the levels to cure an outness defn,
mental image picture of an incident where
on earlier levels is idiocy, 310 one was
knowingly or unknowingly reminded
Levels 0, I, II, III, IV, common errors on, 169-70 of a
secondary or engram; it does not itself conLevel 0 Triple, 300
tain a blow or a burn or impact and is not any
Level I Triple, 301 major cause of misemotion; it does
not contain
Level II Triple, 301 unconsciousness; it may contain a
feeling of
Level III Triple, 301 pain or illness, etc., but is not
itself the source
Level IV Triple, 303 of it, 340
Level VI, 19 Dianetic auditor who specializes in
keying out
ARC breaks, 18 locks, what happens, 372
consists of several processes; the preclear (still a
F/N on a lock can be by-passed on R3R, 407
preclear) has to be able to audit to make it; it
reducing locks, what it does, 61, 141
can't be done for him, 19 R3R, if a lock F/Ns you
can get earlier incidents
requires several months to audit through even with on
same chain until pc actually runs engram or
expert training, 19 chain of engrams, 354,
373
LFBD-long fall followed by "blowdown" or TA loss,
motion downward, 357 common response to sudden loss
is to feel everyLF-long fall (2 to 3 inches), 357 thing is
gone or going, 18
life; see also NSOL dreams follow a sudden loss, 18
life subjects are subject to overrun, 147 grief is
always loss, 232
ruds, 435 past life and memory of it is buried
under terrific
list(s), loss of possessions and body, 163
Dianetic; see Dianetic list secondary in its original use
meant "a moment of
List 1, how to use, 41 loss", 163
List I B, 206 love is road to strength; to love in spite of
all is secret
List 2B, 207 of greatness, 155
List 3B, 207 low TA; see tone arm, low
List 4A, 213, 285 LRH; see Hubbard, L. Ron
LX Lists; see LX Lists LSD-25, description of, 244
prepared; see prepared list "LX" Lists, 426
listing and nulling, 306, defn., means the pc lists, 266 end
phenomena, 426
[up to 1968 L&N in some bulletins is called
LX1(Conditions),432
assessment] looking up an assessed item
from an LXI acts
assessing and listing, weakest applied point in our
as an invalidation, 267
tech, 212 LX2 (Emotional Assessment List), 427
assessment vs. Iisting and nulling, 266 LX3
(Attitudes), 446
complete list, defn., complete list is list which has
serve to isolate reasons being is charged up to such
only one reading item on list, 236 an
extent that he is out of valence, 426
F/N during listing means no charge left and no use
of,426,430
item, 172
laws of listing and nulling, 236, 266
S&Ds, Remedy Bs, etc., are listed by pc and
M
follow laws of listing and nulling, 266
List L4A-for assessment of all listing errors, 213, man is
basically good, 346
285 man's search for his soul; see NSOL
note down reads as you list, 256 marijuana, description of, 244
old lists are not to be copied, 256 marital counseling,
correct approach, 289
Remedy A is done only by listing, 206 marriage; see NSOL
Remedy B is done by listing, 199, 206, 266 mass(es),
Scientology listing and nulling actions have noth- engrams
have mass in them even when they are
ing to do with Dianetics, 389 pictures,
397, 418
Search and Discovery lists; see Search and Dis- engrams,
if you run too far back you get a pc into
covery masses he can't easily handle, 227
living and Scientology; see PXL mind, whole answer to mind is
mental pictures and
living, two rules for happy; see NSOL masses created by
thetan, 160
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
mass(es) (cont.) misemotion, defn, anything that is unpleasant emo
reality = mass or agreement, 261 tion such as antagonism,
anger, fear, grief,
tone arm, high, equals mental energy mass, 356,
apathy or a death feeling, 341
397, 418 emotion and misemotion are closely allied
to
materials, scarcity of, 406 motion, being only a finer
particle action, 192
medical, medicine, emotion and misemotion include all levels
of com doctors, 309 plete Tone Scale except pain,
192
addressing any group of medical doctors, keep missed
withhold(s), 434; see also rudiments
it in field of Dianetics, 309 ARC breaks
and ~, how to distinguish between, 22
Dianetic group should have liaison with a com-
auditor who won't hear what pc is saying has made
petent MD or clinic, 402 him have a
withhold and it responds as a ~, 22
examination, 313, 421 bottom of ARC breaks is a missed
withhold, 22
illnesses can be physical; if so, medical action is
cause blows, 22
first action, 415; see also illness M/W/H pc, why
they are hardest to handle, 22
medicine made effective by Dianetics, 371, 372, M/W/Hs
which don't read on ill pc though pc is
423 nattering are not available to be
run, 249
"mental blocks" can obstruct ~ treatment, 371 nattery
pc, don't run ARC break, run ~, 265
operations, medical or dental treatment, deliveries,
rudiment, commands for, 259
should be audited out as soon as possible by "Who
nearly found out" is unlimited for ~, 280
R3R, 422 mistakes, anatomy of, 219
patients who do not respond to treatment, 348
misunderstood(s),
pc "stuck" in time can make medicine ineffective, chain of
misunderstood words, 153
371 genus of overts is misunderstood, 97
memory, past life and memory of it is buried under looked up can
yet remain troublesome, cause of, 14
terrific loss of possessions and body, 163 one goes
dull after passing over a word one does
mental, not understand and brightens up the
moment
healing, Dianetic auditor is natural inheritor of all,
he spots the word that wasn't grasped, 14
325 only reasons pc is critical are a
withhold or mis hospitals, don't send insane to ~,1 16
understood word, 91
illness vs. physical illness, 312 overts and misunderstood
words, 153
man has used mental knowledge in the past mainly Remedy A
locates ~ person has in Scientology, 206
for control, politics and propaganda, 391 Remedy
B, don't ask for misunderstood words in
treatment and crime, 404 found subject, 199
mental image picture(s), Model Session, 60, 78, 259; see also
session
are all there is in pc's mind; this is totality of aber-
Class II, 44
ration, 340 Money Process, command of and how to run,
215
auditor always has more control over pc's mental "more" "less"
occur in bank, use in dating forbidden,
image pictures than pc does, 342 191
bank means ~ collection of pc, 359 mores and changing
fashions, C/S must know, 253
drugs chemically inhibit creation of mental image motion
sensation, defn., feeling of being in motion
pictures and inhibit erasure, 444 when one
is not; it includes "winds of space",
erasure of mental image picture removes compul-
feeling of being blown upon especially from in
sion to create it, 444 front of face, 192
if you don't run ~ from past lives when they come motivator,
defn., an aggressive or destructive act
up on a chain, pc will not recover, 345
received by person or one of dynamics, 231; see
illness symptoms are out of ~, 337 also overt-
motivator sequence
is source of continued pain, somatics, bad percep- Mutter TR,
purpose, commands, position and training
tion or illness, 339 stress of, 104
stuck, reasons for, 227 muzzled, defn., using only TR 0,1,
2, 3 and 4 by the
whole answer to the mind is mental pictures and
text, 59
masses created by thetan, 160 M/W/H; see missed
withhold
why they make TA go high, 356 mystery, what is basic; see
NSOL
"mentally retarded" children, 348
mescaline, 244
meter; see E-Meter N
middle rudiments; see rudiments, middle
mind, analytical; see analytical mind Napoleon, 133
mind, reactive; see reactive mind narrative; see also chain
minus scale Releases: ARC Straight Wire and Dianetic, chains
are held together by one similar feeling, not
175 by narratives or personnel or
locations, 352
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
narrative (cont.) Operating Thetan(s) (cont.)
narrative chains are often very long, 394 Release-Clear-
OT, 86,141
run chains only by somatic, not by narrative, 344, somatics
and OTs, 339
352 when a Clear has been refamiliarized with
his
somatic vs. narrative chains, 352, 376, 394
capabilities, you have an OT, 86
when running a narrative chain, ask for "earlier operations
should be audited out as soon as possible
similar incident", 394 by R3R, 320, 348,
422
nattery preclear, don't run ARC break, run M/W/H, order, on bringing;
see NSOL
265 organization(s),
needle; see E-Meter, needle; needle characteristics by auditing
is an organization action, 145
name failures in training will cause trouble
for orgs and
neurotic, ARC Straight Wire can crack neurotic cases,
Scientology, 8
175,261 finest organizations in history have been
tough,
no case gain; see case gain and no case gain dedicated
organizations, 8
non-compliance, alteration of orders and tech is why the early
Scientology organizations failed, 6
worse than non-compliance, 193 originality, why much
originality can be a liability in
non-compliance, reason for, 291, 292 art, 83
non-cyclical process, defn, repetitive process which originate,
real auditor's pcs don't overtalk or under does not cause pc
to cycle on time track, 101 talk but answer auditing
question and happily
no report, refusing to give a withhold in session is a
now and then originate, 139
no report, 23 OT; see Operating Thetan
not know, alter-is and poor results do not really come outflow, 238
from ~; they come from can't apply, 90 out tech; see
technology, out
not there and generality, 18 over-correction, when ~ has been present
you
not there, ARC break occurs on a generality or a not
straighten out the blunders in folder, 241
there, 16 overrun(s), overrunning, 66, 373
auditing actions, 241
O Dianetic auditor is not
concerned with "rehabili
tation" of overrun, 373
OCA/APA, PTP can hold a graph unchanging and don't overrun, stop
when result is attained,51
only an ARC break can lower one, 16 free needle
and overrun, 143
Opening Procedure by Duplication; see PXL if process is
overrun free needle vanishes with
importance of two-way comm during; see PXL
just one extra command, 144
OpeningProcedureof8-C;seePXL overrun past F/N will cause TA
to rise, 275,
"open-minded" people, turn them into dedicated
277
ones, 8 life can be an ~ and pc never audited
will respond
Operating Thetan(s), 62 to rehab of "something
overdone", 145
defn., a Clear who has been familiarized with his life
subjects are subject to overrun, mechanism of,
environment to a point of total cause over mat-
147
ter, energy, space, time and thought, 56
rehabbing several overruns, 147
defn., one who is cause over matter, energy, space tone arm
goes up means an overrun in life or on a
and time and is not in a body, 61, 86,141
process or grade of release, 147
defn, being who has once more recovered his full tone
arm, high, handling by rehabbing overruns,
abilitiesandfreedom,87,142 251 [Important: see
also High and Low TA
Clear and OT, 51, 56 Breakthrough, VI1-268]
Dianetics and OTs, 360 tone arm, high, in Scientology high
TA is always
OT giving trouble being audited on Dianetics,
an overrun, 356, 397, 418
turn him over to a Class VIII for routine
types of overrun that can require repair, 176
handling on Scientology, 395 wrong
ownership can cause TA to act up in a
OT who has somatics is auditable on Dianetics
peculiar way that looks like an overrun, 280
which he should have had in first place, 395
overt(s), defn., an aggressive or destructive act by
exterior, 276 individual against one or another of
8 dynam
"false III", 395 ics, 231
handling the OT case, 395 as a solution to a PTP; find
what PTP he's trying
keyed-out Operating Thetan and Operating Thetan, to
solve with these crazy overt acts, 23
difference between, 51, 56 commands to be used to
clean up ~, 238
OT III Course, handles degraded beings, 193 continuing
overt act, 102
reactive bank, OT has no reactive bank, is cause
continuing overts hidden from view are cause of
over matter, energy, space, time and thought no
case gain, 91,102
and is completely free, 62 continuous overt case, 23
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
overt(s) (cont.) past, thetan can escape an unbearable PT by dropping
continuous PT overts, listing question to handle,
into past, even without drugs, 292
260 patients not responding to medical treatment,
how to
missed withholds or overts which don't read on an
handle, 348
ill pc though pc is nattering are not available to
Pavlov and his work, 391, 404
be run right then, 249 pc; see preclear
misunderstood words and overts, 153 penalties and rewards;
see ISE
genus of overts is misunderstood, 97 people, honest
people have rights too; see NSOL
prediction and overts, 404 perception, pc or pre-OT with bad
perception trouble
pre-OTs often have plain withholds with no overt
needs Dianetics, 339
connected, 280 perfection in art; see art
slow gain case is committing overts, 102 personality,
antisocial; see antisocial personality
overt-motivator phenomena, two extreme stages, 231 personality,
social; see social personality
overt-motivator sequence, 231, 238 personnel, it takes about 2
admin personnel to keep a
of engrams, 231 tech personnel going, 402
of secondaries, 232 petition; see Introduction to Scientology
Ethics
principle of ~ will be found to explain and its peyote,
description of, 244
techniques remedy the brutality into which philosophy,
defn., the love, study or pursuit of wis races fall, 405
dom, or of knowledge of things and their
Overt Release-Grade 11 Release [1965], 96 causes,
whether theoretical or practical, I
O/W processes, 95 can only be a route to knowledge, I
Overt/Withhold, running O/W [Model Session], 44 religious
philosophy, what it implies, 195
overwhelm(ed)(ing), physical(ly),
bad TRs can cause low TA as auditor is ~ pc, difficulties,
pc with ~ needs Dianetics, 339, 349
388 disability, in Dianetics run the feeling
not the
Dianetics, worst crime is ~ pc by telling him
physical disability,352
what's wrong, not letting him tell you, 379 healing,
don't force auditing into, 313
person totally overwhelmed by a suppressive as- ill,
illness; see ill, illness
sumes valence of suppressive, 128 pleasure moments,
defn., mental image pictures con tone arm, low, (below 2) means pc is
overwhelmed taining pleasure sensations, 342
and has retreated, 388, 397, 419 political philosophies
placed against Tone Scale, 317
ownership, wrong ownership can cause TA to act up postoperative
a.lditing, 422
in a peculiar way that looks like an overrun,
postulate(s),67
280 Clear's postulates read as a surge, 220
own things, antisocial person can't, 179 problem is
postulate-counter-postulate, 109
Oxford Capacity Analysis; see OCA/APA suppression, person faced
with, is facing a counter
postulate, 109
potential trouble source; see also roller-
coaster;
P Search and Discovery
case worsening is caused only by a
PTS situation,
pain, defn., is composed of heat, cold, electrical and
114
combined effect of sharp hurting, 192 degraded
being is so PTS he works for suppressives
body pain, subject to use is Dianetics, 348, 351
only, 193
insanity can be suppressed pain, 314 handling, 77,
91,109,113,165
is from either the body directly or is part of con- is
known by "roller coastering", 75,162
tent of mental image picture, 342 must be sent
to Ethics, 77
painkillers (known as aspirin, tranquilizers, hypnotics, only PTS
= illness, 165
soporifics), actions of, 443 pc is always a PTS
if he roller-coasters and only
past lives, 345 finding right suppressive will clean it
up, 91
cases that can't get into or run past lives, 424 PTS, why
people become, 216
failures stemming from not running ~, 345 suppressive
person, apparent SP only reminds pc
memory is buried under terrific loss of possessions
of actual one and so is restimulated into being a
and body, 163 PTS, 114
pc refusing to go into any past lives will get into
Type One, defn., SP on case is right in present
grinding as they seldom reach basic on any
time, actively suppressing person, 113
chain, 361 handling, 113
Pastoral Counseling Health Form, 381; see also Type Two PTS,
166, defn., apparent suppressive
Health Form person in present time is
only a restimulator
pastoral counseling is completely legal, 347 for the
actual suppressive, 113
past, present and future; see NSOL handling, 114; see
also Search and Discovery
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
potential trouble source (cont.) preclear(s)('s) (cont.)
Type Three, defn., is beyond facilities of orgs not
folders, analyzing and reviewing folders, 268
equipped with hospitals as these are entirely
gets ill after auditing but sessions look alright, how
psychotic, 113 to handle, 430
handling, 115 getting off another person's
offenses, report
Power Plus Release-Grade VA Release, 98 alleged offenses to
Ethics for investigation, 50
Power Processes, has to be able to handle Scientology technology
to
confidential, from Pr Pr on up the data is, 105
handle his own bank, 19
do not run on anyone who has run CC materials, ill
physically, 312; see also illness
203 don't force a pc who is ill, 249
Grade V Release-Power Processes, 95 handling of
physically ill pcs, 347, 415, 421,
low TA cases and Power Processes, 121
429
on high TA cases [1965] ,100 require light
auditing, 249, 421
what they do, 56, 62 need Dianetics, not
Scientology, 328, 339, 341
Power Release-Grade V Release, 96, 98 on antibiotics
should be given Dianetic auditPower Release or Second Stage Release,
56 ing, 422
preclear(s)('s), defn., spiritual being now on the road
pcs don't always know they're ill, 316
to becoming Clear, hence preclear, 321; see also
Search and Discovery, a wrong item on an S&D
case can make pc ill, 208
able to confront to the degree that he or she feels
insane pc, handling of, 411
safe, 359 itsa on and on with no gain, cause of, 26
"ARCbreaky pc",handling of, 22 missed withhold pc, why
they are hardest to
ARC broken, don't audit until handled, 16, 76, 91
handle, 22
assigns body to his case or case to his body, 312 must be
well to start on Scientology auditing, 325
audited a bit below or at his level of awareness gets
nattery, don't run ARC break, run M/W/H, 265
TA action, case gain and has cognitions, 33 needle
doesn't react to auditor, preclear may be
challenged by an "auditor" who is breaking Audi-
ARC broken, 73, 76
tor's Code, gets solid reaction in reactive bank,
needs but become aware of actual cause of aber reason why,
291 ration to have it vanish, 58
critical, only reasons a pc is critical are a withhold
never audited will respond to rehab of "something
or misunderstood word, 91 overdone", 145
Dianetic preclear, defn., one who is being pro- never
has done anything in this life that aberrated
cessed toward objective of a well and happy
him, 199
humanbeing,326 new preclear(s), 217, 321; see
also case super not changing or improving, how to handle, 430
vising, Dianetic C/S I [in full index]
often is unable to confront actual engram at
Grade VI run on new pcs means failure, 100
once, 341 not getting gains, causes of, 76,
315, 324, 429,
repair, 429; see also L3RD [in full index]
435; see also resistive cases
telling there are several incidents, take earliest,
not getting results means either he or auditor is
401 doing something else, 91
who does not resolve on Standard Dianetics on drugs
must come off them before auditing,
alone, how to handle, 395 322; see also
drugs
"different" pcs, there are no, 449 on Scientology
Grades gets ill, revert to Dianetics,
dirty needle, three causes for pc having, 375
341
doesn't get gains, check for physical injury or ill-
past lives, pc refusing to go into any past lives will
ness, 315, 316 get into grinding, why, 361;
see also past lives
environment influences pc's ability to confront, points
pc may have to handle before auditing, 283
359 PTS, pc is always a potential trouble
source if he
ethics, pc who gets into Ethics trouble should have
roller-coasters and only finding the right sup folder
reviewed, 251 pressive will clean it up, 91; see also
potential
exterior pc who can't be audited, how to handle,
trouble source
293; see also Interiorization Rundown [in full
purposes and postulates, effect of, 67
index] refusing auditing or not wishing to go
on, 369, 442
exterior, you cease to audit or he will go back in;
released at Zero will of course soon begin to have
audit again when he goes back in [1968], 276
problems; he goes to next grade, not to Review
fast running pc on a light chain can occasionally
for an assist, 252
blow an engram by inspection, 400 release, pc
who has attained a stage of, may not be
floating needle occurs just before pc is aware of it;
run further on processes of that stage or below
don't prevent pc from cogniting, 362; see also
or he will go back into his reactive mind, 86;
floating needle see also release
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
preclear(s)('s) (cont.) present time problem (cont.)
Review, when to order pc to, 256 overts as a solution to a
PTP, how to handle, 23
roller-coasters after Dianetic auditing, handling of, pc
being audited over PTP won't be making any
410; see also roller-coaster gains, 76,
429
sad effect, pc will go into, if you don't find ARC sick
body is a PTP and inhibits attaining spiritual
break but instead continue the process, 16
freedom by Scientology, 347
says it's A and it doesn't blow, it must be some- thetan,
big PTPs a thetan has are his body, 339
thing else, 92 two-way communication and present
time prob
six things that can be wrong with a pc, 93 lem; see
The Phoenix Lectures
slow gain, poor result, is a physically ill pc, 316 press,
392
"stuck" in time can make medicine ineffective, pressure,
bank solidity is a form of, 192
371 pressure somatic is, in Dianetics, considered
to be a
suffers only from that which has not yet been
symptom in a lock, secondary or engram,
handled, 416 simply part of content, 342
suppressive person, pc will worsen after auditing if prior
assessment, one has to assess what was wrong
connected to, 76; see also suppressive person
before or prior to the cure, 377
what auditor believes has little to do with pc's problem,
defn, is postulate-counter-postulate, 109;
reality, 345 see also present time problem
who does not go down somatic chain but who hidden
standard is always an old problem of long
skips from one somatic to another could also
duration, 109
get into grinding, 360 pc released at Zero will of
course soon begin to
withholds and preclear; see also withholds have
problems; he goes to next grade, not to
"withholdy" vs. "ARC breaky", 22 Review for an
assist, 252
with withholds will be critical, natter or blow and
suppressive, if you find a suppressive on a case you
is out of comm, 76 will also find a chronic
problem, 109
won't run when auditor's comm cycle is out, and Problems
Process, "What is the problem?" "What
pcisanEthicstypecase,49 solutions have you
had for that problem?",
prediction and overts, 404 111
premature acknowledgements, effects of, 26,138; see Problems
Release-Grade I Release, 95, 96, 98
also acknowledgements process(es),
prenatal or birth engrams, do not run, unless they are not
drills, 40
come up naturally, 163 basic processes, 278
pre-OT, brief dirty needle on ~ means "no", 220 can go F/N in
a session break and intention of
pre-OTs often have plain withholds with no overt auditor
to continue sends TAhigh, 277
connected, 280 cyclic process, defn., repetitive
process which does
pre-OTs require fast auditors, 417 cause pc to cycle
on time track, 101
prepared lists are unlimited so long as the items are
developed are too powerful to admit of goofs and
varied, 280 departures and unusual
solutions, 28
prepared lists, assessment means the locating on a pre- don't
underrun or overrun, 100
pared list, one item, 266 end of process, cyclical
and non-cyclical, 45, 101
prepared lists, two ways to use, 210 flows, it is type of
process rather than the type of
Prepcheck is an unlimited action, 280 pc which regulates
the flows, 307
present, past and future; see NSOL free needle, if process
is overrun free needle
present time, vanishes with just one extra command, 144
anyone forced into dangerous environment tends level
processes must be audited in sequence in the
to either go fully into PT or retreat from PT,
level itself, 27
293 limited processes, 278
drug may be taken to drive a person out of an lower
level processes are run at sensitivity 16, 110
unbearable PT,292 non-cyclical process, defn.,
repetitive ~ which
relationship to insane and drug taker, 292 does not
cause pc to cycle on time track, 101
underthreatthetangoesoutofPT,291 rewording a process given
in the levels can be
present time problem, 434; see also problem; rudi-
catastrophic, 27
ments standard process, errors that make it not
seem to
commands for, 259 work, 76
don't mistake a PTP or withhold for an ARC star-rated
checkouts of processes are required
break, 77 before application, 156
long duration PTPs prevent good gain and send pc start of
process [Model Session], 45
into back track, 91 Think processes are unlimited,
282
OCA/APA, PTP can hold a graph unchanging and Process I-X, 25
only an ARC break can lower one, 16 processing; see
auditing
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
professional in arts is one who obtains communica- reactive mind,
87,142
tion with art form at minimum sacrifice of
analytical mind becoming aware of a point in reac technical
quality, 84 tive mind makes it vanish, 57
protest of doing it too often pushes TA up, 280 assessment is
done by auditor between pc's bank
protest read, Dianetic item already run may give, 357
and meter, 388
psychiatry, "all mental trouble is physical", 313 auditor plus
pc is greater than bank, auditor plus
psychiatry, psychology and psychiatry are political
bank is greater than pc, pc minus auditor is less
subjects aimed at control, 404 than bank,
359
psychology and government, 404 bank-agreement, 6
psychology, "conditioning" and psychology, 391 bank means
mental image picture collection of pc;
psychosis, 131 it comes from computer technology where
all
psychosomatic, defn, pains stemming from mind, data is
in a "bank", 359
341; see also illness Clear, relationship to , 19,
56, 61, 86, 141
illness, Dianetic auditor can handle the bulk of,
described, 62
326, 349 discipline vs. reactive mind, 102
ills, cause of, 340 group, common denominator of a group
is the
psychotic(s), 131 reactive bank, 6
absolute minimum is 21h% of population, 133 "id", "ego",
no such things in the mind, 340
characteristics of a psychotic, 133 is full of
generalities which explains the hard ARC
help and psychotics, 133 breaks of Level VI, 18
PTS Type Three is beyond facilities of orgs not
liability of the reactive mind, 20
equipped with hospitals as these are entirely
mental image pictures are all there is in pc's
psychotic, 11 3 "mind" , 340
Search and Discovery handles victims of ~,134 myths of
the mind; see NSOL
psychotropic drugs, how they "work", 314 Operating Thetan,
relationship to ~, 62
PT;see present time person out of valence does not easily as-
is his
PTP; see present time problem bank, 426
PTS; see potential trouble source preclear has to be able to
handle Scientology techpublic who seek to liken Scientology to
something nology to handle his own bank, 19
else, how to handle, 152 pressure, bank solidity
is a form of, 192
punishment, criminal codes and violent ~ are not records of
mind are permanent; see NSOL
needed to regulate social personalities, 182 Release
is pulled out of, 61, 86,141
purpose(s), R6 bank, 38, 62
artists, purpose S&D is very magical on, 219 the
reactive mind, 61
auditors or C/Ses who begin to goof, how to spirit or
mind can predispose illness orinjury, 312
handle by two-way comm or earlier ~, 306 thetans
without banks have different responses, 6
difference between one thetan's forward thrust things
that can pull one back into , 61, 86
and another's is purpose, validity of, 198 whole
answer to mind is mental pictures and
pc's own purposes, 67 masses created by thetan, 160
read(s); see also E-Meter
ARC broken pc may not read, 73
Q Assessment for Longest Read,
357
Qual, Dianetic lists, note reads as pc mentions
items,
basis of Qual actions [1965], 73, 75 377, 389
chits when SP or PTS is found not sent to Ethics,
Dianetics, run what reads not what auditor thinks,
77 358
highest crime in Tech and Qual is to fail to insist
false reads, checking for, 249, 250
on star-rated checkouts, 156 instant; see EMZ)
(EM Drill 19)
keynote of Qual is correction, 211 items, how they
first are null and later read, 358
senior datum, 211 item which does not read when
assessed is beyond
Tech vs. Qual, 167 pc's level of awareness, 357
Qualifications technical actions, 73 listing, note down reads
as you list, 256
"quickie grades" denied gain to tens of thousands of pre-OTs,
reads on, 220
cases, 4 protest read, 357
rudiments, if it reads and pc gives
one, don't check
R the read again, 434
Search and Discovery, do not
list an S&D button if
radiation, Dianazene for radiation prevention, 123 question
for list does not read, 218
reaction time, Dianetics and Scientology greatly somatic, don't run
if it hasn't read, 357
speed up, 420 symbols of reads, 357
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
reality, defn., mass or agreement, 261 Release(s)('s) (cont.)
proportional to amount of charge off, 281 degree and
relative permanence of being pulled out
what auditor believes has little to do with pc's of
reactive mind determines state of ~, 86
reality, 345 drug "releases" are deadly, why, 258
Reality Scale, old and new, 201 erasure vs. release of
engrams, 262
recall, 279 exterior is secondary in importance to the fact
of
defn., present time remembering something that
being a Release, 62
happened in past; it is not re-experiencing it,
floating needle, you wreck a Release by running
re-living it or re-running it, 271 past, 66
defn., you are in present time, thinking of, Former
Release check, 73
remembering, putting your attention on some- goofs,
66
thing that happened in the past, all done from
not getting all releases, 67
present time, 271 grades of release, 96, 98,141
Recall Processes are unlimited, only limitation being
belowZero, 175
the subject, 278 cease to call Release by
stages and call them by
Recall Processes, three flows of, 279 grades, 95
recognition,communication=energyor~,261 Clear is on other
side of reactive bank and
rehab, rehabbing, rehabilitation, above all grades of
release, 56
all recovery must be by key-out, not erasure; key-
type of process run to attain, 95
outs are done by finding key-ins; it is de-stimu- is
pulled out of his reactive mind, 61, 86, 141
lation, not re-stimulation, 57 is stable as long
as he or she is not pushed into R6
Dianetic auditor is not concerned with "rehabilita-
bank, 38
tion" of overrun, 373 keyed-out Clear vs. Release,
19, 20
don't continue past a floatingneedle, 66 pc does not
remain in status quo (unchanging
don't use rehabs to over-correct, 241 state) while
a Release, 70
drug "releases", rehab by counting, 253, 258 period of
release, pc gives pre-Scientology times,
E-Meter dating on rehab, 66 how to handle, 108
floating needle, "high TA F/Ns" during ~, 251 person
does not have more Scientology data just
grades, 203 because he or she is a Release, 39
lower grades rehabbing, 143 postulating going down
scale or an attack on some when to rehab grades, 241
thing can collapse a state of Release, 67
liability of rehab, 58 rehabilitation of; see
rehabilitation
life can be an overrun and pc never audited will stages,
56, 70, 71, 86
respond to ~ of "something overdone", 145
First Stage Release, 56, 61, 62, 70, 71, 86
never use a new process to cure an overrun, 148
Second Stage Release, 56, 61, 62, 70, 71, 87
procedure, 57, 63, 66 Third Stage Release, 56, 61,
62, 70, 71, 87
errors, 66, 99,107 Fourth Stage Release, 70,
71, 87
incorrect rehab procedure, 117 Fifth Stage
Release, 71, 87
rehab by rehab procedure, don't use another state,
key out a major lock you may today get a
process, 144 release state, 107
when not to rehab, 241 suppressive persons go
for new Releases, 39, 68
Release rehabilitation, 63 training, Release's increased
abilities regarding,
Former Release, 57, 66, 99 39
Scientology rehab vs. Dianetic erasure, 397, 418 releasing,
F/N does not last very long in, 275
SelfAnalysis, rehab on, 188 religion, Scientology is a religion,
why, 195
theory of, 58 religions, why Scientology does not conflict
with
tone arm, high, handling by ~ overruns, 251 other
religions, 195
Release(s)('s), defn., a person who has been able to religious
philosophy and religious practice, 195
back out of his bank; the bank is still there but
remedies, 150
the person isn't sunk into it with all its somatics
Book of Case Remedies used to spot by-passed
and depressions, 19 charge, 13
auditing past a state of release, what happens, 76 case
remedies, 282
auditing, there are no release points prior to, 107 Remedy
A, 150, 206
auditor's comm cycle, roughness of, can prevent done
only by listing, 206
release from occurring, 66 guiding secondary style
in normal application,
can have their problems handled, their withholds
151
pulled, their ARC breaks repaired and any locates
misunderstoods person has in Scientology,
release at any stage can be audited on exact
206
processes of Release Rehabilitation, 86 patter,
151
declare for Release, 75 revision of Remedy A, 206
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
Remedy B, 150,199, 206 roller-coaster (cont.)
can remedy glee, 257 Ethics handles whole phenomena of
case worsen done by listing, 199, 206 ing (roller-
coaster) after processing, 113
don't ask for misunderstood words in found sub- of
processing results is never because of restimula ject, 199
tion caused by training, 94
guiding secondary style in normal application, 151 pc is
always a potential trouble source if he roller is a limited process,
278 coasters and only finding the right suppressive
more than one of List 3B can be done if all steps
will clean it up, 91
are done for each one, 207 PTS = roller-coaster,
75,162
must not be run to limit the pc to this life, 199 Ron; see
Hubbard, L. Ron
patter, 152 Route 1, reactive mind prevented pcs from doing
revision of Remedy B, 206 Route 1 drills, 19
repair, Dianetic pc repair, 429; see also L3RD [in full Routine 2-12
List One; see EMD
index] Routine 3H, 239
repair,overrunsthatcanrequirerepair,l76 rudiments, ruds, 280; see also
ARC break; missed
repeater technique, we no longer use, 336 withhold;
present time problem
represent list, if you find a group on an S&D do a beginning
rudiments [Model Session], 44
represent list, 164 commands for ARC break, PTP,
missed withhold,
resistive, 7 resistive cases, 310, 410; see also Green
259
Form 40; case, resistive [in full index]
commands, important to clear, 265
Green Form No. 40 [GF 40] is "7 resistive cases", don't
run ruds if TA high, 277
410 end rudiments [Model Session], 45
restimulate(s), restimulation, flying ruds, 433
cycle of drug restimulation of pictures, 444 don't
fly when pc comes into session with an
multiple illness means pc is physically uncomforta-
F/N, 280
ble or ill from several engrams of different handling
rudiment is just getting pc going, 97
types all restimulated, 342 if a rud reads you always
follow it earlier until it
roller-coaster of processing results is never because
F/Ns, 433
of restimulation caused by training, 94 if it
reads and pc gives one, don't check the read
sickness is the result of engram chains in ~, 435
again, 434
teaching of basic data restimulates confusions, instant
rudiment reads; see EMD (EM Drill 18)
365 life ruds, 435
tone arm, high, E-Meter reaction to increased middle
rudiments [Model Session], 45
mass, 356 out ruds, 429
tone arm in Dianetics is high only for one reason, in
Dianetics, 429
one or more engram chains are in ~, 418 pc
himself can generate out ruds by Iying; it
returning, defn., to go back and re-experience an
showsup as out ruds,withholds,430
incident, 271 pc with out ruds makes no real
gain, it is wise
review(s)(ing), to put ruds in "in life", 435
action, 129 questions if not done in the same day
tend to be
auditor, importance of, 399 unlimited, 280
Case Supervisor plays adept Scientology ~ against
sensitivity 16, rudiments are run at, 110
Dianetic auditing, 410 use suppress and false,
281, 433
folder reviewing, 268 run what is offered, don't force the pc,
341
never have a backlog of Reviews, 74 R (number); see Routine
(number), except R3R and
"Review to handle", 74 R6 [below]
Scientology Review for a "Green Form", 395 R3R; see also
Dianetic auditing; engram running
standard procedure: don't audit the case, audit the
commands on second run on an incident, 354
procedure, 73 earlier beginning, 401
when to send pcs to Review, 167, 256 earlier incidents,
360
Review Auditing Form; see Green Form if a lock F/Ns you
can get earlier incidents on
rewards and penalties; see ISE same chain until pc
actually runs engram or
right, defn., forwarding a purpose not destructive to
chain of engrams, 354
majority of dynamics, 197 if a mental image
picture goes more solid on
roller-coaster; see also potential trouble source
second pass through, an earlier similar inci defn., case that betters
then worsens, 109 dent must be found, 344
defn., Coney Island fast up and down quarter-mile
second time through, if TA rises, there is an
of aerial railway, 162 earlier
incident, 373
after Dianetic auditing, handling of, 410 erasure; see
erasure
causes of and handling, 109, 113 exactly followed gives
uniform results, 366
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
R3R (cont.) Scientology (cont.)
incidents can force pc's TA below 2, but when grade,
never run Scientology grade to make pc well
erased TA comes back up to F/N, 398, 419 or
cure something, 350
operations, medical or dental treatment, deliveries,
grades are a route to spiritual freedom and greatly
should be audited out as soon as possible by
increased ability, 328
R3R, 348, 422 keeping Scientology working, 4
pc telling there are several incidents, take earliest,
lists vs. Dianetic lists, 390
401 living and Scientology; see PXL
run the incidents given by pc or he doesn't get
organizations;see organizations
well, 346 product of, 160, 322, 326, 338, 351, 392
run what reads, 350 is spiritual freedom, 325,
326, 338
solid, example of pc saying "it was getting more proper
attitude to Scientology, 9
solid" to escape each incident, 430 public who
seek to liken Scientology to something
TA and R3R, 397 else, how to handle, 152
R6 bank; see reactive mind religion, why Scientology does not
conflict with
R6EW, Grade VI Release, 95 other religions, 195
R6EW, next step for a Grade VA Release in auditing religious,
Scientology is a religious philosophy and
is R6 EW, 38 practice, 195
R6EW, when pc has taken locks off reactive mind true story
of;seeNSOL
itself, using R6EW, he attains Fourth Stage use of, 135,
339, 341, 351
Release, 87 S-C-S; see Start-Change-Stop
Search and Discovery (S&D), 113, 127,
128, 136,
S 164, 165, 171, 206, 210,
213,216,218,defn.,
search and discovery of
suppression; it locates
sad effect, cause of, 16 suppressives on case, 207
safeguarding Scientology materials, 105 are listed by the laws of
listing and nulling, 266
safeguarding technology, 10 artists, purpose S&D is very magical
on, 219
Saint Hill HGC staff auditor is not the same as a Class bad S&D
makes a person sick, 165
VI Saint Hiller, 34 commands, 164
sane person, passive and active, 197 key S&D question:
"Who or what has unsanity, defn., true sanity is that condition
wherein mocked you?", 210
one is sufficiently intelligent to solve his prob-
correcting S&Ds, 263
lems without physical violence or destroying
disconnection letters, S&D and, 166
other beings and yet survive happily and pros-
errors, 127,136
perously, 405 F/N, "S&Ds to F/N", 218, 250
ability to tell right from wrong is legal definition
handles victims of psychotics, 134
of sanity, 404 item,
doubt about own sanity, answer to, 135 general item,
how to handle, 208
road to sanity, 405 missed item, 165
true sign of sanity, 154 "myself" as item, 128
science, how to study a; see NSOL turns out to be a group,
how to handle, 114,
"Scientologists are harder to audit than new pcs",
164
answer is auditor speed, 420 wrong item on
an S&D can make pc ill, 208
Scientologists, never be half-minded about being, 8 listing
questions, 207
Scientology, must read, 218
abbreviations and symbols of, 79 listing rules, 129
aims of Scientology, 88 List L4 used to assess an ARC
break on ~,171
area that thinks Dianetics and Scientology don't List
L4A, 213
work, reasons for, 323 meter just falls flat
when you've got a complete
auditing, pc must be well to start on, 325 list;
needle goes clean, 129
auditor, ability to do Dianetic auditing is true Purpose
S&Ds,218
fundamental background of Scientology audi- service
facsimile, locating, and Search and Dis tor, 325
covery, difference between, 115
background, general; see PXL SP, when discovered, give
an S&D to his associates,
Buddhism, relation to Scientology, 195 144
confusions about ~, clear up earlier subject, three
S&Ds, procedure for,436
152 trouble in, 128
deals with thetan, being who is the individual and types:
Type S, Type U, Type W, 216, 219
who handles and lives in body, 341 more or
less limited to one of each type, 278
Dianetics and; see Dianetics, Scientology and seasickness,
example of handling, 202
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
secondary, secondaries, 232, 279; see also engrams shock, insane by
reason of emotional shock, handling
defn., mental image pictures containing misemotion
of, 319
(grief, anger, apathy, etc.); they contain no sick;see
ill
pain; they are moments of shock and stress and social
personality, 180; see also antisocial personality;
depend for their force on underlying engrams,
Introduction to Scientology Ethics
61, 86, 141 antisocial personality vs. social
personality, 183
defn., mental image picture of a moment of severe basic
motivation of the social personality, 182
and shocking loss or threat of loss which con-
criminal codes and violent punishment are not
tains misemotion such as anger, fear, grief,
needed to regulate, 182
apathy or "deathfulness", 340 primary
characteristics of, 181
bury engrams, 163 society, basic building block of, is
individual, 392
called a secondary because it itself depends upon solid,
engrams which go solid when you try to run
an earlier engram with similar data but real
them are too late on chain, 227
pain, 340 solid, erasure or going solid, 344, 354, 397,
400, 418,
derives all its power from an underlying engram,
453
163 somatic(s), 352
originalusemeant"amomentofloss", 163 defn., "pain" or
"sensation" with no difference
overt-motivator sequence of, 232 made between them,
192
running ~gives spectacular results, 159 defn, this is
general word for uncomfortable
Second Stage Release, 56, 70, 71, 87 physical
perceptions coming from reactive
Self Analysis lists rehab, 188 mind, 192
"self-coaching" is flunked, 234 defn., essentially body
sensation, illness or pain or
sensation, defn., all other uncomfortable perceptions
discomfort; "soma" means body, 341
than pain stemming from reactive mind; these defn,
pain or ache sensation and also misemotion
are basically "pressure", "motion", "diz~iness",
or even unconsciousness, 352
"sexual sensation", and "emotion and mis- chains
go quickly to basic and are important
emotion", 1 92 chains, 394
sensitivity setting, 110,144, 147 don't run if it hasn't read,
357
free needle and sensitivity, 144,147 erase the picture,
not only the somatic, 356, 376
knob; see BIEM grinding can result from not following ~,
360
lower level processes are run at sensitivity 16, 110
Health Form, get somatics (not incidents) that can
rudiments are run at sensitivity 16, 110 be
assessed and run, 381
service facsimile(s), 173 illness is a composite somatic, 415
action of, 5 lingering somatic, how to handle, 279
computation generated by the being not the bank, mental
image picture is source of, 339
173 narrative vs. somatic, 344, 352, 376, 394
Grade IV Release-Service Facsimiles, 95 OTs and
somatics, 339, 395
methods to find, 189 run somatics not medical terms, 389
pc giving a doingness, how to handle, 173 shut-off is
caused by drugs and alcohol, 377, 386
Search and Discovery and locating ~, difference soul, man's
search for his; see NSOL
between, 115 SP; see suppressive person
session, defn., auditor and preclear locate, step by space,
affinity = space and willingness to occupy the
step, any mental blocks to increased ability and
same space of, 261
freedom, 322; see also Model Session speed and accuracy
is stress of all training, 417
Auditor's Report, Crime to give any session or speed,
auditing speed, 417
assist without making one, 364 spiritual being, you are
a spiritual being not a body or
break, process can go F/N in, 277 an animal, as you
will discover in processing,
data, important data in a session, 91 322; see also
thetan
end of session [Model Session], 46 spiritual freedom is end
product of Scientology, 325
failure, causes of, 274, 417, 449 spiritual manifestations,
religious philosophy implies
failure, handling, 449 study of ~; research on nature
of spirit and
illness "running out" after session, 371 study on
relationship of spirit to body; exercises
ill pc needs smooth and short sessions, 421 devoted
to rehabilitation of abilities in a spirit,
preliminaries [Model Session], 44 195
start of session [Model Session], 44 Spotting Spots in Space
[process] and Remedy of
set-up for auditing, 283 Havingness [process]; see PXL
sexual sensation, defn., any feeling, pleasant or un- squirreling
(going off into weird practices or altering
pleasant, commonly experienced during sexual
Scientology), why it exists, 8, 10
restimulation or action, 192 stage four needle, 77
sF-small fall (a quarter to half an inch), 357 all machine,
no pc, 201
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
standard tech; see technology, standard suppressive person(s) (cont.)
star-rated checkouts of processes are required before
dominates an area, only Ethics actions can handle,
application, 156 146
"star-rated" means 100% letter perfect in knowing gets no case
gain, 76, 103
and understanding, demonstrating and being give S&D
to associates when SP is discovered, 144
able to repeat back material with no comm lag,
handling of SPs, 77
157 hidden standards, suppressives and, 109
Start-Change-Stop processes may not be drills, 40 how a
suppressive becomes one, 128
stats, after SP is removed, if stats are still down, look
indicator of the presence of, 146
for another SP, 144 insane is a being who has been
overwhelmed by an
stimulus response mechanism, Pavlov and, 404 actual SP
until too many persons are apparent
STP, a drug, description of, 244 SPs, 115
Straight Wire Release, 175 is always a person, a being or a
group of beings,
Straight Wire Triple, 294 114
stuck, pc "stuck" in time can make medicine ineffec- no case
gain in the past = SP, 75; see also resistive
tive, 371 cases
stuck picture, reasons for, 227 often located in childhood,
137
student(s); see also training pc will worsen after auditing
if connected to a ~,
assists, 75 76
coaching, handling justifications of student, 234 person
totally overwhelmed by a suppressive as cycle of decline of student,
273 sumes valence of suppressive, 128
errors of students, 169 PTS Type One, SP on case is
right in present time,
study mainly the research line, 242 actively
suppressing person, 113
there is no student we enroll who cannot be PTS Type Two,
apparent suppressive person in
properly trained, 8 present time is only a
restimulator for actual
words a student misunderstands and looks up can
suppressive, 113
yet remain troublesome, cause of, 14 Search and
Discovery locates suppressives on case,
Student Rescue Intensive, 451 207; see also Search and
Discovery
study, unmocking (an effort to reduce or make
dis blows charge, 281 appear) is primary effort of
suppressives, 208
Dianetic Study Intensive, 452 supreme test of a thetan is
his ability to make things
engrams and secondaries gather around subject of go
right, 197
study, 451 symptoms, illness has several symptoms, run
each as a
materials, course can be wrecked by lack of study
chain, 337
materials, 406 synonym, don't substitute a word for word
being
Scientology auditing and study are the road to
word cleared, 14
ability and freedom, 322
slowness, 437
Sub-Zeros, 190, 294 T
Summary Report, 47, 112, 247, 364
Supervisor; see Case Supervisor; Course Supervisor TA; see tone arm
suppress button, use of in rudiments, 281, 433 target, antisocial
personality habitually selects wrong
suppression, in presence of, one makes mistakes, 219
target, 178
suppression, people who are PTS became that way
teamaction,auditingis~,402,412,450
because of ~ by persons or objects, 216 tech; see
technology
suppression, person faced with, is facing a counter- Technical
Division, highest crime in, 156
postulate, 109 Technical Division vs. Qual Div, 167
suppressive person(s); see also antisocial personality technical, it
takes about 2 admin personnel to keep a
actions of SPs, 39, 68, 136, 137 tech personnel
going, 402
go for new Releases when the Release is still
technician, keynote of skilled technician is that he is
finding his or her 'feet", 68 a
product of practice, 90
Release becomes a particular target for, 39 technology
(tech),
wants other person to reach less, 137 defn,
application of precise scientific drills and
was one that wove a dangerous environment
processes of Scientology, 89
around pc, 136 defn., methods of application
of an art or science
actual SP vs. apparent SP, 114 as opposed to mere
knowledge of science or art
apparent SP only reminds pc of actual one and so
itself, 89
is restimulated into being a PTS; actual SP applied,
ten points to get the correct technology
actually suppresses another, 114 applied, 4
degraded being is not a suppressive, 193 getting in
tech, 93
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
technology (tech) (cont.) thetan (cont.)
group will dream up bad ~ to destroy good ~, 5
spiritual freedom and ability, thetan wants, 339
interpretation of, is an Ethics matter, 209 supreme test
of a thetan is his ability to make
out tech, 89, 93, 242, defn., Scientology is not
thingsgo right, 197
being applied or is not being correctly applied,
unmocking, when threatened with, a thetan mocks
89 up obsessively, 291
description of, 209 Think processes are unlimited, 282
how to get it in, 89 third party law, 288
to solve an earlier out tech situation one does Third
Stage Release, 56, 61, 70, 71, 87
not "give the next level", 310 threat, under
threat thetan goes out of PT, 291
pc has to be able to handle Scientology technology three S&Ds;
see Search and Discovery
to handle his own bank, 19 tick, defn., small jerk of
needle, 357
recovery, 143 time; see also PXL
safeguarding technology, 10; see also ISE understanding
and time = ARC, 261
sawy, 139 time track, defn., consecutive record of mental image
Scientology ~ is its actual application to oneself, a
pictures which accumulates through pc's life or
preclear or situations one encounters in life, 89
lives, 342; see also whole track
standard tech, 268 of drug takers and insane is not
being made up
alone resolves all cases, 242 wholly of
present time events; it is a composite
auditors are not gauged by results, but by flaw-
of past track, imagination and present events,
less application of standard tech, 273
291
consists of exact grade processes and case track
dating; see EMD (EM Drill 25)
repair, 242 tiredness routinely responds to Dianetic
processing,
is invariable in results and the only variables are
348
C/S and auditor, 449 tone arm; see also BIEM
only reason it doesn't work is that it hasn't
action falsified by overcompensationof~, 7
been applied, 268 assessment and TA, 388
produces 100% results, 273 below 2 at time of F/N,
then you haven't erased
temperature, it is difficult to audit someone who is
any chain, 419
running a , 422; see also Temperature Assist
blowdowns; see also EML) (EM Drill 10)
[in full index] auditor must not speak or move
during, 69
terminal, 3 terminal universe, 288, 307 Dianetic auditing, on
second time through, if TA
tests give an idea of how charged up case may be, 281
rises, there is an earlier incident, 373
test that declares only antisocial personalities without erase,
when basic erases, TA will fall or rise to area
also being able to identify social personality
between 2 and 3 and needle will F/N, 373
would be itself a suppressive test, 180 erasing-
solid, one does not need to ask this when
theory and practice, difference between, 89 TA rises as
obviously it (incident) is going more
theory is only as good as it can be proven or as it
solid, 453
works, 134 false TA, one-hand electrode sometimes
obscures
thetan, an F/N and gives false TA, 275
banks, without banks thetans have different floating
needle, overrun, and TA will go up, 275,
responses, 6 277
bank, there's nothing wrong really with a thetan flying
up in a break, cause of, 277
but his reactive bank, 18 goes up means an overrun
in life or on a process or
big PTPs a thetan has are his body, 339 grade of
release, 147
can escape an unbearable PT by dropping into going up, up,
up means picture isn't erasing but is
past, even without drugs, 292 getting more
solid, 397, 418
difference between one thetan's forward thrust high TA,
and another's is purpose, validity of, 198
assessment, 397, 418
drugs produce a threat to body; thetan reacts by
equals mental energy mass, 397, 418
mocking up, 291 floating needle, "high TA
F/Ns" during rehab,
illness, while a thetan can produce illness, it is the
251
body that is ill, 338 handling by rehabbing
overruns, 251
pain depressants, effect onthetan,443 handling high
TA after running single item,
present time, under threat ~ goes out of PT, 291
441
Scientology deals with thetan, being who is the
how to get down, 277
individual and who handles and lives in body,
in Dianetics, is one or more engram chains in
341 restimulation, 356, 418
some thetans are bigger than others, none are truly
in Scientology high TA is always an overrun,
equal, 194 356, 397, 418
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
tone arm (cont.) tranquilizers (psychotropic drugs), how they work,
high TA (cont.) 314, 443
mental image pictures, why they make TA go traumatic
barriers, 423
high, 356 trim, E-Meter; see E-Meter trim
ruds, don't run if TA is high, 277 Triple Flows,
Dianetic, 438, 440, 441
3.5, above 3.5, 388, 441 Flow 2 and 3 commands,
440
4.0 is high, 277, 356, 397 item must be made plural
on Flow 3 [Dn] when
low, defn, below 2, 388, 397, 419 one is running
Triples, 442
bad TRs can cause low TA as auditor is over-
necessity of, 439
whelming the pc, 388, 419 Triple Grades, 307, 308
cases (who go below 2.0) will not react to any
advantage of, 309
processing but Power Processing [1965] ,121
lower grades, 305
cause of low TA, 397 "tripper", defn, somebody who has
taken drugs, 258
incidents can force pc's TA below 2, but when TRs,
erased TA comes back up to F/N, 398, 419
auditor who can't do his TRs can't audit, 138
means pc is overwhelmed and has retreated, bad TRs
can cause low TA, 388, 398, 419
397, 419 bad TRs cause dirty needles, 375
mass registers as TA above 3, 356, 388, 397 Dianetic TRs
are TR 101, 102, 103 and 104, 414
mass, when meter needle is not floating TA is Mutter
TR, 104
registering mental mass, 397, 418 there is no
substitute for perfect TRs, 91
overrun, wrong ownership can cause TA to act up TR 6, 8-
C (Body Control), 111, 228
in a peculiar way that looks like an overrun, TR
7, High School Indoc, 111, 228
280 TR 8, Tone 40 on an Object, 229
pc audited a bit below or at his level of awareness TR
9, Tone 40 on a Person, 111, 230
gets tone arm action, case gain and has cogni-
Upper Indoc TRs, 40,111, 228
tions (new concepts of life), 33 truth, group can't evolve
truth, 5
position, 373 truth, Know thyself . . . and the truth shall
set you
failure to pass a re-Clear Check by TA position
free, 1
is meaningless, why, 204 truth, scientific idea of
regarding as a truth only that
pc must not be able to see TA position, 271
which could be demonstrated with a result was
protest of doing it too often pushes TA up, 280
never really applied to the mind, 391
reading; see EMD (EM Drill 7) two-way comm; see
communication, two-way
restimulate an engram, E-Meter current flow has
more trouble getting through pc and TA rises,
356 U
Tone Scale, Emotional, 200
Tone Scale, political philosophies placed against, 317 unburdening,
defn, 343
Tone 40 on an Object; see TR 8 clue to erasure is unburdening
down to first time
Tone 40 on a Person; see TR 9 and erasing first time,
400
Touch Assist, 318 unconscious person, what to run, 422
track; see time track understanding and time = ARC, 261
training; see also checkout; drills; student; TRs universe, 3
terminal universe, 288, 307
abilityandgainareachievedby,322 unmocked, key S&D question:
"Who or what has
demonstrating in training, 205 unmocked you?", 210
failures in, will cause trouble for orgs and Scien-
unmocking (an effort to reduce or make disappear) is
tology, 8 primary effort of suppressives, 208
handle the individual student, not the class as a unusual
solutions, auditor asking for, what it means,
whole, 8 49
instruction attitude, proper, 8 unusual solutions, don't use,
144
instruction, consideration, mechanics and theory Upper Indoc
TRs, 40, 1 1 1, 228
behind; see PXL
levels, 97
materials, scarcity of, slows down ~, 406
V
medical doctors in orgs, 309
Release's increased abilities regarding ~, 39 valence(s),
defn, form and identity of pc or another,
roller-coaster of processing results is never because
the beingness, 343
of restimulation caused by training, 94 as-is,
person out of valence does not easily as-is his
speed and accuracy is stress of all training, 417
bank, 426
tough training, importance of, 8 folder, if folder gets too
fat you can assume they
training drills or routines; see TRs are out of valence,
426
SUBJECT INDEX - 1965/1969
valence (s) (cont.) withhold(s) (cont.)
LX lists serve to isolate reasons being is charged up pc
is not sent to Ethics because of withholds got to such an
extent that he is out of valence, ten off in session, 50
426 pc with withholds will be critical,
natter or blow
of famous figures, 345 and is out of comm, 76
person who is in treason on 1st dynamic is always
premature acknowledgement leads to inadvertent
out of valence, 426 withholds, 26
perverts, suppressives and critical, snide, ruthless,
pre-OTs often have plain withholds with no overt
arrogant or contemptuous personalities are
connected, 280
always out of valence, 426 PTP or ~, don't mistake
for an ARC break, 77
verbal, giving and accepting verbal C/S instruction is a when pc
doesn't change despite skillful ARC break
High Crime, 245 handling, locating and
indicating, it was a ~ in
Viewpoint Straightwire; see PXL the first place, 22
visio, lack of visio, an inability to see pictures, solved
when to report withholds, 50
by getting date and duration, 158, 386 withholdy pc that
ARC breaks a lot, way to handle,
vitamin(s), 123 22
drug or alcohol burns up the Vitamin Bl in the word(s); see
also misunderstood
system rapidly, 243 dating-forbidden words, 191
use of Vitamin Bl, B complex and C, 422 synonyms,
don't substitute words with, 14
Vitamin E data, 123, 124 worksheets, 246, 311, 363
Auditor Report Forms or ~ are never
re-copied,
247,364
W one never writes up ~ after
session from notes,
311
war, cause of, 288
well and sane beings, sent on to Scientology, then
become brilliant and very able beings, 392
X
what is greatness, 154
"What is the problem?" "What solutions have you X-didn't read, 357
had for that problem?" [process], 111
White Form, why you do one, 313; see also Preclear
Assessment Form [in full index]
Numerals
whole track, defn., the moment to moment record of
a person's existence in this universe in picture 7
resistive cases, 310, 410; see also case, resistive [in
and impression form, 61, 87,142; see also time
full index]
track 8-C (Body Control); see TR 6
bits and pieces of ~ remain after locks, secondaries 8-C,
commands for, 111
and engrams are reduced; these bits inhibit the 8-C,
Opening Procedure of; see PXL
being from recovering knowledge, 61
Whole Track Release-Grade VI Release, 96, 98
"winds of space", feeling of being blown upon,
especially from in front of the face, 192
win, what it consists of, 408
wisdom is meant for anyone who wishes to reach for
it, I
withhold (s),
auditor who won't hear what pc is saying have
made him have a ~ and it responds as a missed
withhold, 22
critical, only reasons a pc is critical are a withhold
or misunderstood word, 91
dirty needle indicates that a pc has withholds or is
ARC broken, 375
inadvertent ~ wherein pc thinks he is withholding
because auditor didn't hear or acknowledge, 90
in session, refusing to give ~, is a no report, 23
in trying to locate withhold it is not a motivator
done to pc but something pc has done, 91
pc himself can generate out ruds by lying; it shows
up as withholds, 430
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF TITLES
Abbreviations and Symbols of Dianetics CCHs (HCO PL 17 May 65)
40
and Scientology 79 CCHs (HCO B 1 Dec. 65) 118
Academies Relation to HCO Justice CCHs Not Grade 1 257
-Student Training-The No-Gain-Case Change of Commands-Overt-
Motivator
Student OEC Vol. 1-383, Vol. 4- 61 Sequence 238
Admin Know-How-Alter-ls and Degraded Checking for False Reads
249
Beings 193 Check Sheets, Course OEC Vol. 4-466
Aims of Scientology, The 88 Classification at Upper Levels-Temporary
Alter-ls and Degraded Beings-Admin Know- Measure OEC Vol. 4-
392
How 193 Classification, Gradationand Awareness
Anatomy of Mistakes 219 Chart 33
Antibiotics 422 Classification, Gradation and Awareness
Anti-Social Personality, The Chart of Levels and Certificates
36
-The Anti-Scientologist 177 Class Il Model Session 44
Application-More on the Application of Class Vlll Lectures
259
Scientology to Children 30 ClayTable HealingGoof 29
ARC Break Needle (21 Sept. 66) 176 Clay Table Training 205
ARC Break Needle (7 Oct. 68) 265 Clear and OT Behaviour 51
ARC Breaks 16 Clear Checks and Re-Clear Checks 203
ARC Breaks and Missed Withholds 22 Clearing Commands 110
ARC Straight Wire 261 Clearing Commands-All Levels 284
Art 83 Clearing Course Materials-Security of
"Art" of Case Supervision, The 424 Data see-105
Assessment (7 Oct. 68) 266 Coaching 233
Assessment (21 May 69) 388 Code of a Scientologist OEC Vol. 0- 25
Assessment and Interest 357 Commands for Upper Indoctrination TR 6,
Assessment for Service Facsimiles 189 TR7, TR9 111
Assessment: LXI 267 Comm Cycle Additives 59
Auditing by Lists 41, 64 Completing Levels-Case Gain 310
Auditing Goofs-Blowdown Interruption 69 Complexity and Confronting-
Study Vol. IX-309
Auditing Out Sessions-Narrative Versus Conditions Test Process I-X, A-
Registrars 25
Somatic Chains 394 Continuing Overt Act, The 102
Auditing Reports 112 ContinuousPT Overts 260
Auditing Speed 417 Correction 284
Auditor Assignment Policies 420 Course Completion-Student
Auditor's Code, The 269 Indicators OEC Vol. 4-202
Auditor's Report-Triple Grades 311 Course Pattern (27 Feb. 65) OEC
Vol. 4-449
Auditor Trust 359 Course Pattern (14 Oct. 65) OEC Vol. 4-464
Basic Processes, The-Case Supervisor C/S-How to Case Supervise
Dianetics
-Class VIII 278 Folders 409
Blowdown Interruption-Auditing Goofs 69 Cultural Lag 374
Booklntroducing theE-Meter, The 174 Cyclicaland Non-Cyclical Process
Book of Case Remedies-Application of Tech 13 Conclusions
101
Book of E-MeterDrills, The 12 Danger Conditions-Technical Data for
Case Folder Analysis, Dianetics 428 Review Auditors 126
Case Gain-Completing Levels 310 "Dangerous Auditor", The 149
Case Supervising Dianetics Folders 366 Dating-Forbidden Words 191
Case Supervision Auditing and Results 447 Definitionof Recall 271
Case Supervision, How It Goes Non-Standard 449 Definition Processes
150
Case Supervisor-Class VIII-The Basic Deletion of TR 5 OEC Vol. 4-
191
Processes 278 Dianetic Assists 318
Case Supervisor Data 251 Dianetic Auditing OEC Vol. 4-229
Case Supervisor-Folder Handling 268 Dianetic Auditing Course 158
Case Supervisor Forms 368 Dianetic Case Failures 337
Dianetic Case Supervision 336 Fundamental Auditing 325
Dianetic Counseling Groups-Dianetics and Glee 257
Results 402 Green Form see footnote-226
Dianetic Courses-Stuck Pictures 227 Green Form, S & D 250
Dianetic Failures 355 Grinding Out Engrams 360
Dianetic Health Form 332 Gross Case Supervision Errors 254
Dianetic High Crimes 396 Handling Illness in Scientology 435
Dianetic Results 351 Handling the Student-Supervisor Know
Dianetics (HCO B 28 Sept. 68) 262 How OEC Vol. 4-204
Dianetics (HCO PL 6 Apr. 69) Handling the Suppressive Person-The Basis
of
OEC Vol. 1-524, Vol.. 2-285, Vol. 4-232 Insanity
OEC Vol. 1-375, Vol. 4- 53
Dianetics and Illness 415 Health Form, Use of 329, 378
Dianetics and Results-Dianetic HGC Cure (Continued)
Counseling Groups 402 OEC Vol. 4- 84, Vol. 5-
69
Dianetics-Basic Definitions 340 HGC Cure-Interne Training and Staff
Dianetics Course Auditing Requirements 327 Auditors OEC Vol. 4-
78, Vol. 5- 63
Dianetics-Erasure-How to Obtain 344 HGC Pc Review Auditing Form 52,184,
221
Dianetics-Its Background 391 "Hidden Data Line", The OEC Vol. 4-
186
Dianetics vs. Scientology 338 High Crime 156
Dianetic Triples 440 High TA 277
Dianetic Triples Plural Item 442 High TA Assessment 397, 418
Dianetic Use 347 High TA in Dianetics 356
Difficult Case, The 395 How a Suppressive Becomes One-Search and
Dirty Needle 375 Discovery Data 128
Don't Force a Pc Who Is Ill 249 How Not to Erase 400
Drills, Allowed OEC Vol. 4-188 How to Apply Level Processing 27
Drug and Alcohol Cases-Prior How to Case Supervise Dianetics Folders
Assessing 377 -C/S 409
Drug Data 244 Information on Rehabilitation 117
Drugs 243 Interne Training and Staff Auditors-HGC
Drugs and "Insanity"-Non-Compliance Cure OEC Vol. 4- 78,
Vol. 5- 63
and Alter-ls 291 Introduction to Scientology Ethics 235
Drugs & Trippers 258 Keeping Dianetics Working in an Area 386
Drugs, Aspirin and Tranquilizers 443 Keeping Scientology Working 4
E-Meter Drill Coaching 122 Key S & D Question, The 210
E-Meter Drills 94 Laws of Listing and Nulling, The 236
E-Meters Allowed OEC Vol. 4- 77 Lecture Graphs 106
E-Meter Sensitivity Setting 110 "Letting the Pc Itsa"-The Properly
Erasure 376 Trained Auditor 138
Errors of Students 169 Library Record of Levels see footnote-117
Ethnics 253 Library Record of Levels-Tapes Arranged
Evidences of an Aberrated Area 196 by Levels see footnote-183
Examiner's Form 255 List Handling 210
False Reads 250 List L4A-For Assessment of All Listing
Five GAEs, The 361 Errors, S & Ds, Remedy A, Remedy B,
Five Way Bracket on Help 106 etc. 213, 285
Floating Needle (21 Oct. 68) 275 List L4 S&D 171
Floating Needle (7 May 69) 362 Lists 263
Floating Needles, Listing Processes 172 Low TA Cases 121
Flying Ruds 433 L4A-For Assessment of All Listing
F/N 407 Errors 213, 285
F/N and Erasure 373 "LX" Lists 426
Folders, Marking of OEC Vol. 4-571 LXI (Conditions) 432
Forcing a Pc 369, 442 LX2 427
Former Therapy-Resistive LX3 (Attitudes) 446
Cases see Vol. VII-449 Manifestations of Engrams and
Free Needles, How to Get Them on a Pc 147 Secondaries Further
Defined 192
Materials, Scarcity of 406 Psychotics 131
Medical Doctors 309 PTS Auditing and Routing
Meter Position 271 OEC Vol. 1-439, Vol. 4-578
Meter Trim Check 168, 369 Purpose of Class VIII, The 273
Minus Scale Releases: ARC Straight Wire Qualifications Technical
Actions 73
-Dianetic 175 Qual Senior Datum 211
Mistakes, Anatomy of 219 Rehab & Correction 241
Misunderstood Goofs-Words 14 Rehab on Self Analysis 188
Model Session Revised (3 July 65) 60 Release Check Outs (5 Aug. 65)
OEC Vol. 5-143
Model Session Revised (19 Aug. 65) 78 Release Check Outs (9 Aug. 65)
OEC Vol. 5-145
Money Process 215 Release Checks, Procedure for OEC Vol.. 4-574
Mutter TR 104 Release Goofs 66
My Philosophy I Release Gradation-Additional Data 98
Narrative Versus Somatic Chains-Auditing Release Gradation-New
Levels of Release 95
Out Sessions 394 Release Grades 141
Needle Reactions Above Grade IV 220 Release Policies-Starting the Pc
New Preclears-The Workability of OEC Vol. 2-326, Vol. 4-
572
Scientology 321 Release Rehabilitation 63
New Rudiments 259 Release Rehabilitation Error 107
New Rudiments Questions 264 Release, Rehabilitation of Former
Releases
Non-Compliance and Alter-ls-Drugs and and Thetan Exteriors
57
"Insanity" 291 Releases, Different Kinds 56
Old Lists Are Not To Be Copied 256 Release Stages (5 Aug. 65) 70
Open Letter to All Clears, An OEC Vol. 4-484 Release Stages (30 Aug.
65) 86
Ordering People to Review 256 Releases-Vital Data 38
Organizational Health Chart Religious Philosophy and Religious
see footnote OEC Vol. 7 115 Practice 195
OT Course OEC Vol. 4-483 Remedy B 199
OT Exterior 276 Report to Ron on Seasickness, A 202
Out Tech (HCO B 21 Sept. 65) 93 Resistive Cases-Former
Out Tech(HCOPL22 Nov. 67) 209 Therapy see Vol. V1I-449
Out Tech (HCO B 28 Aug. 68) 242 Responsibility Again Vol.V- 8
Out Tech and How to Get It In 89 Review, Ordering People to 256
Overrun Process 251 Revision of Remedy A, Remedy B, and
Overt-Motivator Sequence 231 S and Ds 206
Overt-Motivator Sequence-Change of R Factor to Students-
Supervisor Know-
Commands 238 How OEC Vol. 4-205
Past Lives 345 Rising TA 453
Pastoral Counselling Health Form 381 Road to Clear, The 19
Peculiarities 370 Ruds 265
Personnel Requirement OEC Vol. 1-102 Running the Class-Supervisor Know-
PhoenixLectures, The 240 How OEC Vol. 4-203
Physically 111 Pcs and Pre OTs 312 R 3 H 239
Points on Case Supervision 248 R-3-R Restated-Commands on Second Run
Policies on "Sources of on an Incident 354
Trouble" OEC Vol. 1- 525 R6 EW OEC Vol. 4-461
Policy Check Outs and E-Meter OEC Vol. 5- 252 Safeguarding Technology
10
Politics 317 Saint Hill Solo Audit Course OEC Vol. 4 -473
Power Processes OEC Vol. 4-595 S & D Commands 164
Preclear Assessment Sheet 346A S & D, Green Form 250
Prediction and Consequences 404 S & Ds 216
Premature Acknowledgements 26 S & Ds-S & Ds by Button 218
Problems Process 111 S & D-The Missed Item 165
Processing 43 S and DWarning 136
Processing Sequence 272 Scales 200
Properly Trained Auditor, The-"Letting the Scarcity of Materials
406
Pc Itsa" 138 Scientology A NewSlant on Life 125
Search and Discovery 113 Supervisor Know-How-Tips in Handling
Search and Discovery Data-How a Students OEC Vol. 4-206
Suppressive Becomes One 128 Supervisor's Code, The OEC
Vol. 4-141
Search and Discovery (Ethics Type Cases, Supervisor's Duty
272
PTSs)-S & D Errors 127 Suppressives and Hidden Standards 109
Security of Data see-105 Supreme Test, The 197
Seriously 111 Pcs 421 Targets & Computers 304
Service Facsimile 173 Teaching the Class Vlll 276
SH Staff Auditor's Purpose OEC Vol. 4-579 Teaching the Dianetics Course
365
Sickness 371 Tech Recovery 143
Six Zones of Action 252 Tech vs. Qual 167
Somatics 352 Testing OEC Vol. 4- 73
Somatics and OTs 339 Theory Check-out Data Vol. V 488
Staff Auditor Advices 49 Third Party Law, The 288
Starting of Preclears 217 Tips in Handling Students-Supervisor
States of Being Attained by Processing 61 Know-How OEC Vol. 4-
206
Stuck Pictures-Dianetic Courses 227 Triple Errors in Dianetics 441
Student Indicators-Course Completion Triple Flows 438
Ok'C Vol. 4 202 Triple Grades (HCO B 3 Feb. 69) 308
Student Rescue Intensive 451 Triple Grades (HCO PL 2 Sept. 69)
Study-Complexity and Confronting Vol.. IX-309
OEC Vol. 2-294
Study Slowness 437 Triple Grades Flows 307
Sub Zero Releases-Examiner's Safeguard 190 Triple Lower Grades 305
Sub-Zeros-Triple Grades-Lower Levels TRs and Dirty Needles 375
-Triple Grades 294 Type Two PTS, The 166
Summary of How to Write an Auditor's Upper Indoc TRs 228
Report, Work Sheets and Summary Report, Urgent-Important
413
with some Additional Information 246, 363 Vitamins 123
Summary Report 47 Welcome to the Sea Org Lectures 445
Supervisor Know-How-Handling the Student What Is Greatness?
154
OEC Vol. 4-204 Words, Misunderstood Goofs
14
Supervisor Know-How-R Factor to Students Workability of
Scientology, The
OEC Vol. 4-205 -New Preclears 321
Supervisor Know-How-Running the Class Written C/S Instructions
245
OEC Vol. 4 -203 VIlI's Nightmare,The 399